Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutR2022-075 2022-04-11RESOLUTION NO. R2022-75 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a construction services contract associated with Fire Station No. 2, to PMGR Development Corp., in the amount of $204,723.68. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for construction services associated with Fire Station No.2 have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to PMGR Development Corp., in the amount of $204,723.68. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with Fire Station No.2. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 11th day of April, A.D., 2022. ________________________________ J.KEVIN COLE MAYOR ATTEST: ________________________________ LESLIE CRITTENDEN CITY SECRETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY DocuSign Envelope ID: D655D6B0-F001-4000-A00E-129AC1B0B620 Project Manual For: Fire Station #2 Repairs 6050 Fite Road Pearland, TX 77584 PEARLAND' II E X A 5 , r. COP Project No FA2103 Bid No.: 0123-15 ARe%, , *1 t ?,11 2332 V.`'/ 1/26/2022 January 26, 2022 JA Project No 21005 JOINER ARCHITECTS MO R.0Ym.a.Ste 265 I K;x'tt.P(77339 12812596401 2600 S 9rxo 60.:i,sTe 300 I leaym C4 T%77573 1261235 3304 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY,TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction DIVISION 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Observation Services 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01505 Mobilization 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01565 TPDES Requirements 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 01570 Trench Safety System 01580 Project Identification Signs 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01720 Field Surveying Nolo- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01750 Starting Systems 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout 01 12 00 Owner Provided Supplementary Documents Geoteclmical Report AHA— 19-074-00 Attachment No 1 dated September 5, 2019 Attachment No 2 dated February 3,2020 Attachment No 3 dated March 4, 2020 Attachment No 4 dated November 5,2021 01 21 00 Allowances 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 02220 Site Demolition 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 02255 Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 02316 Excavation and Backfill for Roadways 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02330 Embankment 02335 Subgrade 02370 Geotextile 02530 Gravity Sanitary Sewers 02531 Sanitary Sewer Service Leads or Reconnections 02532 High Density Polyethylene(HDPE) Solid Wall Pipe 02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves 02628 Jacking Pipe or Box 02629 Safety End Treatments 02630 Storm Sewers 02710 Base Course for Pavement 02751 Concrete Pavement 02770 Curb, Curb&Gutter, and Headers 02771 Concrete Sidewalks 02775 Concrete Driveways 02910 Topsoil 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 02922 Sodding 02980 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 00010-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 03300 Cast In Place Concrete 03310 Structural Concrete DIVISION 4 THRU 6 (Not Used) DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 10 50 Under-Slab Vapor Retarder 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8—OPENINGS (Not Used) DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 30 13 Ceramic Tiling 09 91 00 Painting DIVISION 10—21 (Not Used) DIVISION 22 22 02 00 Basic Materials and Methods 22 03 00 Plumbing Demolition for Remodeling 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping Equipment 22 08 00 Commissioning of Plumbing Systems 22 10 00 Plumbing Piping 22 11 19 Plumbing Specialties 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION 23—48 (Not Used) END OF SECTION 00010-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND,TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration" Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade(New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebidsApearlandtx.gov All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall Annex located at 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 Electronic bids will be accepted until 2.00 p.m., Thursday, February 17, 2022. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of Fire Station #2 Repair City of Pearland,Texas COP PN FA2103 BID NO • 0123-15 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall Council Chambers at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 11.00 a.m. on February 9,2022. The project will consist of miscellaneous remediations to interior and exterior building elements due to poor soil conditions. Exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets 06-2019 00100- 1 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re-pouring concrete slab section, re-installing water closets, and refinishing the concrete slab at these areas. Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's,Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project.For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200 Electronic Bid Documents. including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston,TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 06-2019 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland,Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Nondiscrimination The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U S.0 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder In identifying this criteria the City will consider 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Crystal Roan City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date January 26,2022 Second Publication date February 2, 2022. 06-2019 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (LRB) 1 Defined Terms 1 1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City" Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City of Pearland and may be used inter-changeably 1.2 The term "Bidder"means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder The term "Successful Bidder" means the Lowest Responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents(plans and specifications including all Addenda issued prior to bid opening). 1.3 The term "E-bid System"refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system (Ion Wave) that provides all Bid Documents electronically to interested parties (potential Bidders and forms the pathway for Bidders to submit bids in response to The Invitation to Bid. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal with all required attachments to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid submittal process to submit a bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 14 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management software used by the contracting parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized project information hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for accessing this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1 6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 1 7 The term"Alternate(s)"or"Add Alternate(s)"as used here inter-changeably are defined as an additive work item that may be selected or rejected by the Owner based on the Owner's sole acceptance or rejection of the price proposed for this item. Alternate bid prices shall include all labor, material, equipment and overhead costs to perform the work as specified, complete in place When selected by the Owner,the costs for an Alternate work item shall be added to the Base Bid price and made a part of the Contract price. 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier Interested Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on 08-2018 00200-1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services,Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of future bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates,addenda,changes or additional information associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to ebids@pearlandtx.gov 3 Copies of Bidding Documents 3 1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.Interested Bidders must register as a"Supplier"on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications,addenda or additional information from the City or its Engineer 3.3 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders/Vendors providing pricing to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download all of the project Bid Documents. 3 4 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals, neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.5 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 08-2018 00200-2 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 Qualifications of Bidders 4 1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2)days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested. Failure to provide this information within the specified time frame may be cause for rejection of the Bid. 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; specifically including a list of 5 representative projects completed by the Bidder of a similar nature and scope to the work covered by this proposed Contract. The references for the projects provided must include the cost of the project,Owner's name,Engineer or prime contact and telephone number; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete including total contract value and current percent complete by payment; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid and the total value of work awarded to subcontractors as shown on the Subcontractors List Bid Form, 4)A list of names, address and telephone number of references for other projects completed by Bidder; and 5)A Financial Statement of Bidder,consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder 5 Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost,progress,performance or furnishing of the Work, (c)consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d)study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents,and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents,(f)to recognize and plan for use of the City's"Pro-Trak"software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 08-2018 00200-3 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5 4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5 6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5 7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4,that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6 Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 08-2018 00200-4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 Bid Security 7 1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security(sealed Bid Bond,Certified Check or Cashier's Check)as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement,and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8 Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9 Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9 1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus,if any,are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal"Items 10 1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the specified materials and equipment described in the Plans and Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or- equal" items unless otherwise stated. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or Owner approved equal" Any substitution made by the Bidder upon which the bid is based shall be at the Bidder's sole risk. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00200-5 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11 Bid Form 11 1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. 11.2 All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.3 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11 4 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.5 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form).Failure to do so could be cause for rejection of the Bid. 11 6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder) E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. 12.3 Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13 Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13 1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 08-2018 00200-6 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety(90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13 4 If,within twenty-four(24)hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security Thereafter,that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 13.5 Bid securities for unsuccessful Bidders will be returned to bidders once a successful Bidder has be identified and notified of the Owner's intent to award a contract. 14 Opening of Bid Proposals 14 1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any)will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals through E-Bid. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15 Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15 1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening,but Owner may, in its sole discretion,release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16 Award of Contract 16 1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents, 3)Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal, 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal, 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal, 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 4 of these Instructions to Bidders, or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of the Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of bidder, if requested to do so As required by the Instructions to Bidders and as a condition of Bid acceptability,the Contractor hereby agrees. 08-2018 00200-7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 That the City, as Owner and Contract Administrator, retains the right to review and approve the Contractor's and all Subcontractors' qualifications to perform the Work of the Contract and to reject any Subcontractor not meeting the City's standards, as outlined in the General Conditions, or TxDOT's and FHWA qualifications for performing the Work. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work, Add Alternates and Cash Allowances, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates,unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16 4 A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.5 Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16 6 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility,qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction,within the Contract Time. 16 7 Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the Owner, the Professional/Engineer, and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any bid. 17 Contract Security 17 1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner 08-2018 00200-8 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 19 Pre-bid Conference 19 1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20 Retainage 20 1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 08-2018 00200-9 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Lowest Responsible Bid Date: 3/1/2022 Bid of -$204,728.68 pm b 1 biro Wan individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: Fire Station#2 Repairs City of Pearland, Texas COP PN. FA2103 BID NO • 0123-15 (Submitted in Electronic format) To The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Fire Station #2 Repairs with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Joiner Architects, Inc., 700 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265, Kingwood, TX 77339, Contact: Joby Copley, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performmg and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's: JAG av 08-2018 00300- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 180 days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500—Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No. 1, 2 Date:Jan 26, Feb 10 Addendum No 3, 4 Date: Feb 15, Feb 16 Addendum No. 5, 6 Date: Feb 17, Feb 18 Addendum No. 7 Date: March 1 Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Name. PMGR Development Group Corp By Jose Antonio Guilarte Title: CEO/President Address. 717 Texas Avenue ste 1200, Houston, Texas, 77002 Phone No 1800-420-1056 ATTEST Ryu Kesaji (Seal,if Bidder is a Corporation) (Typed or Printed Name) vOPPio. 1 „ Signature 717 Texas Avenue ste 1200, Date: 03/01/2022 Houston, Texas, 77002 Q� GO �t��. :� Incorporated in Texas SEAL , -- �e 2f121 7e. C+, , END OF SECTION + TEX As Bidder's Initial's: JAG JAG 08-2018 00300-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and PMGR Development Group Corp (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR,in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows. Article 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents(hereinafter the"Work") The Work is generally described as follows Fire Station#2 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas COP PN FA2103 BID NO 0123-15 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by by Joiner Architects, Inc., 700 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265, Kingwood,TX 77339,Contact: Joby Copley who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3 CONTRACT TIME 3 1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions)within 180 days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5 01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within 210 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above,plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense,and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $500 00 dollars for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 for Substantial Completion until the 4-2015 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER [$100 00 dollars for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7.30 a.m. to 4.30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds ($204,723 68) (the"Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid and any Alternate(s), as accepted by OWNER as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6 0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5 1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5 1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6 06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood,however,that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option,may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the 4-2015 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6 09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6 09 Article 6 INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 7 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost,progress,performance,or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive 7.3 CON TRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying)all such examinations,investigations,explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform 4-2015 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT and finish the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations,tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8 1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500) 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage,Attachment No 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor 8 4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 15 (Cover through P201) inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title Fire Station#2 Repairs. 8 6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8 7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 8 8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective- Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT General Conditions. Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound, and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment,no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9 4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9 6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law 9 7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9 8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for-any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 4-2015 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9 10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9 11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER. Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked,mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9 12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A (attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 4-2015 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date 04/11 ,2022 OWNER. CONTRACTOR. CITY OF P AN PMGR Development Group Corp By By• Jose Antonio Guilarte Title Title CEO � , , ' • Date t e IA- Date 04/11/2022 • - \ (Corporate Seal) ATTES ?_ ATTEST RYU KESAJI 6' • J,; Address for giving notices U: `"ms- 717 TEXAS AVE STE 1200 St. • "III‘ HOUSTON TX 77002 Phone: 800-420-1056 Fax. Agent for service of process. JEAN P PIAZZA END OF SECTION 4-2015 00500-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 I ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date: January 26,2022 PROJECT: Fire Station#2 Repairs - FA2103 BID NO.: 123-15 .: BID DATE: January 17,2022;2:00 p.m. FROM: Sergio Becerril,Project Manager City of Pearland 2016 Old Alvin Road Pearland,Texas 77581 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Pre-Bid Meeting location has changed. , . New location: City Hall Annex(Texas Training Room) 1 ' 3523 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 SPECIFICATIONS: N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: N/A, , Sergio Becerril Project Manager i 2-22-12 00900-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 _ _ 00900-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO.2 Date: February 10,2022 ;= A/ `\, M.0 ,ct .n'�O i / f P.r - d PROJECT. Fire Station#2 Repairs — FA2103 %* *; G' N ,23339 42, BID NO.: 123-15 ��►11). OF BID DATE: February 17,2022 i . `----j—IT<-C' —1 FROM: Joby Copley Partner ' Joiner Architects 700 Rockmead, Suite 265 Kingwood, TX 77339 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and t Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: i. As part of the pre-bid process, interested construction company representatives are being allowed to tour Station 2. Interested parties may visit the site between the hours of 9:30 am and 10.30 am on Monday, February 14,2022. 2. Pre-Bid Meeting Agenda, dated February 9,2022. 3 Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-in Sheet. SPECIFICATIONS: N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: 1. C 100 -Replace Note B in its entirety. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 2-22-12 009 - I of2 Fir C1TY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM 2. A001 -Details 5/A001, City of Pearland, Standard Sidewalk details, added to this project. 3. P200 -Clarification of scope of work. 4. P201 - Clarification of scope of work. OWNER FURNISHED AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: 1. C1.1 Site Plan 2. C2.0 Grading Plan 3. S 1.1 Foundation Plan 4. S5.0 Foundation Details 5. A1.1 Floor Plan 6. P1.1 Plumbing Plan (Sanitary Sewer& Vent System) 7. P1.2 Plumbing Plan (Cold & Hot Water Systems) 8. P2.1 Enlarged Plumbing Plans (Sanitary Sewer& Vent System Joby Copley Partner 2-22-12 009t,': -2 of., CITY OF PEARLAND rod - - ENGINEERING & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT t v " t, 2016 Old Alvin `1- Pearland,Texas 77581 Tt http://pearlandtx.gov PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA Fire Station No. 2 Repairs Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting Wednesday,February 9,2022 11:00 a.m. Project Limits: Fire Station No.2 • The pre-bid meeting for this project is mandatory. Please make sure you have signed the sign-in sheet. This meeting is not to make changes in the design, but to answer any questions about the plans and specifications. Any questions you have shall be sent in writing through the E-bid system at ry etude[ pearlandtx.gov. There will be no decisions made at this meeting. All questions and clarifications regarding project documents shall be made in writing and will be addressed by an addendum. Addendums will be available for viewing along with the contract documents • 1) Introduction of Participants a) City of Pearland Sr. Project Manager' Jennifer Lee 2016 Old Alvin Pearland, TX 77581 281.652.1760 office ct,larlandtxg•v b) City of Pearland Project Manager. Sergio Becerril 2016 Old Alvin Pearland, TX 77581 281.652.1642 office sbecerri lepear1andtx.cov c) Design Engineer. Joby M. Copley,A.I.A Joiner Architects # ' 700 Rockmead Drive, Suite 265 Kingwood,Texas 77339 281.245.3304 office jobyc!n7joinerarchitects.com 2) Introduction of the Project a) Project Name. Fire Station.No. 2 Repairs b) City of Pearland Project Number: FA2103 c) Bid No: 0123-15 Design 1 of 3 32.Revised 7/25/08 3) Project Overview a) Overview of Project: The project will consist of miscellaneous remediations to interior and exterior building elements due to poor soil conditions. Exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re-pouring concrete slab section,re-installing water closets, and refinishing the concrete slab at these areas. b) This project is located within the jurisdiction of: (1) City of Pearland c) The Contractor shall be aware of existing utilities in and around the project areas. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate and verify all utilities prior to construction. Contractor must contact and coordinate with all pertinent entities (i.e. AT&T, CenterPoint Energy, Comcast, etc.)and meet their requirements. d) Construction Concerns i. Coordination and communication with the residents ii. Noise mitigation iii. Utility coordination iv. Working within the existing ROW v. Care concerning landscaping, irrigation systems, and other structures in or LO abutting the ROW. vi. Phasing of the work to provide unobstructed access for the residents e) Preliminary Cost Estimates: The estimated construction cost is$256,319.00 4. Contract a.) Award i. Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder ii. Notice of Award—Successful Bidder shall return Standard Form of Agreement and Payment, Performance, and Maintenance Bonds within 10 days iii. Notice to Proceed— Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice to Proceed b) Project Duration i. Substantial Completion: 180 ii. Complete/Final Payment: 210 iii. Liquidated Damages: In the amount of $500 per day beyond established Substantial Completion date;$500 after the established Final Completion date will be added to the contract via addendum. 5. Bidding Process a. Advertised January 26,2022& February 2,2022 in the Pearland Reporter News. b. Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference: February 9, 2022 at City of Pearland City Hall Annex— Training Room. 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland,Tx 77581. Design 2 of 3 32.Revised 7/25/08 c Construction Plans & Specs available for download through the City's website at: https://pearlsud.ionwavc.net/i.oain.aspx. All interested Bidders arc advised to regis er as a "supplier" on the City's E-Bid System at the above website by clicking on "Supplier ,. Registration" and completing a short registration questionnaire. Electronic Bid Documents, including Plans, Technical Specifications and Bid Forms are available for download after registration is approved by City Purchasing office. No plan fees or deposits are required for bid documents obtained through the City's E-bid System. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at c:bidsearl:aiicltx,gov. d. Additional questions regarding the project plans or proposal documents must be submitted in writing through the a-bid system by 5 PM Monday,February 14, 2022 to ebidst pcarlaudtx.aov. e. Sealed bids due: Thursday, February 17,2022,by 2:00 pm. Bids shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer. Bids will be opened electronically and read aloud after the 2:00 pm deadline. f. Bidder Qualifications—Three lowest bidders will be required to submit within 24 hours of bid opening. g. Bid Security — Five percent (5%) bid security must accompany each bid proposal in the form of certified check,cashier's check or Bid Bond. Low bidder will be required to submit original within 24 hours of bid opening. b. Closing comments Anything that has been said during the Pre-bid Conference is for the purpose of assisting in the clarification of the details of this project. This discussion is intended to be helpful to the potential bidders,but in no way is it meant to change anything contained in the Bid Documents. Additional ' questions regarding to project plans or bid documents must be submitted in writing to the Design Architect and City's Project Manager. Bidders must rely on Addenda for official answers to issues that are either not covered or are ambiguous in the Bid Documents. All Pre-Bid participants will be notified of future Addenda,if required Interested bidders are responsible for obtaining Addenda. The City expects the highest standards of customer service and customer satisfaction. Field personnel must extend courtesy, cooperation, and rapid response to customer concerns. Communicate any customer request, complaints, and/or concerns to the Project Manager, Construction Manager,or the Construction Inspector as soon as possible. 7. Questions sk Design 3 of 3 32,Revised 7/25/08 A ^`r; Fire Station No. 2 Repairs z� Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting } Sign-1n Sheet ' February 9 2022 11:00 AM 1 Name(Print) Initial,Company Phone Number Email s � � c� 1— `71 (-f I G-,)6.0 1')i�s (4-�" �-v fav ,(4'iria d �,/ hldusi „ dl hie* €.31n tV e.0-2 2p. 6,5 2,060, �a,-f�� x .gov j Construction I of 2 D5 Revised 9t08 Fire Station No. 2 Repairs Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting PEARLAND Sign-1n Sheet February 9, 2022 11:00 AM Name(Print) Initial Company Phone Number Email DA i S 1 c._ fr �'c `7 1 ''-{r1 (-d c3 i t1-t t-•cat i �•/L�t�,G�.v1 £a / 40/Se, M....VInte7 G�L 1/3 _3 t 7 0373 Ge /.....Iq 7ez. & e$ r-j -ne/ ✓�v.rl T Et�f.��.v ` G.w. 2'�ica 0 4.(k �,�{�0 6 taw cv.e' -�ra��-u�S _ ra,,'i,, P4414# Ge#�Jr,� e� �.� sewGc cc1 'tit lldf 3"Lt9l 60.44.t \Itiron c a Ye Pj c/o? S p),:c.,rtanc -ht joJ N y 1.3 Ct. C,cw I'er , NC COP c:b ri5 cc per tc v ri f . o\! 1 She 1cc, �-(�r `3; co S pccvland41 �o-J Construction I of 2 D5.Revised 9/08 Fire Station No. 2 Repairs _. Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting P ARLAND. Sign-in Sheet February 9, 2022 11:00 AM _ Name(Print) Initial Company Phone Number Email t _it lett, C' r V jeze-ml.kkk `F�uR1AtM Je) Lac /15 `5`)(4 -90--1 b;c13Pemccorp-uS. �o4�L� E l—kAa faoPE-R �G el"VI-VAS-o"t i 6coape2 e ►�oaLE�v, t c . co?" Construction 1 of 2 D5.Revised 9/08 Fire Station No. 2 Repairs r'%.. Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting PEAR LAND Sign-In Sheet February 9, 2022 11:00AM Name(Print) initial Company Phone Number Email tp J - 79 3aa dry/p#*1k Lem lief Csty ��¢..,., .s a , 1..° 11‘Cl- .-**K(&iril#L147,43YA 11 3- ekt-i jraterA4)\_...tiriA4)-63"," I _ Construction 1 of 2 D5.Revised 9/08 I 1 •. HARKEY Rule (.1 i7 r/ARIES) `•, ° .."".. ,I'..^—`11,--:.4 .rgr _ ..._._ ' --- — _ ..-..�... ......— ., _. pry" ...._ .._ ._ �• � _ .� — I Ind. ,- 1 ! V ?� :r� _ I ' 11 ki r 1 lr I t. 11117\ I ,il -i . i., ' '-'i , " li i' r i1r'' i E i «�. ! . S i , t. I � � - it ' ' i • . 4 I �1 . w . < F it iJ!11 'L 4 _ S I 9 �` I1 I •sIt 1 11111 ..' 4 11 1a 5 ; 4i 1 I € !I lip , % I i '.• 'l 1 3 II Mill '5 1 1111. I ? ' F'<' i. "'=---0- ----- itAk ...... ..a ; 1 1 5 1a ov P GRADING AND SUM oa lmw. ryq m/ve n a JOINER CITY OF REARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT „A 4%.4.rr b,aH C FIRE STATION p2 REPAIRS O 6 a PAVING PLAN wwl.ann. P.aMM,T.a..M. -.--. 1 1 1 SNOi1VIA32l88V Y 13SO10 2i31VM VOV I- V ,,., t-..1 sooSz R 1311333. id• 4 i ii 0 (--? MAW IOC LaaATras a O aw among. Are a n ALL �► ou S OIL u tawalaoi Tn.n ca60111001 .. MP10 -I 1 .a+1 SC Z 0 �.LL 0001 '�` 10 120011/00114 ni ao.- 101 �10110011110 .Talc -i rnw m rrsTM aa1 01. Ted• ▪ M. If.Li S31ON Z (__ I.laaQ va 0011111.1 COW 101.11.1 r i 0 I Z. M 011010 031 01.1 00001E 611 LTM1ace,.• 1 0 S SLY 7.7., 1 y•ly aV.fO aw JYYL M 1.06 0 02 0.610 I nM OA/OM Sll 1Ytg11l . MM. 01 03010.1311. 30 -"f er• 0011 TI>J Tat ,\ O w •^^ter-•-�--r ^.�.-r''^-�.-•�r.r-�- .^.-.-ter-^-�.-•r- -/ �-r-�r T-[nn Y.60. 0. LbTW1i ^` C_ m a+Man Ar0611 t.0 Osevy �'wvu w avRi+aw rrv` -oio�'iOnu'ILMA iaO 'SUM 31Y08 TvaaaO au.111010/V11 SO 01111111161101. IR crap YYX19 Rw tinalFat a 7a¢svnA Ai a � y 0101 q,11 ®.10�11100 s ,y (( s fA,��, �, ., SlIV13fl WIVAA301S Q2iVONV1S ONV 8V3d 30 A.l.13 P Z m1 pa• Q w 111001/041116 ww.o mmTow' i01/104011is Laua7.s Z n[ri�Oy i A « uu..av au OMrama�.aanurw ` ltroyn Al..elk�uAL C a T+FIS,A L Z1s A]t Tw c ACM 0m�Dar 400.070 604 w a�00.aa L N?7 W iaMR W au..w.o.OM a:ta.r-W.Tn....aa au YNAIISS Aal XA A N]LLTf1VTN I aA61 n LQMLLS ez T r 10011101110001100. T'.W cu. nan.01 PJ✓MSSL.aH.4OA Li Jar VA]MI 31 L C STU TVA='JF1SR1 11UAK /10 1"M1 Cr1r tm.aw.w'J wiw Si , ( 'xr'AxA DC1Ttn la1.Tt1•t0]VL S T.'rAEII Pat SOVI, E Q r rya. ilW MLLI f t.S OM tmx'sU w wwr.001 rLaOG (\ ST/A1LJO 03 Af LAV61 SS 111111 310 01.01 A ll MIT 0YIl:N•Y.N.. A Twtfad.0 Ju ro T+'aw r'ai. Tnm a.,11.cw y'10.3 0100.n L0.1031 Y i�Il:I faU • T1t CO pry 0 AHM.o . tt ...So .-.1.6 \ a m n0/1T ST/3 t NOM 01111011 01131111 03.163 s WO.No1sNYdA3 iNlOt'iLki1NC� prarm, TO w Ot 0901011.o ATVO nvta aaam.a.arwr au0O.A 0 TTr 000 �. arras ye aauornlx+araulnOwO ad.wlW eL ♦ ` ISO TV.00 010 Sn a TWS SLUM 100=, mu..aauat 1 V..ala•I.0 1` 'YAASSIf C /A�}�Q��Tt yy2yyIlf.�3Jf nt aMrVOYa6 q IG[natlVY'MtN!!OT'Sd la' aNa4a1M Rr , T NUFA SV'al'/.t SA'AS.LW 1T S]SVIl x T1NU Sl1U♦'41arn A 1)Tram St�'Ix4.•A wren Uai 006 'SSA.1 Sth,¢1M] Z AboL'' IV6 't I..a. \ 4i51a.an IWA Sxain Y TMU oast TTe 1 "JRSNS wF S"JQSA r S -{ I lwlaan.-wanysa+.mww PO n mArrn T l •Mae _ YVYC aS10'L SOY ai T}rta P0MKitaSllMay CM TLtlW>TV T\ .Ta00:f MLH 0.0. A1. .aYluO 0.11.1wVN.11.rA TT.. (( CC 006.1100 a T.,i.0 w Aaaw aK1.lO.na.M a.usara . Nnd l� �R 01.0. r ®rt1.0131110 9aT:011. F 64 •i..I fdAl.N i S]YI6L .W�.� IA 1 /t •• Ip[DM41 \ - I uaxs 0601 S3fl00 318VO1lddV r., - ,666 NOW35 C. ril H., a r 0.0106 1006 //\ A1t700 Ltl TN Ma MO.106 m \ mtlLn.t M.m] •n Gry]wSli Tv ato MT. i (` x TIAU 1110�'TSu "tlaxiD laslei s CS ur,n an III �.ao n _ _ '�'a 000 ii'ww i�a 00.06-90 01 amrrsn11 a+wvw u ua ` .Lbdn CO,40101 I 1Oa ran orc:r,;.•1awa7�rw'.alx W 60.11 inn YMO LT A MS C.!Id??W¢.Ra 91UIXi'Md1Ma91N Yi `.iacs oHuaru lY!u.r.+niN+IQe \'•'‘.. 1i�O v WOO 01611.10610 U 1a. ."C... I ` rau.o-.n J ,_.1 J 'q, T.a awr vAu»awwa6 o,ua `.. n"/. ,. LA..sa 1 -�`�•.� no. ..,caai ar.,at,.,..:.,a wiw I I le I T .T I I , a v . 0 r I. I 1 1 1 I 1 1 11 I I « I 1 0 t I I III lI I I II 1 1 1 11 ll 1 1 1 itsi i.:i_ram...,�-- ..1..___________ '-,_. _.._ g^. I I I Ili 'ED - - 4 1 , 1,1 . .4 i.,,,..., 6 1 ! I a 1 }r r t, : ] .1'3 a I 01 VA a-r \ IP z 1 1 i I � ) _ . _. —-----Q L .ti,..4.4"'1.. 1 0 ,-,i "--N l '.'( �j } II t '. _--.- 14 },i- m 9 - n gipa 1 Aailil!i,I@i \\ , 1 11F ai;gii� .ip i • # I • II 1 1 41 jiiiIb;I i I \a 1 r,. gip':--.. -� "4 pr ,ti* it k4,ik n p P. " LEVEL 1 PLUMBING JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT ! �� FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS +`0 DEMOLITION PLAN ..c c W`4 FY Rd. R::I' PoaMN,T.a..71504 tltl 111110 y'. 0 Et,a 0 T 7'Tr. ? —T..) 1 — 1 e , ' I I j N 11 I i ( I11 _.__--A-- -,_— =t.- =--1 ___ - o jl , (1).i.r.11 7 ,___ _ —44: *AL ., 14 r 1 1 I ' 't 4 A il ii gl - ,i 4 ) — ,r, ,—.1..rwl---—4:41 I — --- --J*--...... —, i 7.------t-t------4 4= - 1 m „ Uzi,. / , 4 ! dr'.I .4 .. ._ 4 ....il - . ' ..i _______ . F a I �, �. 1 . Nal tF ?off ? 11 i Y' 1 ! S6 a z9 i i8 lig m ,: .R/il d1 . 0F it, a .0g Pi 1. i t ;L; l< �� Sq 1 ai t;Ø rr; s gl l i"''li5 4-b, i �1 !II it ... !All kl Ix! 9 §lio ii 4 , II '11 e §11 jrr`ii II � i weonw res+�rwn�w. ,�iam !a j "0 +1 >° CITY OF PEARIAND FIRE DEPARTMENT O �� JOINER FIRE STATION**REPAIRS 14.'„I ', 0 Es 0050 fb ne. __ h I PLt 1Q PLAN ,. P.M.!T..n>�. [V 1 11.030.1r MU seNIMtnia O O33a _,-- -- —— — — ,f. a m1- n =_L 8 711,13Q 311S 1fl130 313S 111,130 31S 1WI1Q 011Y1108 3dld 1Ptl130 311S 6 -s, — 1,, „m , i , ,. , �1�i® 3 ILJ1 � � Imp. ' j ; 1/ t'.• , ka IwnB o ` 91 ,1.s„ s,+ 1111130 Sus 111130 Sus£ 1{1113a'3 S#' 1 1 f+ D IR Nall, ONYytld CA • 3>IYb1N31.cuo Iv%,,,13b&3'et °JOI^Oteaawne 413,11 j .-+i -! c. . f.• ,14vb 3v.4L.D...ve,01 YJM 3af1C3ea,vTO a Q I� - .>a a3u1'CM r wwona Sv.aa wwe.. 30 , I � �1i i ui lyg.y ii3O•enrq 33.OLA.OV3 nu...tf or O3ARAtl93,.O14141W i{ ; 1 1 f t AbbINWf1S`JNINNVd 310A018()NV 3101H3A b --r —t- .. 1 HPId3115 -o .�av f .,, 7 r.__ _ ____ _. _ i i .8 J. , q a = 2 t I [ _. , , . i ®ewr® v, Qj ........................... Aliil - ° 1 �� r��AfE ffffsof�fffz:om n j s ,41 AiriJE 1 A 04.,_ i il An -< , '/-... ,4-7. 4;.:4t.k.;',.,•LT.Citesiittt,‘, , i . 0 • 811 14 q u{ i i f rf� ,.�, 1'('t1`�� _3T313dtiWiM.9(-- Li R .9 1 , r tea.,41,....-ua3rem1ew3er3oeea 2, y . i �::�..,: ail I. 11.- .'4.111.11111111W47141111 iiii!1-- 1 ..... II ii ! :! :. o oa311d 11 EE _ — [ ; 1 j .wro� '4 '* 't taus*NOW woos«c ��r�' N d '`� Q mY1EIIdD10 r,3trlvNO .taoe/s Fi., a+s�mo rf� DC:) * �1'r'L'•*"^'� 1� ' t •yam r N illilli II !1 :" -, I ,�, -(;-..a7d or,43T7 ) ; - t i w.v� a • -rN Ir A :e...�,_...._ -._..r• * proloirligio.... ' �ild .. iiliUi„ .-M.. ""C a> >�ie'SxkH F 4i ,lli ;t ne" ,,-:-,—„,-, 1 ' •'� _ ��" � tarp i �;a� ,aur��1 � =.�Ii b a ,,,,, ..,,r, .., A"' ; !` '' ' , ' ,,t''''.*;•.2' -I, .11;.. I 1 . '':' lz • i; 'tit . . '.1 3 I �c, 14 . '...,, *..,, , . 1 _ t© I ill! • z , 1 • ,, • .• • . ,,,,.,,,,,. , ,.,. ' �, �n � 4. mod 03 r a9! li I ► ` './.j t ,. •• 1�F dN;�f 1 I r t ill 1 7 !/:, / K I ICI ' ` 7 % . , : ' ."; !.•-'S :1'1' t P il/ • ig,p�99 y u t 1 I : .1 tl ll „1 . 4,, , . , .iind , . _ . i.2 11 . 1 ,, 1 , , , i t , ,...._, . " . ...... .,_ _ , , ,.. ,.. , -4-g ii'gri lifirip 1 , • , f- a :. .k. , ,, _' ,,,--' , , L.7/..._____..i., .., ,,0-1;, ,„_.-ii Nil liFlii Pi ; 1 - « ',' '..,„,"/;'<.',` '-‘7.7—:..------7--:-'f---Airl, li-L....-,-,_.' tilig 1411 !II \ , rt • iI' , Ina /r � ,, ...al `i `r , C- n •p S1/� ' I ;. :. a L' I lit I ,."--,2AI g�5''1 -•,4�` it 'I ; ES +'I ' )'1 g'yr.;3;� ;. it li•'P 11 it o. i :I I r'I 1% 1 t �'� I r`))` I - a �j''� 0:' G _i i._w�� i , t j a i i I '� 7 Ili ;'' �� ; 1 r�� _ 4�r i il i ` �' io t �� r �i i 1 , • • . IBM .,,.;,si.,, 1 ir f5! 'i,.;. >_Milliimi .._. am'.; I' I ill yy• le Pk** gir4 ....r I.,.., • ,,'" p'A i 4 41 i 1, : . tt.a, RE Oit 1 t"." 4-4-i'- i 1.:,,i, ••,,,, , ... i ii.. ''r'' r'• ' r ),, LA". —‘ : '2 . .., '4'4 gl 4, ,.,t.'., t : I g I L - i 34 .r , i I MI 1 9 a • I i ' I i , r'i T ,'t c rrt311 Asir f , •gill ) 4 °�, ' 80 1 C c 8D I ¢ o Q 9 Q Q P. A • o � ' B ' W N : I I . 1 1 I I Ir _ q 3Ete f. h1 1 iI [ I� ,©-_-j � 1CFr10EE i u �i Cfj a Ip1� I p A y/�t r i 0. i s ► /�wll 6 o 't " f,,11 p o '1[3 r:'rJ't l i ,p p p El 1 p �.V m 1111111111 1141111 [rilI to 8 'a I '�` •�7 O •"'--f3�� ' 1 ��00��d p '3 � _.�s .. _ 11 I Ilrr��Lll� p rAllutl'All ✓ !a Sic F3 11 S 1 n a r I�lY/__ I I _ #Y.76v1 Il�ll�'_!IQI •'riJl !>_ ��il,/1�1R X pi¢gggg I Ili�i�1 I6.IiD� pl'vR1( Y R K �11Jtl .t ® I. {� 1 i l i @ ii i ti 11 t. I d I I I euria., No mimmis I I I I . , ,, 1 i;) _ ,_ , i _ _ _,_. , . 6 ) T ,, \..�.z`fleleel -1 '. I eft °i E 1 Y II P e I Q© on o I 1 o I bii.0 0, A I"4 e Ao _ ~ ;r I EaDio . I I I© 0 ` :----.. cIi a I tl 0:10 tl p 1 al"ED A 1 I, -i O d �}~ ,-,:1 s O 9 il e rt-- i_ --yf,.� r�_ .........:L., A=� i .. t I.., � any: __ x -V�J 9 s �:! _ ©- r �f41a AF'�11t ��11�R1( .�ir1 ,r , .i -� /�__ s7A. r, 1.' �1AeLIe OD[114'G• 9�i ,;]y{� rl -i ©i { ijF '0-----4> • { I • 1 , !A's;; o a.� �' 7,i' ,! I'I O, 1 1 .1--�10 xi �/�� - O f�a 'Si o i i.1466,,k ..�} Ie 1 4ii e Q �: i .�t/i.y 0iti �0 -.-.�I ' ` Ir I�-111►`I;aiIC 0111LI'tad la aTakIrt C_ luw le■10 1 Y 3 � � � o�I� � � o. �o o�' 0 189 I, ign..-11 R n8 ©.I I�1 c„ © 06l© 4 I I 8D 1 11 40 a k 11 I I t: A p gilliI I I 0 ' 0 `t 8D nt�;! Ur.1afi; 8D I °1 :6© e:'?�4/life I I, if, t lri11nr. l !IIul. 1 I I a , n l 'pT �►,g', i. I' I I ss-- - I I � r J;fqJflJfgfJjIIJ1 Vi II ii II R 1@ \✓ O \J P to., °i-6i}f 8 A if e '43 tau: G4G� 1E t pF,l.nl E e film as to 1 1 e e '• iei#�� u i( 11 it 11 1 16.1f 6Eaeg ,��t �f ��-." tya ?1'{ II{l. yr C{ t Rl 11 i it 1 .1;g1 i e ~_ I. '1 Q No_ Des. [� % 22 " cm of F'FARUNb .aimn.3O:.a,.mrowat.a BRW ,�F,',/� I ME 2€# .—=0. COY OF VEARIAND FINE 51ADON.2 unmet*TM , pp C �? =.... 0Ya1IY V.RI�N 1r-0.11111111111LLPQ11 i 4aClfltt$ ,-:A.` t 11'. I31 v M BRW PROIfCT 110.219135.DO �.Y E ao1o1111 o.an.un.lr WW1 w.mmn 1nwl .... t 1�rmae+.nlw x+a+asoo � iiiie rrnvxu c Mr rr rr >!r 4I gi dig C } , i' ---°I-ir . 1 r. 1f 411 1 I II 11 II I 11 II • 1 1 1 1 • 1 I II 11 1 1 11 I 11 1 II • I 1 11 i^pq I I i �' 1 I i• Fj rotl•w ..f.�.:"'. I I 1 , an'+a•♦ t. ` i §R� ,elnwrk , _ IIII I i ,, I 1 ws"—s 1 I I 1 r 1 I � i 1 i ,i it 1 II , k 1 ©O 1 1 r : I1 - I i I I- MF M Q ` 1 I :. 1 1 w '�W .�.' {I 1>Mim i t/,r,-,` 11 1 I 11 1 I I r.m ^I l4>rs II rr es -I r re .1, I i ve 1 It r 1 11 ,i %OltMVwe t I_. i( . ielttialt I i 1 I I r owl f 1 1 1 ®r, 11 11 I. 11 -41y I ; Ir . < 1 {��y p W I i r r V I 11 I II II 711 3 1 1 4 ,� I I I �rf�r1tq i —e b 11. I I *A✓Iw `.. 1 1 i' 11 k 11 it a1 1 i I I 1 Ei .1 1 Fe B 1 11 1 i I i 1 1 1 1 1 i it 1 1 1 -"or— - r 7 s' iiI g � it i q i 4 e I w I 7 s - t r 1 F'ter-1110 � ----, t ' der �:-� � � i ' �. 1 _„A...„. . I , ..et !a r i 6 lk: ' 1 / r� 1 1 a [ T 11 ; It e gI I 1 02k i ill : - ' ;PY i i 1 I r. 11'1 i 1 a' i 4- J - r •. rr 11) r I e q I i C l 1 • . e !' 1 ,„ 4 .t 1 0 .0 4)-i-ri , .1 i I .. .5IY 1 rr I, H11e M r I I 1. 1 f I I 1 I I I I I I t I I I 1 1 •1 • IF re sr n me sr M r • Mil ar c1 1141ITi 1 ilililiti saiDYon Date arcof�uno " GINOFPNRANDDRESADIINe2 owe vnPuaw�Nlr J..p I3f2e�.. ,. No. D L . io 140ite IMAM ea 4f1�(�}.} ! •._ ,...,ww a1..n RWILMISMO ele9C1M os # 1 'MMi4C�1 :::: !: q II _ -., it __III L -J",'":' ! . ..A NU ii . • •1 ii ' ., \ ,. ii '1.`00 ° ‘.. . tit t *4 I i IT., 11 11 1 it via h %a ' • lati i ,,, • !V.. tog I 0 MIMI ...'.. 0 "/A1, q ,: 1-:Z-•,1--*L:11111 ,- ---.,---.,. i '1. lig ' ''-'. •.-' ' J%I.,...t,A .1'liM kw . i EMU 11 ; / ‘- .• 1 i 1111'1$' 501-.,,,..„... .se hil .1111111.. *-..'../::- li ' If 1 lb t'4 '.El 4111 0' nil• . I I.tflor•,; if hip :, . ' • * - I-' I •-.,.),., illi 0 1 i ' 141 e' '' - ''' 1 e ,, i JO . 11 - , I 131 II! ' ' -7 \\''- s , ,...,.... • _ . . ,.. • ,___ ,, NIVVFv•.,../' et.,..„.. '•--;,• . • -,.=LI • ;II 1.1 yf I „..., , 4 .--. • .4 t • . .. lip , , - N),,,:: 1" .1 ,,v,:--- - ,,,, it il IIIT II — 11. . ---.. • 1 ‘,\ --- 1 II -„. ii ' -r•-71:-...7.7-...-.. 1 ' , ri• ,,, ! .,i _-_,.-.--._- ./. -, * • V 5 'cAlliladlif fa i., 4 ii AL 411111a.Vft ,4, I...Li , . , '••••... ,. , . • .. I.' ' .•• • i i II II 11111'. p it lo• 4. 0..- t ' . 4,NINI KW 111111111. x, 1 ,vigemsWeitil, o..., .t e _ _____ostvins_Lw ,,A.Aga..arA. :ow 0 1 1 11 11 ! 1111/. li ---------- ------- ,.11111 111111111111111111111.1111/111111111111111111 LIII111111111111111.1111111111111111111111111 in / --7::-..11111111111111111 r--- . : 11111. i $1 ‘,1 1 -1 , • . f f• i 1.44 .4 i' :!'*•••,-;'4:,,......1111;,.,.'1'. 14 e 41 11 1 in 81g •54 _i 1 yet 4. 11 le p ii ii II 4r gill) ,. 1110,4 , 4 f tAi,4,6 4 - 41 1 l' Mall' i ti it ":' II: li t v . 'lesiva 4 ,-2111 1 ...L . it 4 ; , -fait ...,............., i • 1, iffiaiM ",il ; 1111111 , 4 : 1.NM: E ir: :4•1_ •10, itilitkag cif SW?? -r4• d- .,......,..„ rr'4-,4,4•if° . glifigsm714111! ,,i ITIT, •rt r....,/IRO ,,..,..,L,..,.,,.., - R- 4•Ni, . I Pi ig9 1 I ei-4,, 1 0 El - ., : . , t ....- bn..'Ell. . ,Ell Pli 1 i i .4 4 g vtg" t g 0 i ; 41 ifili t t Isi et 0 i 0 . . le WO It o - It . . 011 A .../ : ,.. ."--1 1 1 _ 4 - - 1110.•..s'I%Cc, .4 l' • •, I — '( - -------72.2:-. -- i '1•11-4,141411f- l': cm; I ifilo.,Ci• Fif [IA EA 4 4 41 110 1 i IV-4. ' 1 • , " r i id ill Ir /6 • 11 X 11r1711:11111611 7"'Alin-206: iii 1 111 1 I. , -s....., r7.d., ,; 11,•' 1 , .• Of 1 1 I 4. -51Lf .,..1 -.7,104''ii ' r . , ,• 1 , .,...,-- - 1/4111M 1 o.!.4.., 1 I •--ki.,`" 7"---:- :,1,4i f.til ' flr..-14.' i. i ,,I. -., . ,,,,.. --- e 1 i 111 li QUI%, 1 °I {§, 0., 1 iii ', .. IE g? . ' i 4 g 111 11 10:4': I MI ' 11 .- ' 0 g Om- ill i I I hi if iw i‘,... !z....li:,,,,,:• ,,. u. ,,„.:,,,,,i.,0 .7.----trz---- 1 ir-E ,i ' I P 1,A;,,e, • 1 .'.^.....111.,,,,,,,.„, 5 cy ---- - ---- = MONA 11,440.1s i C911.1)er 4,11• ilifter.0.rxedit V1.0200 *`.....-- .... THRIM 59,313.0-1X1O-SOS lo,SW LOastiat Will ,.., a 1011Y301 IMO Iltioffe3S3 TOOSICS Atte..91031114 ISS MO*MOM SO3 V1,0 ( r SOCH7filatO3RIS TAY ten I ,..., ei-_,f331,III eiSTIJOI 1.7.3 11.0.3t023 16031.10 US MAI SWIMS TM WA i22) 11012.411103ROS ,..., 1111 SW ITHSVO,KO ene.Y391 13011 POROVISti, 0011 ttletti 3effe MOS ty WINSOOIOSIGOS Tft OW ,..., 111 niii,leihro S le03 leiNfel IMO;21M33003"enn 11001.1 VOWS ISM De Ills II 1111 V it 43 leezirI 73,1rra. 147gi 1 alraiNrr '" "glwa' sN*w Cr OSOLIVSOSSIESS Ilt OW CUM*WO KAMM 19,93"ii,Z*-ii: 7,33 303314115131 31341'Tefe MA .238,moveygrA 20si3 --, - - i 1 i-OSSOISW.Me.cit IV,ISA 0 U0I3OUSD3ISIS I 3410170.1027OSS • cerg.isLe,,,,, , e,...-. - - . i-"S, --rt,i..-t-Utilf•S 0 :. CV 1310),-,-i bk.-0,., i .., , i :•'.. 7',4: e , evaan we, eaem.m 3eSsilteare SPOSIZSA, 7,;rd,?-", . ,,,,,valea (SINMSAS,LN3A ONV213M3S AliVIINVS) ''21)‘" (SIN3ISAS.1N3A GM'213M3S AZIV.LINVS)''' i''‘i 11 S11 ,w.ts-arm MORI MR NVIel ONIEIVillid 21001a J.S1113 NV1d ONIEV4111ei VOOld CIN033S 1 1 1 t TmT4171.:7r 1137?..114':"::.' '....14*'W'S 13"51424**M* 0 11 E ,g ,-..ft•Inte3G elOil WW1 OM'IVO OISS.1367105 Ana RAM 31S SISSITIMOOSSIS i a E R ,...„=MOW ay.III /NO 30943033 'IOU ISM, 0 4 " Sige17011.03911,1.1 ..ea=We 21W ROO SOLOCOI DM 1638$311003 '0.4614634931 7,1 SOUS:St= 0 e Met-,,,,INI OiSS-iO OfOr•evio tier...FM.4CM MreViii niti--40 IR 3301.74911.02BAS ,.., 1 11 E Z lit OW IMAM,OOP ea,er..-31 19ve.;VeleO4933 COMM 1114S-341 W S,301,701OOOSOIS let ION els Vitt ,.., 131.•fft T.In.1, P,,,,OV ,I.,B0,1 erio-93 iiii3tirtiO 1*."felitS-iff W I i 1 1 li I .." -........ ,....., ....e.,e, 1 i i 1,I 9310N 9Niar4n1d 03A3X oy 1 A l a •r! mut ,..., €3.).- -.4'''' e • Z. .... i .e.1$13.-tiki Of=So ISIO93MY WM 53.1 stint I.isNOTOOSOM lo.,...e.002, Lk 4s Is ' / ,s-At• 4 trSI 10. G 11 arfaroga3 TOOSOSASS.0 TOM Y WHOM aZaned43 4 sa fa 1 ...i .... 2,1.; .Ai • ease azAjt-son,ma VeR•4(20'llet...10f010'UMW S.2,701 MOW iW 9s .15/ ' f4 Seffe../.111S.lattrafalt:,113tAtNAMAIN DOW= .0.39O94 Vat 0,9,4. ,elel.741001e•=MM.An Yea io Sasesteti _ i i ;i i 140 0.oief9 =VMS.le VON VW OTheS ON Oa Sti,31104Mat3Of ISO _ ___. e r SIVOSPS iKk334 leitniltileRPI eiW`130.13•11103 WASS.Villi Oa,=ASKO CC(' Sit. i I Ott. , •• , . :C• , r , , Iv Si,4 Ne WAS%thilelftes%TWOS V 1206 fa 010.100 7.iff MOWS NMI it i e 'a 'It .1 ..7•1 le SIOODOtteleiS jg, iija, as .=, i OJILJ I \ I "P i ...,,,,1, , , \ Ol SIGS .1..IOn...N.V iii-O.OH CO/O'Si ni1Slite SNOW..lt..0+ft e til '- "' i tiri i , v.., ,st at mi ,ii,"Dr - ,.._ ;. J.: Ill WOO Olt WARM SMS1P%titans 540011 GUYS 21,1 9.0111.0the Woe, =WNW*Velr...".....,lie Off SUM SY`0011202ZO OM 330 lei Ilt MANN st In, -7' ....y-a---e_i---,--4:7--.T.--.‘ 1 - it; iL ;11 , I,• omit ' 1: , El ----;: ..,., 1 1111.5". ...• .MO SI. e PACO _....,r-lir v,,1:cc,_i .J.,sd.„ L„.....\---`), . .co 0....., 4,F. .2.4 at.•am.i...«.No,ale.Z-ks 15 T.06 WPM%OW SINiertUaem 1.1 4 ., .....7.1`"-c> I I ....6 14 SON. 111Li . 0. ..,....-0. \_,c) - mb:o.z0 2...,osoice lio sike3eit SY Si OS O7feesSeS MI CV 7:03.18,0 3e4 %MI/ .-- 1.,:til I*Le:i 3.13,11 oOto Sit..."Seortife lett.331,0..fente SSIO AO Mien 1..4 seei,O3 X. foil I,it leriSISI seteS.Nei Oa!GOMM 3t SOOS SPOIrefe . . Oil NZ,itt ti, 7,7_, .41-...ois...,iseliileet ii4e i.WON if.tiett bid 3 ott St:MOOS 0..,..vul i Le yi..11/Stk. y.lOttil of:e MN.reetVOSI reirS-3.4 Oeit...4 C.OiOSS 41 ove i 1 , 1...1 t .......4e9 OW irCo23 3.ii.O.48 e...03 34....WM 34.le 31.VOSSO 11,34.33 3,1 x.:-..y.1.24 3,ear GOY Siiiira 3-a.131.3101s V111131370, ..-9 tin:turs' $ 314,339ra'VMS**V Orel SY20.3 TOWS P.IC.= %on r.7.4401.3,3 341 JEL'il .11 =,1Z411111rits..4 4.-iliegitin Ze C031,0 afial*Xf C.302.41 am Ot 33SY3i3.3 IV.rol.lo 391 .........--- s .., ', A t _ a. ISOi7i:Odeti V StiaiOS iSOPOO SferOVO.13OW1 9.1d St9.10 OVettiYelVa 3111. it , ii.lii=06,::. -feen+73'Ant.Sle0Ofie Iti .34.SEK•iter.WS otait feite-At. i i i 1..,-.-i NJ. ITYPie Neat IOW.,Cli.tEelk.SOW,SSW,Oar fall sitiiel‘Oke iaii0.5 . '", , "i--. ..air I i '' CRW /WOOS 3533.1 WOWS\in 3.10414i.AVIlet 3.374.411.3tAOYO Eli eat .1.S _1=11t1e. 4O SoirOUSOOSe:M WO SU(O EOM.,SAM.SAO,',MOP. St ...,... ,,,,..„..„.0....:---4.,,,....... e , rife39*inatell iseiterlt Rn SielsOK-.1.0314 S te101130.svit . 6,6.6 1666, Sies.61JOSONs StilllYiele0341S TN Aro 24 IV,61, gl,04,11.0,ra 10,01,341 it 1 I . leT_ 1 t ' ~, ./..• Z. ....,_ . Ar __--, AS *33.43#3 iat"..Wife i-at = L. 1_ / OLVeLiellt O '''W.i.se iailii-4 9 MAO - _,.. z...........c.ii..4 = .-. .-.. I 0 0 t § 1 -IMM ...i.... AR,R,COH4P Cow elA0...,13 3toe-C.Sieire K....Ofolla iis 30 ii:i.33,-..3.vif9e3O7 • ..rs., ' I . ....-' fles IF ,i ,..... 42, e -\\7 I . .., IA A f, $60.AO 1.1.40,r1f43 V.....10 2115e3345 39 413.e.ay..3'.A.,.....,,,ivel eit 0 a I ; .....tlm-n WOO.COMO!NAOS. wretervrN eiNSO.t'MO,lio-ifi. /MY` a& :i I ; 44*1 raYld„e'1,110.1 WOO*teiv lisf.3VaLhiX,itibliri%.20.3941..1 34-,IC., ' i liee3i33 rocif f.:9003 WM SOLIOIONCO"OW,- Z ' el ,.1 0-/ Rwc... arms YIN ee*OM ISM OW 003.1 CA.,4..40 ....N.... ii,^,-O.•te.t,e.i,'3,vet,4033IS003"..,° ,1,,,, C (:"...-.----''' ',,,.._....,..11 (SONIMV80 Ofitayinid TlY 0.1 31EIVOrtchill 93.LON UNISINirld 1VEI3N39 . ( i I 1,1 . ,,.. , ..• 1I.. '— ' —''—-— • TI'`;':,_,' _-,— "-.—ta-ar..I' :-r ,, '— It'. .,- .. i —.. .„ t, 7,L.,._ - __r__L,.': III 1 sund.....orleso.... i : : ? .--.r.., i — — —''',,':'''.::'. .:,•--4.,•%:_...., • 1 1 P ,2. ! r t.; a '..: __. t----, i ' a +.--,+`-'1''''C'. ,''--'.-- a:' a. .. . "'? , 1,--,. .. ' ;'1.", .E.0 7:',-1,,: • °":" . • tl fi :•, ,,, .,- . _______ __:,, ,• 13 , • • , 1, , . • In •... .,s2 Et . . -._z_,.---. ,-- it :.. arm, ,c--i o •• 41... -- ..,.. • —a r E.— :=1 ' Iv -0 .• 01...-10-fir L „,, _.:„., -•. . -f. ---------- . r!p I ...4..,... id jeArt i A-G)s ;..iglik 414-'• ' ;i , —.— '.i'—'111.Allr4 t t 11 ; .ts 't• : 4..--., .,•-----,..---'-::----------...-.7:::- ---•--'-- '---: »Tr.-= ' ...; 6. il IIIP12 7 ig KEYED PLUMBING NOTES SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN (COLD AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS) (COLD AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS) 11 1 i-i pa 2 w.,.. fiv...1 ....... ......,ea. i 2 I 1 I 5 t $ le A**."'. li i 1 ! ci 1... P1.2 ,1 R4) 04z) h5 .,>..., I PO q Z t 2 ill 90 -q.,, 0 ,. ch.., , , .......,r g '..,—v.:111 ...,..4'. 1 rei .> . 14 :g I 1 r ., - z ,. „.. ,z..., 't gm -P.-1— --17%-A 4 ›0 `1 ° \ rz---7-,-----,--- 0 0 '1 <73 rn 8 JOT i g .1 #43 .6 •.. I W.Wi".. < "%. M ML 11 — 0 rn ,,1.1 __ ......4„, ......- 12 g! II/ m pa 111 t", .., '.• <ro C GI t I: V. I M il CA '4 E § x 0 CA O 0 r z a z io Ke f..., ...-c ,...9 , ,- -‹.71 .. z m $ ° 0„ ,1%-.6• z 0 -A, i • ,./ ...1/ VI° °n —--.;,-- -;7..;.-z..-;.-21 iiimiiii !..,2. Z. 09 to 507411 ii -4- M a Xilet:11"- ^-, z ' tfol;^; kf i Oi • ,W,' , -, ' _. t , :z , I •s„ell!14 ... , ,, ' ! GI 0 .-- ..,,,K.,, 4.'41.1 ' 4...- -0 r .-.1- `--)7 , z ^. O i i 0) 0 000e0 G 9 0 11 It rig It it it 4, iiii IF 4 11 i PI ?Il Pa fa ;a It taki ;1 R.. f, t t le 0 Vi li t iiii ok 1i ci ?t, It 11 1 ! / 4 04 ti 41 , , 14 i I k t kil R .k : .i . 1 0 $2 a Eig f k;., . g6., I z 1 912 Fl 4 0 V RI 1 ' . ! r t iq i i ItAilia5ii; i i'ea 9 — ... .... , ...._ .......... NO.I DenttiOn US MINK/MO iiikIrradiatomistmottLer , hi 1.17, UK OF PfAMAND ARE MIMI* ca4 INA.IV, SIMINIII.fll. 11% ) pi ...., IIRWPROICONO.21,I MOO 014V1310 60101111111.1116•40.04 IMPIPMM•1611 , „„,.... CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO.3 _ ._..,,.� , 44,044 Date: February 15,2022 �, � '4 t PROJECT. Fire Station#2 Repairs - FA2103 �� • a383� 1,1 1,, BED NO.: 0123-15 '.r'1 OF 1 BID DATE: February 17,2022 1 _i FROM: Joby Copley Partner Joiner Architects 700 Rockmead, Suite 265 Kingwood,TX 77339 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL F FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Response to Contractor RFIs: 1. Will void forms be required for pour back of Restroom floors. Response:Yes, refer to 5/A201. 2. Please clarify work in Restrooms per notes Sheet A200 Keyed Notes: #112 - (note#7)remove & replace toilet,repair drain line, existing sub grade, pour back and replace finishes -Response: Keyed Note#7 applies to Restroom#102 &#112 only; Note#9 replace escutheon plate with larger plate not noted on 1/A200 -Response: note regarding replacement of escutheon plate is i found on Sheet P200 (Plumbing Demolition Keyed Note#2)& Sheet P201 (Plumbing Keyed Note#2) in Addendum 2;#123 -Note#8 remove &replace caulking and floor tile. How much tile is to be replaced since slab is not demolished?- Response:The only Restroom that require removal of floor tiles are Restrooms#102 and #112 where a portion of the slab is being removed for plumbing repair. There is no floor tile replacement scheduled for Restrooms# 123 | 3 With slab demo can we work both#102 and#112 simultaneously or at separate times.- Respone. Coordinate with Owner. 2-22-12 009%- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM 4. With paving replacement at exit from Apparatus Bays,we can only close one Apparatus Bay for demo, sub grade,pour back and 48-hour cure time,Correct? -Response: Coordinate with Owner. 5. Same way with entrance to bays for storm sewer additions.- Response. Coordinate with Owner. 6. Same way for sidewalk entrances?-Response: Coordinate with Owner. 7. Specifications Section 01580-4 calls for Project sign that was not mentioned at pre-bid, if it's required add to mobilization line?-Response:Regardless of what was not mentioned at pre-bid a Project Sign called for by Section 01580-4 is required. 8. While reviewing the attributes in the E-bid system, I see that a completed and signed copy of the Non-collusion statement has to be submitted. However, I do not see the Non-Collusion form in the bid documents or bid instructions. Please advise-Response:The Local Bidder Preference Claim Form, Conflict of Interest Questionnaire,Non-Collusion Statement,Contractor Questionnaire,and Vendor References forms have been uploaded to the attachment tab in the e-bid system. SPECIFICATIONS: CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: 1. C100-Addendum 2 correction: Change title block box call out from Addendum 1 to Addendum 2. 111 2. A001 -Addendum 2 correction: Change title block box call out from Addendum 1 to Addendum2 3. A200-Remove and relocate(1)existing downspout from the south side of the building located behind the mechanical condensing units,patch& repair existing gutter where downspout is removed(re: 1/A200). 4. A201 -Relocate removed existing downspout on the south side of the building to a location east of the window of Sleeping Room 122 (re: 1/A201). 3. P200-Addendum 2 correction: Change title block box call out from Addendum 1 to Addendum2. 4. P201 -Addendum 2 correction: Change title block box call out from Addendum 1 to Addendum 2. 2-22-12 009(Fn-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Olt Joby Copley Partner END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 2-22-12 0090'4-3 of 3 I 1 r HARKEY ROAD (R 0,W, VAR/ES) `"' ` / g iiiii ! t- Tom'+'.. "•6eit, _F -- f 7 1, t f 1 1 l , f/ I i . 14 • —, = a i Ii Si {.. ,• b isin 5, !! lc k A I . § 1 +1' + - , ' I : I i p.16 +_ic I f� lid , b., ,, 1 y ps ee$if tKd1& ��1 Y(�II r If L "e; I I' I I _ j} i9i F, x I ' 11 i • i is fI'1I 1 n: & ill* s ,& ' 1 j It N-INN i i'tuii o I q P1 iI —,t; 4 11 le,'I GRADING AND II/ CITY OF PEARLAND PIKE DEPARTMENT r �� C7 a JQII FIRE STATION M2 REPAIRS '�+�+y •i 4E PAVING PLANmumigamm 6R0PsRl. Pe WIs W.Ti•!i)Y56S _ - ro i ..... .. V i ti,,, chin 1 1 m � l F„ii1 ( N.D ( .." ( 7, i 1 ( Z g4 l. (..1 1 li , i _ 1r 5; aJ T C WI i * p4�5� , ',. 1 r A. r— P( b g il „ c. e F' c(( ye@ ,. 1 ________I ; r i� F 4" I K r Y3 ( ill iql b is I RI i €k Ng l Pel . 14 7 pi,, T ,,' K Ill ? F k N 1 )\ r _ .,1 1 ;01, 1 b ! E 11 ! qg 1 ; h 1 ' 41; ) , ' i t 10 ; F z q0 1 / it —a II i KQ N ► 1 r r CO � � � iii7 r �D V I. "' � mIIIIIIIIII !IIIII !I i!I ilgili . .,., s l II D "4;To 1 i IiiikIlili I Z i q Ili rgr; q ; gg , 0 t Aar 1 til i 1 W, 1 1 - . clop oolurptrlireara rirri§teriiiiNgw€'igar i ;jRrra;+'aB 1Pirlrs^ioliggirBP°iTillairtP1 ll 1 1 II i 1 1 i 1 . 1 11 , LiiPpirlilfili1111111111illpipPiialp II k I p p ;� � TYPICAL JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT ��'��'^'�' I'fa I. ;s'•"�`'� O B FIRE STATION N2 REPAIRS f Y s g4, —1 "$ MOUNTING HTS Y_*� •+'�1 4 4• .4.4 - . - I 1 00Z ,—,---,---,--,,,--."--••"---, .0-.1.4.9.1.•31toas 1 _ . __ ....1%;=.„. .77,'--'`....7".=.4...1.V. -.‘, S3.10N 6 0 e NVid Nail-10113G k • V . ,--,..,”....,... ..-....,=.7.1"‘"-= 7"1 ,,„,,,..„„,„,„„„„. ,,,„_„,„,..ja,, -....„-„„ ,.„....,-- ) l';,11, \ it , \ -, i ! soot r f ' C:IV) Reb ,Z:1,-.'''':;.-**'.•I'Z''''.:,;'-'•;:-:..7,27.71.17.„;727:P77"'` 112.• ----- cx j.5 II 11.1 1111 1 liMt.g... 1 : •441,w,,..cs mmo= i .... ...so 4,••••---...e^a w.br,II IAKM.MO. N.,..tarea 0,0.1 . 1 , 1 71r- C:DL' 1 illk, I C.1 ' '' ,_____I,P IP 0, , 1111111MIn firT-11.111111111111raillIMINEEENNI1M1...;::::.....4.1 '''-- .4.-., --i k,...=.1,,,,...S. ..:')176X'''V<° W.-Lt., r.:-...:•>3 _ 0 .:-..,-.1.::::.:,-,°•'•'-'....,I 4.1,. _ ____T___ , ,,, ... 1 Ifik0iii112 ---‘-cip f if; f r. :•;.4,54:5.4.0 •••••• t4Z:0.01 0.1.04-id 0 t. \---E FAIE ',2 --.±.. rim , ...k..... . Q. ::•:.:•:....1 t•••••}1.1.11...»,.....,....,,,q,, s-,.., _1 nittetbr Oran%I Meld% 0.110.111 I 4,,i4a,n4e '-‘..,_.--- I i i I „..,__,,,, i __ __._ ._._.___ ____,141111, ' ,,-- --.' I 7. 0 ,....4%17:41.; 9T,;,, 111 ,44 44,44.1.444,,,,,,n,4,4 n an ..,nar n,...:-..- i i.. Z ..."..4,,s,gre......f,..,,4,..-'...„,,...-:,,__.1;,-.,x..., , ., VIM fa al-r,.4,..,-,1,, r,....--4,.4 .. i Mil rnMOWS e.h..."..,1,.....,...MI,a-.g-,..... n 440 tl.TillVelht.02A r-. "-r,....V,..“.,4 7.....,,,, ii 70 .111.1igeli.NYV OM.,.--,..01-,-,...,,-,,,,,..sii-, t li ,L----- .1 r 1 01,0,Cfea 2,a..5,9 , -",e ee , e,:e e a,•... - 0.-,,,,,........, ...•...,,,,- .A.,-,14.7.,IN / --- .._,.. X.r,-,..4 tr,..m.,/...,...C....,4,-...1,..I 14,M,.........P.if X. ,---1 ,0 I '''',;!';',...,'4, a a.,..-•,,,,^ .7,ga,.7,7 i.,-,-., i , , ir — i -ri -.. .,,,..,i.;-,-;:. ..„.....›.,;--„ .,7,---. 0.•.......... ---\ hell — , li _Ai ill Z t I-lig6 0.1.01-id 6 . ,...... . _ 4. L_____ t.....„...:. . . ---- ,,-47 a,i- -:•:.:-:,:4 V,. - .. 1 .. . grrotal” -.. .•••• •i g at"1 , . ...-..e4crwaos ,-,- 4.. '---"---`--- , ',-;-:".•:i,,, , —, ,TV/N...4 A V .•Li" "r , I di, N 1 X . , La.-r...' <35 I 40111:140/01.34w44 4^,....444,..", 5,4 ':..4 : -'..-E ..______ . ... . ........ 10444414-, .-,- ' -. ''''' 011.1."1110t3:tir=:;g7.2allynigaR1 II . 7 rn Vt1W106{MINIggi161110. i:..'.:ii:i.:::a:::**:-..i.ilifiii..:.::iiKiiii::.::*::::ifli:iiiif:::•:: :::i:ii:ii.;:iii;'i'iiii/ z =111141141.444411041144444644W/344301 ,...., On 110.4111111101.41141141411444.1034444 / :::::•••.i.::•:...•;::.:.,:.:.;::.:.:7:.::.:.::::::.::::::::......"::::.::::giiiii:::::::E.:.giii.:: :::•::ii::i::::.ii:•::.::::.f..1 .0444414441.401.1141,1.44141le 111164401144/414414•110114/019 Ili .444144414414.1142411111•4401 091.1 II . ' •:eZ.W.:"..:e4.411:e4.4.1:::e1:•:faiZe,:e.44':i..4,:s..4.4:i4",:a4:a:4"-XaltisX-"en.4:t",..1 y 10111411.444.14144M111411144,41/412=6 . rt. 4 )1- PIR040114/44.140414410,444410114444111 TIV 4 II 1.0.410.-414141•14400111444•1414.1144414/0411•1104 110.70/111041,4441144MIMILIM11044111.1.44440. CD__./ 1 "44,0=1,02.1.114410.310...---,41441,"=4 if 11414111041.110,01414,441414444411.4,44424 ageemawasa.v..10181~016110$101...RWIMIN 444+41.04111144422.142 ... 1 , 4 g 1 4414.414.44044.41•44.4400.414WM114114's ,...: ,,,2 Tri.. :, .2 9 .49,444411.44444444111.1.11 44141.4-4 0.1_01-Id N01.1.110N3G L . . 01.0Hd NC,1-..),%-30 9 , 0.LOHd NOLLCION30 ZOL Ilti 010Hd tf ... 4444444414444,44.1411144114444441411/4/4444-, 4 I •=1.101001InneeNn21,011A me Omar,.. . - ' µ.1 ' ' . . ...•. - ' . , ....f .,_ I - 11 1 \ I , "P.,.,efY•'-::4"-;'4.,",',..'-':-,-..'"--.;;'.f--7;;J:."-::.,:t" r__ ,..,,,,,,_. _____,_ ___......,_ ‘,.._„......,.,„,„ ,,,,i .„.„,24-...,7,;'.."-' ,r-',:!---'..,"1-7= , c)-- - * Id"' . .. ., , , .4.4-a L ,.,,,, 1 ,,,,,,,,„.. ,_,,, ____ 1 1 4 G) 0• // : 0 .co 1 _ ,�. _ Q; 4-milli o 1_10:1 _21. E45' A: ,, � rx 5i alq. '::::!: frr6 ii 6 4.. - . " q--. 11 0 IN °..i,:7 _ Cgc l.,K L:41::,1 9 .�ii.--- di j 0 ?I�� ? I iJII i rA 3s 1g° P �J_ CT', t ri L war 0 ilia i�, m ati211 A �1'. Z ran \ 1 12 ; f j �� 11t11"�I�i \1;it mohJ90 mlingra l ' -p�I __ ...x: 6,, :4_.; Hi 1 II� �e IQ ° �: 14 n ''S:i ? ✓ f t �m ,), .... a) 00 10 a c w Z . O V i ii ?i ii ii i lilut 000 0 O 0 00 001 P a P P F P P • F P P r ►P . r 0 tiob q i i In:lop pm i q i 1 milliplimilipiiiipiiiipplimpripilii; er 1111 ili II 1 PI s .� 111 1 111111 0 1 ill g a l l 111'E1 Il ail >;011 till li r11111111 1 ;lisl 11 ill g s ii i A 1 i i i ail li it i i 1i � g 011111I11,1 ipp i s iielli I IP 10 i 1 Si I i lqjilli 11 ilgi 1 ii/ i i °Hi 11111PRIPIIIiiiRlil 10 JYJ Na I s REMEDIATION JJ� CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT T = �,.��b C ;��~`'a NO D FIRE STATION N2REPAIRSMils Y� 'E PLAN .d..T..a r4hafla � 9 PVNYIq.TupTilH J �♦fN „,,,,...............4"Ztott•,,.........t.ttr,..,,t,dt.,....,....,04,...... I 1 rt 041r. T.. TT . — 11 A Ail II co - szel====^. --- ---...- ;„7”.-X.--...:.......----••••-•••••• _ _ .......--.-''......'' ^.• ........... ..2.7a.,j1w. , 0, I I 1 I 1 II I 11 i I 1 1 I 0 I I H I I i 1 0 i- :.^-'i.--=.:C..:.--'---..7.:.,- --I"..:-'----....t."----F-.-=7---2----=-F1.---=---t•-=::.-"'-=..: l'i.,•'3,=--. -- 0 1 1 t 0 i I 1 44 I 1 I 1 i 1 i -,.;-•--Fr-•=1-'-'-=-:-E----1.-z-.:-=-S.--7="-:=-::"-r,--ili-=-4---=4:---Z.-*: '•i,4t",..=. - ct 0 I I t 1 I 1 1 . i . :4tli11 •. Iill•1-sistm - AI I_ 1 I [. I I nor r1,, ? 1 RIO II ..... . ____ if re t I 411 ir e5 ';4, ----f r- :'-: rl Poll ..,;:1 ':,!—Iiii L.. i i fr°2 , 1 I _0 3 RIP:11.11141::: ‘..':-___,,,,___.___@, Z 1 I • 1 k .-,. --J ) ) ,. , ............,,,, • 1 z ........... 4 , — I i - r oi • 1 , ......... 1 - . , ki '1 ,, . --- '' .. --- , - .i in 1-. -- .... w .4 ... ok p - , I ea 1 1:A:i...,-,.1 :‘ ,41...,•,k; :',.; • ........... , \ I 4, , : i a '11.4k• . ..e -.. --- ; # - 1 1.: • • ..--,k.... 0 . . •; ,, 7 .. i :lt .. 0,irl! II1P 1 I l iiig -IV!, i 1\.) ...r1 1 Pisil"ia JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT 1/4,,c, .. FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS Cf) a q ., DU.SOLIDON PLAN 1111111111111111111.11M1 . , .. ,. .. ,- .. ., . IPSO F.li d __________-.._-___-___-- ____.--, _______. ••_- .- . -9.""d.'""r"e4- -. - - - ',......4........./J = ----. re Rem=06.1101100w.Iw nviwan..ae,e..wvsrra w o.eeeII. asq re . •e....wr r.eNATumawmu w 1 I • lei TI T ? 1• ooc, ,.a y 1 ; m II I =�-:�.,.i_� - t-;---j _ -_ - o ..„-_,..„._...,...,.....4.,..„_._,_.,„J_._t__=_-_,__4,...11,,,...-...._ _ ,. ` j ,' ' , - L/' :Ir. /7"--__ , I t7i NE tgill i4 . IP: 2 CO I .../.......- br,:ii 4 ,: 4‘411 :4'..1,-.4., -o 4 ;via I iii 41,t i it _ r ..® .. �� Oil r— :• 9 _ Intl I 4. ri ,, , „...) , , . fi., i 4 ..' 4 _ t kp �- I 1 1 1 f. �: il6 "�6 �" a Ike !3�`� "�a g I 4g ,9 a�ill t�� 11 i lir ii ill e III l i. !ill _!Ili/1 ■ #;fill 0.1g H1 aii ;:;1 r,A t dig 11116 i ; la ;11° �!1!/1!1iii °I I I i ill sp " s �; 1 R 0 L 1a* s I r - I JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT Leta.1 . ��FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS u -� - 0.1* PLU* K1PL N 1140 rn,. — g Radial Tun naw K. IPCITY OF PEARDIND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO.4 Date: February 16,2022 PROJECT: Fire Station#2 Repairs-FA2103 BID NO.: 1023-15 BID DA LL: February 22,2022;2:00 p.m. FROM: Sergio Becerril,Project Manager . City of Pearland E&PW 2016 Old Alvin Road Pearland,Texas 77581 • To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Addendum No 4 has been issued to extend the Bid Opening until Tuesday February 22,2022 at 2:00PM. SPECIFICATIONS: N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: N/A END OF ADDENDUM NO. 4 Sergio Becerril Project Manager 2-22-12 -1 of 1 , CITY OF PEAl?LAND ADDENDUM • Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO.5 .........,,,. Date: February 17,2022 ar ecci't 4'0:4' PROJECT: Fire Station#2 Repairs- FA2103 oasse of,-- BID NO.: 0123-15 \411,. ,.., '.,, OF I ..--- ,,,....- BID DATE: February 22,2022 —111t---":1-rk—I FROM: Joby Copley Partner Joiner Architects 700 Rockmead, Suite 265 Kingwood,TX 77339 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM ,‘,‘AY BE CAUSE FOR 1)ISOLALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: SPECIFICATIONS: ,, i CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: 1. C200 - Replaced Note B as follows: "Extend downspout minimum 24"below grade. Attach 90 ji . degree fitting and extend with minimum 6" diameter pipe towards Fite Road.Daylight pipe to i . ditch". 2. A200 - Restroom #102, removed all existing floor tile.Dayroom#108, where slab cut and plumbing repair of Restroom#102 extends into Dayroom#108 (refer to Plumbing Drawing P200), remove all existing carpet in its entirety. 2-22-12 009, ' - 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM 3. A200-Restroom#112,removed existing floor tile to the edge of the shower and shower drying area. Corridor#110,where slab cut and plumbing repair of Restroom#112 extends into Corridor#110 (refer to Plumbing Drawing P200),remove a portion of the existing LVT flooring. 4. A201 -Restroom#102,at the completion of slab repair, provide new floor tile as scheduled(re: 6/A201 Floor Finish Schedule). Existing floor tile product has been discontinued and no longer availabe. Dayroom#108 existing carpet has been discontinued and no longer available. Provide new carpet(re: 6/A201 Floor Finish Schedule). 5. A201 -Restroom#112,at the completion of slab repair,provide new floor tile as scheduled (re: 6/A201 Floor Finish Schedule).Existing floor tile product has been discontinued and no longer availabe. Corridor#110 existing LVT has been discontinued and no longer available. Provide new LVT(re: 6/A201 Floor Finish Schedule). Joby Copley Partner END OF ADDENDUM NO. 5 • • • 009`'o-2 of 2 .. . ,.: ; I - , , il ,..1 ,, 1 7.;.---- '-' 1 ..... I I FM VIM{fat ; ,...._ '* r---------, , 1 i I. ti 1 I A saw alaSSAK =SAM.. . —— — 1 il maw"%a ! --",..- --- ' --- -1 . ; __...— r— - I ... tr— ri , 1 ?4 1 1 i a 1 1 I r•• —..-- — 1 1.... 1 ...' .... _ __ ......._/' , 1 1 , i I 1--- „„.„. ... ..,..., I Lti t^" 111 1 i i I 'l li i AC ,,,„,. : ....e. I 113 ik'' A , . . . talarir L .0 .. agorg — li I i ..,„ Awn nrIeralate•en.A. 612 CC Agar...AM. , U. It 0A.A.., i LC) 0 "Iriteir''"". : ATZ tr "' 0:t 0 1 .12.... ,...- 1 """"'"' imsr.aultunal 11 i 1\s, I t T1: )------ IMISPOIN I'''. o•'. ‘S'' " 4: ... lk .....,,•;;:47, I I;, B.=7... St•=41.N....'"*.. ...... W 7.,1 OW MN A C ,AA i r.i 7 \ \ mar. I r- 1 7 1 _ i .7.4. •• ,r7 \ ... ... I__ '4't '-' -11—-4 I ,,,.,, - '') _,----_______,......,7 I ..,„ n 5 0 a. et w 4 C3 Lu et p Ul — FI7E ROAD (R.O.W. VARIES) a_ f•All DAVE ---— ----- .-—------ -- ------------ r. Yeffi......4" PROACTIO. ..e..:- 2107-0113431 Oczarkiviley C 200 I I I 1 I . ... _ , • ... fd m 'row rmaatu.Mwm t r : t' � , a .la* - „„ ._.—L.�-1,.1 - _...„_. • t - $ 5 ..moo wamLoo°v"ii 4 PHOTO RM 102 5 DEMOLITION .:7TO 6 OEM,:LMON PHOTO 7 DEMOLITION PHOTO Q DEMOLITION PHOTO �zx ; ;i e ..__. 8 -4 Tu 144W#r t /cRC ai.t•F 1 Kou l�ww .:Ciaacanw+cmw mw1Pi64:LlwtMM i"7 a.ue �' La. DouY cc 'a4DMDl u eaMOmsl Remus LlL6w v gdac. mot Lamm watt asteicaL S' L m10 0Mlw11Lww®Y.DM.LOm '� } - LO4144145,4441114.0,4.IDlMaYLlm.w 1 wariuwtr a +mwwA�ILL 2 wlaiwaMw1011Laatlw 111 ,r a merewLams �oi.uw.omme IWILSOLL 1O Iwo MALL4DW WmscommofOMaat .Tim ( O Are rI0X0LLTILOtMatpiwfl.Yl0100aia010 .—, 04 A. 'ammo.orourawcrtwe. anesAro m.Mn 4u m ti1 aD0wtecarawro wnm4wwtnmw4salctm C3arcm` '-cv+ws ill' = •• a Dr AS Mee a.D.emrwLLmaocaaDL SWIM, ww+rom i wei te y 1.: ::::: —� �.arrl i rc+al ta.ccDeaeNs.... n.c...1;f7 j—a q i / 1 - a.mlOLI.wR.aMwaOeYOLMewr011awLBNW Q a i 0.., c _ w. ru"�Q4211.raiwn�+caa� I� ..J M1 T1.AG.l.OLMammwM✓4LL.iQdm.'w.Oputt 5 Q PHOTO RM 112 �'aLLM:..r4 wLtr.D c`.a:LOOOir�,....�4LwrD..l. ar w .ammo mWao+R 4 flGm.w MmaaY TO a.wraMr ¢ g _ MM.LOW'M AGMW.DLIlY DsIRaiMr ma (y� IL LW MCr04 Ma GORIYLLInt a[lm6rm a.LO a. ,,,,-..•••) deo Olf•LI LP INCAtAllIN Li/*WILL MINS SW/OLtiLL O lartrewliumuu a r.1"OiPr a'ai+�1 0 @ alwoae.ammwno wa,rwm:r>u.lmos! ill 0. uwtgta .... Mari" }-- 1111111-- -. "` /� a�,ifort LOLL LOL�LOI 11LIp4�mppm4MAMMtpp1�� .. >� 1' M�Me TM rirorpRolWm (� nD _ .o wrlmmemrnnraonwraev '! 1- / 11111.110 MI6 a aG aNYl1alrL.LIw1LMCOpewapLMa1g1 e1 GOMM- ' LM.LOa1LcLas Y�iYsslowsa oill m.mwm.cDMILMIN[Oaawm.nMMlc alalaw ,IM Liil[iia'L"wMmPta w>e.wmraa'! I-��-1 77`� 1l_. _ al Lat • M4MwlaaAte meat tfl 1. e. GC.0MuIW .M IL1.,MILw>.M 1 III ,, ,_...: 4 ,rt1 PHOTO RM 124 tt m..a. } &it m>. Rig-_"'" 1 LL.t<w wLLe 1 t ^ awc .. ayu v, :•Fes:. 1c ,: 1 .. LeitA mY.tlC ' Yr n ..c w ^ 1'tjrypljt( O m ,�I ) ''- Dernunoc Cs c ...s- pgD1fCT$O is i x A ( gl. .....�. r.0-,,'r ...mpg. 1 DEMOLITION PLAN o e NOTES °`„ i SCALE:VS".1'0' 2 Ida, �- w .., { 200 ,. , • , a _ _ _ , . , . . • . _.. •• - _ r-. �.e.rAoa o..r..u•a.n crw.Naa.. .✓"' ▪ ^1 2 Ni.PMK mrwct.D.u.e.w o. al... AVIA-WAWA. Ca.t�u0.A.& a..n.,.C.ILr PAT. •ra.aC.0.»401.1,yL. floaN r'nON Rfun.vr + T1i AWi MD *. OTEEL ana.uo r ..Too MO ort•tAa Sr r•feon%•X.-ROM Sha.a,Lm.+•a.0aO•xw'�x Uldr• a,,,,,L larar alN um.,6aoro.axe, (i Vol. CNC Wr 0. 1 eMe a i.' . Eng=.rTT,Nit OOLON/0 Off NM.=WO. �M1e OIOMACOO ONO fMMa..MONIANO, OOf, ISOLVv v ra"•arecarw l *A WOO•vo� w ar r.. w CANT.rNsnr Werra wmArn 1 ♦r.wutcmnxwaao+anY.antaswen �: ea�loffloaCuww+ AMMIVA awu..smaoermrw.r a AM CPI.. ,t CID i r'ZO a ON.J[ , . • �QIms WGT®LnR I A COO11C60.YiC6 fal!KM16l WO ai * „LtID a arx/.n 6��'•' '' _ =MO. • ¶ Lvr.iA�mr.o Urals.LOCO'•w' re0a.NT „o..rn Aka rrawfaVM101 AAA • CSG.10 r Nunn"U161. , all.NiM11O6w lC/iTO.PM>nWRw1Ai P. V�� \%�I/►�%i►-- 1 �aa:a. .:�.m a„O owc•w ma1w.G+a.eM1l lit ATwraa AaVA11.1 j} t /.ems` pcSF�rcdtr ,P fi i=it-u=u=a=n-tf=n=o-ur-n-If= .oamrorea...r..o.unnsaen u, t� AMR Ove r.,.a f :. n-i1=w=11=t1=1i=- .�r-al=ll=fe . mom COM aroono...w.w DAMECO o...o �o-rr.o..o.wa. , 7 �-ri=1=_ • = 4f=n-11= a.+r.ouoe fmoOP A.LawMl..owwraosoonoM �•,:� airs mull 4 .camacagrm wow AuwNa.®rs.er *— .-�Ac rr.. f .lr icr.lr 1 iMPO +TOOMOrl•MOO LLt1Vl bluff+'K WARDEN la.. A011/ra6ratiMICM a0prMM aMOaarm �.a. ,--ir', aa®01101 aarlaaAlalars.rrramAla of W OwrC mr.r.ILKrIORM m,oaa rl0,15.•c o AIOalOMe..Yw0aa.rafb OLa[O�.l> r a1•m.u..voar MErm,rolirs or r aiir.m oa IMart,ft. n°•w° 3 BOLLARD PLAN DETAIL ABOLLARD DETAIL g SLAB REPLACEMENT DETAIL L. R FLOOR FiNiSH SCHEDULE (. 'M'v „. a,;, .-. SCALE:ST.1'-0 .'i•-0 Mane ex,=Mu' `t SCALE:1R" ' SCALE:12-,' V-0' V M MT rot yN 1 t Aa=NC 6 F� • ranrrraar.a.ra<aow MeA,ralre L OS aaawr.a.ro.Nona.a100100 fastareasf#EMPL+C.O ra aaa 1 .„ 7 6 aws.wowowniat.aa mM r00Vprr0.m O1.401 M. les Th. aNOti. W rArra amorw MO Mr.ouee ers .. nrM• 2 Y •. ^ M .sue r m `:+ . , t4.._a-.� ._.:,s-..'rY • - r4• Ola rArwarfac+,c P11A.o+l ry ./ � a Co.aueme auur,,.N.Au.wna..ouce+T K um...es 9Ara.CA1'rG na.a.alwaa DNW.rAru. - LIMO i ,..r'' o aaao�aen�ila'Am forKCI a N71l 1UI g. rt srAtaKrm®aa IQ.a.rs mnswD.EfW. lli Ylij waraaw.a�Ma �aaLva�mn..Yfaa�n. p pFT wewM.rMaararore.owaaryar.. • ....., ... �aw.paN1NMI�G.aolMmwC67 6xafs6▪ �iworatMNr.YnfegonaPwxaR. r k J (1, llH G,_ '�f 6fwoofwnarwr�r61 ..'�r�'�R7�i..!y.;�,:i ` nara�r...rgr..,acw,lssraawIDs.eV Ademmet Mae ,/ O. / /�,�� nrrm.rr.rum�arras J J l 0 I e_vl _J a�t.ais �// /�f Q,mlaa.lrlrr+n roer*e nlsr:..+nr.u,u ,,,,A,„, - . I .,•.• /!•1//�,4 �.° si.fwMMIL amarsea+cx an m // /r 9.rrral,®Cana6aia•a.acrre.a,ru Gi �' /��.•,./ /�� aewae.ru.earvua.wr►a rewcnaa6 / i/ I rA.>orm.om�6 uamwara+wcu® W t rairarj F Wow rorr6.Oloarer0ae _ C3 /,�/��/,/% Dais UL m.aw+uram+ .� SDIMI r aaaras IA.is mossouaawarcua O ,, - - II .aa.a.1QAMMa..l.r•elareoll 1. G•w c>, CO j �' linanoote e'wa�muair�Semler rat OP I _ m pi�fwOaa r to v. raor= • . olaaraawi�aeusw • ! •wTil1_raa a.O.s Y.raa .,.,.. „ ' ►I'S as.w .r,., -,,. a..., ...1.., MOM f.rwalrl.Aa..lerr.osam.• I!,ri c.__J ® y ± 2,,j .y : I�-1 ,J wYwraww�Mae.alarDae we. IIt! '! , I �awi.asa•lfeaYY:mll.a.M.rawwalw z D�1: ii/ �y 111 O Ta � �!// / /.'.l%/�:, -- CS . v�i - ®o�soaaasSSrYi thalata F. Z Lr.i 4r,— _ :l . .-.._... fN.eoflm•el n MONIMOaaoaa"Wm r r_`4.�,��-r'�-4 i 4 C- r•a��, �..,..ar<e,aMaw.n.n6.. 0 g Mil � _ , � - i 1 0 = r re.o csa mo...aw.r�eafn.m..am ac. .• .• _ .' 5� _. } ( raver.-.•+...�ru �aemro�ro.anaowa...e.... W alw.Msar IMP=rra rrmrr m -^e . I ' r usaanea ®, lraaa_owscf+.a.arsa.+o U • C i nj C ;.,f_.;' s€`r_w ••'� ""` ,an; �^ia+araaeas i �� 1� �-1 ( 1 LJ ��]totl.fm M,r SAD rNMOrawslr s OaWAlorANCq w ::, %^:--„--`'_ •..7 r.�._.�.s1 .., '•-: L:p-, ..-_ _-_w..w '..-- I- -. .J. s,w faOeQf�MrIOOVON aTaaoR�' 1mwt7 • .o vAla ✓�NON ` _mr+nsr ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ A l.. A? j%j •m mMr 1 mlMelf#eprweae ne rafbleaoarre a.Ae f J ✓v_) �rrHrWrA .r O1WMO1A...96 Mona Al, al PRO�Cr1,0. a7 os @W!{/RJIO1a1.10 1..r ndlifilio NM 0'01®nCall 21 ` r Aif II -- ---- - '-.,�-� +i REMEDiATION PLAN ®• ® , NOTES 201 1 Sr.,F•la..r-0 I I I I • CITY OP PP:ARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO.6 . r Date:February 18,2022 PROJECT: Fire Station#2 Repairs-FA2103 BID NO.: 0123-15 BID DATE: March 1,2022; 2:00 p.m. FROM: Sergio Becerril City of Pearland E&PW 2016 Old Alvin Road Pearland,TX 77581 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and • Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: • Addendum No 6 has been issued to extend Vendor Questions until Wednesday,February 23,2022 at 5:00PM and Bid Opening has been extended until Tuesday March 1,2022 at 2:00PM. CLARIFICATIONS: N/A SPECIFICATIONS: • - N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: N/A .1140' 2-22-12 00900-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Sergio Becerril COP PM END OF ADDENDUM NO.6 • -• _ • 009, -2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 .,. ,4► 0 � ADDENDUM NO.7 ' . + Date: February 25,2022 S s :- �; n amiss aV," PROJECT: Fire Station#2 Repairs-FA2103 `t, AOF IV.-- ..,._ __ BID NO.: 0123-15 BID DATE: March 1, 2022 FROM: Joby Copley Partner Joiner Architects 700 Rockmead, Suite 265 Kingwood,TX 77339 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Response to Contractors RFIs: 1. On Document 00200 (Instructions to Bidders) on section 11.3 it states "Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary.The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature" however, corporate seals are no longer utilized or required. These have become remnants of the past. We'd like some clarification on this and if you guys still require it. Would an electronic seal be acceptable?-Response: Yes, electronic seals • are acceptable. 2. Sheet C1.1 refers to sheet C1.2 which does not exist. Will this drawing be provided? - Response: No. C1.1 is an Owner furnished Civil as-built drawing to be used as a reference only. C1.2 is also an Owner furnished Civil as-built drawing which contains information that is not relavent to this project and was therefore not provided. 2-22-12 009`'`;_ 1 of 3 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water D References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 4 Section 01565—TPDES Requirements 5 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation E Referenced Standards. 1 Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 3 Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland,Texas 4 Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council(WWD/PI) F Definitions 1 Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatering-lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes, prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations,reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material,prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations, and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b Depressurization-reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 2. Surface Water Control-diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3 Excavation Drainage-keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water 02/2008 01564- 1 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1 02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water Include the cost to control non-pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Architect prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1 Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3 A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location,depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4 A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells,monitoring installation details and criteria,type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5 A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6 Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7 Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9 Surface water control and drainage installations. 10 Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation 1 Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 02/2008 01564-2 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3 Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4 Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations 1 Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3 02 "Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells" 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations,piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning(abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation,and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards -29 CFR,Part 1926, and Section 01570 -Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications,to produce the following results 1 Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3 Preclude damage to adjacent properties,buildings, structures,utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4 Prevent the loss of fines, seepage,boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5 Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water,as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches,berms,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564-3 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells,or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES),for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565— TPDES, 3 02 "Certification Requirements" D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy,take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564-4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Architect through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1 06 "Operations and Maintenance Data" B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells,and devices,such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation,where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers,piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water-bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan.Refer to this Section, 1 03B B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Architect in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564-5 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling,dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced,such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR,WELL POINTS,OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system,include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564-6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1 03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods 1 Sump pumping in combination with. a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric. b Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321,placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter 02/2008 01564-7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Architect's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches,curb walls,pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1 03B END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL A As used herein and in conjunction with TPDES General Permit No TXR150000, the term OPERATOR refers to the CONTRACTOR. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of the required documentation to be prepared,signed and submitted by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)General Permit as issued March 5, 2003, re-issued March 5, 2013, and re-issued March 5, 2018, by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Section 26 040 of the Texas Water Code. B Contractor's responsibility for implementation,maintenance,and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including,but not limited to,erosion and sediment controls,storm water management plans,waste collection and disposal,off- site vehicle tracking,and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in this or other Technical Specifications.This Specification provides guidelines and Best Management Practices (BMP's) information for the Contractor to use in adhering to all local, state and federal environmental regulations with respect to storm water pollution prevention during construction activity C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 3 Section 01770—Contract Closeout D Referenced Standards. 1 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) E Other References. 1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)found in Appendix A of these Technical Specifications. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 08/2018 01565- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES A The Contractor shall complete,sign,and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent(NOI) attached in Appendix A. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the TCEQ It is contractor's responsibility to pay for any fees associated with the permit. Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Termination (NOT) attached in Appendix A. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in Appendix A. C The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A. D The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. E Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 — Coordination&Meetings. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is accepted by the Owner B At Contract Closeout,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner 08/2018 01565-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner 1 Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3 In an easily visible location on Project Site,post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4 Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel. 5 Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's office. APPENDIX A FOLLOWS THIS SECTION END OF SECTION 08/2018 01565-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS (APPENDIX A) Table of Contents TCEQ General Permit NOI TCEQ Form 20022 TCEQ Form— 20134 NOC TCEQ Form—20023 Site Notice Forms 08/2018 01565-4 of 4 - M VIM MN "MIN MP AM lag General Permit to Discharge Under TCEQ the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activities TXR150000 Effective March 5, 2018 printed on TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY recycled paper uosssc op ar�.xo,3 _ - -'Zr Hy`dCI QHf1SSI BTOZ`S goxel"I'HLVQ HAI.L3HddH •alup anploa33a;Tuuad arp.ulo.I-I s.isa.t ang;gdiupiur 1u a.Iidxa hugs u}a.raq pauTsluoo uopuzuoglnu aql pus 1T'ut.zad IuJoua8 sTgy •a;nos aaregoslp au;asno•I.(sessaoau aq.tum ss s1g0I•x.(;sadosd a.Tnbou o;aallruuad arT13o.(11TIglsuodsas aq;sT;I -suousjrL Q.I so snnsl IsooT so`aluls `Is.Iapa -o uor;ujorn'Wu sou suIST.r Isuos.zad go uolssnur.tuu azrsotpnu 14u1.10d Issauag sup saop JagnaN .(1T;ua sago so •uopsiod.Ioo dlgs.au;-rud `Tenpinrpui Aue o;pal?unj lou;mg uTVuojaq.(l.Iadosd sapniouT sjq,,,, •a;nos a8srgoszp aq;2uolu saaregoszp .ralsnnu I.Io2s-uou uTslsao pus.ra;u, •T,u.Io;s 3o aoue.(anuoo.Io3.(7iadojd oulgnd so alenzid asn o1;g01.1 alp aa3;Tuuad ag;o;;uszg;ou saop;Tuuad Israua5 s1g13o aousnssi aqy—0H3,I, aql;--o nolsslu.nlT op aqi o s.Iap.zo.Iaglo p•u:s`suxay3o a1s;S oq :o sMBT a•TI3 `(•uolssr ly1•v1o3 .ro bHDy)ituluna Is1uo!-u•uonnug uo-uo!ssr Iuuro3 sexay ag13o saln-I alp se Ilan-su `3luuad Tesaua0 s1g1 uT guoJ;as suor;Tpuoo 1aglo pus s;uauzannba.I Ourso;TuouT; 01 3uips000e 4rrio awls au;uT.al5At aoe3sns o1 aPsegoslp.(su1 sexay;o ales agl uT pa;soo1 .(1Tntloe uoIsonslsuoo ql'L I,,,pa;5Toossu salsnnuuols aassgoslp TOW sa;IS•uoi;onslsuo J £TOZ`S rIo-TSLAJ panssT`00005 lIuuad Tusau09 SaQdi, saosldes pus sapessadtts 1Tuuad slit/ apo3 sa2eisA sexay auu:o qZ.a;dugD pus loV salsj usal3 agpj:o ZOb uolloaS 3o suoTslno.d sapun Inlay NOLLVN.IInd 'Ia ao-aw-IDSIa .LNV.LfYraod Sdxa_L �E�C 2IaUNn.aali HDSId O L 1TJAI2Tad 7V2-aN IO L80£-TIL8L suxay`u11sfV L80£Txog O d A;iiina Isp uam uoai�-ua-uo -uoissimwo ssxaj TPDES GENERAL PERMIT NUMBER TXRi50000 RELATING TO STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Table of Contents Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions 5 Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required. 5 Section B. Definitions 6 Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage. 13 Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 13 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity 13 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities 13 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges 13 4. Other Permitted Discharges 14 Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out 14 Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 14 1. Post Construction Discharges 14 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 14 3. Compliance with Water Quality Standards 14 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL)Requirements 14 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone. 15 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas 16 7 Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities 16 8. Indian Country Lands 16 9. Oil and Gas Production and Transportation 16 lo. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities 16 ii. Endangered Species Act. 16 12. Other 17 Section D Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 17 1. Large Construction Activities. 17 2. Small Construction Activities 17 Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 17 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities with Low Potential for Erosion 17 2. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities: 18 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: 19 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities. .20 5. Effective Date of Coverage .20 6. Notice of Change(NOC) 21 7 Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT)Forms,NOC Letters,and Construction Site Notices 22 8. Contents of the NOI .22 Section F Terminating Coverage 23 1. Notice of Termination(NOT)Required. 23 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT 23 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites 24 4. Transfer of Day-to-Day Operational Control 24 Section G Waivers from Coverage 25 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage. 25 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver 26 3. Effective Date of a LREW 26 4. Activities Extending Beyond the LREW Period. 26 Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage. 27 1. Individual Permit Alternative 27 2. Alternative Authorizations for Certain Discharges 27 3. Individual Permit Required 27 4. Alternative Discharge Authorization 27 Section I. Permit Expiration. 27 Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3) .28 Section A. Shared SWP3 Development 29 Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 29 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications 29 2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control .30 Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation,Implementation,and Compliance .30 Section D Plan Review and Making Plans Available .30 Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s 31 Section F Contents of SWP3. 31 Section G Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites .40 Part IV Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants. .42 Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements .42 Section B. Best Management Practices(BMPs)and SWP3 Requirements. •44 Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges. .46 Part V Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements .46 Part VI. Retention of Records 47 Part VII.Standard Permit Conditions 47 Part VIII. Fees .48 Appendix A. Automatic Authorization .50 Appendix B. Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas. 52 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map 53 Appendix D. Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas 54 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required When calculating the acreage of land area disturbed,include the disturbed land-area of all construction and construction support activities. How much land will be disturbed?(*1) <1 acre 1 or more acres (•1) (*1) NO Do you meet the YES ' Will 5 or more rt definition of ► acres be disturbed? "operator?"(*2) (*1) NO YES Permit Coveraee Required • Prepare and Implement SWP3 • Post Site Notice • Submit Copy of Site Notice to Iv1S4 Operator V l / Are you a"primary NO operator?(*2) Permit Coveraee Not YES Reaaired%Unless Part Permit Coverage Required 1 of a Larger Common • Prepare and Implement SWP3 Plan of Development • Submit NOl to TCEQ or Sale • Post Site Notice • Submit Copy of NOI to MS4 Operator (*1) To determine the size of the construction project,use the size of the entire area to be disturbed,and include the size of the larger common plan of development or sale,if the project is part of a larger project(refer to Part LB,"Definitions,"for an explanation of"common plan of development or sale"). (*2) Refer to the definitions for"operator,"`primary operator,"and"secondary operator"in Part 1., Section B.of this permit. Page 5 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Section B. Definitions Arid Areas-Areas with an average annual rainfall of o to io inches. Best Management Practices(BMPs)-Schedules of activities,prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures,structural controls,local ordinances,and other management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants.BMPs also include treatment requirements,operating procedures,and practices to control construction site runoff,spills or leaks,waste disposal,or drainage from raw material storage areas. Commencement of Construction-The initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing,grading,or excavation activities,as well as other construction-related activities (e.g.,stockpiling of fill material,demolition). Common Plan of Development-A construction activity that is completed in separate stages,separate phases,or in combination with other construction activities. A common plan of development(also known as a"common plan of development or sale")is identified by the documentation for the construction project that identifies the scope of the project,and may include plats,blueprints,marketing plans,contracts,building permits,a public notice or hearing,zoning requests,or other similar documentation and activities. A common plan of development does not necessarily include all construction projects within the jurisdiction of a public entity(e.g.,a city or university) Construction of roads or buildings in different parts of the jurisdiction would be considered separate"common plans,"with only the interconnected parts of a project being considered part of a"common plan"(e.g.,a building and its associated parking lot and driveways,airport runway and associated taxiways,a building complex,etc.).Where discrete construction projects occur within a larger common plan of development or sale but are located 1/4 mile or more apart,and the area between the projects is not being disturbed,each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of development or sale,provided that any interconnecting road,pipeline or utility project that is part of the same"common plan"is not included in the area to be disturbed. Construction Activity-Includes soil disturbance activities,including clearing,grading, excavating,construction-related activity(e.g.,stockpiling of fill material,demolition),and construction support activity This does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site (e.g.,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar maintenance activities).Regulated construction activity is defined in terms of small and large construction activity Construction Support Activity—A construction-related activity that specifically supports construction activity,which can involve earth disturbance or pollutant-generating activities of its own,and can include,but are not limited to,activities associated with concrete or asphalt batch plants,rock crushers,equipment staging or storage areas,chemical storage areas,material storage areas,material borrow areas,and excavated material disposal areas.Construction support activity must only directly support the construction activity authorized under this general permit. Dewatering—The act of draining rainwater or groundwater from building foundations, vaults,and trenches. Discharge—For the purposes of this permit,the drainage,release,or disposal of pollutants in stormwater and certain non-stormwater from areas where soil disturbing activities(e.g., clearing,grading,excavation,stockpiling of fill material,and demolition),construction materials or equipment storage or maintenance(e.g.,fill piles,borrow area,concrete truck wash out,fueling),or other industrial stormwater directly related to the construction process (e.g.,concrete or asphalt batch plants)are located. Drought-Stricken Area—For the purposes of this permit,an area in which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's U.S.Seasonal Drought Outlook indicates for the period during which the construction will occur that any of the following conditions are Page 6 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 likely (1)"Drought to persist or intensify", (2)"Drought ongoing,some improvement", (3) "Drought likely to improve,impacts ease",or(4)"Drought development likely" See http.//www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/products/expert assessment/seasonal drought.html. Edwards Aquifer-As defined under Texas Administrative Code(TAC)§213.3 of this title (relating to the Edwards Aquifer),that portion of an arcuate belt of porous,water-bearing, predominantly carbonate rocks known as the Edwards and Associated Limestones in the Balcones Fault Zone trending from west to east to northeast in Kinney,Uvalde,Medina, Bexar,Comal,Hays,Travis,and Williamson Counties;and composed of the Salmon Peak Limestone,McKnight Formation,West Nueces Formation,Devil's River Limestone,Person Formation,Kainer Formation,Edwards Formation,and Georgetown Formation.The permeable aquifer units generally overlie the less-permeable Glen Rose Formation to the south,overlie the less-permeable Comanche Peak and Walnut Formations north of the Colorado River,and underlie the less-permeable Del Rio Clay regionally Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone-Generally,that area where the stratigraphic units constituting the Edwards Aquifer crop out,including the outcrops of other geologic formations in proximity to the Edwards Aquifer,where caves,sinkholes,faults,fractures,or other permeable features would create a potential for recharge of surface waters into the Edwards Aquifer The recharge zone is identified as that area designated as such on official maps located in the offices of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and the appropriate regional office.The Edwards Aquifer Map Viewer,located at http.//www.tceq.texas.govJcompliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html,can be used to determine where the recharge zone is located. Edwards Aquifer Contributing Zone-The area or watershed where runoff from precipitation flows downgradient to the recharge zone of the Edwards Aquifer The contributing zone is located upstream(upgradient)and generally north and northwest of the recharge zone for the following counties. all areas within Kinney County,except the area within the watershed draining to Segment No.2304 of the Rio Grande Basin,all areas within Uvalde,Medina,Bexar,and Comal Counties,all areas within Hays and Travis Counties, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Colorado River above a point 1.3 miles upstream from Tom Miller Dam,Lake Austin at the confluence of Barrow Brook Cove, Segment No.14o3 of the Colorado River Basin,and all areas within Williamson County, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Lampasas River above the dam at Stillhouse Hollow reservoir,Segment No.1216 of the Brazos River Basin.The contributing zone is illustrated on the Edwards Aquifer map viewer at http://www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html. Effluent Limitations Guideline(ELG)—Defined in 4o Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)§122.2 as a regulation published by the Administrator under§3o4(b)of the Clean Water Act(CWA)to adopt or revise effluent limitations. Facility or Activity—For the purpose of this permit,referring to a construction site,the location of construction activity,or a construction support activity that is regulated under this general permit,including all contiguous land and fixtures(for example,ponds and materials stockpiles),structures,or appurtenances used at a construction site or industrial site. Final Stabilization-A construction site status where any of the following conditions are met: (a) All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform(that is, evenly distributed,without large bare areas)perennial vegetative cover with a density of at least 7o%of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures,or equivalent permanent stabilization measures(such as the use of riprap,gabions,or geotextiles) have been employed. Page 7 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (b) For individual lots in a residential construction site by either. (i) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition(a)above; or (2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to the time of transfer of the ownership of the home to the buyer and after informing the homeowner of the need for,and benefits of,final stabilization.If temporary stabilization is not feasible,then the homebuilder may fulfill this requirement by retaining perimeter controls or BMPs,and informing the homeowner of the need for removal of temporary controls and the establishment of final stabilization. Fulfillment of this requirement must be documented in the homebuilder's stormwater pollution prevention plan(SWP3). (c) For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes(such as pipelines across crop or range land),final stabilization maybe accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use.Areas disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities,such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to surface water and areas that are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition(a)above. (d) In arid,semi-arid,and drought-stricken areas only,all soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and both of the following criteria have been met: (i) Temporary erosion control measures(for example,degradable rolled erosion control product)are selected,designed,and installed along with an appropriate seed base to provide erosion control for at least three years without active maintenance by the operator,and (2) The temporary erosion control measures are selected,designed,and installed to achieve 7o%of the native background vegetative coverage within three years. Hyperchlorination of Waterlines—Treatment of potable water lines or tanks with chlorine for disinfection purposes,typically following repair or partial replacement of the waterline or tank,and subsequently flushing the contents. Impaired Water-A surface water body that is identified as impaired on the latest approved CWA§3o3(d)List or waters with an EPA-approved or established total maximum daily load(TMDL)that are found on the latest EPA approved Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b)and 3o3(d),which lists the category 4 and 5 water bodies. Indian Country Land—All land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States government,notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and,including rights-of-way running through the reservation, (2)all dependent Indian communities with the borders of the United States whether within the originally or subsequently acquired territory thereof,and whether within or without the limits of a state; and(3)all Indian allotments,the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running through the same. (4o CFR§122.2) Indian Tribe-Any Indian Tribe,band,group,or community recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental authority over a Federal Indian Reservation(4o CFR§122.2). Infeasible—Not technologically possible,or not economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. (4o CFR§450.11(b)). Large Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading,and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land. Large construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than five(5)acres of total Page 8 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1.50000 land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land. Large construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar maintenance activities.) Linear Project—Includes the construction of roads,bridges,conduits,substructures, pipelines,sewer lines,towers,poles,cables,wires,connectors,switching,regulating and transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities in a long,narrow area. Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver(LREW)-A written submission to the executive director from an operator of a construction site that is considered as small construction activity under the permit,which qualifies for a waiver from the requirements for small construction activities,only during the period of time when the calculated rainfall erosivity factor is less than five(5). Minimize-To reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using stormwater controls that are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System(MS4)-A separate storm sewer system owned or operated by the United States,a state,city,town,county,district,association,or other public body(created by or pursuant to state law)having jurisdiction over the disposal of sewage,industrial wastes,stormwater,or other wastes,including special districts under state law such as a sewer district,flood control or drainage district,or similar entity,or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization,that discharges to surface water in the state. Notice of Change(NOC)—Written notification to the executive director from a discharger authorized under this permit,providing changes to information that was previously provided to the agency in a notice of intent form. Notice of Intent(NOI)-A written submission to the executive director from an applicant requesting coverage under this general permit. Notice of Termination(NOT)-A written submission to the executive director from a discharger authorized under this general permit requesting termination of coverage. Operator-The person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that is either a primary or secondary operator as defined below. Primary Operator—the person or persons associated with construction activity that meets either of the following two criteria. (a) the person or persons have on-site operational control over construction plans and specifications,including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications;or (b) the person or persons have day-to-day operational control of those activities at a construction site that are necessary to ensure compliance with a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3)for the site or other permit conditions(for example,they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWP3 or comply with other permit conditions). Secondary Operator—The person or entity,often the property owner,whose operational control is limited to: (a) the employment of other operators,such as a general contractor,to perform or supervise construction activities;or Page 9 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (b) the ability to approve or disapprove changes to construction plans and specifications, but who does not have day-to-day on-site operational control over construction activities at the site. Secondary operators must either prepare their own SWP3 or participate in a shared SWP3 that covers the areas of the construction site,where they have control over the construction plans and specifications. If there is not a primary operator at the construction site,then the secondary operator is defined as the primary operator and must comply with the requirements for primary operators. Outfall-For the purpose of this permit,a point source at the point where stormwater runoff associated with construction activity discharges to surface water in the state and does not include open conveyances connecting two municipal separate storm sewers,or pipes, tunnels,or other conveyances that connect segments of the same stream or other water of the U.S.and are used to convey waters of the U.S. Permittee-An operator authorized under this general permit.The authorization may be gained through submission of a notice of intent,by waiver,or by meeting the requirements for automatic coverage to discharge stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from construction activity Point Source—Any discernible,confined,and discrete conveyance,including but not limited to,any pipe,ditch,channel,tunnel,conduit,well,discrete fissure,container,rolling stock concentrated animal feeding operation,landfill leachate collection system,vessel or other floating craft from which pollutants are,or maybe,discharged.This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture or agricultural stormwater runoff(40 CFR §122.2). Pollutant-Dredged spoil,solid waste,incinerator residue,sewage,garbage,sewage sludge, filter backwash,munitions,chemical wastes,biological materials,radioactive materials,heat, wrecked or discarded equipment,rock,sand,cellar dirt,and industrial,municipal,and agricultural waste discharged into any surface water in the state.The term"pollutant"does not include tail water or runoff water from irrigation or rainwater runoff from cultivated or uncultivated rangeland,pastureland,and farmland.For the purpose of this permit,the term "pollutant"includes sediment. Pollution-The alteration of the physical,thermal,chemical,or biological quality of,or the contamination of,any surface water in the state that renders the water harmful,detrimental, or injurious to humans,animal life,vegetation,or property or to public health,safety,or welfare,or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose(Texas Water Code(TWC)§26.001(14)). Rainfall Erosivity Factor(R factor)-the total annual erosive potential that is due to climatic effects,and is part of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE). Receiving Water-A"Water of the United States"as defined in 4o CFR§122.2 or a surface water in the state into which the regulated stormwater discharges. Semiarid Areas-areas with an average annual rainfall of 10 to 20 inches. Separate Storm Sewer System-A conveyance or system of conveyances(including roads with drainage systems,streets,catch basins,curbs,gutters,ditches,man-made channels,or storm drains),designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater;that is not a combined sewer,and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works(POTW). Small Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading,and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than one(1)acre and less than five(5)acres of land.Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one(1)acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one(1)and Page 10 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 less than five(5)acres of land.Small construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar maintenance activities) Steep Slopes—Where a state,Tribe,local government,or industry technical manual(e.g. stormwater BMP manual)has defined what is to be considered a"steep slope",this permit's definition automatically adopts that definition.Where no such definition exists,steep slopes are automatically defined as those that are 15 percent or greater in grade. Stormwater(or Stormwater Runoff)-Rainfall runoff,snow melt runoff,and surface runoff and drainage. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity-Stormwater runoff,as defined above,from a construction activity Structural Control(or Practice)-A pollution prevention practice that requires the construction of a device,or the use of a device,to reduce or prevent pollution in stormwater runoff.Structural controls and practices may include but are not limited to•silt fences, earthen dikes,drainage swales,sediment traps,check dams,subsurface drains,storm drain inlet protection,rock outlet protection,reinforced soil retaining systems,gabions,and temporary or permanent sediment basins. Surface Water in the State-Lakes,bays,ponds,impounding reservoirs,springs,rivers, streams,creeks,estuaries,wetlands,marshes,inlets,canals,the Gulf of Mexico inside the territorial limits of the state(from the mean high water mark(MHWM)out io.36 miles into the Gulf),and all other bodies of surface water,natural or artificial,inland or coastal,fresh or salt,navigable or non-navigable,and including the beds and banks of all water-courses and bodies of surface water,that are wholly or partially inside or bordering the state or subject to the jurisdiction of the state; except that waters in treatment systems which are authorized by state or federal law,regulation,or permit,and which are created for the purpose of waste treatment are not considered to be water in the state. Temporary Stabilization-A condition where exposed soils or disturbed areas are provided a protective cover or other structural control to prevent the migration of pollutants. Temporary stabilization may include temporary seeding,geotextiles,mulches,and other techniques to reduce or eliminate erosion until either permanent stabilization can be achieved or until further construction activities take place. Thawing Conditions—for the purposes of this permit,thawing conditions are expected based on the historical likelihood of two or more days with daytime temperatures greater than 327 This date can be determined by looking at historical weather data. Note:The estimation of thawing conditions is for planning purposes only During construction,the permittee will be required to conduct site inspections based upon actual conditions(i.e.,if thawing conditions occur sooner than expected,the permittee will be required to conduct inspections at the regular frequency). Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL)-The total amount of a pollutant that a water body can assimilate and still meet the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards. Turbidity—A condition of water quality characterized by the presence of suspended solids and/or organic material. Waters of the United States-Waters of the United States or waters of the U.S.means (a) all waters which are currently used,were used in the past,or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce,including all waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide; (b) all interstate waters,including interstate wetlands; Page ii Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o0o0 (c) all other waters such as intrastate lakes,rivers,streams(including intermittent streams),mudflats,sandflats,wetlands,sloughs,prairie potholes,wet meadows, playa lakes,or natural ponds that the use,degradation,or destruction of which would affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters (1) which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or other purposes; (2) from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce;or (3) which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce; (d) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United States under this definition, (e) tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs(a)through(d)of this definition, (f) the territorial sea,and (g) wetlands adjacent to waters(other than waters that are themselves wetlands) identified in paragraphs(a)through(f)of this definition. Waste treatment systems,including treatment ponds or lagoons designed to meet the requirements of CWA are not waters of the U.S.This exclusion applies only to manmade bodies of water which neither were originally created in waters of the U.S.(such as disposal area in wetlands)nor resulted from the impoundment of waters of the U.S. Waters of the U.S.do not include prior converted cropland.Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior converted cropland by any other federal agency,for the purposes of the CWA,the final authority regarding CWA jurisdiction remains with EPA. Page 12 Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage Section A.Discharges Eligible for Authorization 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity Discharges of stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from small and large construction activities may be authorized under this general permit. 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities Discharges of stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from construction support activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit may be authorized,provided that the following conditions are met: (a) the construction support activities are located within one(i)mile from the boundary of the construction site where the construction activity authorized under the permit is being conducted that requires the support of these activities; (b) an SWP3 is developed for the permitted construction site according to the provisions in Part III.F of this general permit,and includes appropriate controls and measures to reduce erosion and the discharge of pollutants in stormwater runoff according to the provisions in Part III.G of this general permit; (c) the activities are directly related to the construction site; (d) the activities are not a commercial operation,nor serve other unrelated construction projects; and (e) the activities do not continue to operate beyond the completion of the construction activity at the project it supports. Construction support activities that operate outside the terms provided in(a)through(e) above must obtain authorization under a separate Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)permit,which may include the TPDES Multi Sector General Permit(MSGP),TXRo50000(related to stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity),an alternative general permit(if available),or an individual water quality permit. 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges The following non-stormwater discharges from sites authorized under this general permit are also eligible for authorization under this general permit: (a) discharges from fire-fighting activities(fire-fighting activities do not include washing of trucks,run-off water from training activities,test water from fire suppression systems,or similar activities); (b) uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings(excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life),which include flushings from systems that utilize potable water,surface water,or groundwater that does not contain additional pollutants(uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings do not include systems utilizing reclaimed wastewater as a source water); (c) water from the routine external washing of vehicles,the external portion of buildings or structures,and pavement,where detergents and soaps are not used, where spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred(unless spilled materials have been removed,and if local state,or federal regulations are applicable,the materials are removed according to those regulations),and where the purpose is to remove mud,dirt,or dust; Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (d) uncontaminated water used to control dust; (e) potable water sources,including waterline flushings,but excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life; (f) uncontaminated air conditioning condensate; (g) uncontaminated ground water or spring water,including foundation or footing drains where flows are not contaminated with industrial materials such as solvents; and (h) lawn watering and similar irrigation drainage. 4. Other Permitted Discharges Any discharge authorized under a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES),TPDES,or TCEQ permit maybe combined with discharges authorized by this general permit,provided those discharges comply with the associated permit. Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out The wash out of concrete trucks at regulated construction sites must be performed in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 1. Post Construction Discharges Discharges that occur after construction activities have been completed,and after the construction site and any supporting activity site have undergone final stabilization,are not eligible for coverage under this general permit.Discharges originating from the sites are not authorized under this general permit following the submission of the notice of termination(NOT)or removal of the appropriate site notice,as applicable,for the regulated construction activity 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges Except as otherwise provided in Part II.A of this general permit,only discharges that are composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity may be authorized under this general permit. 3. Compliance with Water Quality Standards Discharges to surface water in the state that would cause,have the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or that would fail to protect and maintain existing designated uses of surface water in the state are not eligible for coverage under this general permit.The executive director may require an application for an individual permit or alternative general permit(see Parts II.H.2 and 3.)to authorize discharges to surface water in the state if the executive director determines that any activity will cause,has the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or is found to cause,has the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to,the impairment of a designated use.The executive director may also require an application for an individual permit considering factors described in Part II.H.3 of this general permit. 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL)Requirements The permittee shall determine whether the authorized discharge is to an impaired water body on the latest EPA-approved CWA Section 3o3(d)List or waters with an EPA- approved or established TMDL that are found on the latest EPA-approved Texas Page 14 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b)and 3o3(d), which lists the category 4 and 5 water bodies. New sources or new discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired waters are not authorized by this permit unless otherwise allowable under 3o TAC Chapter 305 and applicable state law Impaired waters are those that do not meet applicable water quality standard(s)and are listed as category 4 or 5 in the current version of the Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality,and waterbodies listed on the CWA§ 3o3(d)list.Pollutants of concern are those for which the water body is listed as impaired. Discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired water bodies for which there is a TMDL are not eligible for coverage under this general permit unless they are consistent with the approved TMDL.Permittees must incorporate the conditions and requirements applicable to their discharges into their SWP3,in order to be eligible for coverage under this general permit. For consistency with the construction stormwater-related items in an approved TMDL,the SWP3 must be consistent with any applicable condition,goal,or requirement in the TMDL,TMDL Implementation Plan(I-Plan), or as otherwise directed by the executive director 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone Discharges cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 213(relating to Edwards Aquifer).In addition,commencement of construction (i.e.,the initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing,grading,or excavating activities,as well as other construction-related activities such as stockpiling of fill material and demolition)at a site regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213,may not begin until the appropriate Edwards Aquifer Protection Plan(EAPP)has been approved by the TCEQ's Edwards Aquifer Protection Program. (a) For new discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone,or within that area upstream from the recharge zone and defined as the Contributing Zone (CZ),operators must meet all applicable requirements of,and operate according to, 3o TAC Chapter 213(Edwards Aquifer Rule)in addition to the provisions and requirements of this general permit. (b) For existing discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone,the requirements of the agency-approved Water Pollution Abatement Plan(WPAP) under the Edwards Aquifer Rule is in addition to the requirements of this general permit.BMPs and maintenance schedules for structural stormwater controls,for example,may be required as a provision of the rule.All applicable requirements of the Edwards Aquifer Rule for reductions of suspended solids in stormwater runoff are in addition to the requirements in this general permit for this pollutant. (c) For discharges located within ten stream miles upstream of the Edwards Aquifer recharge zone,applicants shall also submit a copy of the NOI to the appropriate TCEQ regional office. Counties: Comal,Bexar,Medina,Uvalde,and Kinney Contact: TCEQ Water Program Manager San Antonio Regional Office 1425o Judson Road San Antonio,Texas 78233-4480 (210)490-3096 Counties: Williamson,Travis,and Hays Contact: TCEQ Water Program Manager Austin Regional Office 12100 Park 35 Circle Page 15 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150oo0 Room 179,Building A Austin,Texas 78753 (512)339-2929 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas Discharges otherwise eligible for coverage cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 311(relating to Watershed Protection)for water quality areas and watersheds. 7 Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities This general permit does not limit the authority or ability of federal,other state,or local governmental entities from placing additional or more stringent requirements on construction activities or discharges from construction activities.For example,this permit does not limit the authority of a home-rule municipality provided by Texas Local Government Code§401.002. 8. Indian Country Lands Stormwater runoff from construction activities occurring on Indian Country lands are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit.If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES regulations,authority for these discharges must be obtained from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA). 9. Oil and Gas Production and Transportation Stormwater runoff from construction activities associated with the exploration, development,or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline,are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit.Authorization for stormwater discharges from construction activities that are associated with production of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline must be obtained,as required,from the U.S.EPA or the Texas Railroad Commission,as applicable.Discharge of stormwater related to construction activity, from a facility that stores both refined products intended for off-site use and crude oil in aboveground storage tanks,is regulated by the TCEQ and is eligible for coverage under this general permit. 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities Stormwater discharges from agricultural activities that are not point source discharges of stormwater are not subject to TPDES permit requirements.These activities may include clearing and cultivating ground for crops,construction of fences to contain livestock,construction of stock ponds,and other similar agricultural activities. Discharges of stormwater runoff associated with the construction of facilities that are subject to TPDES regulations,such as the construction of concentrated animal feeding operations,would be point sources regulated under this general permit. 11. Endangered Species Act Discharges that would adversely affect a listed endangered or threatened aquatic or aquatic-dependent species or its critical habitat are not authorized by this permit,unless the requirements of the Endangered Species Act are satisfied. Federal requirements related to endangered species apply to all TPDES permitted discharges and site-specific controls may be required to ensure that protection of endangered or threatened species is achieved.If a permittee has concerns over potential impacts to listed species,the permittee may contact TCEQ for additional information. Page 16 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 12. Other Nothing in Part II of the general permit is intended to negate any person's ability to assert force majeure(act of God,war,strike,riot,or other catastrophe)defenses found in 3o TAC§70.7 Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Large Construction Activities (a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction activity occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction-Operators of large construction activities continuing to operate after the effective date of this permit,and authorized under the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000(effective on March 5,2013),must submit an NOI to renew authorization or a NOT to terminate coverage under this general permit within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim or grace period,as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the 2013 TPDES general permit. 2. Small Construction Activities (a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction activity occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction-Discharges from ongoing small construction activities that commenced prior to the effective date of this general permit,and that do not meet the conditions to qualify for termination of this permit as described in Part II.F of this general permit,must meet the requirements to be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit.During this interim period,as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the 2013 TPDES Construction General Permit. Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities with Low Potential for Erosion. Operators of small construction activity,as defined in Part I.B of this general permit, shall not submit an NOI for coverage,unless otherwise required by the executive director Operators of small construction activities,which occur in certain counties and during periods of low potential for erosion that do not meet the conditions of the waiver described in Part II.G of this general permit,maybe automatically authorized under this general permit if all the following conditions are met. (a) the construction activity occurs in a county and during the corresponding date range(s)listed in Appendix A, (b) the construction activity is initiated and completed,including either final or temporary stabilization of all disturbed areas,within the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; Page 17 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR3.50000 (c) all temporary stabilization is adequately maintained to effectively reduce or prohibit erosion,permanent stabilization activities have been initiated,and a condition of final stabilization is completed no later than 30 days following the end date of the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; (d) the permittee signs a completed TCEQ small construction site notice for low potential for erosion,including the certification statement; (e) a signed and certified copy of the small construction site notice for low potential for erosion is posted at the construction site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities,and maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity; NOTE. Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an original signed and certified site notice,with a viewable signature,located on- site and available for review by any applicable regulatory authority (f) a copy of the signed and certified small construction site notice for low potential for erosion is provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of construction activities; (g) discharges of stormwater runoff or other non-stormwater discharges from any supporting concrete batch plant or asphalt batch plant is separately authorized under an individual TPDES permit,another TPDES general permit,or under an individual TCEQ permit where stormwater and non-stormwater is disposed of by evaporation or irrigation(discharges are adjacent to water in the state);and (h) any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization,are not considered by TCEQ to be a wastewater,or are captured and routed for disposal at a publicly operated treatment works or licensed waste disposal facility If all of the conditions in(a)—(h)above are met,then the operator(s)of small construction activities with low potential for erosion are not required to develop a SWP3. If an operator is conducting small construction activities and any of the above conditions (a)—(h)are not met,the operator cannot declare coverage under the automatic authorization for small construction activities with low potential for erosion and must meet the requirements for automatic authorization(all other)small construction activities,described below in Part II.E.2. For small construction activities that occur during a period with a low potential for erosion,where automatic authorization under this section is not available,an operator may apply for and obtain a waiver from permitting(Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver— LREW),as described in Part II.G of this general permit.Waivers from coverage under the LREW do not allow for any discharges of non-stormwater and the operator must ensure that discharges on non-stormwater are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization. 2. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities. Operators of small construction activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit shall not submit an NOI for coverage,unless otherwise required by the executive director Operators of small construction activities,as defined in Part I.B of this general permit or as defined but who do not meet in the conditions and requirements located in Part II.E.i above,may be automatically authorized for small construction activities,provided that they meet all of the following conditions. Page i8 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit,that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator,and implement the SWP3 prior to commencing construction activities; (b) all operators of regulated small construction activities must post a copy of a signed and certified Small Construction site notice,the notice must be posted at the construction site in a location where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities,at least two days prior to commencing construction activity,and maintain the notice in that location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities,e.g. pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway;notice for these linear sites may be relocated,as necessary,along the length of the project,and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public;local,state,and federal authorities); (c) operators must maintain a posted site notice at the construction site until final stabilization has been achieved,and NOTE. Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an original signed and certified Small Construction site notice,with a viewable signature,located on-site and available for review by an applicable regulatory authority (d) provide a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice to the operator of any municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4)receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of construction activities. As described in Part I.B of this general permit,large construction activities include those that will disturb less than five(5)acres of land,but that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb five(5)or more acres of land,and must meet the requirements of Part II.E.3.below 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities. Operators of large construction activities that qualify for coverage under this general permit must meet all of the following conditions. (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site where the applicant is the operator The SWP3 must be developed and implemented prior to obtaining coverage and prior to commencing construction activities, (b) primary operators of large construction activities must submit an NOI prior to commencing construction activity at a construction site.A completed NOI must be submitted to TCEQ electronically using the online e-Permits system on TCEQ's website.Operators with an electronic reporting waiver must submit a completed NOI to TCEQ at least seven(7)days prior to prior to commencing construction activity to obtain provisional coverage seven(7)days from the postmark date for delivery to the TCEQ An authorization is no longer provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is issued to the permittee for the construction site indicated on the NOI. If an additional primary operator is added after the initial NOI is submitted,the additional primary operator must meet the same requirements for existing primary operator(s),as indicated above. If the primary operator changes due to responsibility at the site being transferred from one primary operator to another after the initial NOI is submitted,the new primary operator must submit a paper NOI or an electronic NOI at least ten(io) Page 19 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 days prior to assuming operational control of a construction site and commencing construction activity Operators that submit NOIs electronically must use the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website. (c) all operators of large construction activities must post a site notice in accordance with Part III.D.2 of this permit.The site notice must be located where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities,and must be maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities,e.g.pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway;notice for these linear sites may be relocated,as necessary,along the length of the project,and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local, state,and federal authorities); (d) two days prior to commencing construction activities,all primary operators must: i. provide a copy of the signed NOI to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to any secondary construction operator,and ii. list in the SWP3 the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy; (e) all persons meeting the definition of"secondary operator"in Part I of this permit are hereby notified that they are regulated under this general permit,but are not required to submit an NOI,provided that a primary operator at the site has submitted an NOI,or prior to commencement of construction activities,a primary operator is required to submit an NOI and the secondary operator has provided notification to the operator(s)of the need to obtain coverage(with records of notification available upon request).Any secondary operator notified under this provision may alternatively submit an NOI under this general permit,may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES individual permit,or may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES general permit if available;and (f) all secondary operators of large construction activities must post a copy of the signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice and provide a copy of the signed and certified site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to the commencement construction activities. NOTE. Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an original signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice,with a viewable signature,located on-site and available for review by an applicable regulatory authority Effective September 1, 2018,applicants must submit an NOI using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities. Operators of certain small construction activities may obtain a waiver from coverage under this general permit,if applicable.The requirements are outlined in Part II.G below 5. Effective Date of Coverage (a) Operators of small construction activities as described in either Part II.E.1 or II.E.2 above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions of Part II.E.1 or II.E.2. Secondary operators of large construction Page 20 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 activities as described in Part II.E.3 above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions in Part II.E.3.For activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213,related to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule.Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 30 TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (b) Primary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3 above that electronically submit an NOI are authorized immediately following confirmation of receipt of the electronic form by the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the executive director Operators with an electronic reporting waiver are provisionally authorized seven(7)days from the date that a completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the executive director An authorization is no longer provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is issued to the permittee for the construction site indicated on the NOI. For construction activities located in areas regulated by 30 TAC Chapter 213,related to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule.Construction activities may not commence for sites regulated under 30 TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (c) Operators are not prohibited from submitting late NOIs or posting late notices to obtain authorization under this general permit.The TCEQ reserves the right to take appropriate enforcement action for any unpermitted activities that may have occurred between the time construction commenced and authorization was obtained. (d) If operators that submitted NOIs have active authorizations for construction activities that are ongoing when the term of the current general permit expires and a new general permit is issued,a 9o-day interim(grace)period is granted to provide coverage that is administratively continued until operators with active authorizations can obtain coverage under the newly issued CGP The 9o-day grace period starts on the effective date of the newly issued CGP Deadlines for obtaining coverage for operators of small and large construction are provided in Part II.D.1 and 2 above. 6. Notice of Change(NOC) If relevant information provided in the NOI changes,the operator that has submitted the NOI must submit an NOC to TCEQ at least fourteen(14)days before the change occurs, if possible.Where a 14-day advance notice is not possible,the operator must submit an NOC to TCEQ within 14-days of discovery of the change.If the operator becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in an NOI, the correct information must be submitted to TCEQ in an NOC within 14 days after discovery The NOC shall be submitted on a form provided by the executive director,or by letter if an NOC form is not available.A copy of the NOC form or letter must also be placed in the SWP3 and provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge.A list that includes the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy of the NOC(or NOC letter)must be included in the SWP3. Information on an NOC may include,but is not limited to,the following:a change in the description of the construction project;an increase in the number of acres disturbed(for increases of one or more acres); or the name of the operator(where the name of the operator has changed). A transfer of operational control from one operator to another,including a transfer of the ownership of a company Coverage under this general permit is not transferable Page 21 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 from one operator to another or one company to another,and may not be included in an NOC. A transfer of ownership of a company may include,but is not limited to,the following: changes to the structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a corporation or changing corporation types,so that the filing number(or charter number)that is on record with the Texas Secretary of State must be changed. An NOC is not required for notifying TCEQ of a decrease in the number of acres disturbed. This information must be included in the SWP3 and retained on site. Effective September 1, 2018,applicants must submit an NOC using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 7 Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT)Forms,NOC Letters,and Construction Site Notices NOI forms,NOT forms,NOC letters,and Construction Site Notices that require a signature must be signed according to 3o TAC§305.44(relating to Signatories for Applications). 8. Contents of the NOI The NOI form shall require,at a minimum,the following information. (a) the TPDES CGP authorization number for existing authorizations under this general permit,where the operator submits an NOI to renew coverage within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit; (b) the name,address,and telephone number of the operator filing the NOI for permit coverage; (c) the name(or other identifier),address,county,and latitude/longitude of the construction project or site; (d) the number of acres that will be disturbed by the applicant; (e) confirmation that the project or site will not be located on Indian Country lands; (f) confirmation that a SWP3 has been developed in accordance with this general permit,that it will be implemented prior to commencement of construction activities,and that it is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans;for multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3,the confirmation for an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator; (g) name of the receiving water(s); (h) the classified segment number for each classified segment that receives discharges from the regulated construction activity(if the discharge is not directly to a classified segment,then the classified segment number of the first classified segment that those discharges reach);and (i) the name of all surface waters receiving discharges from the regulated construction activity that are on the latest EPA-approved CWA§3o3(d)List of impaired waters or Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 305(b)and 3o3(d)as not meeting applicable state water quality standards. Page 22 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o0o0 Section F. Terminating Coverage 1. Notice of Termination(NOT)Required Each operator that has submitted an NOI for authorization of large construction activities under this general permit must apply to terminate that authorization following the conditions described in this section of the general permit. Authorization of large construction must be terminated by submitting an NOT on a paper form to TCEQ supplied by the executive director or electronically via the online e- Permits system available through the TCEQ website.Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates at midnight on the day a paper NOT is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ or immediately following confirmation of the receipt of the NOT submitted electronically by the TCEQ Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until an NOT is submitted. Effective September 1, 2018,applicants must submit an NOT using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. The NOT must be submitted to TCEQ,and a copy of the NOT provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge(with a list in the SWP3 of the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy),within 3o days after any of the following conditions are met: (a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the operator; (b) a transfer of operational control has occurred(See Section II.F.4 below);or (c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual TPDES permit or alternative TPDES general permit. 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT The NOT form shall require,at a minimum,the following information. (a) if authorization for construction activity was granted following submission of an NOI,the permittee's site-specific TPDES authorization number for a specific construction site; (b) an indication of whether final stabilization has been achieved at the site and a NOT has been submitted or if the permittee is simply no longer an operator at the site; (c) the name,address,and telephone number of the permittee submitting the NOT, (d) the name(or other identifier),address,county,and location(latitude/longitude)of the construction project or site;and (e) a signed certification that either all stormwater discharges requiring authorization under this general permit will no longer occur,or that the applicant is no longer the operator of the facility or construction site,and that all temporary structural erosion controls have either been removed,will be removed on a schedule defined in the SWP3,or have been transferred to a new operator if the new operator has applied for permit coverage. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. Page 23 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites (a) Each operator that has obtained automatic authorization for small construction or is a secondary operator for large construction must perform the following when terminating coverage under the permit: i. remove the site notice; ii. complete the applicable portion of the site notice related to removal of the site notice;and iii. submit a copy of the completed site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge(or provide alternative notification as allowed by the MS4 operator, with documentation of such notification included in the SWP3). (b) The activities described in Part II.F.3.(a)above must be completed by the operator within 3o days of meeting any of the following conditions. i. final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the operator; H. a transfer of day-to-day operational control over activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions has occurred(See Section II.F.4.below);or iii. the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual or general TPDES permit. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates immediately upon removal of the applicable site notice.Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until the site notice is removed. 4. Transfer of Day-to-Day Operational Control (a) When the primary operator of a large construction activity changes or operational control over activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions is transferred to another primary operator,the original operator must do the following: i. submit an NOT within ten(1o)days prior to the date that responsibility for operations terminates,and the new operator must submit an NOI at least ten (io)days prior to the transfer of operational control,in accordance with condition(c)below;and ii. submit a copy of the NOT from the primary operator terminating its coverage under the permit and its operational control of the construction site and submit a copy of the NOI from the new primary operator to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge in accordance with Part II.F.i above. (b) For transfer of operational control,operators of small construction activities and secondary operators of large construction activities who are not required to submit an NOI must do the following: i. the existing operator must remove the original site notice,and the new operator must post the required site notice prior to the transfer of operational control,in accordance with the conditions in Part II.F.4.(c)i or ii below;and ii. a copy of the site notice,which must be completed and provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge,in accordance with Part II.F.3 above. (c) Each operator is responsible for determining its role as an operator as defined in Part I.B and obtaining authorization under the permit,as described above in Part Page 24 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150o00 II.E. 1—3.Where authorization has been obtained by submitting an NOI for coverage under this general permit,permit coverage is not transferable from one operator to another A transfer of operational control can include changes to the structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a corporation,or changing to a different corporation type such that a different filing(or charter) number is established with the Texas Secretary of State.A transfer of operational control can also occur when of the following criteria is met,as applicable: i. Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that do not meet the definition for final stabilization, ii. all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed, scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3,or transferred to a new operator,provided that the original permitted operator has attempted to notify the new operator in writing of the requirement to obtain permit coverage. Records of this notification(or attempt at notification)shall be retained by the operator transferring operational control to another operator in accordance with Part VI of this permit.Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal,or iii. a homebuilder has purchased one or more lots from an operator who obtained coverage under this general permit for a common plan of development or sale. The homebuilder is considered a new operator and shall comply with the requirements of this permit.Under these circumstances,the homebuilder is only responsible for compliance with the general permit requirements as they apply to the lot(s)it has operational control over in a larger common plan of development,and the original operator remains responsible for common controls or discharges,and must amend its SWP3 to remove the lot(s) transferred to the homebuilder Section G. Waivers from Coverage The executive director may waive the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit for stormwater discharges from small construction activities under the terms and conditions described in this section. 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage Operators of small construction activities may apply for and receive a waiver from the requirements to obtain authorization under this general permit,when the calculated rainfall erosivity(R)factor for the entire period of the construction project is less than five(5). The operator must submit either a signed paper Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver(LREW) certification form to the TCEQ,supplied by the executive director,or complete the form electronically via the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website.The form is a certification by the operator that the small construction activity will commence and be completed within a period when the value of the calculated R factor is less than five(5). The paper LREW certification form must be postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ at least seven(7)days before construction activity begins or,if submitted electronically, construction may begin at any time following the receipt of written confirmation from TCEQ that a complete electronic application was submitted and acknowledged. This waiver from coverage does not apply to any non-stormwater discharges,including what is allowed under this permit.The operator must insure that all non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization,or are captured and routed to an authorized treatment facility for disposal. Page 25 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Effective September 1, 2018,applicants must submit an LREW using the online e- Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver The construction site operator may calculate the R factor to request a waiver using the following steps: (a) Estimate the construction start date and the construction end date.The construction end date is the date that final stabilization will be achieved. (b) Find the appropriate Erosivity Index(EI)zone in Appendix B of this permit. (c) Find the EI percentage for the project period by adding the results for each period of the project using the table provided in Appendix D of this permit,in EPA Fact Sheet 2.1,or in USDA Handbook 703,by subtracting the start value from the end value to find the percent EI for the site. (d) Refer to the Isoerodent Map(Appendix C of this permit)and interpolate the annual isoerodent value for the proposed construction location. (e) Multiply the percent value obtained in Step(c)above by the annual isoerodent value obtained in Step(d).This is the R factor for the proposed project.If the value is less than 5,then a waiver may be obtained.If the value is five(5)or more,then a waiver may not be obtained,and the operator must obtain coverage under Part II.E.2.of this permit. Alternatively,the operator may calculate a site-specific R factor utilizing the following online calculator http.//ei.tamu.edu/index.html,or using another available resource. A copy of the LREW certification form is not required to be posted at the small construction site. 3. Effective Date of a LREW Unless otherwise notified by the executive director,operators of small construction activities seeking coverage under a LREW are provisionally waived from the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit seven(7)days from the date that a completed paper LREW certification form is postmarked for delivery to TCEQ,or immediately upon receiving confirmation of approval of an electronic submittal,made via the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website. Effective September 1, 2018,applicants seeking coverage under a LREW must submit an application for a LREW using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. 4. Activities Extending Beyond the LREW Period If a construction activity extends beyond the approved waiver period due to circumstances beyond the control of the operator,the operator must either (a) recalculate the R factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date,and if the R factor is still under five(5),submit a new waiver certification form at least two(2)days before the end of the original waiver period,or (b) obtain authorization under this general permit according to the requirements for automatic authorization for small construction activities in Part II.E.2 of this permit, prior to the end of the approved LREW period. Page 26 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 1. Individual Permit Alternative Any discharge eligible for coverage under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under an individual TPDES permit according to 3o TAC§305(relating to Consolidated Permits).Applications for individual permit coverage must be submitted at least three hundred and thirty(33o)days prior to commencement of construction activities to ensure timely authorization.Existing coverage under this general permit should not be terminated until an individual permit is issued and in effect. 2. Alternative Authorizations for Certain Discharges Certain discharges eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),as applicable. 3. Individual Permit Required The executive director may require an operator of a construction site,otherwise eligible for authorization under this general permit,to apply for an individual TPDES permit in the following circumstances. (a) the conditions of an approved TMDL or TMDL I-Plan on the receiving water; (b) the activity being determined to cause,has a reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or being found to cause,or contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state:and (c) any other consideration defined in 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges)including 3o TAC Chapter 2o5.4(c)(3)(D),which allows the commission to deny authorization under the general permit and require an individual permit if a discharger has been determined by the executive director to have been out of compliance with any rule,order,or permit of the commission, including non-payment of fees assessed by the executive director A discharger with a TCEQ compliance history rating of"unsatisfactory"is ineligible for coverage under this general permit.In that case,3o TAC§60.3 requires the executive director to deny or suspend an authorization to discharge under a general permit.However,per TWC§26.o4o(h),a discharger is entitled to a hearing before the commission prior to having an authorization denied or suspended for having an "unsatisfactory"compliance history Denial of authorization to discharge under this general permit or suspension of a permittee's authorization under this general permit for reasons other than compliance history shall be done according to commission rules in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges). 4. Alternative Discharge Authorization Any discharge eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),if applicable. Section I. Permit Expiration 1. This general permit is effective for a term not to exceed five(5)years.All active discharge authorizations expire on the date provided on page one(1)of this permit. Following public notice and comment,as provided by 3o TAC§205.3(relating to Public Notice,Public Meetings,and Public Comment),the commission may amend, Page 27 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1.50000 revoke,cancel,or renew this general permit.All authorizations that are active at the time the permit term expires will be administratively continued as indicated in Part II.I.2 below and in Part II.D.i(b)and D.2(b)of this permit. 2. If the executive director publishes a notice of the intent to renew or amend this general permit before the expiration date,the permit will remain in effect for existing, authorized discharges until the commission takes final action on the permit. Upon issuance of a renewed or amended permit,permittees may be required to submit an NOI within 90 days following the effective date of the renewed or amended permit,unless that permit provides for an alternative method for obtaining authorization. 3. If the commission does not propose to reissue this general permit within 90 days before the expiration date,permittees shall apply for authorization under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. If the application for an individual permit is submitted before the expiration date,authorization under this expiring general permit remains in effect until the issuance or denial of an individual permit.No new NOIs will be accepted nor new authorizations honored under the general permit after the expiration date. Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3) All regulated construction site operators shall prepare an SWP3,prior to submittal of an NOI,to address discharges authorized under Parts II.E.2 and II.E.3 of this general permit that will reach Waters of the U.S.This includes discharges to MS4s and privately owned separate storm sewer systems that drain into surface water in the state or Waters of the U.S. Individual operators at a site may develop separate SWP3s that cover only their portion of the project,provided reference is made to the other operators at the site. Where there is more than one SWP3 for a site,operators must coordinate to ensure that BMPs and controls are consistent and do not negate or impair the effectiveness of each other Regardless of whether a single comprehensive SWP3 is developed or separate SWP3s are developed for each operator,it is the responsibility of each operator to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit in the areas of the construction site where that operator has control over construction plans and specifications or day-to-day operations. An SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in stormwater associated with construction activity and non-stormwater discharges described in Part II.A.3,in compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. An SWP3 must also identify any potential sources of pollution that have been determined to cause,have a reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or have been found to cause or contribute to the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state from discharges of stormwater from construction activities and construction support activities.Where potential sources of these pollutants are present at a construction site,the SWP3 must also contain a description of the management practices that will be used to prevent these pollutants from being discharged into surface water in the state or Waters of the U.S. NOTE. Construction support activities can also include vehicle repair areas,fueling areas,etc.that are present at a construction site solely for the support construction activities and are only used by operators at the construction site. The SWP3 is intended to serve as a road map for how the construction operator will comply with the effluent limits and other conditions of this permit and does not establish the effluent limits that apply to the construction site's discharges. These limits are established in Part III.G of the permit. Page 28 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Section A. Shared SWP3 Development For more effective coordination of BMPs and opportunities for cost sharing,a cooperative effort by the different operators at a site is encouraged.Operators of small and large construction activities must independently obtain authorization under this permit,but may work together with other regulated operators at the construction site to prepare and implement a single,comprehensive SWP3,which can be shared by some or all operators,for the construction activities that each of the operators are performing at the entire construction site. 1. The SWP3 must include the following: (a) for small construction activities—the name of each operator that participates in the shared SWP3; (b) for large construction activities-the name of each operator that participates in the shared SWP3,the general permit authorization numbers of each operator (or the date that the NOI was submitted to TCEQ by each operator that has not received an authorization number for coverage under this permit);and (c) for large and small construction activities-the signature of each operator participating in the shared SWP3. 2. The SWP3 must clearly indicate which operator is responsible for satisfying each shared requirement of the SWP3.If the responsibility for satisfying a requirement is not described in the plan,then each permittee is entirely responsible for meeting the requirement within the boundaries of the construction site where they perform construction activities.The SWP3 must clearly describe responsibilities for meeting each requirement in shared or common areas. 3. The SWP3 may provide that one operator is responsible for preparation of a SWP3 in compliance with the CGP,and another operator is responsible for implementation of the SWP3 at the project site. Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications All secondary operators and primary operators with control over construction plans and specifications shall. (a) ensure the project specifications allow or provide that adequate BMPs are developed to meet the requirements of Part III of this general permit; (b) ensure that the SWP3 indicates the areas of the project where they have control over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in specifications, (c) ensure that all other operators affected by modifications in project specifications are notified in a timely manner so that those operators may modify their BMP s as necessary to remain compliant with the conditions of this general permit;and (d) ensure that the SWP3 for portions of the project where they are operators indicates the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number(s)for operators with the day-to-day operational control over those activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions.If a primary operator has not been authorized or has abandoned the site,the secondary operator is considered to be the responsible party and must obtain authorization Page 29 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 as a primary operator under the permit,until the authority for day-to-day operational control is transferred to another primary operator The new primary operator must update or develop a new SWP3 that will reflect the transfer of operational control and include any additional updates to the SWP3 to meet requirements of the permit. 2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control Primary operators with day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with an SWP3 and other permit conditions must ensure that the SWP3 accomplishes the following requirements. (a) meets the requirements of this general permit for those portions of the project where they are operators; (b) identifies the parties responsible for implementation of BMPs described in the SWP3, (c) indicates areas of the project where they have operational control over day-to- day activities; and (d) the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number of the parties with control over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in specifications for areas where they have operational control over day-to-day activities. Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation,Implementation,and Compliance The SWP3 must be prepared prior to obtaining authorization under this general permit, and implemented prior to commencing construction activities that result in soil disturbance.The SWP3 must be prepared so that it provides for compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit. Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 1. The SWP3 must be retained on-site at the construction site or,if the site is inactive or does not have an on-site location to store the plan,a notice must be posted describing the location of the SWP3.The SWP3 must be made readily available at the time of an on-site inspection to• the executive director;a federal,state,or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans,grading plans,or stormwater management plans,local government officials;and the operator of a municipal separate storm sewer receiving discharges from the site.If the SWP3 is retained off-site,then it shall be made available as soon as reasonably possible.In most instances,it is reasonable that the SWP3 shall be made available within 24 hours of the request. 2. Operators with authorization for construction activity under this general permit must post a TCEQ site notice at the construction site at a place readily available for viewing by the general public,and local,state,and federal authorities. (a) Primary and secondary operators of large construction activities must each post a TCEQ construction site notice,respective to their role as an operator at the construction site,as required above and according to requirements in Part II.E.3 of this general permit. (b) Primary and secondary operators of small construction activities must post the TCEQ site notice as required in Part III.D.2.(a)above and for the specific type of small construction described in Part II.E.i and 2 of the permit. (c) If the construction project is a linear construction project,such as a pipeline or highway,the notices must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway Site notices for small and large construction Page 3o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 activities at these linear construction sites may be located,as necessary,along the length of the project,but must still be readily available for viewing by the general public;local,states and federal authorities; and contain the following information. i. the site-specific TPDES authorization number for the project if assigned, ii. the operator name,contact name,and contact phone number; iii. a brief description of the project;and iv the location of the SWP3. 3. This permit does not provide the general public with any right to trespass on a construction site for any reason,including inspection of a site; nor does this permit require that permittees allow members of the general public access to a construction site. Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s The permittee must revise or update the SWP3 within seven days of when any of the following occurs: 1. a change in design,construction,operation,or maintenance that has a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants and that has not been previously addressed in the SWP3; 2. changing site conditions based on updated plans and specifications,new operators, new areas of responsibility,and changes in BMPs;or 3. results of inspections or investigations by construction site personnel authorized by the permittee,operators of a municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge,authorized TCEQ personnel,or a federal,state or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans indicate the SWP3 is proving ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in discharges authorized under this general permit. Section F. Contents of SWP3 The SWP3 must be developed and implemented by primary operators of small and large construction activities and include,at a minimum,the information described in this section and must comply with the construction and development effluent guidelines in Part III,Section G of the general permit. 1. A site or project description,which includes the following information. (a) a description of the nature of the construction activity; (b) a list of potential pollutants and their sources; (c) a description of the intended schedule or sequence of activities that will disturb soils for major portions of the site,including estimated start dates and duration of activities; (d) the total number of acres of the entire property and the total number of acres where construction activities will occur,including areas where construction support activities(defined in Part I.B of this general permit)occur; (e) data describing the soil or the quality of any discharge from the site; (f) a map showing the general location of the site(e.g.a portion of a city or county map); (g) a detailed site map(or maps)indicating the following: Page 31 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 i. drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading activities; ii. areas where soil disturbance will occur; iii. locations of all controls and buffers,either planned or in place; iv locations where temporary or permanent stabilization practices are expected to be used, v locations of construction support activities,including those located off-site; vi. surface waters(including wetlands)either at,adjacent,or in close proximity to the site,and also indicate whether those waters are impaired, vii. locations where stormwater discharges from the site directly to a surface water body or a municipal separate storm sewer system, viii. vehicle wash areas;and ix. designated points on the site where vehicles will exit onto paved roads(for instance,this applies to construction transition from unstable dirt areas to exterior paved roads). Where the amount of information required to be included on the map would result in a single map being difficult to read and interpret,the operator shall develop a series of maps that collectively include the required information. (h) the location and description of support activities authorized under the permittee's NOI,including asphalt plants, concrete plants, and other activities providing support to the construction site that is authorized under this general permit; (i) the name of receiving waters at or near the site that may be disturbed or that may receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project; (j) a copy of this TPDES general permit; (k) the NOI and the acknowledgement of provisional and non-provisional authorization for primary operators of large construction sites,and the site notice for small construction sites and for secondary operators of large construction sites; (1) stormwater and allowable non-stormwater discharge locations,including storm drain inlets on site and in the immediate vicinity of the construction site where construction support activities will occur;and (m) locations of all pollutant-generating activities at the construction site and where construction support activities will occur,such as the following: Paving operations;concrete,paint and stucco washout and water disposal,solid waste storage and disposal, and dewatering operations. 2. A description of the BMPs that will be used to minimize pollution in runoff. The description must identify the general timing or sequence for implementation.At a minimum,the description must include the following components (a) General Requirements i. Erosion and sediment controls must be designed to retain sediment on-site to the extent practicable with consideration for local topography,soil type, and rainfall. ii. Control measures must be properly selected,installed,and maintained according to the manufacturer's or designer's specifications. Page 32 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 iii. Controls must be developed to minimize the offsite transport of litter, construction debris,and construction materials. (b) Erosion Control and Stabilization Practices The SWP3 must include a description of temporary and permanent erosion control and stabilization practices for the construction site,where small or large construction activity will occur The erosion control and stabilization practices selected by the permittee must be compliant with the requirements for sediment and erosion control,located in Part III.G of this permit.The description of the SWP3 must also include a schedule of when the practices will be implemented. Site plans must ensure that existing vegetation at the construction site is preserved where it is possible. i. Erosion control and stabilization practices may include but are not limited to establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation,mulching, geotextiles,sod stabilization,vegetative buffer strips,protection of existing trees and vegetation,slope texturing,temporary velocity dissipation devices,flow diversion mechanisms,and other similar measures. ii. The following records must be maintained and either attached to or referenced in the SWP3,and made readily available upon request to the parties listed in Part III.D.i of this general permit: (A) the dates when major grading activities occur; (B) the dates when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site; and (C) the dates when stabilization measures are initiated. iii. Erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily ceased and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days. Stabilization measures that provide a protective cover must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have permanently ceased. The term"immediately"is used to define the deadline for initiating stabilization measures.In the context of this requirement,"immediately"means as soon as practicable,but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth-disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Except as provided in (A)through(D)below,these measures must be completed as soon as practicable,but no more than 14 calendar days after the initiation of soil stabilization measures: (A) Where the immediate initiation of vegetative stabilization measures after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased due to frozen conditions,non-vegetative controls must be implemented until thawing conditions(as defined in Part I.B of this general permit) are present,and vegetative stabilization measures can be initiated as soon as practicable. (B) In arid areas,semi-arid areas,or drought-stricken areas,as they are defined in Part I.B of this general permit,where the immediate initiation of vegetative stabilization measures after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased or is precluded by arid conditions,other types of erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated at the site as soon as practicable.Where vegetative controls are infeasible due to arid conditions,and within 14 calendar days of a temporary or permanent cessation of construction activity in any portion of the site,the operator shall immediately install non- Page 33 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 vegetative erosion controls in areas of the construction site where construction activity is complete or has ceased.If non-vegetative controls are infeasible,the operator shall install temporary sediment controls as required in Part III.F.2.(b).iii.(C)below (C) In areas where non-vegetative controls are infeasible,the operator may alternatively utilize temporary perimeter controls.The operator must document in the SWP3 the reason why stabilization measures are not feasible,and must demonstrate that the perimeter controls will retain sediment on site to the extent practicable.The operator must continue to inspect the BMPs at the frequencies established in Part III.F 7.(c)for unstabilized sites. (D) The requirement for permittees to initiate stabilization is triggered as soon as it is known with reasonable certainty that construction activity at the site or in certain areas of the site will be stopped for 14 or more additional calendar days.If the initiation or completion of vegetative stabilization is prevented by circumstances beyond the control of the permittee,the permittee must employ and implement alternative stabilization measures immediately When conditions at the site changes that would allow for vegetative stabilization,then the permittee must initiate or complete vegetative stabilization as soon as practicable. iv Final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. v TCEQ does not expect that temporary or permanent stabilization measures to be applied to areas that are intended to be left un-vegetated or un- stabilized following construction(e.g.,dirt access roads,utility pole pads, areas being used for storage of vehicles,equipment,or materials). (c) Sediment Control Practices The SWP3 must include a description of any sediment control practices used to remove eroded soils from stormwater runoff,including the general timing or sequence for implementation of controls. i. Sites With Drainage Areas of Ten or More Acres (A) Sedimentation Basin(s) (1) A sedimentation basin is required,where feasible,for a common drainage location that serves an area with ten(io)or more acres disturbed at one time.A sedimentation basin may be temporary or permanent,and must provide sufficient storage to contain a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year,24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained. When calculating the volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm event,it is not required to include the flows from offsite areas and flow from onsite areas that are either undisturbed or have already undergone permanent stabilization,if these flows are diverted around both the disturbed areas of the site and the sediment basin.Capacity calculations shall be included in the SWP3. (2) Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed,the sedimentation basin must provide at least 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained until final stabilization of the site. Page 34 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (3) If a sedimentation basin is not feasible,then the permittee shall provide equivalent control measures until final stabilization of the site.In determining whether installing a sediment basin is feasible,the permittee may consider factors such as site soils, slope,available area,public safety,precipitation patterns,site geometry,site vegetation,infiltration capacity,geotechnical factors,depth to groundwater,and other similar considerations. The permittee shall document the reason that the sediment basins are not feasible,and shall utilize equivalent control measures, which may include a series of smaller sediment basins. (4) Unless infeasible,when discharging from sedimentation basins and impoundments,the permittee shall utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface. (B) Perimeter Controls At a minimum,silt fences,vegetative buffer strips,or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area,and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. ii. Controls for Sites With Drainage Areas Less than Ten Acres. (A) Sediment traps and sediment basins may be used to control solids in stormwater runoff for drainage locations serving less than ten(io) acres.At a minimum,silt fences,vegetative buffer strips,or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area,and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. (B) Alternatively,a sediment basin that provides storage for a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year,24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained may be utilized.Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed,a temporary or permanent sediment basin providing 3,60o cubic feet of storage per acre drained may be provided.If a calculation is performed,then the calculation shall be included in the SWP3. (C) If sedimentation basins or impoundments are used,the permittee shall comply with the requirements in Part III.G.6 of this general permit. 3. Description of Permanent Stormwater Controls A description of any stormwater control measures that will be installed during the construction process to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that may occur after construction operations have been completed must be included in the SWP3. Permittees are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater management measures,as follows: (a) permittees authorized under the permit for small construction activities are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater control measures prior to final stabilization of the site;or (b) permittees authorized under the permit for large construction activities are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater control measures prior to final stabilization of the site and prior to submission of an NOT 4. Other Required Controls and BMPs Page 35 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (a) Permittees shall minimize,to the extent practicable,the off-site vehicle tracking of sediments and the generation of dust.The SWP3 shall include a description of controls utilized to accomplish this requirement. (b) The SWP3 must include a description of construction and waste materials expected to be stored on-site and a description of controls to minimize pollutants from these materials. (c) The SWP3 must include a description of potential pollutant sources in discharges of stormwater from all areas of the construction site where construction activity,including construction support activities,will be located, and a description of controls and measures that will be implemented at those sites to minimize pollutant discharges. (d) Permittees shall place velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and along the length of any outfall channel(i.e.,runoff conveyance)to provide a non- erosive flow velocity from the structure to a water course,so that the natural physical and biological characteristics and functions are maintained and protected. (e) Permittees shall design and utilize appropriate controls to minimize the offsite transport of suspended sediments and other pollutants if it is necessary to pump or channel standing water from the site. (f) Permittees shall ensure that all other required controls and BMPs comply with all of the requirements of Part III.G of this general permit. (g) For demolition of any structure with at least io,000 square feet of floor space that was built or renovated before January 1,1980,and the receiving waterbody is impaired for polychlorinated biphenyls(PCBs) i. Implement controls to minimize the exposure of PCB-containing building materials,including paint,caulk,and pre-198o fluorescent lighting fixtures to precipitation and to stormwater;and ii. Ensure that disposal of such materials is performed in compliance with applicable state,federal,and local laws. 5. Documentation of Compliance with Approved State and Local Plans (a) Permittees must ensure that the SWP3 is consistent with requirements specified in applicable sediment and erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by federal,state,or local officials. (b) SWP3s must be updated as necessary to remain consistent with any changes applicable to protecting surface water resources in sediment erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by state or local official for which the permittee receives written notice. (c) If the permittee is required to prepare a separate management plan,including but not limited to a WPAP or Contributing Zone Plan in accordance with 3o TAC Chapter 213(related to the Edwards Aquifer),then a copy of that plan must be either included in the SWP3 or made readily available upon request to authorized personnel of the TCEQ The permittee shall maintain a copy of the approval letter for the plan in its SWP3. 6. Maintenance Requirements (a) All protective measures identified in the SWP3 must be maintained in effective operating condition.If,through inspections or other means,as soon as the permittee determines that BMPs are not operating effectively,then the permittee shall perform maintenance as necessary to maintain the continued effectiveness Page 36 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 of stormwater controls,and prior to the next rain event if feasible.If maintenance prior to the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,the reason shall be documented in the SWP3 and maintenance must be scheduled and accomplished as soon as practicable.Erosion and sediment controls that have been intentionally disabled,run-over,removed,or otherwise rendered ineffective must be replaced or corrected immediately upon discovery (b) If periodic inspections or other information indicates a control has been used incorrectly,is performing inadequately,or is damaged,then the operator shall replace or modify the control as soon as practicable after making the discovery (c) Sediment must be removed from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 5o%.For perimeter controls such as silt fences,berms,etc.,the trapped sediment must be removed before it reaches 50%of the above-ground height. (d) If sediment escapes the site,accumulations must be removed at a frequency that minimizes off-site impacts,and prior to the next rain event,if feasible.If the permittee does not own or operate the off-site conveyance,then the permittee shall work with the owner or operator of the property to remove the sediment. 7 Inspections of Controls (a) Personnel provided by the permittee must inspect disturbed areas(cleared, graded,or excavated)of the construction site that do not meet the requirements of final stabilization in this general permit,all locations where stabilization measures have been implemented,areas of construction support activity covered under this permit,stormwater controls(including pollution prevention controls) for evidence of,or the potential for,the discharge of pollutants,areas where stormwater typically flows within the construction site,and points of discharge from the construction site. i. Personnel conducting these inspections must be knowledgeable of this general permit,the construction activities at the site,and the SWP3 for the site. ii. Personnel conducting these inspections are not required to have signatory authority for inspection reports under 3o TAC§3o5.128. (b) Requirements for Inspections i. Inspect all stormwater controls(including sediment and erosion control measures identified in the SWP3)to ensure that they are installed properly, appear to be operational,and minimizing pollutants in discharges,as intended. ii. Identify locations on the construction site where new or modified stormwater controls are necessary iii. Check for signs of visible erosion and sedimentation that can be attributed to the points of discharge where discharges leave the construction site or discharge into any surface water in the state flowing within or adjacent to the construction site. iv Identify any incidents of noncompliance observed during the inspection. v Inspect locations where vehicles enter or exit the site for evidence of off-site sediment tracking. vi. If an inspection is performed when discharges from the construction site are occurring: identify all discharge points at the site,observe and document the visual quality of the discharge(i.e.,color,odor,floating,settled,or Page 37 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 suspended solids,foam,oil sheen,and other such indicators of pollutants in stormwater). vii. Complete any necessary maintenance needed,based on the results of the inspection and in accordance with the requirements listed in Part III.F.6 above. (c) Inspection frequencies: i. Inspections of construction sites must be conducted at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater,unless as otherwise provided below in Part III.F 7.(c).ii—v below ii. Inspection frequencies must be conducted at least once every month in areas of the construction site that meet final stabilization or have been temporarily stabilized. iii. Inspection frequencies for construction sites,where runoff is unlikely due to the occurrence of frozen conditions at the site,must be conducted at least once every month until thawing conditions begin to occur(See definitions for thawing conditions in Part I.B).The SWP3 must also contain a record of the approximate beginning and ending dates of when frozen conditions occurred at the site,which resulted in inspections being conducted monthly, while those conditions persisted,instead of at the interval of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater iv In arid,semi-arid,or drought-stricken areas,inspections must be conducted at least once every month and within 24 hours after the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater The SWP3 must also contain a record of the total rainfall measured,as well as the approximate beginning and ending dates of when drought conditions occurred at the site,which resulted in inspections being conducted monthly,while those conditions persisted,instead of at the interval of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater v As an alternative to the inspection schedule in Part III.F 7.(c).i above,the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven(7)calendar days.If this alternative schedule is developed, then the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. vi. The inspection procedures described in Part III.F 7(c).i.—v above can be performed at the frequencies and under the applicable conditions indicated for each schedule option,provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are made in accordance with the following provisions.the inspection frequency schedule can only be changed a maximum of one time each month,the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month, and the reason for the schedule change documented in the SWP3(e.g.,end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet"season). (d) Utility line installation,pipeline construction,and other examples of long, narrow,linear construction activities may provide inspection personnel with limited access to the areas described in Part III.F 7(a)above. i. Inspection of linear construction sites could require the use of vehicles that could compromise areas of temporary or permanent stabilization,cause Page 38 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 additional disturbance of soils,and result in the increase the potential for erosion. In these circumstances,controls must be inspected at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of 0.5 inches or greater,but representative inspections may be performed. H. For representative inspections,personnel must inspect controls along the construction site for 0.25 mile above and below each access point where a roadway,undisturbed right-of-way,or other similar feature intersects the construction site and allows access to the areas described in Part III.F 7.(a) above.The conditions of the controls along each inspected 0.25 mile portion may be considered as representative of the condition of controls along that reach extending from the end of the 0.25 mile portion to either the end of the next 0.25 mile inspected portion,or to the end of the project, whichever occurs first. As an alternative to the inspection schedule described in Part III.F 7.(c).i above,the SWP3 maybe developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven(7)calendar days.If this alternative schedule is developed,the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. iii. The SWP3 for a linear construction site must reflect the current inspection schedule. Any changes to the inspection schedule must be made in accordance with the following provisions: (A) the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month, (B) the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month,and (C) the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3 (e.g.,end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet"season) (e) In the event of flooding or other uncontrollable situations which prohibit access to the inspection sites,inspections must be conducted as soon as access is practicable. (f) Inspection Reports i. A report summarizing the scope of any inspection must be completed within 24-hours following the inspection.The report must also include the date(s) of the inspection and major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3.Major observations in the report must include:the locations of where erosion and discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site have occurred,locations of BMPs that need to be maintained,locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location,and locations where additional BMPs are needed. ii. Actions taken as a result of inspections must be described within,and retained as a part of,the SWP3.Reports must identify any incidents of non- compliance.Where a report does not identify any incidents of non- compliance,the report must contain a certification that the facility or site is in compliance with the SWP3 and this permit.The report must be retained as part of the SWP3 and signed by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC§305.128(relating to Signatories to Reports). iii. The names and qualifications of personnel making the inspections for the permittee may be documented once in the SWP3 rather than being included in each report. (g) The SWP3 must be modified based on the results of inspections,as necessary,to better control pollutants in runoff. Revisions to the SWP3 must be completed Page 39 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 within seven(7)calendar days following the inspection.If existing BMPs are modified or if additional BMPs are necessary,an implementation schedule must be described in the SWP3 and wherever possible those changes implemented before the next storm event.If implementation before the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,these changes must be implemented as soon as practicable. 8. The SWP3 must identify and ensure the implementation of appropriate pollution prevention measures for all eligible non-stormwater components of the discharge,as listed in Part II.A.3 of this permit. 9. The SWP3 must include the information required in Part III.B of this general permit. io. The SWP3 must include pollution prevention procedures that comply with Part III.G.4 of this general permit. Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites Except as provided in 4o CFR§§125.3o-125.32,any discharge regulated under this general permit,with the exception of sites that obtained waivers based on low rainfall erosivity,must achieve,at a minimum,the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available(BPT). 1. Erosion and sediment controls.Design,install,and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a minimum,such controls must be designed,installed,and maintained to. (a) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion in order to minimize pollutant discharges; (b) Control stormwater discharges,including both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume,to minimize channel and streambank erosion and scour in the immediate vicinity of discharge point(s); (c) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity; (d) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes; (e) Minimize sediment discharges from the site.The design,installation,and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount,frequency,intensity and duration of precipitation,the nature of resulting stormwater runoff,and soil characteristics,including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site; (f) If earth disturbance activities are located in close proximity to a surface water in the state,provide and maintain appropriate natural buffers if feasible and as necessary,around surface water in the state,depending on site-specific topography,sensitivity,and proximity to water bodies.Direct stormwater to vegetated areas and maximize stormwater infiltration to reduce pollutant discharges,unless infeasible.If providing buffers is infeasible,the permittee shall document the reason that natural buffers are infeasible and shall implement additional erosion and sediment controls to reduce sediment load, (g) Preserve native topsoil at the site,unless the intended function of a specific area of the site dictates that the topsoil be disturbed or removed,or it is infeasible; and (h) Minimize soil compaction. In areas of the construction site where final vegetative stabilization will occur or where infiltration practices will be installed, either i. restrict vehicle and equipment use to avoid soil compaction,or Page 4o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 ii. prior to seeding or planting areas of exposed soil that have been compacted, use techniques that condition the soils to support vegetative growth,if necessary and feasible; Minimizing soil compaction is not required where the intended function of a specific area of the site dictates that it be compacted. (i) TCEQ does not consider stormwater control features(e.g.,stormwater conveyance channels,storm drain inlets,sediment basins)to constitute"surface water"for the purposes of triggering the buffer requirement in Part III.G.1.(f) above. 2. Soil stabilization.Stabilization of disturbed areas must,at a minimum,be initiated immediately whenever any clearing,grading,excavating,or other earth disturbing activities have permanently ceased on any portion of the site,or temporarily ceased on any portion of the site and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days.In the context of this requirement,"immediately"means as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth- disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary stabilization must be completed no more than 14 calendar days after initiation of soil stabilization measures,and final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage.In arid,semi-arid,and drought-stricken areas where initiating vegetative stabilization measures immediately is infeasible,alternative non- vegetative stabilization measures must be employed as soon as practicable.Refer to Part III.F.2.(b)for complete erosion control and stabilization practice requirements. In limited circumstances, stabilization may not be required if the intended function of a specific area of the site necessitates that it remain disturbed. 3. Dewatering Discharges from dewatering activities,including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations,are prohibited,unless managed by appropriate controls. 4. Pollution prevention measures.Design,install,implement,and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a minimum,such measures must be designed,installed,implemented,and maintained to. (a) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing, wheel wash water,and other wash waters.Wash waters must be treated in a sediment basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better treatment prior to discharge; (b) Minimize the exposure of building materials,building products,construction wastes,trash,landscape materials,fertilizers,pesticides,herbicides,detergents, sanitary waste,and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to stormwater; (c) Minimize the exposure of waste materials by closing waste container lids at the end of the work day For waste containers that do not have lids,where the container itself is not sufficiently secure enough to prevent the discharge of pollutants absent a cover and could leak,the permittee must provide either a cover(e.g.,a tarp,plastic sheeting,temporary roof)to minimize exposure of wastes to precipitation,or a similarly effective means designed to minimize the discharge of pollutants(e.g.,secondary containment);and (d) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks,and implement chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures. 5. Prohibited discharges.The following discharges are prohibited. Page 41 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (a) Wastewater from wash out of concrete,unless managed by an appropriate control, (b) Wastewater from wash out and cleanout of stucco,paint,form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials; (c) Fuels,oils,or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance; (d) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing; and (e) Toxic or hazardous substances from a spill or other release. 6 Surface outlets.When discharging from basins and impoundments,utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface,unless infeasible. Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants Discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants present at regulated construction sites and operated as a construction support activity may be authorized under the provisions of this general permit,provided that the following requirements are met for concrete batch plant(s)authorized under this permit.Only the discharges of stormwater runoff and non-stormwater from concrete batch plants that meet the requirements of a construction support activity can be authorized under this permit(see the requirements for "Non-Stormwater Discharges"in Part II.A.3 and"Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activity"in Part II.A.2). If discharges of stormwater runoff or non-stormwater from concrete batch plants are not authorized under this general permit,then discharges must be authorized under an alternative general permit or individual permit[see the requirement in Part II.A.2.(c)] This permit does not authorize the discharge or land disposal of any wastewater from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites.Authorization for these wastes must be obtained under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements i. Operators of concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit shall sample the stormwater runoff from the concrete batch plants according to the requirements of this section of this general permit,and must conduct evaluations on the effectiveness of the SWP3 based on the following benchmark monitoring values. Table i.Benchmark Parameters Benchmark Benchmark Value Sampling Sample Type Parameter Frequency Oil and Grease(*i) 15 mg/L i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4) Total Suspended 5o mg/L i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4) Solids(*i) pH 6.o—9.o Standard Units i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4) Total Iron(*i) 1.3 mg/L i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4) (*i) All analytical results for these parameters must be obtained from a laboratory that is accredited based on rules located in 3o TAC§25.4(a)or through the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program(NELAP) Analysis must be performed using sufficiently sensitive methods for analysis that comply with the rules located in 4o CFR§136.1(c)and 4o CFR §122.44(i)(i)(iv) Page 42 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (*2) When discharge occurs.Sampling is required within the first 30 minutes of discharge.If it is not practicable to take the sample,or to complete the sampling,within the first 3o minutes,sampling must be completed within the first hour of discharge.If sampling is not completed within the first 30 minutes of discharge,the reason must be documented and attached to all required reports and records of the sampling activity (*3) Sampling must be conducted at least once during each of the following periods. The first sample must be collected during the first full quarter that a stormwater discharge occurs from a concrete batch plant authorized under this general permit. January through March April through June July through September October through December For projects lasting less than one full quarter,a minimum of one sample shall be collected,provided that a stormwater discharge occurred at least once following submission of the NOI or following the date that automatic authorization was obtained under Section II.E.2,and prior to terminating coverage. (*4) A grab sample shall be collected from the stormwater discharge resulting from a storm event that is at least o.1 inches of measured precipitation that occurs at least 72 hours from the previously measurable storm event. The sample shall be collected downstream of the concrete batch plant,and where the discharge exits any BMPs utilized to handle the runoff from the batch plant,prior to commingling with any other water authorized under this general permit. 2. The permittee must compare the results of sample analyses to the benchmark values above,and must include this comparison in the overall assessment of the SWP3's effectiveness.Analytical results that exceed a benchmark value are not a violation of this permit,as these values are not numeric effluent limitations.Results of analyses are indicators that modifications of the SWP3 should be assessed and may be necessary to protect water quality The operator must investigate the cause for each exceedance and must document the results of this investigation in the SWP3 by the end of the quarter following the sampling event. The operator's investigation must identify the following: (a) any additional potential sources of pollution,such as spills that might have occurred, (b) necessary revisions to good housekeeping measures that are part of the SWP3, (c) additional BMPs,including a schedule to install or implement the BMPs;and (d) other parts of the SWP3 that may require revisions in order to meet the goal of the benchmark values. Background concentrations of specific pollutants may also be considered during the investigation.If the operator is able to relate the cause of the exceedance to background concentrations,then subsequent exceedances of benchmark values for that pollutant may be resolved by referencing earlier findings in the SWP3. Background concentrations may be identified by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater run-on to the permitted facility,by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater run-off from adjacent non-industrial areas,or by identifying the pollutant is a naturally occurring material in soils at the site. Page 43 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section B. Best Management Practices(BMPs)and SWP3 Requirements Minimum SWP3 Requirements—The following are required in addition to other SWP3 requirements listed in this general permit,which include,but are not limited to the applicable requirements located in Part III.F 7 of this general permit,as follows. i. Description of Potential Pollutant Sources-The SWP3 must provide a description of potential sources(activities and materials)that can cause,have a reasonable potential to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or have been found to cause,or contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state in stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this permit.The SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity and non-stormwater discharges(described in Part II.A.3 of this general permit),in compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit,including the protection of water quality, and must ensure the implementation of these practices. The following must be developed,at a minimum,in support of developing this description. (a) Drainage—The site map must include the following information. i. the location of all outfalls for stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this permit; ii. a depiction of the drainage area and the direction of flow to the outfall(s); iii. structural controls used within the drainage area(s); iv the locations of the following areas associated with concrete batch plants that are exposed to precipitation.vehicle and equipment maintenance activities(including fueling,repair,and storage areas for vehicles and equipment scheduled for maintenance);areas used for the treatment, storage,or disposal of wastes,liquid storage tanks;material processing and storage areas; and loading and unloading areas; and v the locations of the following:any bag house or other dust control device(s); recycle/sedimentation pond,clarifier or other device used for the treatment of facility wastewater(including the areas that drain to the treatment device);areas with significant materials;and areas where major spills or leaks have occurred. (b) Inventory of Exposed Materials—A list of materials handled at the concrete batch plant that maybe exposed to stormwater and that have a potential to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this general permit. (c) Spills and Leaks-A list of significant spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous pollutants that occurred in areas exposed to stormwater and that drain to stormwater outfalls associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit must be developed,maintained,and updated as needed. (d) Sampling Data-A summary of existing stormwater discharge sampling data must be maintained,if available. 2. Measures and Controls-The SWP3 must include a description of management controls to regulate pollutants identified in the SWP3's"Description of Potential Pollutant Sources"from Part IV.B.i of this permit,and a schedule for implementation of the measures and controls. This must include,at a minimum. Page 44 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (a) Good Housekeeping-Good housekeeping measures must be developed and implemented in the area(s)associated with concrete batch plants. i. Operators must prevent or minimize the discharge of spilled cement, aggregate(including sand or gravel),settled dust,or other significant materials from paved portions of the site that are exposed to stormwater Measures used to minimize the presence of these materials may include regular sweeping or other equivalent practices.These practices must be conducted at a frequency that is determined based on consideration of the amount of industrial activity occurring in the area and frequency of precipitation,and shall occur at least once per week when cement or aggregate is being handled or otherwise processed in the area. ii. Operators must prevent the exposure of fine granular solids,such as cement,to stormwater Where practicable,these materials must be stored in enclosed silos,hoppers or buildings,in covered areas,or under covering. (b) Spill Prevention and Response Procedures-Areas where potential spills that can contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff,and the drainage areas from these locations,must be identified in the SWP3.Where appropriate,the SWP3 must specify material handling procedures,storage requirements,and use of equipment.Procedures for cleaning up spills must be identified in the SWP3 and made available to the appropriate personnel. (c) Inspections-Qualified facility personnel(i.e.,a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit,the concrete batch plant,and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)must be identified to inspect designated equipment and areas of the facility specified in the SWP3. Personnel conducting these inspections are not required to have signatory authority for inspection reports under 3o TAC§305.128.Inspections of facilities in operation must be performed once every seven days.Inspections of facilities that are not in operation must be performed at a minimum of once per month.The current inspection frequency being implemented at the facility must be recorded in the SWP3. The inspection must take place while the facility is in operation and must,at a minimum,include all areas that are exposed to stormwater at the site,including material handling areas,above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos,dust collection/containment systems, truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas.Follow-up procedures must be used to ensure that appropriate actions are taken in response to the inspections. Records of inspections must be maintained and be made readily available for inspection upon request. (d) Employee Training-An employee training program must be developed to educate personnel responsible for implementing any component of the SWP3, or personnel otherwise responsible for stormwater pollution prevention,with the provisions of the SWP3.The frequency of training must be documented in the SWP3,and at a minimum,must consist of one training prior to the initiation of operation of the concrete batch plant. (e) Record Keeping and Internal Reporting Procedures-A description of spills and similar incidents,plus additional information that is obtained regarding the quality and quantity of stormwater discharges,must be included in the SWP3. Inspection and maintenance activities must be documented and records of those inspection and maintenance activities must be incorporated in the SWP3. (f) Management of Runoff-The SWP3 shall contain a narrative consideration for reducing the volume of runoff from concrete batch plants by diverting runoff or otherwise managing runoff,including use of infiltration,detention ponds, retention ponds,or reusing of runoff. Page 45 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 3. Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation—At least once per year,one or more qualified personnel(i.e.,a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit, the concrete batch plant,and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)shall conduct a compliance evaluation of the plant.The evaluation must include the following. (a) Visual examination of all areas draining stormwater associated with regulated concrete batch plants for evidence of,or the potential for,pollutants entering the drainage system.These include,but are not limited to.cleaning areas, material handling areas,above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos,dust collection/containment systems,and truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas.Measures implemented to reduce pollutants in runoff(including structural controls and implementation of management practices)must be evaluated to determine if they are effective and if they are implemented in accordance with the terms of this permit and with the permittee's SWP3.The operator shall conduct a visual inspection of equipment needed to implement the SWP3,such as spill response equipment. (b) Based on the results of the evaluation,the following must be revised as appropriate within two weeks of the evaluation.the description of potential pollutant sources identified in the SWP3(as required in Part IV.B.1, "Description of Potential Pollutant Sources");and pollution prevention measures and controls identified in the SWP3(as required in Part IV.B.2, "Measures and Controls") The revisions may include a schedule for implementing the necessary changes. (c) The permittee shall prepare and include in the SWP3 a report summarizing the scope of the evaluation,the personnel making the evaluation,the date(s)of the evaluation,major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3,and actions taken in response to the findings of the evaluation.The report must identify any incidents of noncompliance.Where the report does not identify incidences of noncompliance,the report must contain a statement that the evaluation did not identify any incidence(s),and the report must be signed according to 3o TAC§305.128,relating to Signatories to Reports. (d) The Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation may substitute for one of the required inspections delineated in Part IV.B.2.(c)of this general permit. Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges Wastewater discharges associated with concrete production including wastewater disposal by land application are not authorized under this general permit.These wastewater discharges must be authorized under an alternative TCEQ water quality permit or otherwise disposed of in an authorized manner Discharges of concrete truck wash out at construction sites may be authorized if conducted in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements This general permit authorizes the land disposal of wash out from concrete trucks at construction sites regulated under this general permit,provided the following requirements are met.Any discharge of concrete production waste water to surface water in the state must be authorized under a separate TCEQ general permit or individual permit. A. Discharge of concrete truck wash out water to surface water in the state,including discharge to storm sewers,is prohibited by this general permit. B. Concrete truck wash out water shall be disposed in areas at the construction site where structural controls have been established to prevent discharge to surface water Page 46 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 in the state,or to areas that have a minimal slope that allow infiltration and filtering of wash out water to prevent discharge to surface water in the state.Structural controls may consist of temporary berms,temporary shallow pits,temporary storage tanks with slow rate release,or other reasonable.measures to prevent runoff from the construction site. C. Wash out of concrete trucks during rainfall events shall be minimized.The discharge of concrete truck wash out water is prohibited at all times,and the operator shall insure that its BMPs are sufficient to prevent the discharge of concrete truck wash out as the result of rainfall or stormwater runoff. D. The disposal of wash out water from concrete trucks,made under authorization of this general permit must not cause or contribute to groundwater contamination. E. If a SWP3 is required to be implemented,the SWP3 shall include concrete wash out areas on the associated site map. Part VI. Retention of Records The permittee must retain the following records for a minimum period of three(3)years from the date that a NOT is submitted as required in Part II.F.i and 2 of this permit.For activities in which an NOT is not required,records shall be retained for a minimum period of three(3)years from the date that the operator terminates coverage under Section II.F.3 of this permit. Records include: A. A copy of the SWP3, B. All reports and actions required by this permit,including a copy of the construction site notice; C. All data used to complete the NOI,if an NOI is required for coverage under this general permit;and D. All records of submittal of forms submitted to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to the secondary operator of a large construction site,if applicable. Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions A. The permittee has a duty to comply with all permit conditions. Failure to comply with any permit condition is a violation of the permit and statutes under which it was issued(CWA and TWC),and is grounds for enforcement action,for terminating, revoking and reissuance,or modification,or denying coverage under this general permit,or for requiring a discharger to apply for and obtain an individual TPDES permit,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 4o CFR§122.41 (a). B. Authorization under this general permit may be modified,suspended,revoked and reissued,terminated or otherwise suspended for cause,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 4o CFR§122.41(f).Filing a notice of planned changes or anticipated non-compliance by the permittee does not stay any permit condition.The permittee must furnish to the executive director,upon request and within a reasonable time,any information necessary for the executive director to determine whether cause exists for modifying,revoking and reissuing,terminating or,otherwise suspending authorization under this permit,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 4o CFR§122.41(h) Additionally,the permittee must provide to the executive director,upon request,copies of all records that the permittee is required to maintain as a condition of this general permit. C. It is not a defense for a discharger in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity to maintain compliance with the permit conditions. Page 47 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150oo0 D. Inspection and entry shall be allowed under TWC Chapters 26-28,Texas Health and Safety Code§§361.o32-361.o33 and 361.037,and 4o CFR§122.41(i).The statement in TWC§26.014 that commission entry of a facility shall occur according to an establishment's rules and regulations concerning safety,internal security,and fire protection is.not grounds for denial or restriction of entry to any part of the facility or site,but merely describes the commission's duty to observe appropriate rules and regulations during an inspection. E. The discharger is subject to administrative,civil,and criminal penalties,as applicable,under TWC Chapter 7 for violations including but not limited to the following: 1. negligently or knowingly violating the federal CWA§§3o1,302,306,307,308, 318,or 405,or any condition or limitation implementing any sections in a permit issued under CWA§402,or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under CWA§§4o2(a)(3)or 4o2(b)(8); 2. knowingly making any false statement,representation,or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under a permit,including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance;and 3. knowingly violating CWA§303 and placing another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury F. All reports and other information requested by the executive director must be signed by the person and in the manner required by 30 TAC§305.128(relating to Signatories to Reports). G. Authorization under this general permit does not convey property or water rights of any sort and does not grant any exclusive privilege. H. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. I. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control(and related appurtenances)that are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures.This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems that are installed by a permittee only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. J The permittee shall comply with the monitoring and reporting requirements in 40 CFR§122.41(j)and(1),as applicable. K. Analysis must be performed using sufficiently sensitive methods for analysis that comply with the rules located in 4o CFR§136.1(c)and 4o CFR§122.44(i)(1)(iv). Part VIII. Fees A. A fee of must be submitted along with the NOI. 1. $325 if submitting a paper NOI,or 2. $225 if submitting an NOI electronically B. Fees are due upon submission of the NOI.An NOI will not be declared administratively complete unless the associated fee has been paid in full. C. No separate annual fees will be assessed for this general permit.The Water Quality Annual Fee has been incorporated into the NOI fees as described above. Page 48 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 D. Effective September 1, 2018,applicants seeking coverage under an NOI or LREW must submit their application using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge. Page 49 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix A: Automatic Authorization Periods of Low Erosion Potential by County—Eligible Date Ranges Andrews. Nov 15-Apr 3o Ector Nov 15-Apr 30 Archer Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Edwards Dec. 15-Feb.14 Armstrong: Nov 15-Apr 3o El Paso Jan.1-Jul. 14,or May 15-Jul. Bailey Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15-May 31,or Jun. 1-Aug.14,or Jun.15-Sept. 14, 14 or Jul. 1-Oct.14,or Jul.15-Oct.31,or Aug.1-Apr 30,or Aug.15-May 14,or Baylor Dec.15-Feb. 14 Sept. 1-May 30,or Oct.1-Jun.14,or Borden. Nov 15-Apr 3o Nov 1-Jun.30,or Nov 15-Jul. 14 Brewster Nov 15-Apr 3o Fisher Dec.15-Feb.14 Briscoe: Nov 15-Apr 3o Floyd. Nov 15-Apr 30 Brown. Dec.15-Feb.14 Foard. Dec.15-Feb 14 Callahan. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Gaines. Nov 15-Apr 30 Carson. Nov 15-Apr 3o Garza. Nov 15-Apr 30 Castro Nov 15-Apr 30 Glasscock: Nov 15-Apr 30 Childress. Dec.15-Feb.14 Hale: Nov 15-Apr 30 Cochran.Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- Hall. Feb. 1-Mar 30 May 14 Hanford. Nov 15-Apr 30 Coke: Dec.15-Feb.14 Hardeman. Dec.15-Feb.14 Coleman. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Hartley Nov 15-Apr 30 Collingsworth.Jan. 1-Mar 30,or Dec. 1- Haskell. Dec.15-Feb 14 Feb.28 Hockley Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15- Concho: Dec.15-Feb.14 Apr 30 Cottle: Dec.15-Feb.14 Howard. Nov 15-Apr 30 Crane: Nov 15-Apr 3o Hudspeth. Nov 1-May 14 Crockett:Nov 15-Jan.14,or Feb. 1- Hutchinson. Nov 15-Apr 30 Mar 3o Irion. Dec.15-Feb.14 Crosby Nov 15-Apr 3o Jeff Davis.Nov 1-Apr 30 or Nov 15- Culberson. Nov 1-May 14 May 14 Dallam.Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr Jones. Dec.15-Feb.14 3o Kent: Nov 15-Jan.14 or Feb.1-Mar 30 Dawson.Nov 15-Apr 3o Kerr Dec.15-Feb. 14 Deaf Smith. Nov 15-Apr 30 Kimble: Dec.15-Feb.14 Dickens:Nov 15-Jan.14,or Feb. 1-Mar King: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 30 Dimmit: Dec.15-Feb. 14 Kinney Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Donley Jan.1-Mar 30,or Dec. 1-Feb. Knox: Dec.15-Feb. 14 28 Lamb Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr Eastland. Dec.15-Feb.14 30 Page 50 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 Loving:Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15-May Scurry Nov 15-Apr 30 14 Shackelford. Dec. -Feb.14 Lubbock: Nov 15-Apr 3o Sherman. Nov 15-Apr 30 Lynn. Nov 15-Apr 3o Stephens: Dec.15-Feb.14 Martin. Nov 15-Apr 3o Sterling: Nov 15-Apr 30 Mason. Dec.15-Feb 14 Stonewall. Dec.15-Feb.14 Maverick: Dec.15-Feb.14 Sutton. Dec. 15-Feb.14 McCulloch. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Swisher Nov 15-Apr 30 Menard. Dec.15-Feb.14 Taylor Dec. 15-Feb 14 Midland. Nov 15-Apr 3o Terrell. Nov 15-Apr.30 Mitchell. Nov 15-Apr 3o Terry Nov 15-Apr 30 Moore: Nov 15-Apr 3o Throckmorton. Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Motley.Nov 15-Jan.14,or Feb. 1-Mar Tom Green. Dec. 15-Feb.14 30 Nolan. Dec.15-Feb. 14 Upton. Nov 15-Apr 30 Oldham. Nov 15-Apr 3o Uvalde: Dec.15-Feb. 14 Parmer Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr Val Verde:Nov 15-Jan.14,or Feb.1- Mar 30 30 Pecos. Nov 15-Apr 3o Ward.Nov 1-Apr 14,or Nov 15-Apr 30 Potter Nov 15-Apr 3o Wichita. Dec.15-Feb.14 Presidio:Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- May 14 Wilbarger Dec.15-Feb.14 Randall. Nov 15-Apr 3o WinklerNov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- May 14 Reagan. Nov 15-Apr 3o Yoakum.Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15- Real. Dec. 15-Feb.14 May 14 Reeves.Nov 1-Apr 30,or Nov 15-May Young: Dec.15-Feb.14 14 Wheeler Jan. 1-Mar 30,or Dec. 1-Feb. Runnels Dec.15-Feb.14 28 Schleicher Dec.15-Feb.14 Zavala. Dec. 15-Feb.14 Page 51 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix B:Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas 6 ' -� -,-_,{tallF iY. ram'-. 1lca`' �.. 6_}L.. s� .f_s+�•.�;c,�•,ee TIr o. '4. 43. •• • 1. 111 �Y,' m n �'' 4r rai. its,„.4,!�' !'li i.,p.aJ{ '.tWKni_� 9. li-Yi o •,} _ - /� ®e a erri. a ,i,.f�L+i.iBi �tiFl. _ • _ s�:�i. 1:=::_c 4.'' r r• 3' a xr°r,.:IT. . •, - • -;i� ,-1.'1 �. �' =a,o'ac :y;r•a.r�., =r., `. -.•i: ,!.4I'' t. pan!P,rani Em• Pk ®4 .:'_�--. - •=.{c:.' ;'-�" •a .. ,, I 3,4 6-' aria m;",71r•L'ti ir',f.P I 7 iodi, '-i .-../•,, , L- -4g„ r• q '- .a isii x. 7`'!�e'rn ' � '4i',' iu;c,�} '• .e< _-_ Pi f i' � 4 '�- , -.i'G, �,�1I�,FD.F 'p - • . 1{.`_S .' � Z'S�- ''r:!1 1116;iu �/f°ital tl !.'a ..• ° Yam.l� lit &� :,.�, 3'eer..:�i• �r 4 ••f°�•• .=:._ .-._s�sr-q:P n . .-�,: .r1P°:i t- -I t rrG i-,e'o r � �y�-arcvar, le'-#' - .•,' ' •, ' $'!I•� n,r;a F:E�. +7ir•fm,� - r. 's-, 'b o• �r fR 5 nVC-1. ufEkr �v:.wet_•aaar, a .• -,•.. •i•r - 1 i '!"1''al'�'i!'v"nap� pr.Emr -• ' I., 1:1.4• - i, t a c▪.-, a �'m,.ea eke�•irr • m'_ �4r�-• •• ,• '�! ',•i ▪"ee,d p.pi:IP Al Gd: 'W m!� J11 '•L�;!-•'IA a JI *.- Ac.. ® �_4M, .. r. .^ .. ...-::,-B,'r•W"ra .--amp^cer _a,'','- rr, , ilk W f•. _ ;;•,'=i•".-,;;;;•;:,.; ' ':'• •.. 1 'vv��o crj�r!i il' b.e l+hmft�cm�%silrr� •..0 �-.4 try,, �' ,• 9--.;ti S'`;'r Ai ••, , •+, ' .2.a°c•tiei•,,,, !a.t,'� i�rLo•�e.' - 1Pa,'+, I pr>'1 �'6 ;r. ,' ••, •• •••�.PJ!a1•Lhf 1- Kfemu ��•�;G�=f�--.. • s• , . i.Ali W'. '._ ,',•. °n,a.-k:rinrm6,a.,. ,-—I_aai:c,;_—. _ E _.. ,4/ i 4' ' r.m'F3 r■c 1.;4�•�aa�'�:o�<�i•' _ • � ''.�' �do'�Still ia .'s i• ',•'=,e••.-'_:,� , ,=;t•,,•, .�i,c�a 1—lacy`"— t.�]ll 1..�.3•-�{' 'I j�.'er... ?�k« �y. ai'�� •;=1 , 'si. • I• 1r,�f rr±�,•.e±a,,—. S:• •''_ • ,pa-{ • --Z) -rts. ,e.61 • ti r "' -' ' ''', ' ' ' ' 41' . . L. .4)r ,...,;j: ..7 3 Y• — : :--*:• .:•: o Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703. `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water•A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service Page 52 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRiS0000 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map • jr . - Is Arm : - II;tin mg'Ill, --ititza. traEbIrlisfairlart455r-e,willidibantig.,s.o. .,..11itriiirairotmernite-r7011nikr:rort6irediL Iii I'Jsskili'J Ir III alis di � r iimmitip15.1yed,,h144 .,! - rev . -,;-:±..--:-.,-..%,maxis r Juror ipluttrAiko* -0),. ..wipis -'i 1,7 i aiill'i tea'ia. 1 if otli ifIN-IMMEI Wilk AO'.7-0-401- ea.'ir-r -- io. ..,,,4/14'illifitioltitlivitaL fold. porrApitzt, --interr- iiiii 9 - .4.44104difitivisti gum - -., "Ilk, grata,"gellea*11 KA j, ,. .a J J+ie ; P01/11 1114tiffiEr 1 RINI IT : gal 164461-4% .. 'Willrgr4V*e- lobar :ma.... :v.71. '! L.srssa Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703:`Predicting Soil Erosion by Water A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service Page 53 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas Periods: El# 1/1 1/16 1/31 2/15 3/1 3/i6 3/31 4/15 4/30 5/15 5/30 6/14 6/29 7/14 7/29 8/13 8/28 9/12 9/27 10/12 10/2711/11 11/26 12/11 12/31 89 0 1 1 2 3 4 7 2 8 27 38 48 55 62 69 76 83 90 94 97 98 99 100 100 loo 90 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 21 29 37 46 54 6o 65 69 74 81 87 92 95 97 98 99 100 91 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 92 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 loo loo loo 93 0 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 25 40 49 56 62 67 72 76 8o 85 91 97 98 99 99 100 94 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 21 29 38 47 53 57 61 65 70 76 83 88 91 94 96 98 100 95 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 14 j 18 27 35 41 46 51 57 62 68 73 79 84 89 93 96 98 100 96 0 2 4 6 9 12 17 23 30 37 43 49 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 97 100 97 0 1 3 5 7 10 14 20 28 37 48 56 61 64 68 72 77 81 86 89 92 95 98 99 loo io6 0 3 6 9 13 17 21 27 33 38 44 49 55 61 67 71 75 78 81 84 86 90 94 97 loo Each period begins on the date listed in the table above and lasts until the day before the following period. The final period begins on December 11 and ends on December 31. Table adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703:`Predicting Soil Erosion by Water•A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Page 54 TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No: CN RN Notice of Intent (NOI) for an Authorization for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TCEQ TPDES General Permit TXR150000 IMPORTANT INFORMATION Please read and use the General Information and Instructions prior to filling out each question in the NOI form. Use the NOI Checklist to ensure all required information is completed correctly Incomplete applications delay approval or result in automatic denial. Once processed your permit authorization can be viewed by entering the following link into your internet browser http://www2 tceq texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm or you can contact TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center at 512-239-3700 VPERMITS, Effective September 1, 2018,this paper form must be submitted to TCEQ with a completed electronic reporting waiver form(TCEQ 20754). To submit an NOI electronically, enter the following web address into your internet browser and follow the instructions:https://www3 tceq texas.gov/steers/index.cfm APPLICATION.FEE AND PAYMENT _ The application fee for submitting a paper NOI is $325 The application fee for electronic submittal of a NOI through the TCEQ ePermits system(STEERS)is $225 Payment of the application fee can be submitted by mail or through the TCEQ ePay system.The payment and the NOI must be mailed to separate addresses.To access the TCEQ ePay system enter the following web address into your internet browser. http//www tceq texas.gov/epay Provide your payment information for verification of payment: • If payment was mailed to TCEQ,provide the following: o Check/Money Order Number . : _ _ . o Name printed on Check: ., • If payment was made via ePay,provide the following: o Voucher Number _ _ o A copy of the payment voucher is attached to this paper NOI form. TCEQ-20022(3/6/2018) Page 1 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 ONEWAL:.(TYiis portion.of.theNOI iS not applicable after_june°3, 20.I8)`h' Is this NOI for a renewal of an existing authorization? Yes El No If Yes,provide the authorization number here: TXR1 5 _ , NOTE. If an authorization number is not provided, a new number will be assigned. SECTION 1. OPERATOR(APPLICANT) a) If the applicant is currently a customer with TCEQ,what is the Customer Number (CN)issued to this entity? CN (Refer to Section 1.a)of the Instructions) b) What is the Legal Name of the entity(applicant)applying for this permit?(The legal name must be spelled exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State, County, or in the legal document forming the entity) c) What is the contact information for the Operator(Responsible Authority)? Prefix(Mr Ms. Miss) First and Last Name: , : Suffix: Title: ` Credentials:` _ .1 Phone Number Fax Number _ E-mail. - Mailing Address: ' .,, City, State, and Zip Code:r; Mailing Information if outside USA. Territory ';�. _ Country Code: ,LL , T _ . Postal Code: : s d) Indicate the type of customer ]Individual ]Federal Government a Limited Partnership ECounty Government ]General Partnership ]State Government 0'3Trust I]':City Government 01Sole Proprietorship (D.B.A.) 010ther Government Corporation 110ther , .: Estate e) Is the applicant an independent operator? Yes No TCEQ-20022(3/6/2018) Page 2 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 (If a governmental entity, a subsidiary, or part of a larger corporation,check No.) f) Number of Employees. Select the range applicable to your company U0-20 -1251-500 U21-100 U501 or higher ]101-250 g) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers: (Required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships.Not Required for Individuals, Government, or Sole Proprietors.) State Franchise Tax ID Number. . 7 , .. Federal Tax BY I Texas Secretary of State Charter(filing)Number `..-- , DUNS Number (if known). SECTION 2. APPLICATION CONTACT Is the application contact the same as the applicant identified above? jYes, go to Section 3 ]No, complete this section Prefix(Mr Ms.Miss). First and Last Name: Suffix: — Title: Credential. Organization Name: Phone Number Fax Number , _ E-mail. Mailing Address: Internal Routing(Mail Code,Etc.). City, State, and Zip Code: ° _ , Mailing information if outside USA. Territory ti j Country Code: Postal Code: , SECTION 3. REGULATED ENTITY(RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE a) If this is an existing permitted site, what is the Regulated Entity Number (RN) issued to this site? RN , ', „ 4 (Refer to Section 3.a) of the Instructions) TCEQ-20022(3/6/2018) Page 3 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 b) Name of project or site(the name known by the community where it's located). c) In your own words, briefly describe the type of construction occurring at the regulated site (residential,industrial, commercial, or other). a. d) County or Counties(if located in more than one). ,� . e) Latitude: ,,. ,, , Longitude: f) Site Address/Location If the site has a physical address such as 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753, complete Section A. If the site does not have a physical address, provide a location description in Section B. Example. located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 Section A. Street Number and Name: City, State, and Zip Code: Section B: Location Description. ",. i City(or city nearest to)where the site is located.; :` . . ,1 `_ :I Zip Code where the site is located. SECTION 4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS a) Is the project or site located on Indian Country Lands? iYes, do not submit this form.You must obtain authorization through EPA Region 6 ]No b) Is your construction activity associated with a facility that,when completed, would be associated with the exploration, development,or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources? ]Yes. Note: The construction stormwater runoff may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization through EPA Region 6. No c) What is the Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site? - ,_ d) What is the Secondary SIC Code(s),if applicable? e) What is the total number of acres to be disturbed? , f) Is the project part of a larger common plan of development or sale? TCEQ-20022(3/6/2018) Page 4 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 D Yes No The total number of acres disturbed,provided in e) above,must be 5 or more. If the total number of acres disturbed is less than 5, do not submit this form. See the requirements in the general permit for small construction sites. g) What is the estimated start date of the project? h) What is the estimated end date of the project? i) Will concrete truck washout be performed at the site? Yes 0 No j) What is the name of the first water body(ies) to receive the stormwater runoff or potential runoff from the site? . k) What is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(ies)that the discharge will eventually reach? : 1) Is the discharge into a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System(MS4)? jYes El No If Yes,provide the name of the MS4 operator. Note:The general permit requires you to send a copy of this NOI form to the MS4 operator m) Is the discharge or potential discharge from the site within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, as defined in 30 TAC Chapter 213? des, complete the certification below No, go to Section 5 I certify that the copy of the TCEQ approved Plan required by the Edwards Aquifer Rule (30 TAC Chapter 213) that is included or referenced in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan will be implemented. Yes SECTION 5. NOI CERTIFICATION a) I certify that I have obtained a copy and understand the terms and conditions of the Construction General Permit(TXR1 50000) d Yes b) I certify that the full legal name of the entity applying for this permit has been provided and is legally authorized to do business in Texas. Ell Yes c) I understand that a Notice of Termination(NOT) must be submitted when this authorization is no longer needed. Yes d) I certify that a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan has been developed, will be implemented prior to construction and to the best of my knowledge and belief is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans, as required in the Construction General Permit(TXR150000) d Yes Note. For multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3, the confirmation of an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3,provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator TCEQ-20022(3/6/2°18) Page 5 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 SECTION 6. APPLICANT CERTIFICATION SIGNATURE Operator Signatory Name: , Operator Signatory Title: I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted.Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature (use blue ink)• Date: TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 6 Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000 NOTICE OF INTENT CHECKLIST (Dal 50000) Did you complete everything?Use this checklist to be sure! Are you ready to mail your form to TCEQ?Go to the General Information Section of the Instructions for mailing addresses'. ' Confirm each item(or applicable item)in this form is complete.This checklist is for use by the applicant to ensure a complete application is being submitted. Missing information may result in denial of coverage under the general permit.(See NOI process description in the General Information and Instructions.) APPLICATION.FEE. If paying by check: pl=Check was mailed separately to the TCEQs Cashier's Office.(See Instructions for Cashier's address and Application address.) Check number and name on check is provided in this application. If using ePay aThe voucher number is provided in this application and a copy of the voucher is attached. I ENEWAI. If this application is for renewal of an existing authorization,the authorization number is provided. OPERATOR INFORMATION ]Customer Number(CN)issued by TCEQ Central Registry ]Legal name as filed to do business in Texas. (Call TX SOS 512-463-5555 to verify) UName and title of responsible authority signing the application. Phone number and e-mail address ]Mailing address is complete&verifiable with USPS.www.usps.com Type of operator(entity type) Is applicant an independent operator? 0:Number of employees. For corporations or limited partnerships-Tax ID and SOS filing numbers. Application contact and address is complete&verifiable with USPS http.//www.usps.com REGULATED ENTITY(RE) INFORMATION ON:PROjECT OR'Sl"1_E , ;Regulated Entity Number(RN) (if site is already regulated by TCEQ) Site/project name and construction activity description County Platitude and longitude http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sqmaview.html TCEQ 20022 Checklist(03/06/2018) Page 1 Site Address/Location.Do not use a rural route or post office box. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS . j u Ugndian Country Lands-the facility is not on Indian Country Lands. Construction activity related to facility associated to oil,gas, or geothermal resources Primary SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site. www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html Estimated starting and ending dates of the project. Confirmation of concrete truck washout. Acres disturbed is provided and qualifies for coverage through a NOI. Common plan of development or sale. Receiving water body or water bodies. D:.Segment number or numbers. nMS4 operator ]Edwards Aquifer rule. CERTICATION' ; 1. UjCertification statements have been checked indicating Yes. ,;Signature meets 30 Texas Administrative Code(TAC) §305 44 and is original. TCEQ 20022 Checklist(03/06/2018) Page 2 Instructions for Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR150000) GENERAL INFORMATION Whereto,Send the Notk e.of Intent(NOI)• By Regular Mail. By Overnight or Express Mail. TCEQ TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center(MC228) Stormwater Processing Center(MC228) P O Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,Texas 78711-3087 Austin,TX Application Fee: : . . The application fee of $325 is required to be paid at the time the NOI is submitted. Failure to submit payment at the time the application is filed will cause delays in acknowledgment or denial of coverage under the general permit. Payment of the fee may be made by check or money order, payable to TCEQ, or through EPAY(electronic payment through the web). Mailed Payments: Use the attached General Permit Payment Submittal Form. The application fee is submitted to a different address than the NOI. Read the General Permit Payment Submittal Form for further instructions,including the address to send the payment. ePAY Electronic Payment:http.//www.tceq.texas.gov/epay When making the payment you must select Water Quality, and then select the fee category "General Permit Construction Storm Water Discharge NOI Application" You must include a copy of the payment voucher with your NOI. Your NOI will not be considered complete without the payment voucher TCEQ-Contact List: x „ .,_ ,1 Application- status and form questions: 512-239-3700, swpermit@tceq texas.gov Technical questions: 512-239-4671, swgp@tceq texas.gov Environmental Law Division. 512-239-0600 Records Management-obtain copies of forms: 512-239-0900 Reports from databases(as available) 512-239-DATA (3282) Cashier's office: 512 239-0357 or 512-239-0187 Notice of-Intent.,Process: When your NOI is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows: • Administrative Review Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response. In addition, the operator's legal name must be verified with Texas Secretary of State as valid and active (if applicable) The address(es) on the form must be verified with the US Postal service as receiving regular mail delivery Do not give an overnight/express mailing address. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 1 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 • Notice of Deficiency. If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a notice of deficiency(NOD) will be mailed to the operator The operator will have 30 days to respond to the NOD The response will be reviewed for completeness. • Acknowledgment of Coverage: An Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed to the operator This certificate acknowledges coverage under the general permit. or Denial of Coverage: If the operator fails to respond to the NOD or the response is inadequate, coverage under the general permit may be denied. If coverage is denied, the operator will be notified. ;General'.Pernut.(Your,Permhit) For NOIs submitted electronically through ePermits, provisional coverage under the general permit begins immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI form by the TCEQ For paper NOIs,provisional coverage under the general permit begins 7 days after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application.You may view and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web site http.//www.tceq.texas.gov Search using keyword TXR150000 Changein Operator- " ; . _ An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated project or site changes, the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent.The NOT and NOI must be submitted no later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. jFCEQCentral Registry Core Data Form' 1 The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form.Do not send a Core Data Form to TCEQ After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit, the program will assign a Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number,if one has not already been assigned to this customer or site. For existing customers and sites,you can find the Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number by entering the following web address into your internet browser http://www15 tceq texas.gov/crpub/or you can contact the TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center at 512-239-3700 for assistance. On the website, you can search by your permit number, the Regulated Entity (RN) number, or the Customer Number (CN) If you do not know these numbers,you can select"Advanced Search" to search by permittee name, site address, etc. The Customer(Permittee)is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ, and for updating all CN and RN data for all authorizations as changes occur For this permit, a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 2 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 NSTRUC110%FORFILLING;00'TI3 -:NOI-EORM ' . Renewal of General Permit. Dischargers holding active authorizations under the expired General Permit are required to submit a NOI to continue coverage. The existing permit number is required.If the permit number is not provided or has been terminated,expired, or denied, a new permit number will be issued. `Section.l.. OPERATOR APPLICANT . , a) Customer Number(CN) TCEQ's Central Registry will assign each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by nine digits.This is not a permit number,registration number, or license number If the applicant is an existing TCEQ customer, the Customer Number is available at the following website: http.//www15.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ If the applicant is not an existing TCEQ customer, leave the space for CN blank. b) Legal Name of Applicant Provide the current legal name of the applicant.The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State(SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity, as filed in the county You may contact the SOS at 512-463-5555, for more information related to filing in Texas.If filed in the county,provide a copy of the legal documents showing the legal name. c) Contact Information for the Applicant(Responsible Authority) Provide information for the person signing the application in the Certification section. This person is also referred to as the Responsible Authority Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ. The mailing address must be recognized by the US Postal Service.You may verify the address on the following website.https.//tools.usps.com/go/ZipLookupAction!input.action. The phone number should provide contact to the applicant. The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the applicant. d) Type of Customer(Entity Type) Check only one box that identifies the type of entity Use the descriptions below to identify the appropriate entity type.Note that the selected entity type also indicates the name that must be provided as an applicant for an authorization. Individual An individual is a customer who has not established a business,but conducts an activity that needs to be regulated by the TCEQ Partnership A customer that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary of State Office(TX SOS).If the customer is a`General Partnership' or'Joint Venture' filed in the county(not filed with TX SOS),the legal name of each partner forming the 'General Partnership' or 'Joint Venture' must be provided. Each 'legal entity' must apply as a co-applicant. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 3 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Trust or Estate A trust and an estate are fiduciary relationships governing the trustee/executor with respect to the trust/estate property Sole Proprietorship(DBA) A sole proprietorship is a customer that is owned by only one person and has not been incorporated. This business may 1 be under the person's name 2. have its own name(doing business as or DBA) 3 have any number of employees. If the customer is a Sole Proprietorship or DBA,the 'legal name' of the individual business'owner'must be provided.The DBA name is not recognized as the 'legal name' of the entity The DBA name may be used for the site name (regulated entity) Corporation A customer that meets all of these conditions: 1 is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country 2 is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State 3 has proper operating authority to operate in Texas The corporation's 'legal name' as filed with the Texas Secretary of State must be provided as applicant.An'assumed'name of a corporation is not recognized as the 'legal name' of the entity Government Federal, state,county,or city government(as appropriate) The customer is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the governmental body itself The government agency's 'legal name' must be provided as the applicant.A department name or other description of the organization is not recognized as the 'legal name' Other This may include a utility district,water district,tribal government, college district, council of governments, or river authority Provide the specific type of government. e) Independent Entity Check No if this customer is a subsidiary,part of a larger company, or is a governmental entity Otherwise, check Yes. f) Number of Employees Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer's entire company,at all locations.This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site named in the application. TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 4 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 4 g) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers These are required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships.These are not required for Individuals, Government, and Sole Proprietors. State Franchise Tax ID Number Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a franchise tax identification number If this customer is a corporation or limited liability company, enter the Tax ID number Federal Tax ID All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships should have a federal taxpayer identification number(TIN).Enter this number here.Use no prefixes, dashes, or hyphens. Sole proprietors,individuals,or general partnerships do not need to provide a federal tax ID TX SOS Charter (filing) Number Corporations and Limited Partnerships required to register with the Texas Secretary of State are issued a charter or filing number You may obtain further information by calling SOS at 512-463-5555 DUNS Number Most businesses have a DUNS(Data Universal Numbering System)number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corp. If this customer has one, enter it here. Section 2 APPLICATION CONTACT _ Provide the name and contact information for the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. ection 3 .REGULATED:ENTITY(RE)yINFORMATION-ON PROJECT ORrSITE A J a) Regulated Entity Number(RN) The RN is issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites where an activity is regulated by TCEQ This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the site has an assigned RN at http.//www15.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ If this regulated entity has not been assigned an RN, leave this space blank. If the site of your business is part of a larger business site, an RN may already be assigned for the larger site.Use the RN assigned for the larger site. If the site is found,provide the assigned RN and provide the information for the site to be authorized through this application.The site information for this authorization may vary from the larger site information. An example is a chemical plant where a unit is owned or operated by a separate corporation that is accessible by the same physical address of your unit or facility Other examples include industrial parks identified by one common address but different corporations have control of defined areas within the site.In both cases, an RN would be assigned for the physical address location and the permitted sites would be identified separately under the same RN TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 5 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 b) Name of the Project or Site Provide the name of the site or project as known by the public in the area where the site is located. The name you provide on this application will be used in the TCEQ Central Registry as the Regulated Entity name. c) Description of Activity Regulated In your own words,briefly describe the primary business that you are doing that requires this authorization. Do not repeat the SIC Code description. d) County Provide the name of the county where the site or project is located.If the site or project is located in more than one county,provide the county names as secondary e) Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees,minutes, and seconds or decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to• http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sgmaview.html. f) Site Address/Location If a site has an address that includes a street number and street name, enter the complete address for the site in Section A.If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS delivery address, you may need to validate the address with your local police (911 service)or through an online map site used to locate a site.Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site location. If a site does not have an address that includes a street number and street name, provide a complete written location description in Section B.For example: "The site is located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 " Provide the city(or nearest city)and zip code of the site location. eetiori 4 GENERAL CHARAC ERISTICS . a) Indian Country Lands If your site is located on Indian Country Lands, the TCEQ does not have authority to process your application. You must obtain authorization through EPA Region 6, Dallas. Do not submit this form to TCEQ b) Construction activity associated with facility associated with exploration, development, or production of oil, gas, or geothermal resources If your activity is associated with oil and gas exploration, development,or production, you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas (RRC) and may need to obtain authorization from EPA Region 6. Construction activities associated with a facility related to oil, gas or geothermal resources may include the construction of a well site; treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility;compressor station,terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility;a TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 6 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 carbon dioxide geologic storage facility;and a gathering,transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas,including natural gas liquids,prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. Where required by federal law, discharges of stormwater associated with construction activities under the RRC's jurisdiction must be authorized by the EPA and the RRC, as applicable. Activities under RRC jurisdiction include construction of a facility that, when completed, would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, such as a well site; treatment or storage facility;underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station, terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility under the jurisdiction of the RRC, and a gathering, transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas,including natural gas liquids,prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel.The RRC also has jurisdiction over stormwater from land disturbance associated with a site survey that is conducted prior to construction of a facility that would be regulated by the RRC. Under 33 U.S.C. §1342(1)(2) and §1362(24), EPA cannot require a permit for discharges of stormwater from field activities or operations associated with{oil and gas} exploration, production, processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities, including activities necessary to prepare a site for drilling and for the movement and placement of drilling equipment,whether or not such field activities or operations may be considered to be construction activities unless the discharge is contaminated by contact with any overburden, raw material, intermediate product, finished product,byproduct,or waste product located on the site of the facility Under §3.8 of this title (relating to Water Protection), the RRC prohibits operators from causing or allowing pollution of surface or subsurface water Operators are encouraged to implement and maintain best management practices(BMPs)to minimize discharges of pollutants,including sediment,in stormwater during construction activities to help ensure protection of surface water quality during storm events. For more information about the jurisdictions of the RRC and the TCEQ, read the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)between the RRC and TCEQ at 16 Texas Administrative Code, Part 1, Chapter 3, Rule 3 30, by entering the following link into an internet browser http://texreg.sos.state.tx.us/public/readtac$ext.TacPage?s1=R&app=9&p_dir=&p_rloc= &p_tloc=&p_ploc=&pg=1&p_tac=&ti=16&pt=1&ch=3&r1=30 or contact the TCEQ Stormwater Team at 512-239-4671 for additional information. c) Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code Provide the SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at this site. Common SIC Codes related to construction activities include: • 1521 - Construction of Single Family Homes • 1522 -Construction of Residential Buildings Other than Single Family Homes • 1541 -Construction of Industrial Buildings and Warehouses TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 7 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 • 1542 -Construction of Non-residential Buildings, other than Industrial Buildings and Warehouses • 1611 -Highway and Street Construction,except Highway Construction • 1622 -Bridge,Tunnel,and Elevated Highway Construction • 1623 -Water, Sewer,Pipeline and Communications, and Power Line Construction For help with SIC Codes, enter the following link into your Internet browser• http.//www.osha.gov/p1s/imis/sicsearch.html or you can contact the TCEQ Small Business and Local Government Assistance Section at 800-447-2827 for assistance. d) Secondary SIC Code Secondary SIC Code(s)may be provided.Leave this blank if not applicable.For help with SIC Codes, enter the following link into your Internet browser• http.//www.osha.gov/pls/imis/sicsearch.html or you can contact the TCEQ Small Business and Environmental Assistance Section at 800-447-2827 for assistance. e) Total Number of Acres Disturbed Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb. Construction activities that disturb less than one acre,unless they are part of a larger common plan that disturbs more than one acre, do not require permit coverage. Construction activities that disturb between one and five acres, unless they are part of a common plan that disturbs more than five acres, do not require submission of an NOI.Therefore,the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. If you have any questions about this item,please contact the stormwater technical staff by phone at 512-239-4671 or by email at swgp@tceq texas.gov f) Common Plan of Development Construction activities that disturb less than five acres do not require submission of an NOI unless they are part of a common plan of development or for sale where the area disturbed is five or more acres.Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five,unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. For more information on what a common plan of development is, refer to the definition of "Common Plan of Development" in the Definitions section of the general permit or enter the following link into your internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/common_plan_of_development_step s.html For further information, go to the TCEQ stormwater construction webpage enter the following link into your internet browser• www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction and search for "Additional Guidance and Quick Links" If you have any further questions about the Common Plan of Development you can contact the TCEQ Stormwater Team at 512-239-4671 or the TCEQ Small Business and Environmental Assistance at 800-447- 2827 TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 8 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 g) Estimated Start Date of the Project This is the date that any construction activity or construction support activity is initiated at the site. If renewing the permit provide the original start date of when construction activity for this project began. h) Estimated End Date of the Project This is the date that any construction activity or construction support activity will end and final stabilization will be achieved at the site. i) Will concrete truck washout be performed at the site? Indicate if you expect that operators of concrete trucks will washout concrete trucks at the construction site. j) Identify the water body(s)receiving stormwater runoff The stormwater may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or through a MS4 from your site.It eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or lake,possibly via a drainage ditch.You must provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from the site (a local stream or lake) If your site has more than one outfall you need to include the name of the first water body for each outfall, if they are different. k) Identify the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) Identify the classified segment number(s)receiving a discharge directly or indirectly Enter the following link into your internet browser to find the segment number of the classified water body where stormwater will flow from the site: www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquality/monitoring/viewer.hlrrrl or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at (512) 239-4671 for assistance. You may also find the segment number in TCEQ publication GI-316 by entering the following link into your Internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/publications/gi/gi-316 or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at(512) 239-4671 for assistance. If the discharge is into an unclassified receiving water and then crosses state lines prior to entering a classified segment, select the appropriate watershed. • 0100(Canadian River Basin) • 0200(Red River Basin) • 0300(Sulfur River Basin) • 0400(Cypress Creek Basin) • 0500(Sabine River Basin) Call the Water Quality Assessments section at 512-239-4671 for further assistance. 1) Discharge into MS4-Identify the MS4 Operator The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4) If the stormwater discharge is into an MS4,provide the name of the entity that operates the MS4 where the stormwater discharges. An MS4 operator is often a city, town, county,or utility district,but possibly can be another form of government.Please note that the Construction General Permit requires the Operator to supply the MS4 with a TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 9 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 copy of the NOI submitted to TCEQ For assistance,you may call the technical staff at 512-239-4671 m) Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone and Certification The general permit requires the approved Contributing Zone Plan or Water Pollution Abatement Plan to be included or referenced as a part of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. See maps on the TCEQwebsite to determine if the site is located within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer by entering the following link into an Internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/field/eapp/viewer.html or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at 512-239-4671 for assistance. If the discharge or potential discharge is within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, a site-specific authorization approved by the Executive Director under the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program(30 TAC Chapter 213)is required before construction can begin. For questions regarding the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program, contact the appropriate TCEQ Regional Office. For projects in Hays, Travis and Williamson Counties:Austin Regional Office, 12100 Park 35 Circle,Austin,TX 78753, 512-339- 2929 For Projects in Bexar, Comal,Kinney,Medina and Uvalde Counties:TCEQ San Antonio Regional Office, 14250 Judson Rd.,San Antonio,TX 78233-4480, 210-490- 3096. Section 5,.NOi CERTIFICATION. ri.,, _ a Note: Failure to indicate Yes to all of the certification items may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. a) Certification of Understanding the Terms and Conditions of Construction General Permit (TXR150000) Provisional coverage under the Construction General Permit (TXR150000) begins 7 days after the completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ Electronic applications submitted through ePermits have immediate provisional coverage. You must obtain a copy and read the Construction General Permit before submitting your application.You may view and print the Construction General Permit for which you are seeking coverage at the TCEQ web site by entering the following link into an internet browser www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction or you may contact the TCEQ Stormwater processing Center at 512-239-3700 for assistance. b) Certification of Legal Name The full legal name of the applicant as authorized to do business in Texas is required. The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State(SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity, that is filed in the county where doing business.You may contact the SOS at 512-463 5555,for more information related to filing in Texas. c) Understanding of Notice of Termination A permittee shall terminate coverage under the Construction General Permit through the submittal of a NOT when the operator of the facility changes, final stabilization has TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 10 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 been reached,the discharge becomes authorized under an individual permit,or the construction activity never began at this site. d) Certification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan The SWP3 identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at your site and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For example, in describing your mitigation measures, your site's plan might identify the devices that collect and filter stormwater,tell how those devices are to be maintained, and tell how frequently that maintenance is to be carried out. You must develop this plan in accordance with the TCEQ general permit requirements. This plan must be developed and implemented before you complete this NOI. The SWP3 must be available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request. Section..6-,APPLICAN-T:CERTIFICATION-SIGNATURE.,'° n : ` The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code(TAC) §305 44. If you are a corporation. The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a)(1) (see below) According to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures.By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you.The TCEQmay request documentation evidencing such authority If you are a municipality or other government entity The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a)(3) (see below) According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity,it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity was formed. An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305 44(a)(3) The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above,please contact the TCEQ's Environmental Law Division at 512-239-0600 TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 11 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 130:;TexasAdriiunisttat ve.'Code j §305 44 Signatories to Applications (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer For purposes of this paragraph,a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function,or any other person who performs similar policy or decision- making functions for the corporation, or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively (3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency,the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g., regional administrator of the EPA) TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 12 Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality General Permit Payment Submittal Form Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment. Instructions: • Complete items 1 through 5 below. • Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document. • Do not mail this form with your NOI form. • Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI. Mail this form andyoiir,check to either of;tle following:` ; By Regular U.S.Mail By Overnight or Express Mail Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office,MC-214 Cashier's Office,MC-214 P O Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753 1,-ee.,Code:, GPA. 0.0nerar Permit: _ , 'TXR15 QQQO 1 Check or Money Order No 2 Amount of Check/Money Order. 3 Date of Check or Money Order :F. K , 4. Name on Check or Money Order 5 NOI Information. If the check is for more than one NOI,list each Project or Site (RE) Name and Physical Address exactly as provided on the NOI. Do not submit a copy of the NOI with this form, as it could cause duplicate permit application entries! If there is not enough space on the form to list all of the projects or sites the authorization will cover, then attach a list of the additional sites. Project/Site (RE) Name: Project/Site(RE)Physical Address: 1 Staple the check or money order to this form in this space. TCEQ 20134(03/06/2018) Page 1 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality General Permit Payment Submittal Form Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment. • Complete items 1 through 5 below. • Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document. • Do not mail this form with your NOI form. • Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI. Mail this form and your check to: BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office,MC-214 Cashier's Office,MC-214 P 0 Box 13088 12100 Park S5 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753 FeeCode: GPA , General Permit: TXG926000r,.. 1. Check/Money Order No: YY 2. Amount of Check/Money Order 3. Date of Check or Money Order 4. Name on Check or Money Order 5. NOI INFORMATION If the check is for more than one NOI,list each Project/Site(RE)Name and Physical Address exactly as provided on the NOI. DO NOT SUBMIT A COPY OF THE NOI WITH THIS FORM AS IT COULD CAUSE DUPLICATE PERMIT ENTRIES. See Attached List of Sites(If more space is needed,you may attach a list.) Project/Site(RE)Name: Project/Site(RE)Physical Address. YYuY StapleCheck,in'This✓Space TCEQ-20134(04/13/2006) Page 1 TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No: CN RN a Region: WIEL Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations under TPDES General Permit TXR150000 IMPORTANT INFORMATION: Please read and use the General Information and Instructions prior to filling out each question in the form. Effective September 1, 2018,this paper form must be submitted to TCEQ with a completed electronic reporting waiver form(TCEQ 20754). ePermits: This form is available on our online permitting system. Sign up for online permitting at:https.//www3.tceq.texas.gov/steers/ What is the permit number to be terminated? TXR15 r TXRCW Section 1. OPERATOR (Permittee) a) What is the Customer Number(CN)issued to this entity? CND: b) What is the Legal Name of the current permittee? c) Provide the contact information for the Operator(Responsible Authority) Prefix(Mr Ms. or Miss): ' First and Last Name: T i Suffix: Title: ` ; , ; Credentials. Phone Number I Fax Number '', Email. _ Mailing Address. City, State, and Zip Code: ;. _., Country Mailing Information,if outside USA. j ] Section 2. APPLICATION CONTACT This is the person TCEQ will contact if additional information is needed regarding this application. Is the application contact the same as the permittee identified above? Yes, go to Section 3 _No, complete section below TCEQ 20023(03/09/2018) Page 1 Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Prefix(Mr Ms. or Miss). A. First and Last Name: L.., :_ Suffix: •_ Title: " .' i Credentials:7 Phone Number , r.. , .w Fax Number , Email. Mailing Address. < '°':`' ? . City, State, and Zip Code: Country Mailing Information, if outside USA. , ;.;: " .. „Y _ Section 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE a) TCEQ issued RE Reference Number(RN):RN ., ; . ' . . b) Name of project or site as known by the local community r c) County,or counties if more than 1 d) Latitude: .., i Longitude: ; e) Site Address/Location. If the site has a physical address such as 12100 Park 35 Circle,Austin, TX 78753, complete Section 3A. If the site does not have a physical address, provide a location description in Section 3B. Example:located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 Section 3A. Physical Address of Project or Site: Street Number and Name: ." City, State, and Zip Code. Section 3B: Site Location Description. Location description. :;. City where the site is located or,if not in a city,what is the nearest city Zip Code where the site is located. , ::. Section 4. REASON FOR TERMINATION Check the reason for termination. P'] Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the Operator and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have been removed, or scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3 01 Another permitted Operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized, and temporary erosion controls that have been identified in the SWP3 have been transferred to the new Operator TCEQ-20023(03/09/2018) Page 2 Notice of Termination for TXR150000 ::._The discharge is now authorized under an alternate TPDES permit. TThe activity never began at this site that is regulated under the general permit. Section 5. CERTIFICATION Signatory Name:r > ' Signatory Title: ,:.;:: ,,. . _ -1 I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief,true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature(use blue ink): Date: TCEQ 20023(03/09/2018) Page 3 Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Instructions for Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations under TPDES General Permit TXR150000 GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Termination(NOT): BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL. BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center(MC-228) Stormwater Processing Center(MC-228) P 0 Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,Texas 78711-3087 Austin,TX 78753 TCEQ Contact List: Application status and form questions: 512-239-3700, swpermit@tceci.texas.gov Technical questions. 512-239-4671, swgn@tceq.texas.gov Environmental Law Division. 512-239-0600 Records Management- obtain copies of forms: 512-239-0900 Reports from databases(as available): 512-239-DATA(3282) Cashier's office: 512 239-0357 or 512-239-0187 Notice of Termination Process: A Notice of Termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ. When your NOT is received by the program,the form will be processed as follows: 1) Administrative Review The form will be reviewed to confirm the following: • the permit number is provided, • the permit is active and has been approved, • the entity terminating the permit is the current permittee; • the site information matches the original permit record, and • the form has the required original signature with title and date. 2) Notice of Deficiency If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a phone call will be made to the applicant to clear the deficiency A letter will not be sent to the permittee if unable to process the form. 3) Confirmation of Termination. A Notice of Termination Confirmation letter will be mailed to the operator Change in Operator: An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated entity changes,the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted not later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM The majority of permit information related to the current operator and regulated entity are available at the following website:httn://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm. TCEQ 20023(03/09/2018) Page 1 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Section 1. Operator (Current Permittee): a) Customer Number(CN) TCEQ's Central Registry assigns each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number The Customer Number, for the current permittee,is available at the following website: http.//www2.tceu.texas.gov/wq_dna/index.cfm. b) Legal Name of Operator The operator must be the same entity as previously submitted on the original Notice of Intent for the permit number provided. The current operator name, as provided on the current authorization,is available at the following website: http.//www2.tceci.texas.gov/wia_dna/index.cfm. c) Contact Information for the Operator(Responsible Authority) Provide information for person signing the NOT application in the Certification section. This person is also referred to as the Responsible Authority Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ Update the address if different than previously submitted for the Notice of Intent or Notice of Change. The mailing address must be recognized by the US Postal Service.You may verify the address on the following website:https.//tools.usps.com/go/ZipLookupAction!input.action. The phone number should provide contact to the operator The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the operator Section 2. Application Contact: Provide the name,title and contact information of the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. Section 3. Regulated Entity (RE) Information on Project or Site: a) Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN) A number issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites where an activity regulated by TCEQ This is not a permit number,registration number,or license number The Regulated Entity Reference Number is available at the following website: http.//www2.tceu.texas.gov/wq_dna/index.cfm. b) Name of the Project or Site Provide the name of the site as known by the public in the area where the site is located. c) County Identify the county or counties in which the regulated entity is located. d) Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees, minutes, and seconds or decimal form. The latitude and longitude as provided on the current authorization is available at the following website: http.//www2.tcea.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm. e) Site/Project(RE)Physical Address/Location Information The physical address/location information, as provided on the current authorization,is available at the following website:http://www2.tcea.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm. TCEQ-20023(03/09/2018) Page 2 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 Section 3A. If a site has an address that includes a street number and street name, enter the complete address for the site. If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS delivery address,you may need to validate the address with your local police(911 service) or through an online map site used to locate the site. Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site location. Section 3B. If a site does not have an address that includes a street number and street name,provide a complete written location description.For example: "The site is located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123 and Highway 1 " Provide the city(or nearest city)and Zip Code of the facility location. Section 4. Reason for Termination: The Notice of Termination form is only for use to terminate the authorization(permit). The Permittee must indicate the specific reason for terminating by checking one of the options. If the reason is not listed then provide an attachment that explains the reason for termination. Please read your general permit carefully to determine when to terminate your permit. Permits will not be reactivated after submitting a termination form. The termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ Section 5. Certification: The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code§305 44 IF YOU AREA CORPORATION: The regulation that controls who may sign an application form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a),which is provided below According to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a),which is provided below According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity,it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances,or the Texas statutes under which your government entity was formed.An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305 44(a)(3). The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above,please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512-239-0600 TCEQ 20023(03/09/2018) Page 3 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44. Signatories to Applications (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $2 5 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor,respectively (3) For a municipality, state,federal, or other public agency,the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.,regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ 20023(03/09/2018) Page 4 Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000 OI imor may.- LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "PRIMARY OPERATOR"NOTICE This notice applies to construction sites operating under Part II.E.3 of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http.//www.tceq.state.tx.usinav/permits/wq_construction.html Site-Specific TPDES Authorization Number Operator Name Contact Name and Phone Number Project Description.Physical address or description of the site's location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. -111 NaNal .111 LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "SECONDARY OPERATOR " NOTICE This notice applies to secondary operators of construction sites operating under Part II.E.3 of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http.//www.tceq.state.tx.usinavipermits/wq_construction.html Site-Specific TPDES Authorization Number Operator Name Contact Name and Phone Number. Project Description.Physical address or description of the site's location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3) For Large Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.3 (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed. I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.3 of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part II.F 3 MEW inr .60.1 1Wi SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part 11.E.2. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http.//www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html 11 Operator Name. Contact Name and Phone Number. Project Description.Physical address or description of the site's location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. For Small Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.2. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed. I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.2.of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part II.F 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR 150000, which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and sediments at their source. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01550—Stabilized Construction Exit 2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls C Definitions 1 Potential Water Pollutant-any substance that could potentially alter the physical,thermal, chemical,or biological quality of the Surface Water in the State, rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life,vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. 1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this Technical Specification. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this or other Technical Specifications. 07/2006 01566- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights-of-way and easements. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing,hauling,and disposing of spoil, silt, waste materials, and contaminated material resulting from erosion and sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.02 EXPOSED SOIL A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing,grading,excavating,stockpiling,or other soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site. B Control measures may include the following practices. 1 Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible. 2. Construct drainage swales,berms,or sediment basins. 3 Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the ground. 4 Install filter fabric fences or barriers,sediment traps, seepage basins, gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices. 5 Utilize vegetative buffer strips,mulching,or riprap C When the placement of topsoil,bank sand,or other soil material is specified,after an area has been brought to grade and immediately prior to placement, loosen the subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to the subsoil. D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or otherwise permanently stabilized. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on-site and off-site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures. 1 Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover 3 Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4 Irrigation by water sprinkling. 07/2006 01566-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 5 Barriers using solid board fences,burlap fences, crate walls,bales of hay,or similar materials. C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the Project Site. 3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods described in this Section,3 03"Dust Control",to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING A Minimize off-site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud,by implementing one or more of the following control measures. 1 Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits. 2. Stabilize areas used for staging,parking, storage or disposal. 3 Stabilize on-site vehicle transportation routes. 4 Remove mud and other debris,washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site. 5 Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site. B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Water-hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils,gasoline,grease,solvents,and other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. B Control measures may include the following practices. 1 Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. 2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. 07/2006 01566-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3 Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily 4 Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate 5 Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 6 Place plastic matting,packed clay,tar paper,or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 7 Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper removal and disposal. C Where effective control measures are not feasible,equipment shall be taken off-site for maintenance and repair 3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal and utilize such control measures,described in this Section,as may be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.08 WASHING AREAS A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include the following practices. 1 Designate special areas for washing vehicles. 2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. 3 Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. 3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides,fertilizers,distillate fuels, lubricants, solvents, cements, paints, acids, caustics, and other toxic substances in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with local, state, and federal regulations. 07/2006 01566-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored,opened or used such that they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures may include the following practices. 1 Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 2. Store containers on raised platforms. 3 Place plastic matting,packed clay,tar paper,or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 4 Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure. 5 Minimize accidental spillage. 6 Keep containers tightly closed. 7 Periodically inspect containers for leakage. 8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 9 Provide berms, filter fabric fences or barriers, or sediment basins. 10 Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in contact with potential water pollutants. C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce contaminated runoff. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls,and applicable health regulations. B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using one or more of the following measures. 1 Inspect the facilities daily 2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and prevent overflows. 3 Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate 4 Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area END OF SECTION 07/2006 01566-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. C. References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals D Referenced Standards. 1 Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) E. Definitions. 1 Trench. A narrow excavation(in relation to its depth)made below the surface of the ground. In general,the depth is greater than the width,but the width of a trench(measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. 2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. 3 Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting,trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 5/2013 01570- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM a. Protective System.A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. b Shoring System. A structure, which supports the sides of an excavation,to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 4 Competent Person-one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary,hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot basis,measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B Unless indicated in as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems. C. If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis,measured and completed in place. D Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in applicable Sections. F Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of 5/2013 01570-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan, submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person. C. Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations,Trenching,and Shoring,OSHA Standards-29 CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P, as amended,including Final Rule,published in the Federal Register Vol.54,No 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989 The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926 650—652. B A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations"from the Federal Register Vol. 54,No 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register C. Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970—20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." D Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C TRENCH SAFETY E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work, will be issued by the Architect alongwith the Bid Documents, including the following: 1 Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs(including,without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation),judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of 5/2013 01570-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections,failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor C. Review of the safety program by the Architect will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Architect nor relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA Standards—29 CFR. B Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre- manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards—29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 5/2013 01570-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION 5/2013 01570-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. C Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 -Mobilization. B If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current,payment will be made by change order C. Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City If a post-mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction. Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B Appearance. Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker Experienced as a professional sign company D Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction Meeting. 1 A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A 10/2014 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 2. Single Site or Building Projects. Provide one project identification sign. 3 Multiple Sites Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4 Sign Relocation. As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction. Post-mounted signs are preferred, but skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 -Submittal Procedures. B Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing. All sign materials shall be new 1 Sign Posts Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3 Skid Members. 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4 Fasteners. a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B Sign and Sign Header Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints, do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C. Paint and Primers. White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade,fast-drying,oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D Colors. Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting or as described in part 1 03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb D If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage B Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 10/2014 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN EXHIBIT ��\ First —. _— I Impression. 1�e',,�,,�_ PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE b"54� TrEAPJAND N ,,,S P UECT: PROJECT NO. 12345678 ' Capital Improvement 'CITY:Of PEAR,L'AND Signage Layout PROJECT SCHEDULE:MONTH/YEAR ADDRESS, CAPRAL:RHQICT Various etaroeaoiwrlo,` BUDGET:$DOLLAR AMOUNT CIMSTME: �t:OUry,TBPosv irTONY uaiONt ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: Peadand:Texas wutiOvPosmoN :lec0i ttuiux- '. eit October2014 -0044105mON3;'pOtikobie. K NAME GOES HERE wa^I°( ;!Alai PROTFMI.[tn1 ORDLNTAax% C. 'Capital Improvement O..+0 COUNOLPOSm015::'0HIII' CONTRACTOR: aim blank template ,�_ , october2014 ❑ ''sq. t71YttatAOti:',CUY;Pt*RSONj, CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE ot as+itautstinciianr OEPUTV T-00104 E440 eRANSON n ticnoresixicsatiott ilaso ana Asstari:MAHAa[arll.NteP.F'oN' pearlandtx.govldepartments/engineering-capital-projectslprojeets RA,aR �Rta tatwttt itr.4 YEIQalMFOR RLrt69mOHICUPCO. BAMIAEDISTESAIMIZEDASVOITOLME einstonsciatutroEmstu50a1esusts SPECIALNOTECONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CUREENT=COUNCILNAMES �ST aei&TR M 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICE SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD'FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE 6UENT TO PROVIDE N1.PRIMRY COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINTS YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS °utn CTRICAL m SERVICES E TO THE u INSTALL ON TWO 49X4"TREATED POSTS,MIN.DEPTH.IS 24,OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REQ'D. CLIENT APPROVAL 10/2014 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment,designated to be removed,except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application,use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1 Work of other contractors or the Owner 2. Limitations of storage space. 3 Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4 Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure 1 Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3 Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4 Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner,by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping,marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers'unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet,unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre- approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means,materials,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re-use. B Process Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre-approved Products. Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved" Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal" Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products. C Product Compatibility. To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer,make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner 07/2006 01630- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Architect deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Architect to make such a judgment. C If the Architect determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Architect. The Architect's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Architect to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly,to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen(14)days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information. 1 Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples,as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor 07/2006 01630-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3 For construction methods. a. Detailed description of proposed method. b Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4 Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5 Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6 Relationship to separate contracts, if any 7 Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8 Other information requested by the Architect. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings,Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors.Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B Submit to Architect the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor beforestarting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Architect immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 07/2006 01720- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner-provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners,prior to starting site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction. C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged, control points. Promptly notify Architect of disturbance or damage to any control point(s) D Notify Architect 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due tochanges in grades or other reasons. E Report promptly to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point. F Any re-staking of control points lost,disturbed,or damaged by Contractor's operations will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing,disturbed,or damaged monumentation. 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations,lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means 1 Site improvements including pavements, stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3 Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01720-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions. C Testing,adjusting,and balancing. D References to Technical specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance with Section 01430—Contractor's Quality Control. B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C Notify Architect 7 days prior to startup of each item. D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer 07/2006 01750- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H When specified in individual specification sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect,check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up,and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A Contractor shall start, test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed equipment as provided for in this section. B Owner may also appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C Owner's employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility under this section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01750-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 3 02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible" B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large,printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dry,and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Architect. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1 Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances,referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3 Field changes of dimension and detail. 4 Changes made by modifications. 5 Details not on original Plans. 6 References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set,provided by Architect. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data,warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Architect's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1 Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1 09"Substantially Completed" 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work,the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 01 12 00 OWNER PROVIDED SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following Owner provided documents, hereinafter referred to as Supplementary Documents for the Project: 1 Geotechnical Reports. 2. Topographical Survey Refer to Drawings. B. Related Sections. Work of other sections, including Division 01 Sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 AVAILABILITY A. Copies of the above documents, if not bound within the Project Manual, after Division 01 Section 01 12 00 "Owner Provided Supplementary Documents", or in the Drawings, the documents are available from the Architect's office. 14 DISCLAIMER A. Neither the Owner, Architect, nor any of the Architect's consultants warrant the applicability, adequacy or accuracy of the information contained in the above-mentioned documents. B. These documents reflect investigations performed for the purpose of design, and made available for information only and are not a part of the Contract Documents for the Project. They should not be relied on for construction without on-site verification by Proposers/Bidders or the Contractor that actual conditions are as reported. C. Proposers/Bidders desiring to verify current conditions may have additional geotechnical investigation or survey performed at Proposer's/Bidder's own expense. Owner must grant permission for access to the site prior to the start of any such investigation and such investigation shall not disrupt or interfere with any on going operations at the site. D Contractor shall field-verify actual site and subsurface conditions at the time of construction. If such conditions are found to differ from those reported, Contractor shall immediately notify the Architect and appropriate Engineer, and request further instructions, cease work affected and proceed with such work only when further Joiner Architects Page 01 12 00-1 OWNER PROVIDED SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS FIRE STATION NO. 4 City of Pearland Fire Department instructions have been received from the Architect or appropriate Engineer PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Joiner Architects Page 01 12 00-2 OWNER PROVIDED SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS RABA 1 K I STN E R GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY FOR FIRE STATION NO. 2- PAVEMENT DISTRESS PEARLAND, TEXAS 5cLRABA YEAR KISTNER Project No.AHA19-074-00 Building Better Tomorrows ro 1 3602 Westchase September 5,2019 Houston,TX 77042 www.rkci.com P 713.996.8990 F 713.996.8993 Mr Robert Upton, P E. Toll Free 866.996.8990 Director of Engineering&Capital Projects TBPE Firm—F-3257 City of Pearland 2559 Hillhouse Road Pearland,TX 77584 RE. Geotechnical Engineering Study Fire Station No.2—Pavement Distress 6050 Fite Road Pearland,Texas 77584 Dear Mr Upton. Raba Kistner Consultants, Inc. (RKCI) is pleased to submit the report of our Geotechnical Engineering Study for the above-referenced project.This study was performed in accordance with RKCI Proposal No. PHA19-065-00, dated May 20, 2019.The purpose of this study was to drill borings within the fire station footprint, to perform laboratory testing on selected samples to classify and characterize subsurface conditions in an attempt to determine the causes of pavement distress. We appreciate the opportunity to be of professional service to you on this project. Should you have any questions about the information presented in this report, please call. ookss � It OF TF q�1 Very truly yours, `�;P''•• �;J` 1) RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS,INC. * aj John Douglas.Brown 4 tl ' 96185 fi°'`E'�icENst:" 'ram Naba Almofraji, EIT John D Brown, P E. ��;`�E�� Graduate Engineer Manager, Geotechnical Services 9-5-2019 NAA/JDB/dar Attachments Copies Submitted Above(1-Electronic) San Antonio • Austin • Brownsville • Dallas • Freeport Houston • McAllen • New Braunfels •Nebraska •Utah • Mexico GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY For FIRE STATION NO.2 PEARLAND,TEXAS Prepared for CITY OF PEARLAND Houston,Texas Prepared by RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS,INC. Houston,Texas PROJECT NO.AHA19-074-00 September 5,2019 RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA19-074-00 September 5,2019 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 LIMITATIONS 1 BORINGS AND LABORATORY TESTS 1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS 3 SITE DESCRIPTION 3 GEOLOGY 3 STRATIGRAPHY 3 GROUNDWATER 4 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 4 EXPANSIVE SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS 4 OVEREXCAVATION AND SELECT FILL REPLACEMENT 5 CAMERA INSPECTION OF SANITARY LINE 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 5 ATTACHMENTS Boring Location Map Logs of Borings Key to Terms and Symbols Results of Soil Sample Analyses Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report RABAKISTNER Project Number PHA19-074-00 1 September 5,2019 INTRODUCTION RABA KISTNER Consultants,Inc.(RKCI)has completed the authorized subsurface exploration of the existing pavement adjacent to the door bays at existing Fire Station No. 2. This report briefly describes the procedures utilized during this study and presents our findings along with the possible causes of pavement distress. PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand that the existing fire station is experiencing pavement distress. The existing concrete pavement adjacent to the entry bay doors(front and rear)appears to be heaving relative to the interior floor slab.Vertical movements of greater than 1 inch were observed between the pavement and floor slab. Fire House No.2 is located at 6050 Fite Road in Pearland,Texas LIMITATIONS This engineering report has been prepared in accordance with accepted Geotechnical Engineering practices in the Houston area by Geotechnical firms conducting similar work under similar circumstances and is meant for the use of City of Pearland (CLIENT) and its representatives for design purposes. This report may not contain sufficient information for purposes of other parties or other uses and is not intended for use in determining construction means and methods. The recommendations submitted in this report are based on the data obtained from three (3) borings drilled at this site and our understanding of the project information provided to us by others. If the project information described in this report is incorrect, is altered, or if new information is available, we should be retained to review and modify our recommendations. This report may not reflect the actual variations of the subsurface conditions across the site. The nature and extent of variations across the site may not become evident until construction commences. The construction process itself may also alter subsurface conditions. If variations appear evident at the time of construction, it may be necessary to reevaluate our recommendations after performing on-site observations and tests to establish the engineering impact of the variations. The scope of our Geotechnical Engineering Study does not include an environmental assessment of the air, soil, rock, or water conditions either on or adjacent to the site. No environmental opinions are presented in this report. RKCI's scope of work does not include the investigation, detection, or design related to the prevention of any biological pollutants.The term "biological pollutants" includes, but is not limited to, mold,fungi,spores, bacteria,and viruses,and the byproduct of any such biological organisms. BORINGS AND LABORATORY TESTS Subsurface conditions at the site were evaluated by 3 borings (designated as B-1 and B-3) drilled at the locations shown on the Boring Location Map, Figure 1. The boring locations are approximate and were located in the field by an RKCI representative based on a site plan provided by the CLIENT, and by measuring distances from existing references and by using a hand-held GPS device. Latitude-longitude at RABAKISTN ER Project Number PHA19-074-00 2 September 5,2019 the boring locations was estimated using Google Earth imagery The coordinates are shown on the boring logs. The borings were drilled to depths of 5-ft below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study using a truck-mounted drilling rig. Prior to drilling, the existing concrete pavement at boring locations B-2 and B-3,was cored with a 6-inch diameter core barrel in order to access the subgrade soils. A listing of the existing pavement thickness and composition of subgrade immediately beneath pavement at the borehole locations is presented in the table under the proceeding subsection entitled "Existing Pavement Structures" The borings were drilled utilizing a straight flight auger and were backfilled with the auger cuttings generated during the drilling activities. The final 6-inches of borehole of the borings were then plugged with bitumen During drilling operations,the following samples were collected Type of:Sample Number.Collected Undisturbed Shelby Tube(ST) 6 Grab Sample 3 The ST samples were obtained in general accordance with accepted standard practices.Grab samples were obtained from the auger cuttings generated during the drilling activities. Representative portions of the samples were sealed in containers to reduce moisture loss, labeled, packaged, and transported to our laboratory for subsequent testing and classification In the laboratory, each sample was evaluated and visually classified by a member of our Geotechnical Engineering staff in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System(USCS).The geotechnical engineering properties of the strata were evaluated by the laboratory tests tabulated in the following table: Type ofTertf Number Conducted,. Natural Moisture Content 9 Atterberg Limits 6 Percent Passing a No.200 Sieve 6 The laboratory tests are presented in graphical or numerical form on the boring logs illustrated on Figures 2 through 4 A key to the classification of terms and symbols used on the logs is presented on Figure 5 The results of the laboratory and field testing are also tabulated on Figure 6 for ease of reference. Samples will be retained in our laboratory for 30 days after submittal of this report. Other arrangements may be provided at the request of the CLIENT RABAKISTN ER Project Number PHA19-074-00 3 September 5,2019 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS SITE DESCRIPTION The project site is the existing Fire Station No.2. It is our understanding the pavement adjacent to the entry bay doors(front and rear) is experiencing distress due to vertical movement of the subgrade soils. GEOLOGY The Bureau of Economic Geology,Geologic Atlas of Texas, Houston Sheet(Revised 1982)shows the subject site to be located on the Beaumont Formation. The Beaumont Formation is the youngest coast-paralleling Pleistocene unit in the Texas Gulf Coast. Most of the Beaumont Formation was deposited as an overlapping group of fluvial or deltaic plains by ancestors of modern streams now draining into the Gulf of Mexico. The Beaumont formation is comprised of clay,silt,and sand; includes mainly stream channel,point-bar,natural levee, backswamp, and to a lesser extent coastal marsh and mud-flat deposits, concretions of calcium carbonate, iron oxide, and iron-manganese oxides in zone of weathering; surface almost featureless, characterized by relict river channels shown by meander patterns and pimple mounds on meanderbelt ridges, separated by areas of low, relatively smooth, featureless backswamp deposits without pimple mounds,formation thickness is+/-100 ft. The Beaumont Formation soils in the vicinity of the subject site are dominantly clay and mud of low permeability,high water-holding capacity,high compressibility,high to very high shrink-swell potential,poor drainage, level to depressed relief, low shear strength, and high plasticity; geologic units include interdistributary muds,abandoned channel-fill muds,and fluvial overbank muds. Existing Pavement Thickness and Subgrade Soil Type Borings B-2 and B-3 were situated on the existing pavement.The measured concrete thicknesses and the soil types immediately beneath the concrete are tabulated as follows ,Boring , No: Floor Slab�Thickness. Soil�In'imediately Beneath B-1 8-in.concrete Lean Clay w/Sand FILL B-2 7-in Concrete Sandy Lean Clay FILL STRATIGRAPHY The subsurface conditions encountered at the boring locations are shown on the boring logs, Figures 2 through 5.The boring logs should be consulted for boring specific(detailed)stratigraphic information.These boring logs represent our interpretation of the subsurface conditions based on the field logs, visual examination of field samples by our personnel, and laboratory test results of selected field samples. Each stratum has been designated by grouping soils that possess similar physical and engineering characteristics. The lines designating the interfaces between strata on the boring logs represent approximate boundaries. Transitions between strata may be gradual. RABAKISTN ER Project Number PHA19-074-00 4 September 5,2019 The subgrade soils that underlies the pavement section generally consist of approximately 2-ft to 4.5-ft of semi-cohesive to semi-cohesionless fill comprised of low plastic to plastic,firm to stiff consistency,sandy lean clay(CL),lean clay with sand(CL),clayey sand(SC),and elastic silt(MH),underlain by cohesive,plastic fat clay(CH) Roots,wood fragments,calcareous and ferrous nodules were noted at varying depths within the subject site soils. Measured moisture contents within the fill soils range from 17 to 35 percent. Measured plasticity indices (PI) within the fill range from 8 to 23. Based on grain size analyses, the percentage of fines(percent passing a No.200 sieve)within the subject site ranges from 44 to 81 percent. The underlying natural fat clays measured a PI value of 36. Semi-cohesionless elastic silt (MH) fill was encountered beneath the concrete pavement in boring B-3 The elastic silt layer extended to the 2-ft depth and measured a liquid limit value of 58 percent, a plastic limit of 40 percent, and a corresponding PI of 18. The recovered sample measured a fines content of 54 percent. GROUNDWATER Groundwater was not observed in the project borings, either during or immediately upon completion of the drilling operations.These borings remained dry during the field exploration phase. It is possible for groundwater to exist beneath this site at shallow depths on a transient basis, particularly in interbedded sand seams following periods of precipitation. Fluctuations in groundwater levels are possible due to variations in rainfall and surface water run-off The construction process itself may also cause variations in the groundwater levels. ENGINEERING ANALYSIS EXPANSIVE SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS The anticipated ground movements due to swelling of the underlying soils at the site were estimated for slab-on-grade construction using the empirical procedure,Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Tex-124-E,Method for Determining the Potential Vertical Rise(PVR).PVR values of about 1%to 1%inches were estimated for the stratigraphic conditions encountered in our borings.A surcharge load of 1 psi (6- inch thick concrete section and 6 inches of select fill above existing grade), an active zone of 7-ft, and existing to dry conditions were assumed in estimating the above PVR values. The TxDOT method of estimating expansive soil-related movements is based on empirical correlations utilizing the measured plasticity indices and assuming typical seasonal fluctuations in moisture content. If desired, other methods of estimating expansive, soil-related movements are available, such as estimations based on swell tests and/or soil-suction analyses. However, the performance of these tests and the detailed analysis of expansive soil-related movements were beyond the scope of the current study It should also be noted that actual movements can exceed the estimated PVR values due to isolated changes in moisture content(such as due to leaks, landscape watering. )or if water seeps into the soils to greater depths than the assumed active zone depth due to deep trenching or excavations. RABAKISTNER Project Number PHA19-074-00 5 September 5,2019 OVEREXCAVATION AND SELECT FILL REPLACEMENT To reduce expansive,soil-related movements in at-grade construction, a portion of the upper expansive subgrade clays within the building area can be removed by overexcavating and backfilling with a suitable select fill material. PVR values have been estimated for overexcavation and select fill replacement to various depths below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study and are summarized in the table below Recommendations for the selection and placement of select backfill materials are addressed in a subsequent section of this report. Depthvof Overexcavation and Select Fill Estimated PVR. Replacement(ft),* _ (in).. 0 1% 1 1% 2 1% 3 <1 *below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study The depth of clay to undercut to reduce the estimated PVR value to 1-inch or less would be about 3-ft. CAMERA INSPECTION OF SANITARY LINE A plumbing observation utilizing a camera was conducted on Thursday, August 29, 2109 The television camera was inserted into the existing sanitary sewer line inside the building and identified the following issues: 1. The sewer line holds water due to improper sloping of the sewer line. 2. Downspouts from building are not draining away from the building, instead it drains into grass adjacent to the building structure. 3. Water usage should be monitored and a pressure check of the water line may be needed. A sudden increase in water usage can indicate a leak. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The subgrade underneath the concrete pavement was identified as fill material comprised of approximately 6 inches of clay fill,underlain by cohesive, low plastic to plastic clays.The cohesive to semi-cohesionless fill material generally does not meet the criteria for select fill,which typically requires a PI value of between 7 and 20 and a liquid limit value of less than 40 percent PI values for the tested fill soils varied from 8 to 23. The elastic silt layer encountered in boring B-3 measured a liquid limit of 58 percent. However,soil moisture content did not indicate excessively wet conditions in the subgrade. During the sanitary sewer line camera inspection,it was observed that the base of the commode has been lifted off of the floor Based on this observation and the results of the camera survey,the sewer line is most likely leaking and needs to be repaired We also recommend draining the roof downspouts away from the building and onto the existing pavement,or into an underground drain system that carries storm water runoff to the nearest storm sewer or to the onsite retention pond. RABAKISTNER Project Number PHA19-074-00 6 September 5,2019 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * The following figures and appendix are attached and complete this report: Figure 1 Boring Location Map Figures 2 through 4 Logs of Borings Figure 5 Key to Terms and Symbols Figure 6 Results of Soil Sample Analyses RABAKISTNER ATTACHMENTS RABAKISTNER • cm u` r�• L ` '�.1 w y rter � • ' y _ r •1 * _;+_d�_ y ,tIL a rate � ' '' j' • a .ri � ., -dry _ f: - -7-tz e-4:- , -,42-• ,,,, - • .,,--:far ,''''.\( ' 1..' ` 0`..: L y1 ., _ _ ii _ ?la 1'� It ;Ire._ _- _ 11 1 I 6 7ns ,M 11 7s. ~• ,ram .. 4`'.�. • 1 . it , 2 „ 5' •, ' ' .. 1 C',•••,"4 . . "if, ..,, i X!r .,.t +' `'\ . i rl r 11 r - 4,fi:.t1* ', ! Ia i ¢ �1• -,, r e e.L • • t. .A,,'t 4 r._-,..'" V4t 2 '4 s1 s 1i¶ - f. ~ r w-' .�Y `1141` `t Y'II I C t -'t I. _ 1 fir' ■. . 'r 7 l y'N 4 ) . t 1c1-4,, ( 1 ,t, : tom, „ • <r \.--Jr - #i ,�-( - t ^rd� i��%'''V y". ,. • ii. ^.r-/-1 Ti, - a ram ,* `� - 4 . {-% 1 0. 1 i gig - ''VF *4_,R r Y\:fr ,.r�}{'�_i.• :/.�;�-''--- - ;L • �.`ar.S ab' .,:..� ;tit^ r„t. r`Cr _ 1 `: r l .., ,)(,7 ri, I • :l 13 21.. R A B A Not to Scale Project No I T E R AHA19-074-00 C O H S U LTA N T S FIRE STATION NO. 2 Boring Location Map FIGURE 1 PAVEMENT DISTRESS PEARLAND,TEXAS LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 / RABA Fire Station No 2- Pearland I K I S T° N E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: N 29.55261,W 95.31316 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2—--L^� a DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL L. - 0.5P1T0 1.5 2.IC WATERS 3.0 3LI�51D4.0Z w) 2 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a. SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing grade,ft 1,0 X0 39 49 59 69 79 80 FILL.CLAYEY SAND(SC),light brown,w/ roots and fat clay lumps • —X - 13 44 I- z O FAT CLAY w/SAND(CH),stiff,dark gray and 0- light brown,w/calcareous nodules w O 0- a w - 00 X-i X - 36 78 = I- 2 O U- LL J W 1- Q -w/wood fragments from 4 ft to 5 ft U., 0e • 0 N W CO 5 Boring terminated at a depth of about 5-ft — 0 J 0 N N 0 J W N W I- W I- _ _ () Z DEPTH DRILLED: 5.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 8/21/2019 DATE MEASURED: 8/21/2019 FIGURE: 2 LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 �A RABA Fire Station No 2- Pearland K I S I N E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: N 29.55274,W 95.31326 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 o a c - 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 c,W c DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL t� N 3 z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID o y 9 -3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT 0. SURFACE ELEVATION Existing grade,ft co10 X2,0 30 40♦50 69 70 89 : CONCRETE(8-inches) 4 A Q A FILL.LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),gray and brown I FILL.LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),firm gray -w/roots and calcareous and ferrous >—————X 23 72 nodules to 2 ft z 0 a W CO L1 W 0 a. o. w - O ®t-—X - 8 81 F 2 0 LL >- J W I- FAT CLAY(CH),stiff,gray,w/ferrous nodules 00 • w CO — 5 ---- (— Boring terminated at a depth of about 5-ft 0 J 0 N N _ _ 0 J W N W I- W I- 0 Z DEPTH DRILLED: 5.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 8/21/2019 DATE MEASURED: 8/21/2019 FIGURE: 3 LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 RABA Fire Station No 2-Pearland K I S T N E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: N 29.55248;W 95.31325 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 J W t }a - --0---0-------o- m a c - 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 u_6 N § DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL fa c 3 z_ PLASTIC WATER LIQUID ? oe g O 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing grade,ft or. 10 X2,0 30 40-•59 60 79 80 CONCRETE(7-inches) Q I FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),gray FILL.ELASTIC SILT(MN),gray and brown,w/ roots •)E-——--X 18 54 I— z 0 - - - o_ FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),firm,reddish brown w O o_ w - ——-x - 18 63 = I- 2 0 LL } I- CC d W N FAT CLAY(CH),gray,w/calcareous and • ferrous nodules Ui W CO —5 Boring terminated at a depth of about 5-ft 0 J 0 N N - - w O J W N W I— W I- - - - 0 Z DEPTH DRILLED: 5.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 8/21/2019 DATE MEASURED: 8/21/2019 FIGURE. 4 KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS MATERIAL TYPES SOIL TERMS ROCK TERMS OTHER i�/, ,,, II I I /\/• I' I /\/. ,,,, I' P 1 /s„,/• CALCAREOUS PEAT II CHALK I LIMESTONE ASPHALT /// n /, CALICHE SAND ///I' CLAYSTONE MARL , A n ' BASE l/'''' •p 'IS /�� a CLAY SANDY _L CLAY-SHALE f i"� METAMORPHIC q Q CONCRETE/CEMENT NM F'i'1$. CLAYEY SILT t' • CONGLOMERATE : SANDSTONE fR'!4'�- PAVERS/ dr LN pr I, bili TO GRAVEL SILTY // DOLOMITE SHALE r $ WASTE v ( /..M x x x IIIIII ) Do' GRAVELLY i././\ FILL x x x IGNEOUS I I I 1 SILTSTONE NO INFORMATION /.M WELL CONSTRUCTION AND PLUGGING MATERIALS x x BENTONITE& BLANK PIPE /A BENTONITE CUTTINGS • CUTTINGS SAND p iS, u pU, \ SCREEN CEMENT GROUT �aA CONCRETE/CEMENT 000 GRAVEL \ VOLCLAY SAMPLE TYPES STRENGTH TEST TYPES `A/ 0 POCKET PENETROMETER ti 'A' ti AIR 'Ai MUD SHELBYTUBE ti ROTARY A ROTARY O TORVANE GRAB NO I� ® UNCONFINED COMPRESSION SAMPLE \ RECOVERY n SPLIT BARREL A TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION I UNCONSOLIDATED-UNDRAINED CORE NX CORE SPLIT SPOON TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION I ❑ CONSOLIDATED-UNDRAINED I I GEOPROBE PITCHER TEXAS CONE NOTE:VALUES SYMBOLIZED ON BORING LOGS REPRESENT SHEAR I I SAMPLER — PENETROMETER STRENGTHS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED tl ROTOSONIC ROTOSONIC DISTURBED DAMAGED -INTACT PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 RA B A K 1 S T N E R REVISED 04/2012 FIGURE 5a KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY Terms used in this report to describe soils with regard to their consistency or conditions are in general accordance with the discussion presented in Article 45 of SOILS MECHANICS IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE,Terzaghi and Peck,John Wiley&Sons, Inc., 1967, using the most reliable information available from the field and laboratory investigations. Terms used for describing soils according to their texture or grain size distribution are in accordance with the UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM,as described in American Society for Testing and Materials D2487-06 and D2488-00, Volume 04.08, Soil and Rock; Dimension Stone; Geosynthetics;2005. The depths shown on the boring logs are not exact,and have been estimated to the nearest half-foot. Depth measurements may be presented in a manner that implies greater precision in depth measurement, i.e 6.71 meters. The reader should understand and interpret this information only within the stated half-foot tolerance on depth measurements. RELATIVE DENSITY COHESIVE STRENGTH PLASTICITY Penetration Resistance Relative Resistance Cohesion Plasticity Degree of Blows per ft Density Blows per ft Consistency TSF Index Plasticity 0 - 4 Very Loose 0 - 2 Very Soft 0 - 0.125 0 - 5 None 4 - 10 Loose 2 - 4 Soft 0.125 - 0.25 5 - 10 Low 10 - 30 Medium Dense 4 - 8 Firm 0.25 - 0.5 10 - 20 Moderate 30 - 50 Dense 8 - 15 Stiff 0.5 - 1.0 20 - 40 Plastic > 50 Very Dense 15 - 30 Very Stiff 1.0 - 2.0 > 40 Highly Plastic > 30 Hard > 2.0 ABBREVIATIONS B = Benzene Qam,Qas,Qal = Quaternary Alluvium Kef = Eagle Ford Shale T = Toluene Qat = Low Terrace Deposits Kbu = Buda Limestone E = Ethylbenzene Qbc = Beaumont Formation Kdr = Del Rio Clay X = Total Xylenes Qt = Fluviatile Terrace Deposits Kft = Fort Terrett Member BTEX = Total BTEX Qao = Seymour Formation Kgt = Georgetown Formation TPH = Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Ole = Leona Formation Kep = Person Formation ND = Not Detected Q-Tu = Uvalde Gravel Kek = Kainer Formation NA = Not Analyzed Ewi = Wilcox Formation Kes = Escondido Formation NR = Not Recorded/No Recovery Emi = Midway Group Kew = Walnut Formation OVA = Organic Vapor Analyzer Mc = Catahoula Formation Kgr = Glen Rose Formation ppm = Parts Per Million El = Laredo Formation Kgru = Upper Glen Rose Formation Kknm = Navarro Group and Marlbrook Kgrl = Lower Glen Rose Formation Marl Kh = Hensel)Sand Kpg = Pecan Gap Chalk Kau = Austin Chalk PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 REVISED04/2012 RABAKISTNER FIGURE 5b KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY SOIL STRUCTURE Slickensided Having planes of weakness that appear slick and glossy Fissured Containing shrinkage or relief cracks,often filled with fine sand or silt;usually more or less vertical. Pocket Inclusion of material of different texture that is smaller than the diameter of the sample. Parting Inclusion less than 1/8 inch thick extending through the sample. Seam Inclusion 1/8 inch to 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Layer Inclusion greater than 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Laminated Soil sample composed of alternating partings or seams of different soil type. Interlayered Soil sample composed of alternating layers of different soil type. Intermixed Soil sample composed of pockets of different soil type and layered or laminated structure is not evident. Calcareous Having appreciable quantities of carbonate. Carbonate Having more than 50%carbonate content. SAMPLING METHODS RELATIVELY UNDISTURBED SAMPLING Cohesive soil samples are to be collected using three-inch thin-walled tubes in general accordance with the Standard Practice for Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1587)and granular soil samples are to be collected using two-inch split-barrel samplers in general accordance with the Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1586). Cohesive soil samples may be extruded on-site when appropriate handling and storage techniques maintain sample integrity and moisture content. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST(SPT) A 2-in.-OD,1-3/8-in.-ID split spoon sampler is driven 1.5 ft into undisturbed soil with a 140-pound hammer free falling 30 in. After the sampler is seated 6 in.into undisturbed soil,the number of blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 in.is the Standard Penetration Resistance or"N"value,which is recorded as blows per foot as described below SPLIT-BARREL SAMPLER DRIVING RECORD Blows Per Foot Description 25 25 blows drove sampler 12 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. 50/7" 50 blows drove sampler 7 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. Ref/3" 50 blows drove sampler 3 inches during initial 6-inch seating interval, NOTE.To avoid damage to sampling tools,driving is limited to 50 blows during or after seating interval. PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 RA B A K I S T N E R REVISED 04/2012 FIGURE 5c RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE ANALYSES PROJECT NAME Fire Station No 2 - Pearland 6050 Fite Road Pearland, Texas FILE NAME. AHA19-074-00 GPJ 9/5/2019 BoringSample Blows Water Liquid Plastic PlasticityDry Unit Shear Strength 9 USCS Weight %-200 Strength g No. Depth per ft Content Limit Limit Index (pcf) Sieve (tsfl Test (ft) (%) B-1 0.0 to 2.0 17 29 16 13 SC 44 2.0 to 4.0 28 58 22 36 CH 78 0.50 TV 4.0 to 5.0 34 0.70 TV B-2 0.0 to 0.7 0.7 to 2.0 21 41 18 23 CL 72 2.0 to 4.0 18 27 19 8 CL 81 0.40 TV 4.0 to 5.0 32 0.60 TV B-3 0.0 to 0.6 0.6 to 2.0 35 58 40 18 MH 54 2.0 to 4.0 17 34 16 18 CL 63 0.50 TV 4.0 to 5.0 25 1.25 TV PP=Pocket Penetrometer TV=Torvane UC=Unconfined Compression FV=Field Vane UU=Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial CU=Consolidated Undrained Triaxial PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 RABAKISTNER FIGURE 6 Important Information about Thi• • Geotecbnical-Engineering Subsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. While you cannot eliminate all such risks, you can manage them. The following information is provided to help. Geotechnical Services Are Performed for assessment of their impact.Geotechnical engineers cannot Specific Purposes, Persons, and Projects accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the their reports do not consider developments of which they were specific needs of their clients.A geotechnical-engineering not informed. study conducted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a constructor—a construction contractor—or even another Subsurface Conditions Can Change civil engineer Because each geotechnical-engineering study A geotechnical-engineering report is based on conditions that is unique,each geotechnical-engineering report is unique, existed at the time the geotechnical engineer performed the prepared solely for the client.No one except you should rely on study Do not rely on a geotechnical-engineering report whose this geotechnical-engineering report without first conferring adequacy may have been affected by the passage of time; with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it.And no one man-made events,such as construction on or adjacent to the —not even you—should apply this report for any purpose or site;or natural events,such as floods,droughts,earthquakes, project except the one originally contemplated. or groundwater fluctuations.Contact the geotechnical engineer before applying this report to determine if it is still reliable.A Read the Full Report minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent Serious problems have occurred because those relying on major problems. a geotechnical-engineering report did not read it all.Do not rely on an executive summary Do not read selected Most Geotechnical Findings Are Professional elements only Opinions Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those Geotechnical Engineers Base Each Report on points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are a Unique Set of Project-Specific Factors taken.Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory Geotechnical engineers consider many unique,project-specific data and then apply their professional judgment to render factors when establishing the scope of a study Typical factors an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the include:the client's goals,objectives,and risk-management site.Actual subsurface conditions may differ—sometimes preferences;the general nature of the structure involved,its significantly—from those indicated in your report.Retaining size,and configuration;the location of the structure on the the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to site;and other planned or existing site improvements,such as provide geotechnical-construction observation is the most access roads,parking lots,and underground utilities.Unless effective method of managing the risks associated with the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically unanticipated conditions. indicates otherwise,do not rely on a geotechnical-engineering report that was: A Report's Recommendations Are Not Final • not prepared for you; Do not overrely on the confirmation-dependent • not prepared for your project; recommendations included in your report.Confirmation- • not prepared for the specific site explored;or dependent recommendations are not final,because • completed before important project changes were made. geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgment and opinion.Geotechnical engineers can finalize Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface geotechnical-engineering report include those that affect: conditions revealed during construction.The geotechnical • the function of the proposed structure,as when it's changed engineer who developed your report cannot assume from a parking garage to an office building,or from a light- responsibility or liability for the report's confirmation-dependent industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse; recommendations if that engineer does not perform the • the elevation,configuration,location,orientation,or weight geotechnical-construction observation required to confirm the of the proposed structure; recommendations'applicability. • the composition of the design team;or • project ownership. A Geotechnical-Engineering Report Is Subject to Misinterpretation As a general rule,always inform your geotechnical engineer Other design-team members'misinterpretation of of project changes—even minor ones—and request an geotechnical-engineering reports has resulted in costly \ / / problems.Confront that risk by having your geotechnical others recognize their own responsibilities and risks.Read engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team these provisions closely Ask questions.Your geotechnical after submitting the report.Also retain your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly engineer to review pertinent elements of the design team's plans and specifications.Constructors can also misinterpret Environmental Concerns Are Not Covered a geotechnical-engineering report.Confront that risk by The equipment,techniques,and personnel used to perform having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and an environmental study differ significantly from those used to preconstruction conferences,and by providing geotechnical perform a geotechnical study For that reason,a geotechnical- construction observation. engineering report does not usually relate any environmental findings,conclusions,or recommendations;e.g.,about Do Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory problems have led to numerous project failures.If you have not data.To prevent errors or omissions,the logs included in a yet obtained your own environmental information, geotechnical-engineering report should never be redrawn ask your geotechnical consultant for risk-management for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings.Only guidance.Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable,but someone else. recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk Obtain Professional Assistance To Deal Give Constructors a Complete Report and with Mold Guidance Diverse strategies can be applied during building design, Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they construction,operation,and maintenance to prevent can make constructors liable for unanticipated subsurface significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces. conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To be effective,all such strategies should be devised for To help prevent costly problems,give constructors the the express purpose of mold prevention,integrated into a complete geotechnical-engineering report,but preface it with comprehensive plan,and executed with diligent oversight by a a clearly written letter of transmittal.In that letter,advise professional mold-prevention consultant.Because just a small constructors that the report was not prepared for purposes amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; severe mold infestations,many mold-prevention strategies encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer focus on keeping building surfaces dry While groundwater, who prepared the report(a modest fee may be required)and/ water infiltration,and similar issues may have been addressed or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of as part of the geotechnical-engineering study whose findings information they need or prefer A prebid conference can also are conveyed in this report,the geotechnical engineer in be valuable.Be sure constructors have sufficient time to perform charge of this project is not a mold prevention consultant; additional study Only then might you be in a position to none of the services performed in connection with the give constructors the best information available to you, geotechnical engineer's study were designed or conducted for while requiring them to at least share some of the financial the purpose of mold prevention.Proper implementation of the responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. recommendations conveyed in this report will not of itself be sufficient to prevent mold from growing in or on the structure Read Responsibility Provisions Closely involved. Some clients,design professionals,and constructors fail to recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than Rely,on Your GBC-Member Geotechnical Engineer other engineering disciplines.This lack of understanding for Additional Assistance has created unrealistic expectations that have led to Membership in the Geotechnical Business Council of the disappointments,claims,and disputes.To help reduce the risk Geoprofessional Business Association exposes geotechnical of such outcomes,geotechnical engineers commonly include engineers to a wide array of risk-confrontation techniques a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports.Sometimes that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with labeled"limitations'many of these provisions indicate where a construction project.Confer with you GBC-Member geotechnical engineers'responsibilities begin and end,to help geotechnical engineer for more information. serfGEOTECHNICAL BUSINESSof BCOUNCIL � 8811 Colesville Road/Suite G106,Silver Spring,MD 20910 Telephone:301/565-2733 Facsimile:301/589-2017 e-mail:info@geoprofessional.org wwwgeoprofessional.org Copyright 2015 by Geoprofessional Business Association(GBA).Duplication,reproduction,or copying of this document,or its contents,in whole or in part, by any means whatsoever,is strictly prohibited,except with GBA s specific written permission.Excerpting,quoting,or otherwise extracting wording from this document is permitted only with the express written permission of GBA,and only for purposes of scholarly research or book review.Only members of GBA may use this document as a complement to or as an element of a geotechnical-engineering report.Any other firm,individual,or other entity that so uses this document without being a GBA member could be commiting negligent or intentional(fraudulent)misrepresentation. J ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL • INFRASTRUCTURE • PROJECT CONTROL Austin, TX San Antonio, TX Lake Worth, FL Brownsville, TX Houston, TX Uncoln, NE Dallas, TX McAllen, TX Salt Lake City, UT Freeport, TX New Braunfels, TX Mexico RABA KISTNER L RABA KISTN ER Project No.AHA19-074-00 3602 Westchase February 3, 2020 Houston,TX 77042 P 713.996.8990 F 713.996.8993 Mr Robert Upton, P E. TBPE Firm F-3257 Director of Engineering&Capital Projects City of Pearland www.RKci.coM 2559 Hillhouse Road Pearland,TX 77584 RE. Addendum to Geotechnical Engineering Study Fire Station No.2—Pavement Distress 6050 Fite Road Pearland,Texas 77584 Dear Mr Upton This addendum to our geotechnical report entitled Geotechnical Engineering Study, Fire Station No. 2 — Pavement Distress, 6050 Fite Road, Pearland, Texas 77854 (RKCI Project No. AHA19-074-00) and dated September 5,2019, presents field and laboratory test results for one(1)20-ft deep boring. Boring B-4 was drilled on January 17, 2020 and was located on the existing concrete pavement driveway in front of Fire Station No.2. The boring location is shown on the attached Boring Location Map(Figure 1) The additional boring was requested by you via electronic mail dated January 13,2020. The boring was drilled in front of the fire station bay doors to a depth of 20-ft using a truck-mounted drilling rig. Prior to drilling,the concrete pavement at boring B-4 was cored with a 6-inch diameter core barrel in order to access the subgrade soils. The existing pavement thickness and composition of subgrade immediately beneath pavement at the borehole location is presented on the attached boring log. EXISTING PAVEMENT THICKNESSES The existing pavement was cored at the boring location.The measured pavement section thicknesses and the soil types immediately beneath the pavement are summarized below. Subgrade, Boring, ' Immediately No. Pavement.Thickness.and:Description - Beneath The Pavement . B-4 CONCRETE(7-in) Sandy Lean Clay STRATIGRAPHY The subsurface stratigraphy beneath the concrete pavement consists of cohesive soils, plastic, stiff consistency,sandy lean clay(CL) and lean clay with sand (CL)to about the 4-ft depth,followed by highly plastic,stiff consistency,fat clay(CH)extending to the 20-ft boring completion depth. Measured moisture contents range from 24 to 32 percent within the upper 4-ft deep lean clays,and 23 to 33 percent within the underlying fat clay soils. Measured plasticity indices (PI) and liquid limits range from 32 and 49, respectively,within a lean clay with sand sample recovered from the 2-ft to 4-ft depth range,and 40 and CONSULTANTS • ENVIRONMENTAL • PROJECT MANAGEMENT • INFRASTRUCTURE Project No.AHA19-074-00 2 February 3,2020 63, respectively, within a fat clay sample collected from the 8-ft to 10-ft depth range. A fines content (percent passing a No.200 sieve)of 79 percent was measured on a lean clay with sample recovered from the 2-ft to 4-ft depth interval. Roots and sand seams were noted within the upper 4-ft cohesive soils. Based on an unconfined compression test result,an undrained shear strength of 0.7 tsf was measured on a fat clay sample recovered from the 6-ft depth.The tested sample had a dry unit weight of 120 pcf The upper 2-ft sandy lean clay sample was identified as fill. The pavement subgrade sample also contained traces of lime, based on phenolphthalein testing, which is a typical treatment for cohesive pavement subgrade. GROUNDWATER Free water was not observed in the open borehole during drilling. The "dry" borehole" should not be considered representative of the areal groundwater level because the borehole was founded within relatively impermeable fat clays. FOUNDATION ANALYSIS EXPANSIVE SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS The anticipated ground movements due to swelling of the underlying soils at the site were estimated for slab-on-grade construction using the empirical procedure,Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Tex-124-E, Method for Determining the Potential Vertical Rise (PVR). A PVR value between 11/2 and 11/2 inches was estimated for the stratigraphic conditions encountered in our boring. A surcharge load of 1.0 psi (6-inch concrete slab), an active zone of 7-ft, and existingmoisture conditions were assumed in estimating the above PVR value. The TxDOT method of estimating expansive soil-related movements is based on empirical correlations utilizing the measured plasticity indices and assuming typical seasonal fluctuations in moisture content. If desired, other methods of estimating expansive, soil-related movements are available, such as estimations based on swell tests and/or soil-suction analyses. However,the performance of these tests and the detailed analysis of expansive soil-related movements were beyond the scope of the current study It should also be noted that actual movements can exceed the estimated PVR values due to isolated changes in moisture content(such as due to leaks, landscape watering. ) or if water seeps into the soils to greater depths than the assumed active zone depth due to deep trenching or excavations. FINDINGS The subgrade underneath thO concrete-pavementdoes itht meathicriterior•f9r select<fill:rriaterial;;wh ch typically:requires aPt'value,of between•7-and 20 and a Iiquid;limit value°of,less than percent P1Tvalues for the-tested fill soilsvaried from 32'to40:} However,boring B-4 was situated outside the building structure where select fill is usually not required. Soil moisture content did not indicate excessively wet conditions in the subgrade. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA19-074-00 3 February 3,2020 The:_findings. and conclusions present41in', our initial; report dated: September, 5,. 1919' recommended 'directing the building-downspouts,-to::channel water..`away from:the building,structure,or into-the.storm drain,-,and:repairing,the sanitary sewer line,which based=on the camera,inspection,is:notgradedrsufficiently= todrain and-is most,likely leaking:)Standing water was observed within the sewer line. Also,the commode was observed to be separated from the floor We recommend additional borings be performed within the building interior The interior borings would be conducted using a hand auger Prior to drilling,a leveling survey of the first floor slab should be conducted prior to new borings in order to determine areas that have the most elevation change and subsequent highest distress. The subgrade soils and moisture condition within these distressed areas could then be investigated with interior borings. We appreciate the opportunity to be of professional service to you on this project and look forward to receiving your comments.Should you have any questions about the information presented in this report, please call. ,_44 0 to ibsNov .:v.SE OF TF J% or `dam •,Very truly yours, #* ;•• • *11, RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS,INC. '* . )\ •• * , John Douglas Brown aF��? . f I� � • 96185 . 1 °A••••(ICENSt ••G��se Mana eBrrGeot chnical Services I`t‘ ��ON��•? g , 2-3-2020 Attachments. Boring Location Map. Boring Log B-4 RABAKISTNER w ''' Legerdx Boring :Location: Map Fire Station. No:.; 2 • •� ,' " i• I. Existin Boris s B.-I tthru B:-3 and New`Boris B-4. Write a.description foryour:map . „... .. 9.. .- )° 9 ='r • F-----i-.4`. 44 71;r•,rs-s,r•,..•.•,•-*,: 4,0444.,, , • ".,7-.....:,;,--. -,!;;;;* ',I ,rNH,,......e....,,,, -. I . . - )/. r _imirid .1„B-2.,ft„5.,' __ sc y • t +" �,�--_.__ _. • • �,'••-:`,4*4 r --B-1.5' f ,�.� • - -fot 7:-....14*-'''Ail . f.e 4 ......,,.,___„___,.....__ :, ...„. x ., . »--' .• *4tS s B-3i�5 ..,' B�420' f +lf . K . +. _s -..tip.. �rwk ' e ---�'r '� _ _ a _.-�_ Mom__ _"ter • �.,..�t / ,,tsyy.~ `,,.,i - -lam_-v.-y^ `^+ - - il - 51 �. _ t Fite Rd _._ ._.y — - — Google. Earth -- �- - J N V _ .,. r r . V�--'_ tf — 0 2019 Google — • - r ' 100 ft LOG OF BORING NO. B-4 RAGA Fire Station No 2- Pearland 1 K t SIN E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FTZ t �a -9----0---0-- ---❑- o a c - 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 o W 8 c < DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL . , " 7� ET PLASTIC WATER LIQUID 2 d° 0 - h O '3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a. m X A X— ],0 0 3Q 40 50 6Q 70 8Q N. \Concrete Pavement-7 inches �-- - FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),very stiff,gray, • w/lime and roots p - / \ LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),stiff,gray,w/ • ;; X 32 79 ferrous nodules - -w/sandseemsfrom2ftto4ft r —5 FAT CLAY(CH),stiff,olive gray,w/ 91 — ® ® • — calcareous nodules -yellowish brown and gray from 6 ft to 8 ft - 0 9• z - -redish brown and gray from 8 ft to 20 ft _ - a cc - - - •F 0 —9 X - 40 w - -10 — O z _ _ 0 03 - a w I I- - A 9 - 2 0 cc _ Li. } J —15— — 09• — w 0 •0 - 0 - - - - uw - A 9 - w m —20 ---- I- Boring Terminated at a depth of about 20-ft 0 - - 0 J 0 N N 0 J —25— — — LL, w - - I I- - - - - ui I- 0 - - z —30— — — —35— — — DEPTH DRILLED: 20.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 1/17/2020 DATE MEASURED: 1/17/2020 FIGURE: 5 R A► ,8A Cr TNER Project No.AHA19-074-00 3602 Westchase March 4,2020 Houston,TX 77042 P 713.996.8990 F 713.996.8993 Mr Robert Upton, P E. TBPE Firm F-3257 Director of Engineering&Capital Projects www.RKCI.cOM City of Pearland 2559 Hillhouse Road Pearland,TX 77584 RE. Addendum to Geotechnical Engineering Study Fire Station No.2—Building Distress 6050 Fite Road Pearland,Texas 77584 Dear Mr Upton This addendum to our geotechnical report entitled Geotechnical Engineering Study, Fire Station No. 2 — Pavement Distress, 6050 Fite Road, Pearland, Texas 77854 (RKCI Project No. AHA19-074-00) and dated September 5, 2019, presents field and laboratory test results for one(1)20-ft deep boring. Boring B-5 was drilled on February 2,2020 and was located on the existing concrete slab near the center of the engine room inside Fire Station No.2. The boring location,as well as the locations of the previous four borings completed on the exterior of Fire Station No. 2,is shown on the attached Boring Location Map(Figure 1). The boring was drilled inside of the fire station building to a depth of 20-ft using a portable drilling rig. Prior to drilling,the concrete floor slab at boring B-5 was cored with a 6-inch diameter core barrel in order to access the subgrade soils. The concrete thickness and composition of subgrade immediately beneath the concrete at the borehole location is presented on the attached boring log. EXISTING CONCRETE THICKNESS The existing concrete floor slab was cored at the boring location The measured pavement section thicknesses and the soil types immediately beneath the pavement are summarized below. ',,,.4i ;Subgrade Boring #n Immedi elyr"=. ,Pavement Thickness acid Description, � , < ,., No. �Beneath:The. 'Pavement B-5 CONCRETE(8.5-in) Sandy Lean Clay STRATIGRAPHY The subsurface stratigraphy beneath the concrete pavement consists of cohesive soils, moderate plasticity,firm to stiff consistency,sandy lean clay(CL)to about the 6-ft depth,followed by highly plastic, stiff to very stiff fat clay (CH) extending to the 20-ft boring completion depth. Measured moisture contents range from 17 to 18 percent within the upper 6-ft deep sandy lean clays, and 29 to 34 percent within the underlying fat clay soils. Measured plasticity indices(PI)and liquid limits range from 12 and 28, respectively, within a sandy lean clay sample recovered from the 0-ft to 2-ft depth range, and 40 to 54 CONSULTANTS • ENVIRONMENTAL • PROJECT MANAGEMENT • INFRASTRUCTURE Project No.AHA19-074-00 2 March 4,2020 and 70 to 85, respectively,within fat clay samples collected from the depth ranges of 6-ft to 8-ft and 13- ft to 15-ft. A fines content(percent passing a No.200 sieve)of 60 percent was measured on a sandy lean clay sample recovered from the 0-ft to 2-ft depth interval. Roots and ferrous nodules were noted within the cohesive soils. The upper 6-ft sandy lean clay sample was identified as fill. GROUNDWATER Free water was not observed in the open borehole during drilling. The "dry" borehole" should not be considered representative of the areal groundwater level because the borehole was founded within relatively impermeable fat clays. FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS (EXISTI NGBUJ LDI NG;STRUCTU•RE) The foundation plans and underground utility schematic for Fire Station No.2 were provided by the CLIENT The plans indicate the building structure is supported on drilled and underreamed piers bearing at a depth of approximately 14 feet below finished subgrade elevation. The.coVncrete floor slab is;suspended above the subgr..rade soils,and supported on-grade,.beams connected tothe:piers."Void bozes.:(6-inches'deep).were used toteenpOrarilysupport the slab during construction.) EXPANSIVE SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS The anticipated ground movements due to swelling of the underlying soils at the site were estimated for slab-on-grade construction using the empirical procedure, Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Tex-124-E, Method for Determining the Potential Vertical Rise (PVR).A PVR value of less than 1 inch was estimated for the stratigraphic conditions encountered in our boring. A surcharge load of 1.0 psi (6-inch concrete slab), an active zone of 7-ft, and existing moisture conditions were assumed in estimating the above PVR value. The TxDOT method of estimating expansive soil-related movements is based on empirical correlations utilizing the measured plasticity indices and assuming typical seasonal fluctuations in moisture content. If desired, other methods of estimating expansive, soil-related movements are available, such as estimations based on swell tests and/or soil-suction analyses. However,the performance of these tests and the detailed analysis of expansive soil-related movements were beyond the scope of the current study It should also be noted that actual movements can exceed the estimated PVR values due to isolated changes in moisture content(such as due to leaks, landscape watering. )or if water seeps into the soils to greater depths than the assumed active zone depth due to deep trenching or excavations. RABAKISTNER 0 Project No.AHA19-074-00 3 March 4,2020 SOIL MOISTURE The soil moisture condition, i.e. dry, wet, or moist, of the exterior borings (B-1 through B-4) and interior boring (B-5) was evaluated by reviewing the moisture content and Atterberg limits test results of the recovered soil samples from project borings B-1 through B-5. The exterior subsurface soils within the upper about 6-ft depth were found to be generally in a wetter state than the subgrade soils sampled from the interior boring B-5. The plot of soil water content versus depth is attached to this addendum report. (CAUSES:OE DISTRESS The findings and "conclusions presented in our initial report dated:September 5, 1919 recommended' directing the building downspouts to channel"water away from-the building structure;."or piped into-the storm drain, and:repairing the sanitary sewer line, which"based-on.the camera inspection,.is not graded sufficiently,,to.drain: Standing,water was observedmithin the"sewer line. Also,the.comm"ode located'in the southwest corner of the"buildingwas-observed;to be separated',from the floor:) Boring B-5,which was situated in the center of the fire engine room,did not provide much insight as to the cause of the building distress. Our initial survey revealed problems with the roof drainage; the generally high plasticity, cohesive subgrade soils along the building perimeter,as explored by borings B-1 through B- 4,are in a relatively"wet"condition most likely created by the lack of proper drainage. The exterior fat clay subgrade most likely swelled because of the increased moisture and raised the concrete pavement outside the bay doors relative to the interior floor slab. The southwest corner of the existing building should be investigated further, based on the results of our drain line inspection and the movement observed with the commode. Also, as mentioned in our previous addendum dated January 23, 2020, a leveling survey of the first floor slab is strongly recommended to delineate areas that have the most elevation change and subsequent highest distress. The subgrade soils and moisture condition within these distressed areas could then be investigated with additional interior borings. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA19-074-00 4 March 4,2020 CLOSING We appreciate the opportunity to be of professional service to you on this project and look forward to receiving your comments.Should you have any questions about the information presented in this report, please call. Very truly yours, .:PZE OF.T � RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS,INC. •'• • ........... . %. * f ��v„ . * 1� /� ;*; �� ': kiI- ii/• °-'� � John Douglas Brown � : 96185 John D Brown, P E. fit 0,:Z..1./CENsi,..0 of Manager,Geotechnical Services 1% ` ``.�? 3-4-2020 Attachments. Boring Location Map. Boring Logs B-1 through B-5 Graph of Water Content versus Depth RABAKISTNER 111R 611 K STNER CONSULTANTS Engineering Testing Eniranmenurl Facilities Infrastructure 3602 Westchase Houston,Texas,77042 (713)996-8990 (713 96-8993 FAX wskc.om TEPE Firm F-3257 coo 6--\7/ aea �—. a r • CI �� „ma . ,fir , � r W r1 6 CQ cc 10101.4:1. . IT--- AL-7,1C.,.Witi[ —117,, ,, „,„ii,v,- ,,yr, mg I AIi' 1, u J_• ur J Liu 11 rn, -�,ia �``~ _ o z �' i. • = 1 1 I _ ii... ..., luau .. Q !Om. 1 r ' 1 .:II �� I/GYi� # I ^ 1 LI, _ i �II�. .'. b3 W Ca w g F IL ri ICI • • s r i REVISIONS: •� �-irm w, ,»-..3 keg �: �� : I 1 •8: No. DATE DESCRIPTION eb. ,iii.". Mel& - 111 L� r -O t-eua9a G7 i k.... A t / t 1 ,,, `. �° PROJECT No. AHA19-074-00 I Ur— ► 1 �� m 1 '� q • . ISSUE DATE. 03-02-20 DRAWN BY 1 ( ..-1PTT CHECKED BY• JDB E. REVIEWED BY• JDB I FIGURE es RABAKISTNER 02010 try Rahn-Kishwr Cwau0ants.Inc. LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 lb RR A B AN Fire Station No 2- PearlandISTER 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: N 29.55261,W 95.31316 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 t t 9———0———0—— --0- oE, a p a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 W o a DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL 3 z2 PLASTIC WATER LIQUID ? c O �3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT o. SURFACE ELEVATION.Existing grade,ft 7.0 20 30 40. 50 69 70 89 """' FILL.CLAYEY SAND(SC),light brown,w/ roots and fat clay lumps - •--X - 13 44 ivwr FAT CLAY w/SAND(CH),stiff,dark gray and light brown,w/calcareous nodules CO X-i X - 36 78 -w/wood fragments from 4 ft to 5 ft 00 • -5 ---- Boring terminated at a depth of about 5-ft E- O a W -10- a w 2 - - oc LL -15- — — _ w w m -20- O z J 0 2 v1 U' O J -25- w - - 2 I- - - - FW-. O z -30- — — -35- — — DEPTH DRILLED: 5.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 8/21/2019 DATE MEASURED: 8/21/2019 FIGURE: 2 LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 R A B A Fire Station No. 2- Pearland K I S T N E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: N 29.55274,W 95.31326 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 N a -0---0'--0--�--o- e 0. DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL y 0;5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3 4.0 po N ,a„ ¢ 3 z PLASTIC WATER LIQUID ? o 3 i LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a. SURFACE ELEVATION.Existing grade,ft J 0 20 39 40♦50 69 7q 80 L CONCRETE(8-inches) 1 FILL.LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),gray and r XF---�C 23 72 1 brown FILL.LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),firm gray - O —X - 8 81 w/roots and calcareous and ferrous nodules to 2 ft r — 5 FAT CLAY(CH),stiff,gray,w/ferrous 09 • ———— nodules /� - - Boring terminated at a depth of about 5-ft - - F- z 0 a. Lai cc w —10— — — z LU - - F - - - - 0 m U. —15— — — ~ z ¢ a w "n 0 - - N —20— w 0 - J 0 - - N N O —25— — — w I- - - I— O —30— — — —35— — — DEPTH DRILLED: 5.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 8/21/2019 DATE MEASURED: 8/21/2019 FIGURE. 3 LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 R A B A Fire Station No 2- Pearland litil K I S I N E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: N 29.55248;W 95.31325 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 t }a -0---0---0--z'---❑-- o L. c - 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 c,W o E §' § DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL .3 Z� PLASTIC WATER LIQUID L. '^ vai 2 �3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a c SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing grade,ft co1,0 20 39 40 50 69 70 89 I\ \CONCRETE(7-inches) , ,,,; FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),gray / •X-----X 18 54 - \FILL.ELASTIC SILT(MH),gray and brown,w/ r roots / 0 )08----X - 18 63 FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),firm,reddish brown • -5 FAT CLAY(CH),gray,w/calcareous and �L ---- ferrous nodules I - - Boring terminated at a depth of about 5-ft 1- cc 0 a LU W -10- - o z - a w 2 2 - - O cc _ _ LL J -15- f - - - - - - L 0 - - w LA n w m -20- - - ~ 0 z - - - o J 0 S N - l7 _ _ O J -25- - - LU LA 2 i- - w i- O Z -30- - - -35- - - DEPTH DRILLED: 5.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 8/21/2019 DATE MEASURED: 8/21/2019 FIGURE. 4 LOG OF BORING NO. B-4 LI R A B A Fire Station No. 2-Pearland K I BIN E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 t Ya -0---D---0-- --o- DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL y � - o;s 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 on N 3 z_ PLASTIC WATER LIQUID LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT SURFACE ELEVATION.Existing grade,ft 10 20 39 49♦50 60 79 89 \Concrete Pavement-7 inches FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),very stiff,gray, • A w/lime and roots LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),stiff,gray,w/ p�S X - 32 79 ferrous nodules -w/sand seems from 2 ft to O ft r —5 FAT CLAY(CH),stiff,olive gray,w/ ' 91 — ® 0 • — calcareous nodules -yellowish brown and gray from 6 ft to 8 ft 0 0, - I- -redish brown and gray from 8 ft to 20 ft _ _ 0 W - - - —0- X - 40 —10 0 - a W - - I- 40 9 0 O z LL } —15— — O A• — Ui 0 •9 - a w N _ _ / 4 0 - w m —20 Boring Terminated at a depth of about 20-ft 0 - - - - - - J 0 _ 2 N V7 0 —25— — — N W ♦- - W I- - - - 0 —30— — — —35— — — DEPTH DRILLED: 20.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 1/17/2020 DATE MEASURED: 1/17/2020 FIGURE. 5 LOG OF BORING NO. B-5 RAG A Fire Station No 2- Pearland LI K I S T N E R 6050 Fite Road TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger LOCATION: See Figure 1 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 t t -0---0---0-- A --o- o � o.W. c - 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 u W o 1. DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL 3 Z0 PLASTIC WATER LIQUID ? e c h 9 =3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a SURFACE ELEVATION.Existing grade,ft co19 20 30 49♦59 60 70 80 o_ L CONCRETE(8.5-inches)over void(2-inches) - - FILL.SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),firm to stiff, O )0—X 0 12 60 - dark gray,w/roots -- - - O• 9 - —5 — — •O 0 — y FAT CLAY(CH),stiff,dark gray and brown O 9 IL X 54 s 0 a w CC O 0 • - w -10 - - o ce - O O • - a w x - - 1- -very stiff,brown and gray,w/ferrous g nodules from 12 ft to 20 ft - O 061111-- X - 40 o cc _ LL } J —15 — O 9• - - - S O o - w O w m —20—' --- ---- ~- Boring Terminated at a depth of about 20-ft oz - - - - o J 0 _ U) N 0 J —25— — — w,) w - _ I I- - w I- O - - - 7 Z —30— — —35— — — DEPTH DRILLED: 20.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: Dry PROJ.No. AHA19-074-00 DATE DRILLED: 2/2/2020 DATE MEASURED: 2/2/2020 FIGURE: 6 KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS MATERIAL TYPES SOIL TERMS ROCK TERMS OTHER /\/, 0I� �1 I' I' I' I /\`; CALCAREOUS PEAT I III I CHALK /I LIMESTONE ASPHALT ///' n A //\ CALICHE SAND ///.• CLAYSTONE ,4 MARL 's A n BASE ("7 • _,__. /�, CLAY • . SANDY `L CLAY-SHALE / q J/- METAMORPHIC ` CONCRETE/CEMENT rriii o CLAYEY SILT 5. CONGLOMERATE : SANDSTONE zzx"'.k.: a, ;.• BRICKS/ PAVERS .p °C3Q GRAVEL SILTY // r , DOLOMITE SHALE piq WASTE v ( M" x x III x x x ^o' GRAVELLY /----- FILL x x x IGNEOUS I I I I I I SILTSTONE NO INFORMATION WELL CONSTRUCTION AND PLUGGING MATERIALS j x ►��1 BLANK PIPE % BENTONITE CUTTONI E& ��I �.A CUTTINGS SAND = [p E orkee SCREEN CEMENT GROUT lap` CONCRETE/CEMENT o�QQ GRAVEL \ VOLCLAY SAMPLE TYPES STRENGTH TEST TYPES ti \AI, I, e POCKET PENETROMETER N n ti� ROTARY ‘A' ROTARY SHELBYTUBE O TORVANE GRAB NO LI I ® UNCONFINED COMPRESSION SAMPLE RECOVERY I SPLIT BARREL A TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION UNCONSOLIDATED-UNDRAINED I CORE NXCORE SPLIT SPOON _ TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION I' ❑ CONSOLIDATED-UNDRAINED P GEOPROBE PITCHER TEXAS CONE NOTE:VALUES SYMBOLIZED ON BORING LOGS REPRESENT SHEAR SAMPLER I PENETROMETER STRENGTHS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED tl I ROTOSONIC ROTOSONIC DISTURBED -DAMAGED -INTACT PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 REVISED04/2012 RABAKISTNER FIGURE 7a KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY Terms used in this report to describe soils with regard to their consistency or conditions are in general accordance with the discussion presented in Article 45 of SOILS MECHANICS IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE,Terzaghi and Peck,John Wiley&Sons, Inc., 1967, using the most reliable information available from the field and laboratory investigations. Terms used for describing soils according to their texture or grain size distribution are in accordance with the UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM,as described in American Society for Testing and Materials D2487-06 and D2488-00, Volume 04.08, Soil and Rock; Dimension Stone; Geosynthetics;2005. The depths shown on the boring logs are not exact,and have been estimated to the nearest half-foot. Depth measurements may be presented in a manner that implies greater precision in depth measurement, i.e 6.71 meters. The reader should understand and interpret this information only within the stated half-foot tolerance on depth measurements. RELATIVE DENSITY COHESIVE STRENGTH PLASTICITY Penetration Resistance Relative Resistance Cohesion Plasticity Degree of Blows per ft Density Blows Der ft Consistency TSF Index Plasticity 0 - 4 Very Loose 0 - 2 Very Soft 0 - 0.125 0 - 5 None 4 - 10 Loose 2 - 4 Soft 0.125 - 0.25 5 - 10 Low 10 - 30 Medium Dense 4 - 8 Firm 0.25 - 0.5 10 - 20 Moderate 30 - 50 Dense 8 - 15 Stiff 0.5 - 1.0 20 - 40 Plastic > 50 Very Dense 15 - 30 Very Stiff 1.0 - 2.0 > 40 Highly Plastic > 30 Hard > 2.0 ABBREVIATIONS B = Benzene Qam,Qas,Qal = Quaternary Alluvium Kef = Eagle Ford Shale T = Toluene Qat = Low Terrace Deposits Kbu = Buda Limestone E = Ethylbenzene Qbc = Beaumont Formation Kdr = Del Rio Clay X = Total Xylenes Qt = Fluviatile Terrace Deposits Kft = Fort Terrett Member BTEX = Total BTEX Qao = Seymour Formation Kgt = Georgetown Formation TPH = Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Qle = Leona Formation Kep = Person Formation ND = Not Detected Q-Tu = Uvalde Gravel Kek = Kainer Formation NA = Not Analyzed Ewi = Wilcox Formation Kes = Escondido Formation NR = Not Recorded/No Recovery Emi = Midway Group Kew = Walnut Formation OVA = Organic Vapor Analyzer Mc = Catahoula Formation Kgr = Glen Rose Formation ppm = Parts Per Million El = Laredo Formation Kgru = Upper Glen Rose Formation Kknm = Navarro Group and Marlbrook Kgrl = Lower Glen Rose Formation Marl Kh = Hensell Sand Kpg = Pecan Gap Chalk Kau = Austin Chalk PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 REVISED 04/2012 R A B A K I S T N E R FIGURE 7b KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY SOIL STRUCTURE Slickensided Having planes of weakness that appear slick and glossy Fissured Containing shrinkage or relief cracks,often filled with fine sand or silt;usually more or less vertical. Pocket Inclusion of material of different texture that is smaller than the diameter of the sample. Parting Inclusion less than 1/8 inch thick extending through the sample. Seam Inclusion 1/8 inch to 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Layer Inclusion greater than 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Laminated Soil sample composed of alternating partings or seams of different soil type. Interlayered Soil sample composed of alternating layers of different soil type. Intermixed Soil sample composed of pockets of different soil type and layered or laminated structure is not evident. Calcareous Having appreciable quantities of carbonate. Carbonate Having more than 50%carbonate content. SAMPLING METHODS RELATIVELY UNDISTURBED SAMPLING Cohesive soil samples are to be collected using three-inch thin-walled tubes in general accordance with the Standard Practice for Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1587)and granular soil samples are to be collected using two-inch split-barrel samplers in general accordance with the Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1586). Cohesive soil samples may be extruded on-site when appropriate handling and storage techniques maintain sample integrity and moisture content. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST(SPT) A 2-in.-OD,1-3/8-in.-ID split spoon sampler is driven 1.5 ft into undisturbed soil with a 140-pound hammer free falling 30 in. After the sampler is seated 6 in.into undisturbed soil,the number of blows required to drive the sampler the last112 in.is the Standard Penetration Resistance or"N"value,which is recorded as blows per foot as described below SPLIT-BARREL SAMPLER DRIVING RECORD Blows Per Foot Description 25 25 blows drove sampler 12 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. 50/7" 50 blows drove sampler 7 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. Ref/3" 50 blows drove sampler 3 inches during initial 6-inch seating interval. NOTE.To avoid damage to sampling tools,driving is limited to 50 blows during or after seating interval. PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 REVISED 04/2012 R A B A K I S T N E R FIGURE 7c RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE ANALYSES PROJECT NAME. Fire Station No 2- Pearland 6050 Fite Road Pearland, Texas FILE NAME. AHA19-074-00 GPJ 3/4/2020 Sample Water Dry Unit o Shear Strength p Blows Liquid Plastic Plasticity USCS Weight /o-200 Strength Na Depth perft Content Limit Limit Index (pcfl Sieve (ts� Test (ft) (o ) B-1 0.0 to 2.0 17 29 16 13 SC 44 2.0 to 4.0 28 58 22 36 CH 78 0.50 TV 4.0 to 5.0 34 0.70 TV B-2 0.0 to 0.7 0.7 to 2.0 21 41 18 23 CL 72 2.0 to 4.0 18 27 19 8 CL 81 0.40 TV 4.0 to 5.0 32 0.60 TV B-3 0.0 to 0.6 0.6 to 2.0 35 58 40 18 MH 54 2.0 to 4.0 17 34 16 18 CL 63 0.50 TV 4.0 to 5.0 25 1.25 TV B-4 0.0 to 0.6 0.6 to 2.0 32 2.0 to 4.0 24 49 17 32 CL 79 0.75 TV 4.0 to 6.0 32 91 0.69 UC 6.0 to 8.0 31 1.00 TV 8.0 to 10.0 23 63 23 40 1.50 TV 10.0 to 12.0 33 1.00 TV 12.0 to 14.0 26 1.25 TV 14.0 to 16.0 28 1.00 TV 16.0 to 18.0 29 1.00 TV 18.0 to 20.0 26 1.25 TV B-5 0.0 to 0.9 0.9 to 2.0 18 29 17 12 CL 60 0.50 TV 2.0 to 4.0 18 0.75 TV 4.0 to 6.0 17 1.00 TV 6.0 to 8.0 31 85 31 54 0.75 TV 8.0 to 10.0 33 0.75 TV 10.0 to 12.0 34 0.75 TV 12.0 to 14.0 33 70 30 40 1.25 TV 14.0 to 16.0 33 1.00 TV 16.0 to 18.0 29 1.50 TV 18.0 to 20.0 34 1.50 TV PP=Pocket Penetrometer TV=Torvane UC=Unconfined Compression FV=Field Vane UU=Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial CU=Consolidated Undrained Triaxial PROJECT NO AHA19-074-00 RABAKISTNER FIGURE 8 Soil Moisture Content vs. Depth Water Content(%) 0.00 5.00 10 00 15 00 20.00 25.00 30.00 35.00 40.00 2 • -- --- 1 411 1 4 — I rli ---I------ -- ----____ , ' 8 - - ---+ = 10 - 1_, __ T o. cu "1 1 1 ------— ——— , ------- --1 16 — L____ _ 1- I --f 18 ______T7 .L_____________r -- -0—B-1 —0--B-2 ---e—B-3 —II—B-4 —0--B-5 RABA KESTNER Project No. 3602 Westchase AHA19-074-00 November Houston,TX 77042 5,2021 P 713.996.8990 F 713.996.8993 TBPE Firm F-3257 Joiner Architectskel,RA WWW.RKCLCOM 700 Rockmead Dr,Suite 265 Kingwood,TX 77339 RE. City of Pearland Fire Station No.2 Shrink-Swell Repair/Remediation Efforts Backfill Requirements for Sanitary Sewer Lines Dear Mr Nikel Backfill for sanitary sewer lines(inside and outside the existing building structure)should consist of select cohesive fill having a plasticity limit between 7 and 20 and a liquid limit not exceeding 40 percent. The backfill should be placed in 8-inch thick lifts and compacted to 95 percent standard Proctor (ASTM D698) at a moisture content within two percentage points of the optimum moisture. Sanitary sewer line backfill beneath pavement should consist of cement-stabilized sand to within 2 feet of pavement subgrade, followed by select fill to final grade. Cement stabilized sand should be compacted in 12-in.thick lifts at a 95 percent compaction ratio (D698) and at a moisture content below the optimum moisture. We appreciate the opportunity to be of professional service to you on this project. Should you have any questions about the information presented in this report, please call. Very truly yours, RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS,INC. n man John D Brown, P E. Manager, Geotechnical Services CONSULTANTS • ENVIRONMENTAL • PROJECT MANAGEMENT • INFRASTRUCTURE FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions apply this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1 Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances.Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order B. Types of allowances include the following: 1 Lump-sum allowances. C. Related Sections. Work of all sections,including Division 01 Sections,as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract,inform Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier 14 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures" B. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances,in the form specified for Change Orders. C. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. D Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. Joiner Architects 01 21 00- 1 ALLOWANCES FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work.Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1 6 LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner under allowance and shall include taxes,freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Unforeseen Contingency Allowance: $30,000.00 1 Refer to Drawings and appropriate Specification Sections for additional requirements.Refer to Drawings for locations. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 01 21 00-2 ALLOWANCES FIRE STATION NO. 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 01 73 29-CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Section Includes. Procedures for cutting, patching, removal, replacement and refinishing necessitated by damage to or deterioration of installed new work, cutting and removal for access or inspection and similar causes. 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Perform cutting, patching, removal, replacement and refinishing work so as to preserve the aesthetic and structural integrity, continuity and uniformity of materials and construction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CUTTING. A. Neatly cut materials to be removed, leaving a clean edge on adjacent material to remain. Break out material to be removed carefully so irregular edges or surfaces will not be visible after repair,patching and/or replacement and completion of construction. B. Unfasten and dismantle assembled systems wherever possible at joints between components.Remove components in complete pieces,cutting only where unavoidable. C. Structural Elements: If removal or alteration becomes necessary, perform such removal or alteration only upon written approval of the Architect and Owner 2.02 PATCHING,REPAIRING AND REFINISHING. A. Promptly repair, patch and/or replace items or materials damaged by construction operations in compliance with applicable requirements of the Section covering the work to be performed and the requirements of this Section,at no additional cost to the Owner B. Repair damaged areas exposed to view in ceilings, walls, floors and other exposed surfaces of all finished spaces.Match adjacent like materials and finish. C. Interior penetration holes in walls, ceilings, and floors of unfinished spaces and spaces not exposed to view shall be grouted or filled and sealed with approved materials as required for sound sealing and firestops where required. END OF SECTION 01 73 29 Joiner Architects 01 73 29- 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing. B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash. C Removal of obstructions. D Excavation and fill. E Salvaging of designated item. F References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 6 Section 02330—Embankment 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises G Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance this Section. 1/2018 02200-1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 _Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. A Clear Project Site of trees,shrubs,and other vegetation,except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain. C Completely remove stumps,roots,and other debris protruding through ground surface. 1 On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps,2" diameter or larger limbs and roots,to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 2. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface 3 Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material,unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1 Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth,and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. E Complete operations by bulldozing,blading,and grading so that prepared area is free of holes,unplanned ditches,abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours,and preserve drainage of area. 1 Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage,except in areas to be immediately excavated 1/2018 02200-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling. B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. C Topsoil Stripping: 1 Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3 Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4 Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter,weeds,roots, leaves, and debris. 5 Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing,stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. D Topsoil Stockpiling: 1 Stockpile in areas designated on Plans. 2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water 3 Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 4 Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to prevent erosion. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut,remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or as indicated on Plans. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Construction surveying shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction of the contractor Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and correctness of this work. In the event that the work consists of significant alteration of the topographic features of natural grade, contractor shall perform enough topographic survey to substantiate existing pre-construction elevations. No claim shall be made for additional excavation or grade adjustment in excess of quantities contained in the contract documents without demonstrable evidence that such conditions existed prior to start of the work B Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. 1/2018 02200-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION C When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with"Structural Fill"and open areas not under structures or roadways with"General Fill",or as indicated on Plans. D Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330—Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by Architect to be salvaged are to be carefully removed,so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. END OF SECTION 1/2018 02200-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION Section 02220 SITE DEMOLITION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials only to the extent as indicated on the Plans. B Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement,and base courses. C Removing concrete curbs,concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. D Removing pipe culverts and sewers. E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood,plastics,metals, concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry, etc. F Disposing of demolished materials and equipment. G References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Control 4 Section 01100—Summary of Work 5 Section 01730—Cutting and Patching 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 7 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures under this Section. Include cost for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If indicated as a Bid Item,measurement will be as follows. 1 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing,and removing asphaltic surfacing,is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course,with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs,is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment includes removal of all base,asphaltic surfacing,concrete pavement,esplanade curbs, curb and gutters, and paving headers. 07/2006 02220- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 4 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. _ 5 Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb,and removing concrete curb,is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb 6 Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7 Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 8 Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. 9 Measurement for removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the lump sum basis. C No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Plans, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off,capping,and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property C Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Architect inwriting at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Architect prior to commencementof demolition operations. E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. B The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. 07/2006 02220-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 1.05 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01100— Summary of Work. Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition,handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. B Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Plans. C Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A Use equipment and materials approved as prescribed in this Section, 1 03"Submittals' B Use of a"drop hammer"must have the Architect's prior approval. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Architect to determine the condition ofexisting structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B Architect will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner C Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by Architect. D Stop demolition and notify Architect if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications,pipelines, and electrical distribution services. B Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary 07/2006 02220-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting and Patching 3.03 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors,water tanks,equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting,capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. B Remove existing process,water,chemical, gas,fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work. Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support,capped,and the remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Verify that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. C Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire-rated sealant for walls classified as fire-rated. D When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be altered or removed,cap the remaining piping. Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new work or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned,fill with sand,pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown. Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain,remove the stack and patch the hole in the roof,making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty F Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating systems. 3.04 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear, distribution switchboards,control panels,bus duct,conduits and wires,panel boards, lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. B Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. 07/2006 02220-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Plans. Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary Verify that power is properly de-energized and disconnected. D Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems. Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are not to be reused at entry to buildings. E Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage in accordance with this Section and Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. C Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02220-5 of 5 CITY OFPEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" b ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" c. ASTM D 1633, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders" d. ASTM C 150,"Standard Specification for Portland Cement" e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" j ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" 1. ASTM C 31,"Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 02/2009 02252- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include 1 Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 "Materials" 2. Three moisture-density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests in this Section, 1 03B 1 Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design mix testing. 3 Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1 04 "Design Requirements" The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand-cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633 Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150 B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33 and the following requirements 1 Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487 2. Deleterious material content: a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5 0 percent by ASTM C 123 c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3 Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate,manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 02/2009 02252-2 of 5 CITY OFPEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D Water shall be potable,free of oils,acids,alkalies,organic matter,or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place sand-cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand-cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 "Materials", if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production.Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665 Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to 15 lb each from the first, middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for test purpose. D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D558,Method A,without adjusting moisture content.Samples will be molded at approximately same time material is bemg used,but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix. E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 02/2009 02252-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours. G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same sample of material and tested at same age.Average daily strength will be average of strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age. H Precision and Bias. Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9 I Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum,the following information. 1 Supplier and plant number 2. Time material was batched 3 Time material was sampled 4 Test age(exact hours) 5 Average 48-hour strength 6 Average 7-day strength 7 Specification section number 8 Indication of compliance/non-compliance 9 Mixture identification 10 Truck and ticket numbers 11 The time of molding 12. Moisture content at time of molding 13 Required strength 14 Test method designations 15 Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633 16 Supplier mixture identification 17 Specimen diameter and height, in. 18 Specimen cross-sectional area, sq in. J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if: 1 The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 70 psi. 2. All 7-day individual strength tests(average of two specimens)are greater than or equal to100 psi. B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test(average of two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3 04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength. C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement at Contractors expense when individual strength test(average of two specimens)has 7-day strength less than 70 psi 02/2009 02252-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi,discontinue shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material,which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi. E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor,Project Manager,and material supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements within 24 hours. F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases,three(3)cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3 03.A. G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered satisfactory if the average of three(3)cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi.Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented by erratic core strength results will be permitted. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full. B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than or equal to 70 psi,material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute credit by the following formula. Credit per Cubic Yard=$30.00 x 2 (100 psi -Actual psi) 100 C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square inch,then remove and replace cement-sand mixture and paving and other necessary work at no cost to City END OF SECTION 02/2009 02252-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS Section 02255 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment,specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications,and their associated material qualification testing requirements. B Source qualifications and handling of these materials. C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product Description. D References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 02910—Topsoil 3 Section 02252—Cement Stabilized Sand E Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" b ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" f. ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No 200 (70-um) Sieve" g. ASTM C 33,"Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM C 136,"Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" i. ASTM C 131,"Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 07/2007 02255- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487 1 Class I. Well-graded gravels and sands, gravel-sand mixtures,crushed well- graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW) a. Plasticity index. non-plastic. b Gradation. D6o/Dio - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No 200 sieve- less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II. Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines. a. Plasticity index. non-plastic to 4 b Gradations Gradation (GP, SP) amount passing No 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. Gradation(GM,SM)• amount passing No 200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications(e.g.,SP-SM):amount passing No 200 sieve-between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3 Class III. Clayey gravels and sands,poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay(GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC) a. Plasticity index: greater than 7 b Gradation. amount passing No 200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4 Class IVA. Lean clays(CL). a. Plasticity Indexes. Plasticity index. greater than 7, and above A line. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML) PI between 4 and 7 b Liquid limit: less than 50 c. Gradation. amount passing No.200 sieve-greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5 Class IVB Fat clays(CH) a. Plasticity index. above A line. b Liquid limit: 50 or greater c. Gradation. amount passing No 200 sieve-greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 07/2007 02255-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1 Materials that are classified as ML,CL-ML,MH,PT,OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation,plasticity, or moisture content. 3 Materials that contain large clods,aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debris,vegetation,waste or any other deleterious materials. 4 Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with,for example, lime or cement shall be considered suitable,unless otherwise indicated. C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches,free of roots,waste, debris,trash,organic material,unstable material,non-soil matter,hydrocarbon or other contamination,conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials. 1 Clay lumps. Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II,when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123 3 Organic impurities. No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40 D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II, III, IV, or fat clay(CH), sand,gravel,or a combination,from excavation or borrow,which can be compacted to form stable embankments, and conforming to 1 Liquid Limit: 65 maximum,ASTM-D4318. 2. Plasticity Index. 0 minimum,45 maximum,ASTM-D4318. 3 Free from trash,vegetation, organic matter, large stones,hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4 Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III,or IV,sand,gravel,or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to 1 Liquid Limit:45 maximum,ASTM D 4318 2. Plasticity Index. 12 minimum,20 maximum,ASTM D 4318. 3 Free from trash,vegetation,organic matter, large stones,hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4 Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with lime or cement, and conforming to 07/2007 02255-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1 Plasticity Index. 7 minimum,20 maximum,ASTM D 4318. 2. Free from trash,vegetation, organic matter,large stones,hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 3 Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 -Topsoil. I Bank Sand. Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System(ASTM D 2487)meeting the following requirements. 1 Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140 The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. b Plasticity index. not exceeding 7 J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No 4 95 to 100 No 8 80 to 100 No 16 50 to 85 No 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No 100 2 to 10 L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No 4 60 to 80 No 8 15 to 40 07/2007 02255-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth,rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No 4 10 to 30 No 8 0 to 10 No 16 0 to 5 N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements. 1 Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non-plastic fines. 3 Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 4 Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460-A,Part I. 5 Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel,sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete. Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material,free from other substances such as asphalt,reinforcing steel fragments, soil,waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7 Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E. PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15" -8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 - 90 90— 100 100 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90— 100 3/8" - 20—55 40 - 70 No 4 0 - 5 0- 10 0 - 15 Nob - 0 - 5 0 - 5 07/2007 02255-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable,provide from other approved source. B Identify off-site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products,furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery Materials which do not meet the requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which,after approval,has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off-site sources. E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control,and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property C When stockpiling material near the Project Site,use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. 07/2007 02255-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. END OF SECTION 07/2007 02255-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS Section 02316 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation of materials for roadways. B Excavation of materials for roadside ditches. C. References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 5 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 7 Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 8. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9 Section 01720—Field Surveying 10 Section 02220—Site Demolition 11 Section 02200—Site Preparation 12. Section 02330—Embankment 13 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 698,"Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" c. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (ShallowDepth)" d. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement shall be by the cubic yard measured in place,including labor,equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1/2018 02316- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS B Payment includes control of ground water and surface water, trench safety systems, removal of existing pavements and structures,repair and maintenance of excavated or backfilled areas, and other measures specified in this Section and not included in payment elsewhere. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. D No payment will be made for material excavated under the following conditions. 1 More than 2 feet outside of vertical planes behind back of curbs. 2. For portion within limits of trench for utilities constructed by open-cut methods. 3 As indicated otherwise on Drawings. E. Construction Surveying shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction of the Contractor Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and correctness of this work. In the event that the Work consists of significant alteration of the topographic features of natural grade, Contractor shall perform enough topographic survey to substantiate existing pre-construction elevations.No claim shall be made for additional excavation or grade adjustment in excess of quantities contained in the contract documents without demonstrable evidence that such conditions existed prior to start of the Work. F Excavation and Backfill quantities that exceed the construction plans shall be substantiated with topographic survey of finished grade by survey (RPLS) and verified by the Engineer at contractor's expense. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. C. Submit field red lines documenting location of roadway excavation as installed, referenced to survey Control Points,under the provisions of Section 01760—Project Record Documents, 1 04C Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.5 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1/2018 02316-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 1.6 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.1 PRODUCTS 2.2 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.1 EXECUTION 3.2 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C. Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Identify existing structures and utilities above and below grade. Stake and flag their location. E. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable. F Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. G Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation. H. Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Plans. 1/2018 02316-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS B Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed,backfilled with embankment materials, and compacted under the provisions of Section 02330—Embankment. C. At intersections,grade back at minimum slope of one inch per foot. Produce a smooth riding junction with intersecting street.Maintain proper drainage. D Fill over-excavated areas in accordance with requirements of Section 02330 — Embankment at no cost to the Owner 3.4 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density B. Compact to minimum densities at moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698,unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 1 Areas under future paving and shoulders. Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density 2. Other areas Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum drydensity 3.5 TOLERANCES A. Top of compacted surface:Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section,or in 16 foot length. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Three or more tests,at Engineer's/Owner's option,will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment perlift. C. If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact,and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.7 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 1/2018 02316-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ROADWAYS 3.8 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Maintain ditches and cut temporary swales to allow natural drainage in order to avoid damage to roadway Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 1/2018 02316-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES Section 02317 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation,backfilling, and compaction of backfill for structures. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services 5 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 7 Section 01570 -Trench Safety System 8. Section 01564- Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9 Section 02220 - Site Demolition 10 Section 02200—Site Preparation 11 Section 02252 -Cement Stabilized Sand 12. Section 01562 -Waste Material Disposal C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) 3 Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E,Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b Tex-110-E,Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions. 1 Backfill - material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions around pavements, structures and utilities. 07/2006 02317- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 2. Foundation Backfill -natural soil or manufactured aggregate meeting Class I requirements and Geotextile fabrics as required to control drainage and material separation placed and compacted where needed to provide stable support for the structure foundation base. Foundation backfill may include crushed aggregate with filter fabric as required, cement stabilized sand, or concrete seal slab 3 Foundation Base - provides a smooth, level working surface for the construction of the concrete foundation. 4 Foundation Subgrade-the surface of the natural soil which has been excavated and prepared to support the foundation base or foundation backfill, where needed. 5 Over-Excavation - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below the foundation as shown on the Plans. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Excavation and Backfill for Structures under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for construction of structures. B If Excavation and Backfill for Structures is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B Submit for each structure a work plan for excavation and backfill with a complete written description which identifies details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations for construction relative to excavation and backfill activities. The descriptions, with supporting illustrations, shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer that the procedures meet the requirements of the Plans and Technical Specifications. C Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D Submit field red lines documenting location of structures as installed,referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 07/2006 02317-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use equipment which will produce the degree of compaction specified. Backfill within 3 feet of walls shall be compacted with hand operated equipment. Do not use equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds closer to walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Use hand operated power compaction equipment where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570-Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 - Site Preparation prior to excavation. 07/2006 02317-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES E Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200-Site Preparation F Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.02 EXCAVATION A Perform excavation work so that the underground structure can be installed to depths and alignments shown on Plans Drawings. Use caution during excavation work to avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. Keep excavation to the absolute minimum necessary No additional payment will be made for excess excavation not authorized by Engineer B Avoid settlement of surrounding soil due to equipment operations, excavation procedures,vibration, dewatering, or other construction methods. C Prevent voids from forming outside of sheeting. Immediately fill voids with grout, concrete fill, cement stabilized sand, or other material approved by Engineer D After completion of the structure, remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing unless Engineer has approved in writing that such temporary structures may remain. Remove sheeting,shoring,and bracing in such a manner as to maintain safety during backfilling operations and to prevent damage to the Work and adjacent structures or improvements. E Immediately fill and compact voids left or caused by removal of sheeting with cement stabilized sand or material approved by Engineer 3.03 DEWATERING A Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water and until the structure is sufficiently complete to provide the required weight to resist hydrostatic uplift with a minimum safety factor of 1.2. B Maintain the ground water surface a minimum of two feet below the bottom of the foundation base. 3.04 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION A Notify Engineer at least 48 hours prior to planned completion of foundation excavations. Do not place the foundation base until the excavation is accepted by the Engineer B Excavate to elevations shown on Plans Drawings,as needed to provide space for the foundation base, forming a level undisturbed surface, free of mud or soft material. Remove pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace with foundation backfill material or a material as directed by the Engineer Prior to placing material 07/2006 02317-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES over it,re-compact the subgrade,scarifying as needed,to 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698. If the specified level of compaction cannot be achieved, moisture condition the subgrade and re-compact until 95 percent is achieved,over-excavate to provide a minimum layer of 24 inches of foundation backfill material, or other means acceptable to the Engineer C Fill unauthorized excessive excavation with foundation backfill material or other material as directed by the Engineer D Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or excessive drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in a satisfactory,undisturbed condition. Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete placement. E Soils which become unsuitable due to inadequate dewatering or other causes, after initial excavation to the required subgrade, shall be removed and replaced with foundation backfill material, as directed by Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner F Place foundation base, or foundation backfill material where needed, over the subgrade on same day that excavation is completed to final grade. Where base of excavations are left open for longer periods,protect them with a seal slab or cement- stabilized sand. G Where directed by the Plans Drawings,all crushed aggregate,and other free draining Class I materials,shall have a Geo-textile filter fabric separating it from native soils or select material backfill. The fabric shall overlap a minimum of 12 inches beyond where another material stops contact with the soil. H Crushed aggregate,and other Class I materials, shall be placed in uniform layers of 8-inch maximum thickness. Compaction shall be by means of at least two passes of a vibratory compactor 3.05 FOUNDATION BASE A After the subgrade is properly prepared, including the placement of foundation backfill where needed, the foundation base shall be placed. The foundation base shall consist of a 12-inch layer of crushed aggregate or cement stabilized sand. Alternately, a 4-inch minimum seal slab may be placed. The foundation base shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the structure foundation. B Where the foundation base and foundation backfill are of the same material,both can be placed in one operation. 07/2006 02317-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 3.06 BACKFILL A Complete backfill to surface of natural ground or to lines and grades shown on Plans Drawings. Use existing material that qualifies as select material, unless indicated otherwise. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and compact each layer as specified. B Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until laboratory test breaks indicate that the concrete has reached a minimum of 85 percent of the specified compressive strength. Where walls are supported by slabs or intermediate walls,do not begin backfill operations until the slab or intermediate walls have been placed and concrete has attained sufficient strength. C Remove concrete forms before starting backfill and remove shoring and bracing as work progresses. D Maintain fill material at no less than 2 percent below and no more than 2 percent above optimum moisture content. Place fill material in uniform 8-inch maximum loose layers. Compaction of fill shall be to at least 95 percent of the maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 under paved areas. Compact to at least 90 percent around structures below unpaved areas. E Where backfill is placed against a sloped excavation surface, run compaction equipment across the boundary of the cut slope and backfill to form a compacted slope surface for placement of the next layer of backfill. F Place backfill using cement stabilized sand in accordance with Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Tests will be performed initially on minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics,in accordance with ASTM D 4318,and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity B In-place density tests of compacted subgrade and backfill will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions 1 A minimum of one test for every 100 cubic yards of compacted backfill material. 2. A minimum three density tests for each full work shift. 3 Density tests will be performed in all placement areas. 4 The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil types or moisture contents are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density 07/2006 02317-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES C At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be initially performed for each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D 698 Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity D If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02317-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation,trenching,foundation,embedment,and backfill for installation of utilities, storm sewers including manholes, pipeline structures and other associated appurtenances. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 4 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 7 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 8. Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 9 Section 02370—Geotextile 10 Section 02220—Site Demolition 11 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C. Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications" b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" e ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" f. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth)" g. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth)" 5/2013 02318- 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E,Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b Tex-110-E,Particle Size Analysis of Soils D Definitions 1 Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by removal of material. a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer,which is not included in other Bid Items. b Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer,which is not included in other Bid Items. c. Special Excavation-excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions,sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering,to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Pipe Foundation-suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over- excavations. 3 Pipe Bedding-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 4 Haunching-the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring-line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 5 Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring-line of pipe(top of haunching)up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6 Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 7 Trench Zone-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 5/2013 02318-2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 8. Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill,except where structural trench support is necessary a. Dry Stable Trench. Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils. Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils.Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. c. Unstable Trench. Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances,such as sloughing,sliding,boiling,heaving or loss of density 9 Sub-trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub-trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub-trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor 10 Trench Dam - a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 11 Over-Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control 5/2013 02318-3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 13 Trench Shield(Trench Box)-a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in,thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation,embedment,and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for all excavation and backfill associated with the placement and construction of: underground piping,boxes,manholes and associated appurtenances including conduit, or duct work. B If Special Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place,without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1 Payment for Special Excavation shall include. a. Dewatering and surface water control. b Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes,ducts,or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting,plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes,to allow machine excavation or augering,when approved by Engineer Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: 5/2013 02318-4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction,and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place. 1 Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include a. Dewatering and surface water control. b Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component. a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place. 1 Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include- a. Dewatering and surface water control. b Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. 5/2013 02318-5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1 Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3 Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4 Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre-manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5 Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 5/2013 02318-6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas,At Contractor's expense B Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. C. Special Shoring may be a pre-manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B Manufactured materials,such as crushed concrete,may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer,provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C. Geotextile(Filter Fabric) Conform to requirements of Section 02370—Geotextile. D Concrete for Trench Dams. Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed(bag) concrete. E. Timber Shoring Left in Place Untreated oak. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 5/2013 02318-7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures conform to Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable. D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. E. Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation F Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation,manhole, or other structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B Perform excavation work so that pipe,conduit,and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter(O.D) Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH PIPE SIZE,INCHES WIDTH,INCHES Less than 18 O.D + 18 18 to 30 O.D +24 Greater than 30 O.D +36 5/2013 02318-8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms,pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F Shoring of Trench Walls. 1 Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3 Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers,walers,and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting,which has been cut off,and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4 Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports,place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5 If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone,do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield(trench box) is used as a worker safety device,the following requirements apply 1 Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely,without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 5/2013 02318-9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3 When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4 Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner 3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials,the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B Place Geotextile,if specified,to prevent particle migration from the in-situ into open- graded(Class I)embedment materials or drainage layers. C Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement,or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D For pipe installation,manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free-fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. 5/2013 02318- 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. I. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces,and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1 Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom,foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Backfill placement and compaction shall apply to all soils excavated for the trench especially including any areas that were "benched" or over-excavated in place of trenched shoring. All disturbed soils generated during excavation,whether inside the trench or associated with it, shall be considered to fall under this requirement. 5/2013 02318- 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes,use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements,use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches,or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete,use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D For water lines,backfill in trench zone, including auger pits,with Bank Sand, Select Fill, or Random Fill material as specified in this Section. E. For trench excavations under pavement,place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1 Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the i - maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction,but not exceeding 24 inches. b Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3 Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F For trench excavations outside pavements,a Random Fill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 5/2013 02318- 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1 Fat clays (CH)may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved,the Contractor,at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner,may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3 Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4 Moisture content as necessary to achieve density 3.06 MANHOLES,JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Plans. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1 The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off-site stockpiles. b. On-site stockpiles. c Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials,as directed by the Engineer Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity 5/2013 02318- 13 of 15 CITY OFPEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698,and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity F In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1 A minimum of one test for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted embedment and for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted trench zone backfill material. Testing shall be performed for each lift thickness for different backfill material specified in Item 3 05 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3 Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are• foundation,bedding,haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4 The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5 Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6 Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7 Re-compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G Recondition,re-compact,and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density,core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 5/2013 02318- 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. D Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of existing utilities with utility representative. Excavate by hand to locate existing utility, support utility with methods agreed upon by utility representative. All work shall be subsidiary to bid items in Section 00300 Bid Proposal. No additional cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02318- 15 of 15 CITY OFPEARLAND EMBANKMENT Section 02330 EMBANKMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Construction of embankments with excess excavated material and borrow B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 4 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 5 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 6 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 7 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material 8. Section 02910—Topsoil 9 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 10 Section 01720—Field Surveying 11 Section 02220—Site Demolition 12. Section 02200—Site Preparation 13 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" b. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" c ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth)" d. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Embankment under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If embankment is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 5/2013 02330- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit field red lines documenting location of embankments as installed,referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. D Submit a Trench Safety Plan under the provisions of Section 01570—Trench Safety System that included measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B Topsoil. Conform to requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil C Borrow Material. Conform to requirements of intended use. Take borrow material from sources approved by Engineer 5/2013 02330-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved. B Verify removals, and clearing and grubbing operations,have been completed. C Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures, below future grade, is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable E Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to placing embankment or opening borrow source F Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation. G Backfill test pits,or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales with embankment materials and compact in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this Section. H Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed,backfilled with embankment materials and compacted in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this Section. I Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.03 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing ground or embankment materials exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content. Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying,by disking or windrowing, at Contractor's expense. 5/2013 02330-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT B Do not place embankment material until density and moisture content of previously placed material complies with specified requirements. C Scarify areas to receive embankment to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing and new materials. Mix with first layer of embankment material. D Spread embankment material evenly,from dumped piles or windrows,into horizontal layers approximately parallel to finished grade. Place to meet specified compacted thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials by blading,harrowing,discing,or other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of embankment. E Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting materials to prevent abrupt changes in composition of embankment. F Layers shall not exceed depth as indicated on the Plans. G Where shown on Plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before placing embankment. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth,to the level of each bench. H Build embankment layers on back slopes,adjacent to existing roadbeds,to level of old roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and re-compact with next layer I Construct to lines and grades shown on Plans. 3.04 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density B Compact to minimum densities shown on the Plans with a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698. 3.05 TOLERANCES A Top of compacted surface.Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section,or in 16 foot length. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment per lift. 5/2013 02330-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements,recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's expense. 3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain all embankment areas in good condition until completion of Work. B Repair and re-compact slides, washouts, settlements, areas with loss of density, or excavation damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02330-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE. Section 02335 SUBGRADE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Foundation course of lime and Portland Cement stabilized in situ subgrade material. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6 Section 01720—Field Surveying 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" b ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" d. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" e. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" f. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g. ASTM D 558-Standard Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil-Cement-Mixtures. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for subgrade is on a square yard basis. Separate payment will be made for each different required type and thickness of stabilized Subgrade. Limits of measurement shall match actual pavement replaced, but no greater than maximum pavement replacement limits shown on Drawings. Limits for measurement will be extended to include installed stabilized subgrade material that extends 2 foot beyond outside edge of pavement to be replaced, except where proposed pavement section 5/2013 02335- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE shares common longitudinal or transverse edge with existing pavement section. No payment will be made for stabilized subgrade in areas beyond these limits. B Measurement for hydrated lime and quicklime is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry- weight basis,determined by the area to be covered and the rate of application. Do not include cost of hydrated lime or quicklime in Bid Item for subgrade. C. Measurement for lime slurry is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of lime calculated on the percentage by weight of dry solids for the grade of slurry Do not include cost of lime slurry in Bid Item for subgrade. D Measurement for Portland Cement is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of dry weight basis. Do not include cost of Portland Cement in Bid Item for subgrade. E. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certificates stating that hydrated lime,commercial lime slurry and quicklime complies with the requirements in this Section. C. Submit weight tickets,certified by supplier,with each bulk delivery of lime to Project Site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for rotary speed mixer and compaction equipment for approval. 1.04 TESTING AND SAMPLING A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services. B Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4318 C. Sampling and testing of lime slurry shall be in accordance with Tex-600-J D Sample mixtures of Portland Cement,hydrated lime or quicklime in slurry form will be tested to establish compliance with the requirements in this Section. E. Soil will be evaluated to establish percent of hydrated lime,quicklime,or lime slurry to be applied to subgrade material. F Moisture-density relationship will be established on material sample from roadway, after stabilization, in accordance with ASTM D 698 5/2013 02335-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE G Soil will be evaluated to establish ratio of cement to soil to obtain desired stability Normal range is 6 percent to 10 percent by weight. H. The percentage of moisture in soil, at time of cement application,will be determined by ASTM D 558. Moisture will not be allowed to exceed quantity that will permit uniform, complete mixture of soil and cement during dry mixing operations nor specified optimum moisture content for soil cement mixture, as determined. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Bagged lime shall bear manufacturer's name, product identification, and certified weight.Bags varying more than 5 percent of certified weight may be rejected,average weight of 50 random bags in each shipment shall not be less than certified weight. B Store lime in weatherproof enclosures. Protect lime from ground dampness. C Quicklime can be dangerous, exercise extreme caution if used for the Work. Contractor shall become informed about recommended precautions in the handling, storage and use of quicklime. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER A. Water shall be clean, clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali,or organic matter 2.02 LIME A. Type A-Hydrated Lime-Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. B Type B-Lime Slurry Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended. C. Type C - Quicklime. Dry material consisting essentially of calcium oxide. Furnish quicklime in either of the following grades. 5/2013 02335-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 1 Grade DS Pebble quicklime of a gradation suitable for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. 2. Grade S Finely-graded quicklime for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet placing. Do not use Grade S quicklime for dry placing. (So called "Blue Lime" is not acceptable.) D Lime shall conform to following requirements. TYPE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION A B C Active lime content, 90 0 mine 87 0 mine - %by weight Ca(OH)2+Ca0 Unhydrated lime content, %by weight CaO 5 0 max - 87 0 min Free water content, %by weight H2O 5 0 max - - SIZING Wet Sieve, as%by weight residue retained. No 6 0.2 max 0.2 max2 8 0 max3 No 30 4 0 max 4 0 max2 - Dry sieve, as %by weight residue retained. 1-inch - - 0 0 3/4-inch - - 10 0 max Notes. 1 Maximum 5 0%by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active lime content. 2 Maximum solids content of slurry 3 Total active lime content, as CaO, in material retained on the No 6 sieve shall not exceed 2.0%by weight of original Type C lime. E. Lime Slurry may be delivered to the Project Site as Commercial Lime Slurry, or may be prepared at the Project Site using Hydrated Lime or Quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty 2.03 PORTLAND CEMENT (ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) A. ASTM C 150 Type I,bulk or sacked. 5/2013 02335-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE 2.04 SOIL A. Provide soil consisting of approved material free from vegetation or other objectable matter encountered in existing roadbed. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures below future grade is complete. B Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. C. Verify subgrade lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water B Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. C. Cut material to bottom of subgrade using an approved cutting and pulverizing machine meeting following requirements 1 Cutters accurately provide a smooth surface over entire width of cut to plane of secondary grade. 2. Visible indication that cut is to proper depth. D Alternatively, scarify or excavate to bottom of stabilized subgrade. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying,adding lime,and compacting. Obtain uniform stability E. Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. 3.03 LIME SLURRY APPLICATION A. Mix hydrated lime or quicklime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Conform to cautionary requirements in this Section, 1 06C, concerning use of quicklime. 5/2013 02335-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content. Limit spreading to an area where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day 3.04 PRELIMINARY MIXING A. Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. B Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil, lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. C Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. D Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light pneumatic rollers. E. Cure soil-lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist during cure. 3.05 FINAL MIXING A. Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to uniformly mix cured soil and lime to required depth. B Add water to bring moisture content of soil mixture to a minimum of optimum or above. C. Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1 inch sieve; a minimum of 90 percent, excluding non-slaking fractions,passes a 3/4-inch sieve;and a minimum of 65 percent excluding non-slaking fractions passes a No 4 sieve. D Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. E. Do not expose hydrated lime to open air for more than 6 hours during interval between application and mixing. Avoid excessive hydrated lime loss due to washing or blowing. 3.06 MIXING-PORTLAND CEMENT(ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) A. Do not place and mix cement when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Place Portland Cement base when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. 5/2013 02335-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B Spread cement uniformly on soil at rate specified by laboratory When bulk cement spreader is used,position it by string lines or other approved method to ensure uniform distribution of cement. Apply cement only to area where operations can be continuous and completed in daylight,within 1 hour of application. Amount of moisture in soil at time of cement placement shall not exceed quantity that will permit uniform mixture of soil and cement during dry mixing operations. Do not exceed specified optimum moisture content for soil cement mixture. C. Do not allow equipment other than that used in spreading and mixing, to pass over freshly spread cement until it is mixed with soil. D Dry mix cement with soil after cement application. Continue mixing until cement has been sufficiently blended with soil to prevent formation of cement balls when water is applied. Mixture of soil and cement that has not been compacted and finished shall not remain undisturbed for more than 30 minutes. E. Immediately after dry mixing is complete, uniformly apply water as necessary and incorporate it into mixture. Pressurized equipment must provide adequate supply to ensure continuous application of required amount of water to sections being processed within 3 hours of cement application. Ensure proper moisture distribution at all times. After last increment of water has been added, continue mixing until thorough and uniform mix has been obtained. F Ensure percentage of moisture in mixture,based on dry weights,is within 2 percentage points of specified optimum moisture content prior to compaction. When uncompacted soil cement mixture is wetted by rain indicating that average moisture content exceeds tolerance given at time of final compaction,reconstruct entire section in accordance with this Section at no additional cost to City 3.07 COMPACTION-LIME SUBGRADE A. Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content as determined by Testing Laboratory Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. B. Start compaction immediately after final mixing,unless approved by Engineer C. Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches. D Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. E. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and re-compacting. 5/2013 02335-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE F Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698,unless otherwise indicated on the Plans 1 Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course.Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density 2. Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density G Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers Prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and re-compact at areas where hair line cracking develops. H. Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize elapsed time between mixing and compacting stabilized subgrade in order to take advantage of rapid initial set characteristics. Complete compaction within 2 hours of commencing compaction and not more than 6 hours after adding and mixing the last stabilizing agent. 3.08 COMPACTION-PORTLAND CEMENT SUBGRADE(ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) A. Prior to beginning compaction,ensure mixture is in loose condition for its full depth. Uniformly compact the loose mixture to specified density, lines and grades. B After soil and cement mixture is compacted,apply water uniformly as needed and mix thoroughly Then reshape surface to required lines, grades and cross section and lightly scarify to loosen imprints left by compacting or shaping equipment. C Roll resulting surface with pneumatic-tired roller and "skin" surface with power grader Thoroughly compact mixture with pneumatic roller, adding small increments of moisture,as needed. When aggregate larger than No 4 sieve is present in mixture, make one complete coverage of section with flat-wheel roller immediately after skinning operation. When approved by Project Manager, surface finishing methods may be varied from this procedure,provided dense uniform surface, free of surface compaction planes, is produced. Maintain moisture content of surface material at its specified optimum during finishing operations. Compact and finish surface within period not to exceed 2 hours,to produce smooth, closely knit surface,free of cracks, ridges, or loose material, conforming to crown, grade and line shown on Drawings within period not to exceed 2 hours. 3.09 CURING A. Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course,or opening to traffic Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer Subgrade may be opened to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to prevent damage.Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons. 5/2013 02335-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE B Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together C Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Top of compacted surface:Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section or in 16 foot length. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. A minimum of three phenolphthalein test will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in-place depth. B Contractor may, at his own expense,request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner C. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Three tests will be performed for each 1000 foot roadway section. Rework and re-compact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the Owner 3.12 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Fill test pits with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade. C. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. D In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans. 3.13 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain stabilized Subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. B. Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic. 5/2013 02335-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE C. Repair settlements, areas with loss of density, or areas of subgrade damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner by replacing and re-compacting material to full depth. D Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02335- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE Section 02370 GEOTEXTILE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Geotextile, also called filter fabric, in applications such as under a granular fill, as a pipe embedment wrap,around the exterior of a tunnel liner,or around the foundations of pipeline structures. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" b ASTM D 4533,"Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles" c. ASTM D 4833,"Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products" d. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" e. ASTM D 4751, "Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile" f. ASTM D 4491, "Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item„no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Work requiring geotextile B If Geotextile is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit the standard manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information,for approval,prior to installation. 07/2006 02370- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE C Submit installation methods,as a part of the work plan for tunneling or for excavation and backfill for utilities. Obtain approval from Engineer for Geotextile material and the proposed installation method prior to use of the geotextile. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE A Provide a geotextile(filter fabric)designed for use in geotechnical applications which forms a permeable layer or media while retaining the soil matrix. B Use a fabric which meets the physical requirements for Class A Subsurface Drainage installation conditions as defined in AASHTO M288 and as specified in this Section, 2.02 "Properties" 2.02 PROPERTIES A Material Non-woven,non-biodegradable,fabric consisting only of continuous chain polymer filaments or yarns, at least 85 percent by weight poly-olefins,polyesters or polyamide, formed into a dimensionally stable network. B Chemical Resistance- Inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons over a pH range of 3 to 12. C Physical Resistance- Resistant to mildew and rot, ultraviolet light exposure, insects and rodents. D Minimum Test Values PROPERTY VALUE(MIN) TEST METHOD Grab strength 180 lbs ASTM D 4632 Trapezoidal Tear Strength 50 lbs ASTM D 4533 Puncture Strength 80 lbs ASTM D 4833 Mullen Burst Strength 290 psi ASTM D 3786 Apparent Opening Size(1) 0.25 mm ASTM D 4751 Permittivity(sec-1) 0.2 ASTM D 4491 (1) Maximum average roll value 3.0 EXECUTION - Notused END OF SECTION 07/2006 02370-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Section 02530 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances, including cleanouts, stacks, service connections, and reconnections. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 6 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 8. Section 02220—Site Demolition 9 Section 01140- Contractor's Use of Premises C Reference Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784,"Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" c. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" d. ASTM F 679, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" e. ASTM F 949,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings" f. ASTM D 794,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter" g. ASTM D 2241,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR Series)" h. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" i. ASTM D 3139,"Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" j ASTM D 2444, "Standard Test Method for Determination for the Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight)" 4/2013 02530- 1 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS k. ASTM F 714, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR)Based on Outside Diameter" 1. ASTM D 2657, "Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining and Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings" m. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" n. ASTM D 3350,"Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" o ASTM D 3681, "Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition" p ASTM D 4161, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" q ASTM D 3262, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer Pipe" r ASTM D 3754, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin)Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe" s. ASTM D 618, "Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing" t. ASTM C 828, "Standard Test Method for Low-Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines" u. ASTM C 924, "Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method" v ASTM F 1417,"Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air" 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA) a. AWWA C 900 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pressure Pipe,4"— 12"for Water Distribution b AWWA C 905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters, 14in. Through 36 in. 3 Plastic Pipe Institute(PPI) a. PPI TR3,"Policies and Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Pressure Design Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe" 4 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 5 Texas Administrative Code(TAC) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement of pipe installed at depths 8-feet and less by open cut method is on a linear foot basis,measured and complete in place. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes,except for pipe in casing or augered installation. B Payment includes sewer pipe, excavation, bedding, backfill and special backfill, shoring, earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, stacks, cleanouts, 4/2013 02530-2 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS accessories, inspection and testing.Depths beyond 8'will be paid by 2 vertical feet increments. C Refer to Section 02415 —Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers for measurement and payment of augered sewer pipe. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit inspection reports,testing reports,and video tape of television inspections as directed by Engineer C Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for Gravity Sanitary Sewer construction. Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Qualifications. Gravity Sanitary Sewer shall be watertight both in pipe-to-pipe joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance with this Section and Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. B Regulatory Requirements. 1 Install Gravity Sanitary Sewer to meet the minimum separation distance from any potable water line,as scheduled below The separation distance is defined as the distance between the outside of the water pipe and the outside of the sewer pipe When possible, install new Gravity Sanitary Sewers no closer to water lines than 9 feet in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot be achieved,new Gravity Sanitary Sewers shall be installed as specified in this Section. 2. Make notification to the Engineer if water lines are uncovered during Gravity Sanitary Sewer installation where the minimum separation distance cannot be maintained. 3 Lay Gravity Sanitary Sewers lines in straight alignment and grade. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at the Project Site 4/2013 02530-3 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS B Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from damage due to impact,shock,shear,or free fall. Do not drag pipe and fittings along the ground. Do not roll pipe unrestrained from delivery trucks. C Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe. Employ acceptable clamps, rope or slings around the outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not use hooks,bars,or other devices in contact with the interior surface of the pipe to lift or move lined pipe 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GASKET MATERIAL FOR USE IN POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED AREAS A Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer,shall have the following Gasket Material for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum(diesel,gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)PIPE A Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784 Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73 4° F per requirements of PPI TR3 Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage.All pipe used for gravity sanitary sewer shall be green. C Gaskets 1 Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477 When no contaminant is identified,use elastomeric factory-installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. D Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints Water soluble, non-toxic,non-objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 4/2013 02530-4 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS E PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipe shall be green in color and shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table WALL PRODUCT ASTM SDR(MAX.)/ DIAMETER TYPE MANUFACTURER STIFFNESS SIZE OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN.) RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D 3034 SDR 26/PS 115 6"to 15" CertainTeed Can-Tex Approved F 679 SDR 26/PS 115 18"to 48" Canon Approved AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A*** 4"to 12" Diamond . Approved AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A*** 14"to 36" Profile* Contech A-2000** Only when F 949 N/A/50 psi 12"to 36" ETI Ultra-Rib included in F 794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 48" the Bid Lamson Vylon Schedule F 794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 48" * Allowed to be used where there are no service taps. ** Allowed to be used to a maximum depth of 10' only ***For water-sewer separation requirements unless specifically noted in Bid Schedule. F When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679,except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. G For Gravity Sanitary Sewers up to 12 inch diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation,provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. H Joints. Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory- assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444 I Fittings. Provide PVC gravity sanitary sewer bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction.PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tees,wye fittings,or solvent welds are not acceptable. 2.03 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE A Provide HDPE pipe as follows and only when listed as a Bid Item. WALL PRODUCT ASTM PIPE DIAMETER TYPE MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS RANGE (MIN) (INCHES) Solid Wall Drisco 1000 Drisco 8600 Approved F 714 115 psi 8 to 10 i Quail Pipe 4/2013 02530-5 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Poly Pipe Plexco B Solid wall pipe shall be produced with plain end construction for heat joining (butt fusion)conforming to ASTM D 2657 Utilize controlled temperatures and pressures for joining to produce a fused leak-free joint. C Pipe and Fittings. High density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of Type III,Class C,Category 5,Grade P34,as defined in ASTM D1248. Material meeting the requirements of cell classification in accordance with ASTM D 3350 are also suitable for making pipe products under these specifications. D Gaskets 1 Use gaskets meeting requirement of ASTM F 477 Use gasket molded into a circular form or extruded to the proper section and then spliced into circular form. When no contaminant is identified, use gaskets of a properly cured, high-grade elastomeric compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of both. E Lubricant. Use a lubricant for assembly of gasketed joints which has no detrimental effect on the gasket or on the pipe, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F Furnish pipe and fittings that are homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks,holes,foreign inclusions,or other injurious defects. Provide pipe as uniform as commercially practical in color, opacity,density,and other physical properties. 2.04 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE A Manufacturers 1 Pre-approved manufacturer for centrifugally cast fiberglass pipe is Hobas Pipe USA, Inc B Materials 1 Resin Systems. The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this particular application. The historical data shall have been collected from applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product. 2. Glass Reinforcements. The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. 3 Fillers Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 4 Additives. Resin additives,such as pigments,dyes,and other coloring agents, if used, shall in no way be detrimental to the performance of the product nor shall they impair visual inspection of the finished products. 5 Rubber Gaskets: Supply from an approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F 477, when no contaminant is identified and suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall either be affixed to the pipe by means of a 4/2013 02530-6 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS suitable adhesive or shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pre-cut groove in the pipe or sleeve coupling. 6. The internal liner resin shall be suitable for service as sewer pipe,and shall be highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid as produced by biological activity from hydrogen sulfide gases. Pipe shall meet or exceed requirements of ASTM D 3681 C Pipes 1 Furnish pipes in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified below 2. Manufacture pipe by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion-resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions as shown on the Plans. 3 Do not use stiffening ribs or rings. D Couplings. Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as the sole means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D 4161 E Fittings Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, and other fittings shall be capable of withstanding operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass fiber reinforced overlays. F Manhole Connections. Provide a water stop flange (wall pipe) for connection to a cast-in-place manhole base or other structure. G Grout Ports. Provide grout ports in the wall of pipe when required. Provide plugs of 316 stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material compatible with the pipe. Grout port plugs shall be designed and installed to meet the test pressure of the pipe. H Dimensions 1 Diameters.The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with Table 3 of ASTM D 3262 for Gravity Sanitary Sewers, or ASTM D 3754 for force mains. 2. Lengths. The pipe standard length will be approximately 20 feet. A maximum of 10 percent of the lengths,excluding special order pipes,may be supplied in random lengths. 3 Wall Thickness. The minimum average wall thickness shall be the stated design thickness. The minimum single point thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. 4 End Squareness Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis. 5 Tolerance of Fittings. The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main and leg of a wye or tee shall be plus or minus 2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a fitting shall be plus or minus 2 inches. I Stiffness Classes 4/2013 02530-7 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1 Stiffness class of FRP pipe shall satisfy design requirements,but shall not be less than 46 psi, when used in direct bury operation, 36 psi, when installed within a primary tunnel liner 2. Stiffness class of FRP in a pipe jacking operation shall be governed either by the ring deflection limitations or by a pipe design providing longitudinal strength required by the jacking method and shall satisfy design requirements stated below Submit design calculations as required in Paragraph 1 05, Submittals. a. Pipe stress calculations based on jacking loads shall be provided by the pipe supplier b Ring deflection calculations shall conform to design requirements of 30 TAC Chapter 317.20 pertaining to flexible pipe used in Gravity Sanitary Sewers. The pipe deflection calculations shall ensure that predicted deflection will be less than 5 percent under long-term loading conditions(soil prism load)for the highest density of soil overburden and surcharge loads. Deflection on calculations shall be prepared using long-term (drained) values for soil parameters contained in the geotechnical investigation report for the Project,or other site-specific data obtained by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer J Testing 1 Pipes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3262 or ASTM D 3754,as applicable,except that the factory hydrostatic pressure testing is not required. 2. Joints. Coupling joints shall be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D 4161 K Packaging,Handling, and Shipping 1 Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L Installation 1 Install pipe and fittings in accordance with requirements of this Section. 2. The manufacturer must supply a suitable qualified field service representative to be present periodically during the installation of pipe 3 Pipe Bedding: Conform to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 4 Pipe Handling: Use textile slings. 5 Jointing a. Clean ends of pipe and coupling components. b Check pipe ends and couplings for damage. Correct any damage found. c. Coupling grooves must be completely free of dirt. d. Apply joint lubricant to pipe ends and rubber seals of coupling. Use only lubricants approved by the pipe manufacturer e. Use suitable auxiliary equipment, such as a wire rope puller, to pull joints together 4/2013 02530-8 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS f. Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for coupling pipe. If excessive force is required,remove coupling,determine source of problem, and correct it. g. In the process of jointing the pipe,do not allow the deflection angle to exceed the deflection permitted by the manufacturer 6 If pressure grouting of the pipe is conducted as part of a pipe jacked tunnel installation,seal the grout holes with liner resin to a thickness equal to the pipe liner thickness, or with a threaded plug for that purpose. 7 Tests. Conform to requirements of this Section. 2.05 INSPECTIONS A The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. B Manufacturer's Notification to Customer Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those specific pipes will take place. C Failure to Inspect. Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision not to inspect the manufacturing,testing, or finished pipes. 2.06 TEST METHODS A Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests are subject to approval by the Engineer When referee tests are required,condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D 618 at 73 4 degrees F plus or minus 3 6 degrees F(23 degrees C plus or minus 2 degrees C)and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. B Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.05A,in a suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside diameter of the pipe. The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2-inches per minute. The test specimens,when examined under normal light and with the unaided eye, shall show no evidence of splitting, cracking, breaking, or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles. C Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except replace the shear load transfer bars and supports with 6 inch wide support blocks that can be either flat or contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour D Purpose of Tests. The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance 4/2013 02530-9 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2.07 MARKING A Mark each standard and random length of pipe in compliance with these Specifications with the following information. 1 Pipe size 2. Pipe class 3 Production code 4 Material designation 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01564-Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition,as applicable. 3.02 DIVERSION PUMPING A Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from the Engineer B Design piping,joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi,whichever is greater C No sewage shall be diverted into any area outside of the sanitary sewer D In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify the Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the TCEQ and the Environmental Protection Agency by the Engineer 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including: 1 Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes. 3 Leakage testing of sewer pipes. 4 Leakage testing of manholes. B Performance Requirements 1 Gravity sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and uniform grade between manholes. 4/2013 02530- 10 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2. Flexible pipe,including"semi-rigid"pipe,is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. 3 Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration a. The total exfiltration,as determined by a hydrostatic head test,shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation, whichever is greater b When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. c. Refer to Table 2530-1,Water Test Allowable Leakage,at the end of the Section, for measuring leakage in sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. 4 Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this Section and the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission requirements. Refer to Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, Table 02530-3,Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test,and Table 02530-4,Vacuum Test Time Table, at the end of this Section. C Gravity Sanitary Sewer Quality Assurance• 1 Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. 2. Provide testing reports and video tape of television inspection as directed by Engineer 3 Upon completion of tape reviews by Engineer, Contractor will be notified regarding final acceptance of the sewer segment. D Sequencing and Scheduling: 1 Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. 2. Coordinate testing schedules with Engineer Perform testing under observation of Engineer E Deflection Mandrel 1 Mandrel Sizing. The ngid mandrel shall have an outside diameter(O.D)equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter(I.D)of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I.D controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. The 4/2013 02530- 11 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS mandrel shall have nine or more"runners"or"legs"as long as the total number of legs is an odd number The barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. 3 Proving Ring. Furnish a"proving ring"with each mandrel. Fabricate the ring of 1/2 inch thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0 02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter 4 Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance) Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02530-5,Pipe vs.Mandrel Diameter,at the end of this Section. Mandrels for higher strength,thicker wall pipe or other pipe not listed in the table may be used when approved by the Engineer F Exfiltration Test: 1 Water Meter• Obtain a transient water meter from the City for use when water for testing will be taken from the City system. Conform to City requirements for water meter use. 2. Test Equipment: a. Pipe plugs. b Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. G Infiltration Test: 1 Test Equipment: a. Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir b Pipe plugs. H Low Pressure Air Test: 1 Minimum Requirement for Equipment: a. Control panel. b Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. c. Pneumatic plugs. Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested, capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. d. Air hoses from control panel to 1) Air supply 2) Pneumatic plugs. 3) Sealed line for pressuring. 4) Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure. 2. Testing Pneumatic Plugs Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig;then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. I Ground Water Determination. 4/2013 02530- 12 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1 Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. J Visual Inspection. 1 Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a light between structures. Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or damaged pipe,remove and re-lay or replace pipe segment. K Mandrel Testing: 1 Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034 Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of the line segment. 2. Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. 3 Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. L Leakage Testing: 1 Test Options a. Test Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing. b Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with water or low pressure air Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. c. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie-in of service connections. d. If no installed piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. 2. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: a. Where ground water exists,install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed. Use a 1/2-inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long. Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. b Immediately before performing line acceptance test,remove cap,clear pipe nipple with air pressure,and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. 3 Exfiltration test: a. Determine ground water elevation. b Plug sewer in downstream manhole. c. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. d. Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. 4/2013 02530- 13 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS e. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used,with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table,whichever is highest. f. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one-hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons)or measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level. Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 4 Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service). a. Determine ground water elevation. b Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. c. Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. d. Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. e. Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 5 Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828,ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02530-2. a. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36- inch average inside diameter b Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds,regardless of pipe size. c. For pipe sections less than 36-inch average inside diameter 1) Determine ground water level. 2) Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. 3) After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. 4) Pressurize pipe to 4 0 psig. Increase pressure 1 0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water table). Refer to Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section. 5) To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig. The time must exceed that 4/2013 02530- 14 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS listed in the Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length. For sliplining, use diameter of carrier pipe. 6 Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. M Test Criteria Tables 1 Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests. Refer to Table 02530-1,Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section. 2. Low Pressure Air Test: a. Times in Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from TCEQ Design Criteria for Sewerage Systems. 317.2(a)(4)(B). T=0 0850(D)(K)/(Q) Where: T = Time for pressure to drop 1 0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds K = 0 000419 DL, but not less than 1 0 D = Average inside diameter in inches L = Length of line of same pipe size in feet Q = Rate of loss, 0 0015 ft3/min./sq ft. internal surface b Since a K value of less than 1 0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02732-3,Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes. 1 When two sizes of pipe are involved,the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2. Line with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3 Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint 4 If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. 5 For joint test,the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe Once the pressure has stabilized,the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. N Leakage Testing for Manholes 4/2013 02530- 15 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1 After completion of manhole construction,wall sealing,or rehabilitation,but prior to backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. 2. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably-sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been backfilled. 3 Vacuum testing: a. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions,inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over-inflate. b Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury(Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02530-4, Vacuum Test Time Table. c. If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above,locate leaks,complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 4 Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows. a. Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug. Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour b The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0 025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour c. If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.04 BACKFILL A Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Backfill the trench in specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer 3.05 CLEAN UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 -Contractor's Use of Premises. 4/2013 02530- 16 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain gravity sanitary sewer installations in good condition until completion of the work. Table 02530-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE DIAMETER OF VOLUME PER INCH OF DEPTH ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* RISER OR STACK IN INCHES INCH GALLONS PIPE SIZE IN GALLONS/MINUTE INCHES PER 100 FT 1 0 7854 0034 6 0 0039 2 3 1416 0136 8 0 0053 • 2.5 4.9087 0212 10 0 0066 3 7 0686 0306 12 0 0079 • 4 12.5664 0306 15 0 0099 5 19 6350 0544 18 0 0118 6 28.2743 1224 21 0 0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0 0518 27 0 0177 30 0 0197 36 0 0237 42 0 0276 For other diameters,multiply square of diameters by Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch value for 1" diameter inside diameter per mile per 24 hours * Allowable leakage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours,when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. 4/2013 02530-17 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG Pipe Min. Length Time for Specification Time for Length(L)Shown(min:sec) Diam Time for Min. Longer (in) (min:sec) Time(ft) egct)h 100 ft 150 ft 200 ft 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft 6 5 40 398 0.8548 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5 40 5 40 5 42 6:25 7:07 7:50 8:33 8 7:33 298 1.5196 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:36 8:52 10.08 11.24 12:40 13.36 15.12 10 9:27 239 2.3743 9:27 9:27 9:27 9:54 11:52 13:51 15:50 17.48 19.47 2146 23.45 12 11.20 199 3.4190 11.20 11.20 11.20 1415 17:06 19:57 22:48 25.39 28:30 31:20 3411 15 1410 159 5.3423 1410 1410 17.48 22.16 26:43 3110 35.37 40:04 44.31 48:58 53:25 18 17:00 133 7.6928 17.00 19.14 25.39 32:03 38.28 44:52 5117 57.42 64:06 70:31 76:56 21 19:50 114 10.4708 19:50 26.11 34:54 43.38 52.21 61:05 69.48 78:32 87.15 95:59 104 42 24 22:40 99 13.6762 22:48 3411 45.35 56:59 68:23 79.47 9110 102.34 113:58 125:22 136.46 27 25.30 88 17.3089 28:51 4316 57.42 72:07 86:33 100:58 115.24 129.49 14414 158:40 173:05 30 28:20 80 21.3690 35.37 53.37 7114 89:02 106:51 124.39 142.28 160.16 178:05 195:53 213.41 33 3110 72 25.8565 43:06 64.38 8611 107.44 129-17 150:50 172.23 193:55 215.28 237:01 258:34 Table 02530-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST PIPE MINIMUM LENGTH FOR TIME FOR DIAMETER TIME MINIMUM TIME LONGER LENGTH (INCHES) (SECONDS) (FEET) (SECONDS) 6 340 398 0.855 (L) 8 454 298 1.520(L) 10 567 239 2.374(L) 12 680 199 3 419(L) 15 850 159 5.342 (L) 18 1020 133 7.693 (L) 21 1190 114 10 471 (L) 24 1360 100 13 676(L) 27 1530 88 17.309(L) 30 1700 80 21.369 (L) 33 1870 72 25.856(L) 4/2013 02530- 18 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-4 VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE TIME IN SECONDS BY PIPE DIAMETER DEPTH IN FEET 48" 60" 72" I 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 50 6.5 80 *Add T times for each additional 2-foot depth. (The values listed above have been extrapolated from ASTM C 924-85) 4/2013 02530-19 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Table 02530-5 PIPE VS MANDREL DIAMETER NOMINAL AVERAGE MATERIAL AND SIZE I.D. MINIMUM MANDREL WALL CONSTRUCTION (INCHES) (INCHES) DIAMETER(INCHES) PVC-Solid(SDR 26) 6 5 764 5 476 8 7 715 7.329 10 9.646 9 162 PVC-Solid(SDR 35) 12 11 737 11 150 15 14.374 13.655 18 17.629 16.748 21 20.783 19 744 24 23.381 22.120 27 26.351 25.033 PVC-Profile(ASTM F 794) 12 11 740 11.153 15 14.370 13.652 18 17.650 16.768 21 20 750 19 713 24 23.500 22.325 27 26.500 25 175 30 29.500 28.025 36 35.500 33.725 42 41.500 39 425 48 47.500 45.125 HDPE-Profile 18 18.000 17.100 21 21.000 19.950 24 24.000 22.800 27 27.000 25.650 30 30.000 28.500 36 36.000 34.200 42 42.000 39.900 48 48.000 45.600 54 54.000 51.300 60 60.000 57.000 Fiberglass-Centrifugally Cast 12 12.85 11.822 (Class SN 46) 18 18.66 17 727 20 20.68 19.646 24 24 72 23.484 30 30.68 29 146 36 36.74 34.903 42 42.70 40.565 48 48.76 46.322 54 54.82 52.079 60 60.38 57.361 END OF SECTION 4/2013 02530-20 of 20 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS Section 02531 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of service stubs on new sanitary sewers serving areas where sanitary sewer service did not previously exist. B Reconnection of existing service connections along parallel, replacement, or rehabilitated sanitary sewers. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 01570—Trench Safety System 5 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784,"Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" c. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for single, near-side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place. B Measurement for double,near-side service leads is on a per each basis,completed in place. C Measurement for single,far-side service leads is on a per each basis,complete in place. D Measurement for double, far-side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place 02/2008 02531 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS E Payment for service leads includes service connections, couplings, clean-outs, adapters, disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. F Measurement for sanitary sewer stacks up to 3 vertical feet is on a per each basis, complete in place. Payment includes riser pipe,service connections,couplings,clean- outs, adapters, disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation,backfill, and testing. G Measurement for extra depth sanitary sewer stacks greater than 3 vertical feet is on a vertical foot basis from the top of the receiving sewer to the invert of the service connection, measured and complete in place. Payment includes excavation, pipe, bedding, and backfill for that portion of the stack in excess of 3 feet. H Measurement for sanitary sewer service reconnections with stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline shall be per each reconnection,complete in place. I Measurement for sanitary sewer service reconnections without stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline shall be per each reconnection,complete in place. J Payment for sanitary sewer service reconnections includes include service connections, couplings, clean-outs, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation,backfill, and testing. K Augered pipe for service leads will be paid as provided in Section 02415—Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewer L One or more connections discharging into a common point are considered one service connection. The Contractor shall not add service reconnections without approval of the Engineer The Engineer may require reconnections to be moved or relocated to avoid having more than two single family units per reconnection. M Measurement for abandonment of service connection is on a per each basis. No additional payment will be made for abandonment of service connection unless excavation is required beyond new or replacement sewer or service lead trench zone. No separate payment will be made for excavation of sanitary sewer services within the new or replacement sewer trench. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product data for each pipe product,fitting, coupling and adapter C Submit field red lines documenting location of sanitary sewer stubs and reconnections as installed,referenced to survey Control Points,under the provisions of Section 01760 02/2008 02531 -2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS — Project Record Documents, 1 04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. Record the exact distance from each service connection to the nearest downstream manhole. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC SERVICE CONNECTION A As stubouts, use PVC sewer pipe, 4-inch through 10-inch, conforming to ASTM D 1784 and ASTM D 3034, with a cell classification of 12454-B The SDR (ratio of diameter to wall thickness) shall be 26 for pipe 10 inches in diameter or less. B PVC pipe shall be gasket jointed with gasket conforming to ASTM D3212. C Provide service connection pipe in sizes shown on the Plans. For reconnection of existing services, select service connection pipe diameter to match existing service diameter D Provide a 6-inch service connection when more than one service discharges into a single pipe. E Connect service pipes to new parallel or replacement sewer mains with prefabricated, full-bodied tee or wye fittings conforming to specifications for the sewer main pipe material as specified in other Sections for all sewers up to 18 inches in diameter F Where new sewers are installed using pipe augering or tunneling, or where the new sewer is greater than 18 inches in diameter, use Fowler"Inserta-Tee"to connect the service to the new sewer main. 2.02 PIPE SADDLES A Use pipe saddles only on rehabilitated sanitary sewer mains. Comply with Paragraph 2.01E for new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains. 02/2008 02531 -3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 2.03 COUPLINGS AND ADAPTERS A For connection between new PVC pipe stubout and existing service;4-, 6-, or 8-inch diameter, use flexible adapter coupling consisting of a neoprene gasket and stainless steel shear ring,with 1/2-inch stainless steel band clamps. 1 Femco Pipe Connectors,Inc., Series 1055 with shear ring SR-8, 2. Band Seal by Mission Rubber Co.,Inc., 3 Approved equal. B For connection between new PVC pipe stub out and new service,use rubber-gasketed adapter coupling: 1 GPK Products,Inc.,IPS &Sewer Adapter 2. Approved Equal. 2.04 STACKS A Provide stacks for service connections wherever the crown of the sewer is 8 feet or more below finished grade. B Construct stacks of the same material as the sanitary sewer and as shown on the Plans. C Provide stacks of the same nominal diameter at the sanitary service line. 2.05 CLEAN-OUTS A Install clean-outs at property line on each service connection as shown in detail on the Plans. 2.06 PLUGS AND CAPS A Seal the upstream end of unconnected sewer service stubs with rubber gasketed plugs or caps of the same pipe type and size. Provide plugs or caps by GPK Products,Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Accurately field locate service connections,whether in service or not,as pipe laying progresses from downstream to upstream. B Properly disconnect existing connections from the sewer and reconnect to the new sewer, as described in this Section. C Reconnect service connections, including those that go to unoccupied or abandoned buildings, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer Plug the service connection at the R.O W for vacant lots. 02/2008 02531 -4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS D Connect services 8 inches in diameter and larger to the sewer by construction of a manhole. 3.02 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water C Provide a minimum of 48 hours notice to customers whose sanitary sewer service will potentially be interrupted. D Schedule Work so that reconnection of service lines can be completed within 24 hours after disconnection. E Where sewers are existing,field locate existing service connections,whether in service or not. Use existing service locations for reconnection of service lines to new liner or new sanitary sewer main. F For new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains, complete testing and acceptance of downstream sewers as applicable. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.04 RECONNECTION ON NEW SEWER A Install the new service connection on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. B Remove and replace cracked,offset or leaking service line for up to 5 feet,measured horizontally, from the centerline of the new sanitary sewer main. C Make up the connection between the new main and the existing service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved couplings, as shown on the Plans. D Test service connections before backfilling. E Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Plans. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 02/2008 02531 -5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF NEW SERVICE LEADS A Install the new service connections on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. Provide the length of stub indicated on the Plans. Install plug or cap on the upstream end of the service stub as needed. B Test service connections before backfilling. C Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Plans. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Test service reconnections and service stubs. Follow applicable procedures given in Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all installations good condition until completion of Work. B Replace installations by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner C Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. END OF SECTION 02/2008 02531 -6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE(HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE Section 02532 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE(HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe for gravity sewers and drains, including fittings. B HDPE pipe for sanitary sewer force mains, including fittings. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 02630—Storm Sewers 4 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers D Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM F 714, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE)Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR)Based on Outside Diameter" b ASTM D 2657, "Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining and Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings" c. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" d. ASTM D 350, "Standard Test Method for Flexible Treated Sleeving Used for Electrical Insulation" e. ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" f. ASTM D 618,"Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing" g. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for HDPE pipe under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for gravity sanitary sewers and storm sewers. B If HDPE pipe is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 07/2006 02532- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings showing design of pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions,fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. C Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 PRODUCT QUALITY CONTROL A Provide the manufacturer's certificate of conformance to the Technical Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED AND PREAPPROVED PRODUCTS A Provide HDPE pipe as follows PRODUCT ASTM PIPE DIAMETER WALL TYPR MANUFACTURER STIFFNESS RANGE OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN) (INCHES) Solid Wall Drisco 1000 Approved F 714 Drisco 8600 115 psi 8 to 10 Quail Pipe Poly Pipe 46 psi 12 to 48 Plexco B Solid wall pipe shall be produced with plain end construction for heat joining (butt fusion)conforming to ASTM D 2657 Utilize controlled temperatures and pressures for joining to produce a fused leak-free joint. 2.02 MATERIALS A Pipe and Fittings. High density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as defined in ASTM D 1248. Material meeting the requirements of cell classification in accordance with ASTM D 350 are also suitable for making pipe products under these specifications. B Gaskets 1 Use gaskets meeting requirement of ASTM F 477 Use gasket molded into a circular form or extruded to the proper section and then spliced into circular form. When no contaminant is identified, use gaskets of a properly cured, high-grade elastomeric compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of both. 07/2006 02532-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE(HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum(diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other Contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer C Lubricant. Use a lubricant for assembly of gasketed joints which has no detrimental effect on the gasket or on the pipe, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.03 WORKMANSHIP A Furnish pipe and fittings that are homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks,holes,foreign inclusions,or other injurious defects. Provide pipe as uniform as commercially practical in color, opacity,density, and other physical properties. 2.04 INSPECTIONS A The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. B Manufacturer's Notification to Customer Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those specific pipes will take place C Failure to Inspect. Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision not to inspect the manufacturing,testing, or finished pipes. 2.05 TEST METHODS A Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests are subject to approval by the Engineer When referee tests are required,condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D 618 at 73 4 degrees F plus or minus 3 6 degrees F(23 degrees C plus or minus 2 degrees C)and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. B Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.05A,in a suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside diameter of the pipe The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2- inches per minute. The test specimens,when examined under normal light and with 07/2006 02532-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE the unaided eye,shall show no evidence of splitting,cracking,breaking,or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles. C Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except replace the shear load transfer bars and supports with 6-inch-wide support blocks that can be either flat or contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour D Purpose of Tests. The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance. 2.06 MARKING A Mark each standard and random length of pipe meeting the requirements of this Section with the following information. 1 Pipe size 2. Pipe class 3 Production code 4 Material designation 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Conform to requirements of the following Sections. 1 Section 02630—Storm Sewers 2. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers B All HDPE installations shall be bedded and backfilled to top or pipe zone with cement stabilized sand. C All HDPE pipe must terminate in manholes, concrete headwalls, or safety and treatment structures. D Install pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02532-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Section 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures 3 Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes,and Meter Vaults 4 Section 02542—Concrete Manholes 5 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6. Section 02510—Water Mains C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" b ASTM B 763,"Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting for Valve Applications" c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings" d. ASTM D 429,"Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Adhesion to Rigid Substrates" e. ASTM A 126, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings" f. ASTM A 48,"Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 240,"Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium- Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications" h. ASTM A 276, "Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes" i. ASTM B 584,"Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications" j ASTM A 313,"Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire" 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA) a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. b AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Resilient-seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems c. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants d. AWWA C504 Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves 04/2009 02541 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for valves under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains. B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C Stipulated Price(Lump Sum) If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract,payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 and this Section,and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C500,AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A Gate Valves AWWA C500,AWWA C509 or C515 and additional requirements of this Section.Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults,aboveground and plant valves open counterclockwise. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans,use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated,no substitute is allowed. C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller. 125 psig; bronze, rising-stem, single-wedge; disc type; screwed ends; such as Crane No 428, or approved equal. D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger AWWA C550; Indurall 3300 or approved equal, non-toxic,imparts no taste to water,functions as physical,chemical, and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick, fusion-bonded epoxy Prior to assembly of valve,apply protective coating to interior and exterior surfaces of body E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter Iron body,double gate,non-rising stem, 150-pound test, 2 inch square nut operating clockwise to open. 04/2009 02541 -2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter Non-directional, resilient seated (AWWA C509 or AWWA C515) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C500), 200 psig, bronze mounting,'push-on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut-operated unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6102, or approved equal. Comply with following requirements. 1 Design. Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless-steel fasteners or screws, threaded connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening. 2. Body• Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts.Manufacturer's initials,pressure rating,and year manufactured shall be cast in body 3 Bronze Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum. 4 Stems ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi,minimum elongation in 2 inches of 12 percent,non-rising. 5 0-rings AWWA C509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2. 6 Stem Seals. Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti-friction washer located above thrust collar 7 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 8. Resilient Wedge Molded, synthetic rubber,vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D 429,Method B, seat against epoxy-coated surface in valve body 9 Bolts AWWA C509 Section 4 4, stainless steel, cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter AWWA C500 by Mueller;push-on bell ends with rubber rings and nut-operated unless otherwise specified,double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following: 1 Body• Cast or ductile iron, flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials,pressure rating,and year manufactured shall be cast in body Equip with rollers,tracks,and scrapers. 2. Stems Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non-rising. 3 Stem Seals. Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar with anti-friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque. 4 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 5 Discs Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened into machined dovetailed grooves. 6 Wedging Device Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze-mounted wedges. Thin plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable Other moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel alloy-to-iron. 04/2009 02541 -3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 7 Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for imposed forces. 8. Gear Cases Cast iron,furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0- rings at shaft openings. 9 Stuffing Boxes. Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1 Sizes Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20 inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. I Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines. 1 Double disc, square bottom. J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines 1 Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. K Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4 foot Depth. 1 Provide non-rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual(Fire Service)Type Meter Installations. 1 Conform to provisions of this specification, outside screw and yoke valves, carry label of Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.,flanged,Class 125,clockwise to close. M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A Butterfly Valves and Actuators Conform to AWWA C504, except as modified or supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American-Darling, or approved equal. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans,butterfly valves shall be used for line valve sizes 16 inch and larger If type of valve is specified,no substitute will be allowed. C Butterfly valves shall be short-body,flanged design and installed at locations as shown on Plans. D Direct-bury valves,valves in subsurface vaults. Above-ground and plant valves shall open counterclockwise. E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP F Butterfly Valves and Actuators(Additional Requirements for Large-Diameter Water Mains) Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed 04/2009 02541 -4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield strength or one-fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International,American-Darling, or equal. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION A Valves. AWWA C504, Class 150B Body• Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B. Flanges. ANSI B 16 1, Class 125 lb. B Discs for Butterfly Valves. Either cast iron or ductile iron. C Seats. Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body Seats shall be mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or similar bonding agent to attach seat to body Seats on disc shall be mechanically retained by stainless steel(18-8)retaining ring held in place by stainless steel(18-8) cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc, seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless-steel retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats. Type 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed-on or plated mating surfaces will not be allowed. D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including disc,with epoxy suitable for potable-water conditions. Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application. In accordance with AWWA C550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide two coats of two-component, high-build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10 mils. Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. E Valve shaft and keys,dowel pins,or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve disc. Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings. Stainless steel, bronze, nylon, or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C504 F Packing: Field-adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly G Retaining Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other approved method,to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects. H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 degrees between full-open and tight-closed position. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow,except where shown otherwise on Plans. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second, and, unless otherwise shown on Plans, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide 04/2009 02541 -5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES fully enclosed and traveling-nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm-gear type for valves 24 inches and smaller B Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator Space between actuator housing and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to soil or elements. D Provide oil-tight and watertight actuator housings for valves,specifically designed for buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults,and factory packed with suitable grease. E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly G Design worm-gear or traveling-nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or less,will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed.Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A Provide standard adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A For large-diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Plans conforming to requirements of Section 02542—Concrete Manholes. 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A Air Release Valves Apco No 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials. body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron, float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel,orifice and seat,stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt;other valve internals,stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Plans. B Air Release and Vacuum Valves. Provide single-body, standard combination or duplex-body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans. 1 For 2 inch and 3 inch, single-body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Plans and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron,plug or poppet,ASTM A 276 stainless steel,float,ASTM A 240 stainless steel, seat, Buna-N, other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior Painted with shop-applied primer suitable for contact with potable 04/2009 02541 -6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES water Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal valves. 2. For 3 inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Plans, provide Apco Series 1700 with No 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig.No AR/GH- 21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve materials. body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron, float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel, seat,Type-304, stainless steel and Buna-N,other valve internals,stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve. Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. C Vacuum Relief Valves Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Plans. Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Plans. Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No 200A air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron, seat and plug, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836, spring, ASTM A 313, Type-304, stainless steel,bushing,ASTM B 584 bronze,copper alloy 932,retaining screws,ASTM A 276, Type-304, stainless steel. D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans. 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal,PRV with strainer in location and arrangement as shown on Plans. Valve body. ASTM A 48,cast iron or ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16 1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover ASTM A 48 cast iron. Valve internals Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze. Rubber parts. Buna-N No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer C PRV Equip with valve position indicator Initially set in field by authorized manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Plans. Strainer body• quick- opening type, fabricated-steel construction with ANSI B16 1, Class 150, flanges. Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90, or equal, for PRV 4- inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, or equal, for PRV 14 inches or greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV Adjustable and pressure sustaining. F Valve Box.Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520—Valve Boxes, Meter boxes, and Meter Vaults. 04/2009 02541 -7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans. Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet,or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line C For pipe section of each valve box,use only cast iron,ductile iron,or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Plans. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02510—Water Mains. B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION 04/2009 02541 -8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES Section 02624 STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Structural plate culverts and special structural plate shapes. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 4 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities C Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM A 153,"Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware b ASTM B 695, "Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel c. ASTM B 221,"Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire,Profiles, and Tubes 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for structural plate pipes, pipe arches, arches, underpasses or box culverts is on a linear foot basis,measured along flow lines between ends of structures. Separate measurement will be made for each different required size, gage, or minimum thickness of the required material. B For multiple structures,the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of barrels as prescribed above. C Payment for structural plate culvert structures includes aluminum alloy inverts, toe walls, footings, closure plates and stiffeners, and all labor and materials required for installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 07/2006 02624- 1 of 7 CITY OFPEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES B Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 ACCEPTANCE AT SITE A Furnish an itemized statement of the number and size of plates in each shipment. From this list, a visual inspection will be made by the Engineer, including an examination of the plates for deficiency in size,radius of curvature specified,and any evidence of poor workmanship The inspection may include taking samples for chemical analysis and determination of weight of splutter coating. The plates making up the shipment shall fully meet the requirement of these specifications. Any plates failing to do so shall be rejected. B The Engineer may elect to have the material inspected and sampled in the rolling mill or in the fabrication shop A chemical analysis of any plate may be required from the mill. The inspection,either in the mill or in the shop,will be under the direction of the Engineer The Engineer will have free access to the mill or shop for inspection. Any material which has been previously rejected at the mill or shop and included in a later lot will be rejected unless the material has been satisfactorily repaired. C Structural plate with a damaged splutter coating, or which shows defective workmanship shall be rejected. Minor damaged areas of splutter coating,as judged by the Engineer,may be repaired by painting with a zinc dust-zinc oxide paint conforming to Federal Specification TT-P-641 g. The requirement applies not only to individual I plates but to the entire shipment. D The following defects are considered to be poor workmanship The presence of any one of them in an individual structural plate will be cause for rejection. 1 Uneven laps. 2. Elliptical shaping(unless specified) 3 Variation from a straight center line. 4 Ragged edges and damaged coatings. 5 Loose,uneven lined or spaced bolts. 6 Illegible brand. 7 Bruised, scaled or broken splutter coating. 8. Dents or bends in the metal. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL PIPE AND ARCH MATERIALS A Plates and fasteners used for construction of structural plate pipes,pipe arches,arches, underpasses, box culverts and special shapes shall conform to AASHTO M167 for galvanized corrugated steel structures and to AASHTO M219 for aluminum alloy structures. B Steel fasteners shall be mechanically galvanized or hot-dip galvanized and shall conform to ASTM A 153, Class C or D, or ASTM B 695, Class 40 The weight of galvanized coating shall be determined according to Test Method Tex-728-I. 07/2006 02624-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES C Steel plates shall consist of structural units of corrugated galvanized steel. Single plates shall be furnished in standard sizes to permit structure length increments of 2 feet. Plates will have approximately a 2 inch lip beyond each end and crest, which results in the actual length of a given structure being approximately 4 inches longer than the nominal length, except when skewed or beveled. D Aluminum plate shall consist of structural units of corrugated aluminum alloy For aluminum alloy structures, cut plates shall be furnished on structure ends to permit structure length increments of one foot. When required, aluminum alloy inverts,toe walls, footings and closure plates shall conform to the material requirements for the aluminum structural plate. Extruded aluminum transverse stiffeners shall conform to ASTM B 221,Alloy 6061-T6. E The material for metal headwalls shall comply with requirements shown on the Plans. 2.02 STRUCTURE AND MATERIAL DESIGNATION A The types of structures will be indicated on the Plans by one of the following descriptions. 1 Structural Plate Pipe(Galvanized. Steel) 2. Structural Plate Pipe(Alum.) 3 Structural Plate Pipe Arch(Galvanized. Steel) 4 Structural Plate Pipe Arch(Alum.) 5 Structural Plate Arch(Galvanized. Steel) 6 Structural Plate Arch(Alum.) 7 Structural Plate Underpass (Galvanized. Steel) 8 Structural Plate Underpass(Alum.) 9 Structural Plate Box Culvert(Galvanized. Steel) 10 Structural Plate Box Culvert(Alum.) B When designated as one of the above types without the material being designated,the Contractor may furnish the structure in either galvanized steel or aluminum. 2.03 PLATE JOINTS A Form plates to provide bolted lap joints. Punch bolt holes so that plates having like dimensions, curvature, and the same number of bolts per foot of seam are interchangeable. B Curve each plate to proper radius so that cross-sectional dimensions of finished structure will be as indicated on Plans. C Stagger joints so that not more than three plates are jointed at any one point. Unless otherwise specified, place bolt holes along those edges of plates that will form longitudinal seams in the finished structure as follows. 1 Stagger in rows 2 inches apart,with one row in the valley and one in the crest of corrugations with not less than 4 bolts per foot for galvanized steel structures. 07/2006 02624-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES 2. Stagger in rows 134 inches apart with 2 bolts in each valley and on each crest and not less than 16 bolts per 3 feet for aluminum alloy structures. D Provide for a bolt spacing of not more than 12 inches for bolt holes along edges of plates that will form circumferential seams in finished structure. E Keep minimum distance from center of hole to edge of plate to not less than 13/4 times diameter of bolt. F For the diameter of bolt holes in longitudinal seams do not exceed diameter of the bolt. Diameter of bolt holes in longitudinal seams shall not exceed diameter of bolt by more than 1/8 inch. G Cut plates for forming skewed or sloped ends to give the angle of skew or slope specified. H Repair burned edges to eliminate oxide and burrs. Maintain legible identification numerals on each plate to designate its proper position in the finished structure. 2.04 CONCRETE A Concrete shall conform to Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, use Class A concrete for footings and headwalls. Use Class B concrete for slope protection and for invert paving, when required. Place reinforcement as shown on the Plans. 2.05 REINFORCING STEEL A Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTIVE COATINGS,LININGS AND PAVINGS A When required,protect structural plate structures with bituminous coating,bituminous lining or have invert paved with bituminous material. Remove moisture, dirt, oil, unbonded or incompatible paint, grease, alkalies, or other foreign matter from the surface to be coated before applying the coating material. B When specified or called in the Plans apply bituminous coatings to inside and outside of structures to a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch as provided in AASHTO M190, Type A. C Apply a protective coating to coupling bands for coated structures. Use coatings in accordance with AASHTO M190 Coupling bands may be single-dipped with the coating thickness requirement waived. D Apply bituminous linings, if required, over bituminous coatings, to inside bottom portion of structure as provided in AASHTO M190,Type C 07/2006 02624-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES E When linings and pavings are not required, an asphalt mastic coating may be substituted for bituminous coating on corrugated steel or aluminum structures on outside surface of the structure. The inside surface need not be coated. F When specified or called in the Plans, use an asphalt mastic coating conforming to requirements of AASHTO M243,except that asbestos fibers will not be used. Perform this process at the fabrication plant. Apply asphalt mastic material uniformly to the outside surface with a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch. Pinholes, blisters, cracks or lack of bond are cause for rejection. G When protective coatings are applied to structures,be sure that the thickness of metal is clearly identified on the inner surface of each section with paint or other approved means. Repair damaged protective coatings, linings and invert paving. Use bituminous material conforming to provisions of AASHTO M190 or other approved materials to repair damaged asphalt mastic coatings. H Coat that portion of nuts and bolts projecting outside the pipe after installation. The portion of nuts and bolts projecting inside the structure need not be coated. When asphalt mastic is used for protective coating,the surface at joints of the structure need not be coated prior to assembly Thoroughly seal joints after assembly with asphalt mastic on outside of the structure. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Excavate in accordance with Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Make trenches for pipes,pipe arches,underpasses or box culverts of sufficient width to provide free working space for erection and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around the structure. If the quality of the native soil is less than that of the proposed backfill material,extended the excavation to each side of the barrel,a minimum horizontal distance of half the span or two-thirds of the total rise,whichever is greater B Foundations, Structural Plate Structures with Metal Inverts. Have these structures bedded in a foundation of sandy earth material carefully and accurately shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe for at least ten percent of its overall height. However, the length of bedding arch need not exceed the width of the bottom plate Obtain uniform seating of corrugations on pipe bed by placing the sandy material at least 3 inches thick. For culverts,place bedding to full width of the invert. 1 Excavation in Rock: Where rock, in either ledge or boulder formation, is encountered, remove it below grade and replace with a compacted earth cushion having a thickness of not less than 1/2 inch per foot height of fill over top of the pipe, with the minimum allowable thickness of 12 inches and a maximum of 24 inches under the pipe. 2. Where the soil encountered at the established grade is a quicksand, muck or similar unstable material, remove and replace it in accordance with Section 02318— Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. When required, use special bedding as shown on Plans. 07/2006 02624-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES C Foundations, Structural Plate Structures with Reinforced Concrete Footings. Form footings for these structures and finish them to true lines and grades as established by Engineer 1 Set anchors or slots for box culverts to true line and grade when placing concrete for each substructure unit. Conform to Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete for placing substructure units. 2. Place footings entirely in rock,shale or similarly hard material,or on firm soil or compacted soil cushion. When part of the founding area is rock,undercut it and replace it with a minimum 12 inch thick compacted soil cushion. When a thin layer of soil is partially covering rock within the bearing area and when practical to do so,soil may be removed and footings placed directly on rock in accordance with details shown on Plans. D Erection. Install structural plate structures in accordance with Plans and manufacturer's recommendations. 1 Coat any steel in joints which is not protected by galvanizing with suitable bituminous coating. 2. Handle pipes and plates carefully to avoid damage to any protective coating. Repair damaged coatings 3 For anchoring plates to headwalls or other concrete end treatment,use anchor bolts with 3/4 inch diameter by 6 inch minimum length on not more than 19- inch centers. 4 Do not place plates for arch structures until the concrete cement substructure has cured for a minimum of 3 days. 5 When all plates are in position, tighten nuts and bolts progressively and uniformly,beginning at one end of the structure. Tighten nuts a second time to a torque of not less than 150 ft-lbs nor more than 300 ft-lbs for steel bolts and not less than 100 ft-lbs nor more than 150 ft-lbs for aluminum bolts. If an impact wrench is used,check with a long-handled,structural or socket wrench or a torque wrench to ensure that they are properly tightened. Replace service bolts used in drawing the plates together with standard high strength bolts. E Shape Control. Furnish acceptable shape control devices for monitoring horizontal and vertical shape of structures. Maintain the shape within two percent of design measurements span or rise,whichever is greater or 5 inches,whichever is less,during erection and backfilling. F Backfilling: Perform backfilling and embankment construction around the pipe in accordance with Section 02318— Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except as modified below 1 Within vertical planes 2 feet beyond the horizontal limits of the structure and until a minimum of 2 feet of cover has been compacted over the structure,only hand operated, mechanical tamping equipment shall be permitted. 2. Unless otherwise shown,no heavy earth moving equipment shall be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum of 2 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. Remove and replace plates or structures damaged by equipment or backfilling operation. 07/2006 02624-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL PLATE CULVERT STRUCTURES 3 During backfilling, to avoid unequal pressures and produce uniformly compacted backfill material of uniform density throughout the length of the structure and ensure proper backfill under the structure. 4 Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, until a minimum 2 feet of cover is obtained,an inspection will be made of the inside periphery of the structure to determine any local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. 5 Backfill the structure so that when backfill is complete the inside dimensions are within tolerances set forth in shape control. In the case of arches other than pipe arches when backfilling is completed before headwalls are placed,place the first material midway between ends of the arch,forming as narrow a ramp as possible until the top of the arch is reached. Construct the ramp evenly from both sides. Thoroughly the backfilling material as it is placed. After two ramps have been constructed to the top of the arch, deposit the remainder of backfill from the top of the arch both ways from the center,to the ends and as evenly as possible on both sides of the arch. If headwalls are built before the arch is backfilled,place fill material first adjacent to one headwall until the top of the arch has been reached, after which fill shall be dumped from the top of the arch toward the other headwall,with care being taken to deposit material evenly on both sides of the arch. 6 For multiple structures,perform same backfill process for all structures more or less simultaneously Backfilling between barrels will usually require that the material be placed with a crane and bucket or other suitable equipment. Do not drop backfill material from a height or concentrated in such an amount prior to distribution over the top arc that damage to the flexible structure will result. Compact this backfill with hand operated tampers or other equipment acceptable to Engineer END OF SECTION 07/2006 02624-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX Section 026Zg_ JACKING PIPE OR BOX 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description-Furnish and install pipe or box by jacking. B Direct Jacking Direct jacking of concrete box is a method of installing a Precast Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) under roadways, railways, runway or highways in lieu of the open cut method.The box jacking procedure uses a PIPE OR BOX that is suitable to be jacked through the soil, sizes range from an end area of approximately 32 square feet to 144 square feet(8' x 4' to 12' x 12').Maximum jacking loads are controlled by pumping bentonite or suitable lubricants around the outside of the box during the jacking operation. Typically,jacks are oversized so they can be operated at a lower pressure and maintain a reserve jacking capacity It is common,although not mandatory,to use a 24-hour operation when pushing box,reducing the possibility that the box will freeze or"set" in the ground. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill,and Embankment Materials 5 Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6 Section 02415—Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 2. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert,Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe 3 ASTM C 443, "Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets" 4 ASTM C 506,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" 5 ASTM C 877,"Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe,Manholes, and Precast Box Sections" 6. ASTM C 507, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain,and Sewer Pipe" 7 ASTM C 655, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain,and Sewer Pipe" 8. ASTM D 3350, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" 07/2008 02629- 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX 9 ASTM C 1433,"Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers" 10 ASTM B 633,"Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel" 11 ASTM A 760, "Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic- Coated for Sewers and Drains" 12. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts,measured and complete in place. Separate measurement will be made for each type and size of pipe installed. B Payment for storm sewer includes pipe,earthwork,connections to existing manholes and pipe,accessories,equipment and execution required or incidental to storm sewer work. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Tunnel specialist to be performing the work on the job must submit a letter of qualification to the Owner outlining: 1 A successful history of direct jacking box, 2. Have successfully completed direct jack installations of equal or greater size and length, 3 Direct jack installation of pipe or box has been completed within the last two years, 4 List of Project Names and Owners with contact information for projects qualifying the Tunnel specialist. C Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. D Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to-pipe joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 07/2008 02629-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX B Handle pipe,fittings,and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented, or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. D Unload pipe, fittings, and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. E Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIAL A Reinforced Concrete Box Must be "Jacking Quality" designed to withstand estimated jacking loads, Boxes with an end area greater than 50 square feet should be no longer than six(6) foot in length. B Joint Cushions. Use 3/a" minimum thickness plywood cushions or other approved material, Use cushioning rings of single or multiple pieces. C Piping materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Plans. D Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in storm sewers. E For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including materials, sizes, flow carrying capacity, installation procedures, and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre-bid evaluations, if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443 B Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for Class A-III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877 C Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class VE-III for vertical or Class HE-III for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877 D Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655 E When approved by the Engineer, high density polyethylene, corrugated drainage pipe meeting requirements of AASHTO M252 or M294 and ASTM D 3350,Hancor or equal. 2.03 PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS 07/2008 02629-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX A All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C1433, as indicated on the Plans. B All pipe and boxes shall be machine-made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. C Concrete shall conform to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete. D Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit-mixed concrete is not acceptable. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS A Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel,aluminized steel,aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Plans and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M274 Aluminum AASHTO M197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M246 1 Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M218 and AASHTO M274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. -- B Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M196 for aluminum pipe. 1 Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0 052 inch for steel or 0 048 inch for aluminum. 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or otherwise) as pipe. 3 Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined. a. 101/2 inches wide for 2 2/3 inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b 12 inches wide for 3 inch x 1 inch corrugations. 4 Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples) The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 inches wide for 1/2 inch-deep helical end corrugations. b 14 inches wide for one inch-deep helical end corrugations. 07/2008 02629-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX 5 Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows ofprojections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following: a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections. b 16 '/a inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 6 Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2 inch diameter Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection. 7 Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232,mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electro-galvanized per ASTM B 633,Type RS C Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M 190 1 Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch,measured on crests of corrugations. 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack,or peel during handling and placement;and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3 Where a paved invert is shown on Plans,pipe or pipe arch,in addition to fully- coated treatment described above,shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes,and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Plans and ASTM A 760 Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 HYDRAULIC JACKING SYSTEM 1 Has main jacks mounted in jacking frame located in tunneling shaft; 2. Positions jacks at the"haunches"or four corners of the RCB, 3 Has jacking frame which successively pushes string of connected pipes following tunnel excavation towards receiving shaft; 4 Has sufficient jacking capacity to push tunneling shield and string of box through the ground, 5 Has capacity at least 25%percent greater than calculated maximum jacking load, 6 Develops uniform distribution of jacking on end of box by use of a thrust transfer device and plywood cushions or"Kidney Ring", 07/2008 02629-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX 7 Use joint cushioning material, use %Z inch minimum thickness for pipe diameter 30 inches or less, use 3/a inch minimum thickness for pipe diameter greater than 30 inches. Use 3/4 inch minimum thickness for all boxes. 8 Uses hydraulic jacks which are individually controlled, 9 Uses even pressure to all jacks during operation. B Box Guides 1 Should be sufficient to support the section of the pipe or box, 2. Should direct the pipe or box on the proper line and grade. C Tunnel Shield 1 Provides adequate protection for cutters and loaders at the face of the tunnel, 2. Conforms to the shape and size of the pipe or box, 3 May be a half or full shield. D Ventilation 1 Provide adequate air flow for workers inside the tunnel excavation, 2. Provide equipment with the ability to maintain a reasonable air temperature inside the tunnel excavation. E Other 1 Use other equipment as necessary to complete box jacking operations including,but not limited to,lighting,air compressor,and mud mixing system. 3.02 SHAFTS A Shaft 1 Shall be constructed in accordance with the OSHA 1926 standard,Pits should be large enough to accommodate the backstop, jacking equipment, muck removal equipment, and maintain a minimal walking room on either side. 2. Install pipe or box so there is no interference with the operation of street highway,railroad or other facility and no embankment or structure is weakened or damaged. 3 Immediately after installation of pipe or box, backfill shafts or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking,boring or tunneling. B Backstop 1 Should be constructed to withstand anticipated jacking loads,Constructed out of steel, concrete and/or other approved material. 3.03 JACKING A Alignment 1 Place the entire jacking assembly in line with the direction and grade of the pipe or box; 2. Jack the pipe or box from the downstream end,whenever possible; 3 The final position of the box must not vary from the line and grade shown on the plans by more than one (1) inch in ten(10)feet; 4 Variation must be regular and in one direction, 07/2008 02629-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX 5 The final flow must be in the direction shown on the plans. B Line and Grade Control 1 Use a construction laser to check line and grade after each time the pipe or box is pushed. C Excavation 1 Excavate the material at the face of the tunnel, 2. Excavation should conform to the shape and size of the pipe or box, 3 The excavation at the bottom of the box should maintain the desired grade of the tunnel, 4 If desired,over excavate to provide not more than two(2)inches of clearance for the upper portion of the box; 5 The distance the excavation extends beyond the end of the pipe or box or Tunnel shield must not exceed two (2)feet; 6. Decrease the distance of the excavation as necessary to maintain stability of the material being excavated, 7 Remove material through the pipe or box, 8. Force the box into the excavated area with the jacking equipment. D Face Control 1 Provide adequate face control as necessary for the existing soil conditions. E Box Lubrication 1 Provide and maintain box lubrication system adequate to reduce friction between the pipe or box and the surrounding soil, 2. Use high yield Wyoming bentonite; 3 Lubricate the pipe or box a minimum of twice per work shift; 4 Volume of mud pumped should be sufficient to fill over excavation. F Work Schedule 1 Maintain a standard work schedule as long as jacking loads allow; 2. As jacking loads increase, increase work schedule; 3 Use a 24 hour, 7 day week operation when necessary G Grouting 1 Pressure grout any over excavation of more than one(1) inch. H Box Repair 1 Repair any box damaged in during jacking operations. 2. Remove and replace any box damaged beyond repair at the Contractor's expense 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 07/2008 02629-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING PIPE OR BOX B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope to pre construction conditions or better or natural grade as indicated on the Plans. END OF SECTION 07/2008 02629-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Section 02629 SAFETY END TREATMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Safety End Treatments for storm sewers. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02255 -Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Materials 6 Section 02318 -Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 02630 - Storm Sewers 8 Section 02631 -Precast Inlets, Headwalls and Wingwalls 9 Section 02633 -Cast-in-Place Inlets,Headwall and Wingwalls C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 76, "Standard and Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TX-DOT) a. Item 467, Safety End Treatment. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Safety End Treatments of all types will be measured by each barrel of each structure end. B Payment for Safety End Treatments includes materials, earthwork, connections, and accessories. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 5/2013 02629-1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SAFETY END TREATMENTS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance to Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing shall be performed under the provisions in Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. B Reinforcing Steel. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Corrugated Metal Pipe• Prefabricated metal end sections. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS A. Fabricate Precast Units in accordance with Section 02631 -Precast Inlets, Headwalls and Wingwalls. B Furnish Precast Concrete Units as indicated on the plans. C. Provide adequate lifting devices based on size and weight of the unit. 2.03 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Provide RCP mitered to the proposed slope. B Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall conform to Section 02630 - Storm Sewers. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE A. Provide galvanized steel prefabricated metal end sections. 5/2013 02629-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SAFETY END TREATMENTS B Corrugated Metal Pipe and Fittings shall conform to Section 02630 - Storm Sewers. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT A. Store Precast Units on a level surface. B Do not place any loads or ship Precast Units until the design strength is reached. 3.02 CAUSES FOR REJECTIONS A. Individual Units may be rejected due to fractures, cracks passing through the wall surfaces, surface defects or damages to galvanizing. Remove rejected Units from project and replace with acceptable Units at no additional cost to City 3.03 EXCAVATION,BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. Conform to requirements in Section 02318 -Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Take special precautions in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or damaged to the Units. C. Bed Units on foundations of firm and stable material accurately shaped to conform to the Units. D Provide adequate means to lift and place the Units. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to new or existing facilities as needed, at no additional cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02629-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS Section 02630 STORM SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm sewers and appurtenances. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill,and Embankment Materials 6. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7 Section 02415—Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 9 Section 02629- Safety End Treatments C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 506,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" d. ASTM C 877,"Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe,Manholes, and Precast Box Sections" e. ASTM C 507, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" f. ASTM C 655, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D- Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" g. ASTM D 3350,"Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" h. ASTM C 1433, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers" i. ASTM B 633,"Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel" j ASTM A 760, "Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains" 5/2013 02630- 1 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts, measured and complete in place. Separate measurement will be made for each type and size of pipe installed. B Payment for storm sewer includes pipe,earthwork,connections to existing manholes and pipe,accessories,equipment and execution required are incidental to storm sewer work. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. C. Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to- pipe,box-to-box joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections and in box connections. 5/2013 02630-2 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B Handle pipe, fittings, and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked,gouged,chipped,dented, or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C. Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. D Unload pipe,fittings,and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. E. Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Plans. B Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in storm sewers. C For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including materials,sizes,flow carrying capacity,installation procedures,and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre-bid evaluations, if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443 B Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for Class A-III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877 C. Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class VE-III for vertical or Class HE-III for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877 D Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655 5/2013 02630-3 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2.03 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS A. All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C1433 B. All pipe and boxes shall be machine-made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. C. Concrete shall conform to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. D Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit-mixed concrete is not acceptable E. Make test specimens in test cylinders at the same time and in the same manner as the box sections they represent. Make a minimum of 4 test cylinders for each day's production run and each mix design. Cure test cylinders in the same manner and for the same times as the boxes they represent. The producer must furnish all equipment required for testing concrete for boxes produced in a precasting plant. F For precast boxes,provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section. Lifting holes may be cast, cut into fresh concrete after form removal, or drilled. Provide lifting holes of sufficient size for adequate lifting devices based on the size and weight of the box section. Do not use lifting holes larger than 3 in. in diameter Do not cut more than 1 longitudinal. G Rubber gaskted joints for precast reinforced concrete box culverts and sewers may be selected in lieu of boxes with preformed,flexible,mastic gasket material.When rubber gasket joints are selected, they shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1677 for design of the joints, performance and joint tolerances. When selecting the rubber gasket joint for box, neither filter fabric nor external joint wrap shall be required. 2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel, aluminized steel, aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Plans and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M274 Aluminum AASHTO M197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M246 1 Reference to gauge of metal is to U S Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M218 and AASHTO M274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. 5/2013 02630-4 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS B Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M196 for aluminum pipe. 1 Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0 052 inch for steel or 0 048 inch for aluminum. 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or otherwise)as pipe. 3 Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined. a. 10 %2 inches wide for 2% inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b 12 inches wide for 3 inch x 1 inch corrugations. 4 Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 inches wide for 1/2 inch-deep helical end corrugations. b 14 inches wide for one inch-deep helical end corrugations. 5 Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following. a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections. b 16 '/a inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 6 Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2 inch diameter Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection. 7 Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232,mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electro-galvanized per ASTM B 633,Type RS 5/2013 02630-5 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS C. Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M190 1 Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0 05 inch,measured on crests of corrugations. 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip,crack,or peel during handling and placement;and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 3 Where a paved invert is shown on Plans,pipe or pipe arch,in addition to fully- coated treatment described above,shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes,and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Plans and ASTM A 760 Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION A. Steel Pipe 1 Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36,Type I,Type IA,or Type II, as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra-high frequency resistance butt-welded seams is acceptable. B Aluminum Pipe 1 Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196,Type I,Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II,pipe arch as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3 Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190 Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. 5/2013 02630-6 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS C. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe. 1 Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245,Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3 Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances. Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. B Precast Unit Identification. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet,headwall or wingwall. C. Rejection. Precast units may be rejected for non-conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons 1 Fractures or cracks passing through the shell,except for a single end crack that do not exceed the depth of the joint. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3 Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. E. Repairs. Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform to requirements of these specifications. 2.07 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A. Bedding and Backfill Material. Conform to Plans and requirements of Sections 02255 —Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 5/2013 02630-7 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, 3 02 "Preparation" 3.02 EARTHWORK A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Plans. When pipes are laid in a trench,the trench when completed and shaped to receive the pipe,shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe. B Bed pipe in accordance with Plans and Specifications. When requested by Engineer, furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. C Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe,remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. D Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Do not allow cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. E. After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details,place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth(loose measurement),wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three-fourths point of structure,place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches. F Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe G Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. 5/2013 02630-8 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS H. During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. I. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material,an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by Engineer 3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. B Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. C. Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying,or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid. D Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes. DIAMETER CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPES PIPE ARCH OF PIPE FULL CIRCLE AND PIPE ARCH DESIGN NO. 18" 1' 2" 2 24" 1' 5" 3 30" 1' 8" 4 36" 1' 11" 5 42" 2' 2" 6 48" 2' 5" 7 54" 2' 10" 8 60"—84" 3' 2" 9 90"— 120" 3' 5" 10 &Over E. Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Plans, coat the connection with bituminous material when required. F When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Plans,sever portion to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged 5/2013 02630-9 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS headwalls,aprons or pipes attached to the headwall,shall be restored to their original condition. 3.04 JOINTING A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side material. B Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly-closed joint. C Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. 3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the Plans and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. B Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shaped, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer C. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated. D Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow E. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. F Place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer G Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size,use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I. When work is not in progress,cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. 5/2013 02630- 10 of 12 CITY OFPEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.06 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE BOX SEWERS INSTALLATION A. Placement of Boxes when precast boxes are used to form multiple barrel structures, place the box sections in conformance with the plans or as directed. Place material to be used between barrels as shown on the plans or as directed. Unless otherwise authorized, start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. Fit,match,and lay the boxes to form a smooth,uniform conduit true to the established lines and grades. For trench installations, lower the box sections into the trench without damaging the box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. Carefully clean the ends of the box before it is placed. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box as it is laid. Remove and re-lay, without extra compensation, boxes that are not in alignments or that show excessive settlement after laying. Form and place cast-in- place boxes in accordance with Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. B Connections and Stub Ends. Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes, storm drains,or storm drain appurtenances as shown on the plans. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate any drainage pockets created by the connections. Connect boxes to any required headwalls,wingwalls, safety end treatments or riprap, or other structures as shown on the plans or as directed. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the connections. Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the plans by installing watertight plugs into the free end of the box. C For precast boxes,fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs may be used. 3.07 INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A. For installation of pipe by augering,boring,or jacking pipe,conform to requirements of Section 02415 - Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers. B Design pipe and box sewers for jacking,boring or tunneling considering the specific installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated deflection angles and jacking pressures. When requested, provide design notes and drawings signed by a Texas licensed professional engineer 3.08 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink grout jointing material as shown on the Plans Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. 5/2013 02630- 11 of 12 CITY OFPEARLAND STORM SEWERS 3.09 FINISHES A. Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field galvanizing. B When the box section of the inlet has been completed,shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Plans. C. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in- Place Concrete. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Backfill the trench only after pipe and box sewer installation is approved by the Engineer B Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on Plans. C Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.11 INSPECTION A. Remove and replace all nonconforming work at no additional cost to City 3.12 SAFETY END TREATMENTS (SET) A. Install safety end treatments in accordance with Section 02629 and as indicated on the plans. Use only approved pre-cast SET's with cross bars. 3.13 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B. In unpaved areas,grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Plans. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02630- 12 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT Section 02710 BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Base course of crushed stone, recycled crushed concrete base, cement-stabilized crushed stone,cement-stabilized bank-run gravel,recycled crushed stone and hot mix asphalt base course. B. References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02742—Prime Coat C. Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" b ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" c. ASTM C 150,"Standard Specification for Portland Cement" d. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" e. ASTM D 1557, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort" f. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" g. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" h. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, "Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing" b Tex-110-E,"Particle Analysis of Soils" c. Tex-120-E,"Soil-Cement Testing" d. Tex-106-E,"Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils" e. Tex-203-F,"Sand Equivalent Test" 5/2013 02710- 1 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT f. Tex-126-E,"Molding,Testing,and Evaluating Bituminous Black Base Material" g. Tex-204-F, "Design of Bituminous Mixtures" h. Tex-208-F, "Test for Stabilometer Value of Bituminous Material" i. Tex-227-F, "Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures" j Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 340,"Dense-Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt(Method)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for base course is on a square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of base course B When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,unit price adjustments shall be made for insufficient in-place depth determined by cores as follows 1 Adjusted unit price shall be reduced by a ratio of average thickness determined by cores to thickness bid upon,times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price bid. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit samples of crushed stone,gravel,crushed concrete and soil binder for testing. C Submit weight tickets,certified by supplier,with each bulk delivery of cement to work site. D Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for pug mill and associated equipment, spreading machine, and compaction equipment for approval. E. Submit manufacturing description and characteristics of spreading and finishing machine for approval. ' 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the 5/2013 02710-2of12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT provisions of Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Stockpiles shall be made up of layers of processed aggregate materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01600 — Material and Equipment and Section 02255 —Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Material. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CRUSHED STONE FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE A. Crushed Stone. Material retained on the No 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements 1 Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone,sandstone,gravel or granite obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 B. Soil Binder Material passing the No 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 1 Maximum Liquid Limit: 40 2. Maximum Plasticity Index. 12. 3 Maximum Lineal Shrinkage:7(when calculated from volumetric shrinkage at liquid limit). C. Mixed Materials shall meet the following requirements 1 Minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using triaxial testing procedures. 2. Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 No 4 45 to 75 No 40 60 to 85 5/2013 02710-3 of 12 CITY OFPEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 2.02 CEMENT STABILIZED BASE COURSE A. Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I, bulk or sacked. B. Water Clean,clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or vegetable matter C. Crushed Stone material retained on the No 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements 1 Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone obtained from an approved source. 2. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 D Gravel Durable particles of bank-run gravel or processed material. E. Soil Binder Material passing the No 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 1 Maximum Liquid limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity index. 10 F Mixed aggregate and soil binder shall meet the following requirements 1 Grading in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits. PERCENT RETAINED SIEVE CRUSHED PROCESSED GRAVEL BANKRUN STONE GR.1 GR.2 GRAVEL 1 %-inch 0 to 10 0 to 5 - 0 to 5 '/2-inch - - 0 No 4 45 to 75 30 to 75 15 to 35 30 to 75 No. 40 55 to 80 60 to 85 55 to 85 65 to 85 2. Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. G Cut back asphalt: MC30 conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. H. Emulsified petroleum resin. EPR-1 Prime conforming to requirements of Section 02742—Prime Coat. 5/2013 02710-4 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT I. Design mix for minimum average compressive strength of 200 psi at 48 hours using Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength testing procedures. Provide minimum cement content of 1-1/2 sacks, weighing 94 pounds each,per ton of mix. J Increase cement content if average compressive strength of tests on field samples fall below 200 psi. Refer to Part 3 concerning field samples and tests. K. Mix in stationary pug mill equipped with feeding and metering devices which shall add specified quantities of base material, cement, and water into mixer Dry mix base material and cement sufficiently to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. L. Resulting mixture shall be homogeneous and uniform in appearance 2.03 CEMENT-STABILIZED RECYCLED CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE (RCCB) COURSE A. System Description.Provide RCCB with following performance. 1 Minimum 5 percent cement. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength. 650 psi at 7 days following TxDOT Tex- 120-E. 3 Prepare concrete product in an on-or off-site pug mill,or in an on-or off-site portable concrete mixer B Preliminary Design. Prepare preliminary mix for 4 cement ratios; 5, 6, 7 and 8 percent. 1 Designate source of concrete for crushing. 2. Results of compression tests will be used by Engineer to select the final mix design. C. Cement:ASTM C 150 Type I,II or III,bulk or sacked. D Water Potable. E. Aggregate: Recycled Crushed Concrete. Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve, and durable coarse particles of crusher-run reclaimed cured Portland cement concrete, obtained from an approved source. Organic material is prohibited. F Soil Binder (classified below) Meeting the following requirements when tested following TxDOT Tex-106-E. 1 Maximum Liquid Limit: 35 2. Maximum Plasticity Index. 10 5/2013 02710-5 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT G Mixed Aggregate and Soil Binder Grading following Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E within the following limits. SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED 13/4-inch 0 to 10 No 4 45to75 No 40 55 to 80; classified as "Soil Binder" 1 Obtain prior permission from Engineer for use of additives to meet above requirements. H. Asphaltic Seal Cure 1 Use following as Contractor's option to curing by sprinkling, at no additional cost or time. 2. Cut-back asphalt: MC30 following Section 02742—Prime Coat. 3 Emulsified petroleum resin. EPR-1 Prime following Section 02742—Prime Coat. I. Material Mix and Mixing Equipment 1 Design mix for minimum compressive strength of 650 psi at 7 days following Tex-120-E unconfined compressive strength. 2. Cement Ratio If compressive strength of field samples of installed products fails to meet strength requirements above, increase cement content in one percent increments up to a maximum of 8 percent. 3 Mix according to the requirement s of this Section, 2.03A, with metering devices adding specified quantities of crushed concrete,cement,and water into mixer Dry mix crushed concrete and cement to prevent cement balls from forming when water is added. Produce homogeneous and uniformly mixed product. 2.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT BASE COURSE(BLACK BASE) A. Coarse Aggregate Gravel or crushed stone,or combination thereof that is retained on No 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt, organic, or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 5/2013 02710-6 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Fine Aggregate Sand or stone screenings, or combination thereof, passing No 10 sieve. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound,durable stone particles free from loams or other injurious foreign matter Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Plasticity index of that part of fine aggregate passing No.40 sieve shall be not more than 6 when tested by Tex-106-E. Sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F C Composite Aggregate Conform to the grading limits of TxDOT Item 340 for the paving type indicated on the Plans. D Asphaltic Material. Moisture-free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347°F,meeting the following requirements. VISCOSITY GRADE TEST AC-10 AC-20 min. max. min. max. Viscosity, 140°F stokes 1000 ±200 2000 ±400 Viscosity,275°F stokes 1.9 - 2.5 - Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. 85 - 55 - Flash Point, C.E.C.,F 450 - 450 - Solubility in trichloroethylene,percent 99 0 - 99 0 - Tests on residues from thin film oven tests Viscosity, 140°F stokes - 3000 - 6000 Ductility, 77°F, 5 cms per min., ems 70 - 50 Spot tests Negative for all 1 Material shall not be cracked. 2. Engineer will designate grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project. E. Mixing Plant: Weight-batching or drum mix plant with capacity for producing continuously mixtures meeting specifications. Plant shall have satisfactory conveyors, power units,aggregate handling equipment,hot aggregate screens and bins,and dust collectors. Provide equipment to supply materials adequately in accordance with rated capacity of plant and produce finished material within specified tolerances. Following equipment is essential 1 Cold aggregate bins and proportioning device 2. Dryer 3 Screens 5/2013 02710-7of12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 4 Aggregate weight box and batching scales 5 Mixer 6 Asphalt storage and heating devices 7 Asphalt measuring devices 8 Truck scales F Bins: Separate aggregate into minimum of four bins to produce consistently uniform grading and asphalt content in completed mix. G Mix. Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test in accordance with Tex-126-E, Tex-204-F, Tex-208-F, and Tex-227-F H. Density and Stability Requirements PERCENT DENSITY PERCENT HVEEM STABILITY PERCENT MIN MAX OPTIMUM NOT LESS THAN 95 99 97 35 I. Proportions for Asphaltic Material As specified in TxDOT Item 340 for the mix type shown on the Plans. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Do not mix and place cement stabilized base when temperature is below 40° F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35°F and rising. B Place material on prepared subgrade in uniform layers to produce thickness indicated on Plans. Depth of layers shall not exceed 8 inches. Do not dump material in piles or windrows. C. Spread with approved spreading machine. Conduct spreading so as to eliminate planes of weakness or pockets of non-uniformly graded material resulting from hauling and dumping operations. 5/2013 02710-8 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT D Provide construction joints between new material and stabilized base that has been in place 4 hours or longer Joints shall be approximately vertical. Form joint with a temporary header or make vertical cut of previous base immediately before placing subsequent base. E. Use only one longitudinal joint at center line under main lanes and shoulder Do not use longitudinal joints under frontage roads and ramps. F Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs remain at approximate center of base. Secure a firm bond between reinforcement and base G Do not place asphaltic base when air temperature is below 50 F and falling. Base may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 F and rising. H. Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture to project in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250° F and 325°F when laid. I. Spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track-mounted finish machine to place base course directly on earth subgrade. J Place base courses 4 inches or greater in thickness in two or more layers,each having compacted thickness of not greater than 4 inches. Spread all lifts. Attain smooth course of uniform density to section, line and grades as indicated on Plans. K. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has become cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. L. When new asphalt/concrete is laid against existing asphalt, existing asphalt/concrete shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. M. In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 3.03 COMPACTION A. Start compaction as soon as possible but not more than 60 minutes from start of moist mixing. Compact loose mixture with approved tamping rollers until entire depth is uniformly compacted. Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. 5/2013 02710-9of12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. C. Apply water to maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D 1557 Mix in with a spiked tooth harrow or equal. Reshape surface and lightly scarify to loosen imprints made by equipment. D Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. E. Finish by blading surface to final grade after compacting final course. Seal with approved pneumatic tired rollers which are sufficiently light to prevent surface hair line cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. F Compact to minimum density of 95 percent of modified Proctor density at a moisture content of treated material between optimum and 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 1557,unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. G Maintain surface to required lines and grades throughout operation. 3.04 CURING A. Moist cure for minimum of 7 days before adding pavement courses. Restrict traffic on base to local property access. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. B If indicated on Plans,cover base surface with a curing membrane as soon as finishing operation is complete. Apply with approved self-propelled pressure distributer at following rates, or as indicated on Plans. 1 MC30. 0 1 gallon per square yard. 2. EPR-1 Prime 0 15 gallon per square yard. C Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. B Top surface of base course. Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 5/2013 02710- 10 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. At the direction of the Engineer, a minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in-place depth. B Contractor may, at his own expense,request additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner C Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 at a random location near each depth determination core. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no additional cost to the Owner D Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted cement stabilized base. 3.07 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Recompact pavement sections not meeting specified densities or replace them with new asphaltic concrete material. Replace with new material, sections of base course not meeting surface test requirements or having unacceptable surface texture. Patch asphalt pavement sections in accordance with procedures established by Asphalt Institute. B Remove and replace areas of asphaltic concrete base course found by cores to be deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent at no cost to Owner Use new asphaltic concrete base material of thickness shown on Plans. C Areas of asphaltic concrete base course found by cores to be deficient in thickness by less than 10 percent shall be remedied at the Owner's direction by one of the following methods 1 Remove and replace using new asphaltic concrete base material of thickness shown on Plans and in accordance with the requirements of this Section at no cost to Owner 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average thickness(as determined by cores)to the thickness required. D No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain stabilized base in good condition until completion of work. Repair defects immediately by replacing base to full depth. 5/2013 02710- 11 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT B Protect the asphalt membrane,if used,from being picked up by traffic. The membrane may remain in place when proposed surface courses or other base courses are to be applied. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02710-12 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02751 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Concrete Streets,Driveways and Sidewalks, Joints and Curing Materials. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM C 150,"Standard Specification for Portland Cement" b ASTM C 94,"Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" c. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" d. ASTM C 131,"Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" e. ASTM C 136,"Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" f. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" g. ASTM C 260 h. ASTM C 494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" i. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" j ASTM D 994,"Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type)" k. ASTM D 1751,"Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) 1. ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" m. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" n. ASTM C 31,"Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" o. ASTM C 143,"Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" 08/2011 02751 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT p ASTM C 138,"Standard Test Method for Density(Unit Weight),Yield, and Air Content(Gravimetric) of Concrete" q ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" r ASTM C 171,"Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" s. ASTM C 309,"Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" t. ASTM C 42,"Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) a. Tex-406-A, "Material Finer than 75-um (No 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) b Tex-203-F, "Sand Equivalent Test" c. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 438 "Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Rigid Pavements and Bridge Decks)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for concrete paving is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete paving, joints and curing material, as indicated on Plans. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. D Refer to this Section,3.26"Noncomforming Pavement"for unit price adjustments for deficient thickness. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350-Submittals. B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for mixing equipment, and for traveling form paver, if proposed for use, for approval. D Submit manufacturer's certificates giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer 08/2011 02751 -2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT E Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. F Submit samples of dowel cup,metal supports,and deformed metal strip for approval. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A Do not mix different classes of aggregate without written permission of the Engineer B Class of aggregate being used may be changed before or during Work with written permission of the Engineer New class shall comply with specifications. C Segregated aggregate will be rejected. Before using aggregate whose particles are separated by size,mix them uniformly to grading requirements. D Aggregates mixed with dirt,weeds or foreign matter will be rejected. E Do not dump or store aggregate in roadbed. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Portland Cement: 1 Sample and test cement to verify compliance with Standards of ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III. 2. Bulk cement which meets referenced standards may be used if the method of handling is approved by the Engineer When using bulk cement, provide satisfactory weighing devices. B Water Conform to requirements for water in ASTM C 94 C Coarse Aggregate Gravel or crushed stone, or combination thereof, which is clean, hard, durable, conforms to requirements of ASTM C 33, and has abrasion loss not more than 45 percent by weight when subjected to Los Angeles Abrasion Test(ASTM C 131). No pit run gravel will be allowed. 1 Maximum percentage by weight of deleterious substances shall not exceed following values. PERCENT BY WEIGHT ITEM OF TOTAL SAMPLE MAXIMUM Clay lumps and friable particles. 3 0 Material finer than 75-µm(No.200) sieve: Concrete subject to abrasion. 3 0* 08/2011 02751 -3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT All other concrete. 5 0* Coal and lignite Where surface appearance of concrete is of 0.5 importance. All other concrete 1 0 * In case of manufactured sand, if material finer than 75-µm(No 200) sieve consists of dust of fracture, essentially free from clay or shale, these limits may be increased to 5 and 7 percent, respectively 2. Coarse aggregate(size 1 1/2 inch to No 4 sieve)shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 33 Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE DESIGNATION (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) (SQUARE OPENINGS) Retained on 1 3/4 inch sieve 0 Retained on 1 1/2 inch sieve 0 to 5 Retained on 3/4 inch sieve 30 to 65 Retained on 3/8 inch sieve 70 to 90 Retained on No 4 sieve 95 to 100 Loss by Decantation Test *Method Tex-406-A 1 0 maximum * In case of aggregates made primarily from crushing of stone, if material finer than 200 sieve is dust of fracture essentially free from clay or shale as established by Part III of Tex-406-A,percent may be increased to 1.5 D Fine Aggregate. Sand,manufactured sand,or combination thereof,composed of clean, hard,durable,uncoated grains,free from loams or other injurious foreign matter Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 33 Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C 136 SIEVE DESIGNATION (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) (SQUARE OPENINGS) Retained on 3/8 inch sieve 0 Retained on No 4 sieve 0 to 5 Retained on No 8 sieve 0 to 20 Retained on No 16 sieve 15 to 50 Retained on No 30 sieve 35 to 75 Retained on No 50 sieve 65 to 90 08/2011 02751 -4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT Retained on No 100 sieve 90 to 100 Retained on No 200 sieve 97 to 100 1 When subjected to color test for organic impurities (ASTM C 40), fine aggregate shall not show color darker than standard color Fine aggregate shall be subjected to Sand Equivalent Test(Tex-203-F). Sand equivalent value shall not be less than 80,unless higher value is shown on Plans. E Air Entraining Agent: Furnish an air entraining agent conforming to requirements of ASTM C 260 F Water Reducer. Water reducing admixture conforming to requirements of ASTM C 494 may be used if required to improve the workability of concrete. Amount and type of such admixture shall be subject to approval by the Engineer G Reinforcing Steel. 1 Provide new billet steel manufactured by open hearth process and conforming to ASTM A 615,Grade 60 Store steel to protect it from mechanical injury and rust. At time of placement,steel shall be free from dirt,scale,rust,paint,oil or other injurious materials. 2. Cold bend reinforcing steel to shapes shown. Once steel has been bent,it may not be rebent. 2.02 CONCRETE JOINTS A When allowed on the Plans,or with approval of the Engineer,Board Expansion Joint Material may be used. Filler board of selected stock. Use wood of density and type as follows. 1 Clear,all-heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot,after being oven dried to constant weight. 2. Clear,all-heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot,after being oven dried to constant weight. 3 Use wood only when part of a load transmission device assembly B Unless specified otherwise,use Preformed Expansion Joint Material. Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition material conforming to ASTM D 994 and ASTM D 1751 C Joint Sealing Compound. 1 Hot poured rubber-asphalt compound meeting the requirements of ASTM D 6690 2. When indicated on Plans, self-leveling Low Modulas Silicone sealant single component meeting the requirements of TxDOT Specification 438. D Load Transmission Devices 08/2011 02751 -5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1 Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60 When indicated on Plans,encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having inside diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar 2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60 E Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct position during placing and finishing of concrete Space supports as directed by the Engineer 2.03 EQUIPMENT A Equipment: Conform to requirements of ASTM C 94 2.04 MIXING A Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare mix designs. Compressive strength shall be as specified using test specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39 Contractor shall determine and measure batch quantity of each ingredient,including all water for batch designs and all concrete produced for Work. Mix shall conform to these specifications and other requirements indicated on Plans. B Mix design to produce concrete which will have a minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi at 7days and 3500 psi at 28 days. When high-early-strength cement is used,it shall reach a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at 7 days and 4000 at 28 days. Slump of concrete shall be at least 2 inch, but no more than 5 inches, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 143 1 Concrete pavement shall contain at least 5 1/2 sacks (94 pounds per sack) of cement per cubic yard,with not more than 6.5 gallons of water,net,per sack of cement (water cement ratio maximum 0.57). Cement content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 138.Addition of mineral filler may be used to improve workability or plasticity of concrete to limits specified. 2. Coarse dry aggregate shall not exceed 85 percent of loose volume of concrete. 3 Add air-entraining admixture to ensure uniform distribution of agent throughout batch. Base air content of freshly mixed air-entrained concrete upon trial mixes with materials to be used in Work, adjusted to produce concrete of required plasticity and workability Percentage of air entrainment in mix shall be 4 1/2 percent plus or minus 1 1/2 percent. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 4 Use retardant when temperature exceeds 90 degrees F Proportion shall be as recommended by manufacturer Use same brand as used for air-entraining agent.Add and batch material using same methods as used for air-entraining agent. Accelerators will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer 08/2011 02751 -6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2.05 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING A Curing materials shall conform to one of following: 1 Polyethylene Film. Opaque pigmented white film conforming to requirements of ASTM C 171 2. Waterproofed Paper Paper conforming to requirements of ASTM C 171 3 Cotton Mats. Single layer of cotton filler completely enclosed in cover of cotton cloth. Mats shall contain not less than 3/4 of a pound of uniformly distributed cotton filler per square yard of mat. Cotton cloth used for covering materials shall weigh not less than 6 ounces per square yard. Mats shall be stitched so that mat will contact surface of pavement at all points when saturated with water 4 Liquid Membrane-forming Compounds. Liquid membrane-forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C 309 Membrane shall restrict loss of water to not more than 0.55 kg/m2 of surface in 72 hours. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify compacted base is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. After forms have been set to proper grade and alignment, use subgrade planer to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of subgrade with template B Remove subgrade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to required density 3.03 EQUIPMENT A Alternate equipment and methods, other than those required by this article, may be used provided the Contractor demonstrates that equal, or better, results will be obtained. Maintain equipment for preparing subgrade and for finishing and compacting concrete in good working order Unless approved otherwise by the Engineer or the Plans, slip form paving methods shall be used. B Subgrade Planer and Template. 1 Use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to trim subgrade to exact section shown on Plans. Select planer mounted on visible rollers which ride on forms. Planer frame must have sufficient weight so that it will remain on form 08/2011 02751 -7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT at all times, and have such strength and rigidity that, under tests made by changing support from wheels to center,planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not produce ruts or indentations in subgrade. When slip form method of paving is used, operate subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by electronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase 2. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be long enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that,when supported at center, maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Fit template with accurately adjustable rods projecting downward at 1 foot intervals. Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. C Texturing Equipment 1 Carpet Drag a. Provide a carpet drag mounted on a work bridge or a moveable support system. Provide a single piece of carpet of sufficient transverse length of carpet is in contact with the concrete being placed to produce the desired texture D Machine Finisher Provide a power-dnven,transverse finishing machine designed and operated to strike off and consolidate concrete. Machine shall have two screeds accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equipped to ride on forms. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pavement. E Hand Finishing: 1 Provide mechanical strike and tamping template 2 feet longer than width of pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. 2. Provide two bridges to ride on forms and span pavement for finishing expansion and dummy joints. Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools. F Vibrators. Furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which rides on forms and hand-manipulated mechanical vibrators. Furnish vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of concrete without segregation. 3.04 FORMS A Side Forms. Use clean metal forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted,provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch,and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form,or by grouting under form. 08/2011 02751 -8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT ( Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in-place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. B Form Setting: 1 Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing,compacting and finishing of concrete,do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. Provide supply of forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. Set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of mixer or as approved by the Engineer 2. Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided that concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment. These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely as indicated on Plans. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards,joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy,and provide paving headers, as required,to provide rigid pavement sections. 08/2011 02751 -9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.06 PLACEMENT A Place concrete only in rain-free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Place concrete that is between 40 degrees F and 95 degrees F at the time of discharge. Do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water,using ice or placing at night,as necessary to maintain concrete temperature,as placed, below 95 degrees F Do not place when concrete temperature is above 95 degrees F at the time of discharge. B Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 5 inches,except when using traveling- form paver slump shall be a maximum of 3 inches. D Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place transverse construction joint at point of stopping work. Remove and replace sections less than 10 feet long. E Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.07 FINISHING A Finish concrete pavement with power-driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1 Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand-operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. 08/2011 02751 - 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT B On narrow strips and transitions,finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike- off screed. Move strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing,maintaining screed in contact with forms,and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C While concrete is still workable,give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.08 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B If the limit of removal of existing concrete or asphaltic pavement does not fall on existing joint, saw cut existing pavement minimum of 1 1/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A Place transverse construction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30 minutes. Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No 5 deformed tie bars,30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3.10 EXPANSION JOINTS A Place 3/4 inch expansion joints at locations shown on Plans. Use no filler shorter than 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, use not more than 2 lengths of filler Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape filler accurately to cross section of concrete slab Use load transmission devices of type and size shown on Plans. Seal with joint sealing compound. 3.11 CONTRACTION JOINTS A Place contraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on Plans. Maximum spacing of contraction/construction joints,20 feet. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 3.12 LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS A Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Plans. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 08/2011 02751 - 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.13 SAWED JOINTS A Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints.Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide.Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. B Concrete Saw Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. 3.14 JOINTS FOR CURB,AND CURB AND GUTTER A Place 3/4 inch preformed expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways, and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 60 foot centers. 3.15 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS A Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab Where dowels are used,wrap or sleeve one end. 3.16 JOINT SEALING A Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy B Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition,and be approved by the Engineer Use concrete grooving machine or power-operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. C Clean joints of loose scale,dirt,dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. 08/2011 02751 - 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT D Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. 3.17 CONCRETE CURING A Concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B Where curing requires use of water,curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 3.18 POLYETHYLENE FILM CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in the form of a fine spray Cover surface with polyethylene film so film will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B Cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab Joints in film sheets shall overlap minimum of 12 inches. Immediately repair tears or holes occurring during curing period by placing acceptable moisture-proof patches or by replacing. 3.19 WATERPROOFED PAPER CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in form of fine spray Cover surface with waterproofed paper so paper will remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. B Prepare waterproofed paper to form blankets of sufficient width to cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab, and not be more than 60 feet in length. Joints in blankets caused by joining paper sheets shall lap not less than 5 inches and shall be securely sealed with asphalt cement having melting point of approximately 180 degrees F Place blankets to secure an overlap of at least 12 inches. Tears or holes appearing in paper during curing period shall be immediately repaired by cementing patches over defects. 3.20 COTTON MAT CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats,thoroughly saturated before application,in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. B Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that,when lightly compressed,water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. 08/2011 02751 - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.21 LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane-forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 TOLERANCES A Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch all high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot from nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10 foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture by grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications. 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Test Specimens. Four test specimen cylinders for compressive strength tests will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests, remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be made,cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39 C Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C 138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D At the Engineer's direction a minimum of one 4-inch core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement to measure in-place depth. Each core may be tested for 28 day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C 42. The 28 day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch. E Contractor may,at his own expense,request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. In-place depth at these locations shall be the average of depth of four cores. F Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non shrink grout. 08/2011 02751 - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.24 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A Remove and replace areas of pavement found by cores to be deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent, or that fail compressive strength tests, with new concrete pavement of thickness shown on Plans at no cost to the Owner B Areas of concrete pavement found by cores to be deficient in thickness by less than 10 percent shall be remedied at the Owner's direction by one of the following methods. 1 Remove and replace using new concrete pavement of thickness shown on Plans and in accordance with the requirements of this Section at no cost to Owner 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average thickness(as determined by cores)to the thickness required. C No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. 3.25 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.26 PROTECTION A Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B On those sections of pavement to be opened to traffic, seal joints,clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of pavement to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. D Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. END OF SECTION 08/2011 02751 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB,CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS Section 02770 CURB,CURB& GUTTER,AND HEADERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Reinforced concrete curb, reinforced monolithic concrete curb and gutter, and mountable curb B Paving headers and railroad headers poured monolithically with concrete base or pavement. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement 4 Section 02335—Subgrade 5 Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for curbs and for curbs and gutter is on linear foot basis measured along face of curb B Measurement for headers is on linear foot basis measured between lips of gutters adjacent to concrete base and measured between backs of curbs adjacent to concrete pavement. C No separate payment will be made for curbs poured monolithically with concrete pavement. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B Submit details of proposed formwork for approval. C Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual flexural strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. D Submit manufacturer's certifications giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer 07/2006 02770- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB,CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Concrete. Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. B Reinforcing Steel Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. C Grout: Nonmetallic, nonshrink grout containing no chloride producing agents conforming to the following requirements. Compressive strength at 7 days 3,500 psi Compressive strength at 28 days 8,000 psi Initial set time 45 minutes Final set time 1.5 hours D Preformed Expansion Joint Material. Conform to material requirements for preformed expansion joint material of Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. E Joint Sealing Compound. Conform to material requirements of Section 02751 — Concrete Pavement. F Mortar Mortar finish composed of one part Portland cement and 1% parts of fine aggregate. Use only when approved by the Engineer 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Prepare subgrade or base in accordance with applicable portions of Section 02335 — Subgrade or Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement. 3.02 PLACEMENT A Guideline Set to follow top line of curb. Attach indicator to provide constant comparison between top of curb and guideline. Insure flow lines for monolithic curb and gutters conform to slopes indicated on Plans. B Forms Brace sufficiently to maintain position during pour Use metal templates cut to section shown on Plans. C Reinforcement: Secure in proper position so that steel will remain in place throughout placement. 07/2006 02770-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB,CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS D Joints. Place in accordance with Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. Place dummy groove joints at 6-foot centers at right angles to curb lines. Cut dummy grooves 1/4 inch deep using an approved edging tool. E Place concrete in forms to required depth. Consolidate thoroughly Do not permit rock pockets in form. Entirely cover top surfaces with mortar 3.03 MANUAL FINISHING A After concrete is in place, remove front curb forms. Form exposed portions of curb, and of curb and gutter,using mule which conforms to curb shape,as shown on Plans. B Thin coat of mortar may be worked into exposed face of curb using mule and two- handled wooden darby at least 3 feet long. C Before applying final finish move 10 foot straightedge across gutter and up curb to back form of curb Repeat until curb and gutter are true to grade and section. Lap straightedge every 5 feet. D Steel trowel finish surfaces to smooth, even finish. Make face of finished curb true and straight. E Edge outer edge of gutter with 1/4-inch edger Finish edges with tool having 1/4 inch radius. F Finish visible surfaces and edges of finished curb and gutter free from blemishes,form marks and tool marks. Finished curb or curb and gutter shall have uniform color, shape and appearance. 3.04 MECHANICAL FINISHING A Mechanical curb forming and finishing machines may be used instead of, or in conjunction with,previously described methods,if approved by the Engineer Use of mechanical methods shall provide specified curb design and finish. 3.05 CURING A Immediately after finishing operations, cure exposed surfaces of curbs and gutters in accordance with Section 02751 —Concrete Pavement. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Top surfaces of curb and gutter shall have uniform width and shall be free from humps,sags or other irregularities. Surfaces of curb top,curb face and gutter shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from edge of a 10-foot long straightedge laid along them, except at grade changes. 3.07 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Maintain curbs and gutters in good condition until completion of Work. 07/2006 02770-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CURB,CURB & GUTTER,AND HEADERS B Replace damaged curbs and gutters to comply with this Section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02770-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Section 02771 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Concrete Sidewalks. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350- Submittals 3 Section 01450 -Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement C. Referenced Standards 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 150,"Standard Specification for Portland Cement" b ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" c ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" d. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" e ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type)" f. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non extruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) g. ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants,Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" i. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" j ASTM C 138, "Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight),Yield,and Air Content(Gravimetric) of Concrete" k. ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" 1. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 2. Texas Accessibility Standards of Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statues 5/2013 02771 -1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete sidewalks is on square foot basis. B Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete sidewalks,joints and curing material. No payment will be made for work in areas where sidewalk has been removed for contractor's convenience C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. B Reinforcing Steel conform to material requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving for reinforcing steel. Use No 4 reinforcing bars. C. Preformed Expansion Joint Material Conform to material requirements for preformed expansion joint material of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. D Expansion Joint Filler Conform to material requirements for expansion joint material of Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. E. Forms. Use straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nominal depth equal to or greater than proposed sidewalk thickness. F Sand Bed. Conform to material requirements for bank run sand. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REPLACEMENT A. Replace sidewalks which are removed or damaged during construction with thickness and width equivalent to one removed or damaged unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Finish surface (exposed aggregate, brick pavers, etc.) to match existing sidewalk. B Provide replaced and new sidewalks with wheelchair ramps when sidewalk intersects curb at street. 5/2013 02771 -2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify and protect utilities which are to remain. B Protect living trees, other plant growth and features designated to remain. C. Conduct clearing and grubbing operations in accordance with Section 02200 - Site Preparation. D Determine sidewalk horizontal and vertical alignment to facilitate drainage and prevent ponding. Location and slopes must be in compliance with Texas Accessibility Academy Standards latest edition and revisions. E. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of sidewalk. Shape to line, grade and cross section. Compact 6 inches of select fill to minimum of 95% maximum dry density at optimal or above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698 For soils with plasticity index above 40 percent, stabilize soil with lime in accordance with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density at optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 698 No separate pay for this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to sidewalk square foot unit pricing. 3.03 PLACEMENT A. Setting Forms Straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nominal depth 1/2" greater than proposed sidewalk thickness. Securely stake forms to line and grade. Maintain position during concrete placement. B Reinforcement: 1 Install No 4 reinforcing bars. 2. Install reinforcing steel as shown on the Drawings. Lay longitudinal bars in walk continuously through expansion joints. Reinforcing bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than 1/4 inch. 3 Use sufficient number of chairs to support reinforcement in manner to maintain reinforcement in center of slab vertically during placement. 4 Drill dowels into existing paving, sidewalk and driveways, secure with epoxy and provide headers as required. C Expansion Joints. Install expansion joints with load transfer units in accordance with Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. D Place concrete in forms to specified depth and tamp thoroughly with "jitterbug" tamp, or other acceptable method. Bring mortar to surface. 5/2013 02771 -3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS E. Strike off to smooth finish with wood strike board. Finish smoothly with wood hand float. Brush across sidewalk lightly with fine-haired brush. F Apply coating to wheelchair ramp with contrasting color G Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, mark off sidewalk joints 1/2 inch deep, at spacing equal to width of walk. Use joint tool equal in width to edging tool. H. Finish edges with tool having 3/8 inch radius. I. After concrete has set sufficiently, refill space along sides of sidewalk to 1 inch from top of walk with suitable material. Tamp until firm and solid, place sod as applicable. Dispose of excess material. Repair driveways and parking lots damaged by sidewalk excavation in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. 3.04 CURING A. Conform to requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Compressive Strength Test Specimens Four test specimens for compressive strength test will be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 for each 30 cubic yards or less of sidewalk that is placed on one day Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. Remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be tested in accordance with ASTM C 39 Minimum compressive strength. 2500 psi at 7 days and 3500 psi at 28 days. C Yield test for cement content per cubic yard of concrete will be made in accordance with ASTM C 138 When cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D If the Contractor places concrete without notifying the City, Contractor will have the concrete tested by means of core test as specified in ASTM C 42. When concrete does not meet specification, cost of test will be deducted from payment. Contractor will replace the cored section of sidewalk at no cost to City E. Sampling of fresh concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C 172. F Take slump tests when cylinders are made and when concrete slump appears excessive. 5/2013 02771 -4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS G Concrete shall be acceptable when average of two 28 day compression tests is equal to or greater than minimum 28 day strength specified. H. If either of two tests on field samples is less than average of two tests by more than 10 percent, that entire test shall be considered erratic and not indicative of concrete strength. Core samples will be required of in-place concrete in question. I. If 28 day laboratory test indicates that concrete of low strength has been placed,test concrete in question by taking cores as directed by Project Manager Take and test at least three representative cores as specified in ASTM C 42 and deduct cost from payment due. 3.06 NONCONFORMING CONCRETE A. Remove and replace areas that fail compressive strength tests, with concrete of thickness shown on Drawings. B Replace nonconforming sections at no additional cost to City Replacement section shall be no less in length than the width of sidewalks. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Maintain newly placed concrete in good condition until completion of Work. B Replace damaged areas at no cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02771 -5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Section 02775 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Driveways. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" b ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" c. ASTM C 260 d. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" e. ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type)" f. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) g. ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants,Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" i. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" j ASTM C 143, "Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" k. ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" 1. ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" m. ASTM C 309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" n. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 5/2013 02775- 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete driveways is on square yard basis and includes removal of existing driveway, driveway curbs, select fill subgrade and reinforcement dowels. B Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete driveways,joints and curing material. No payment will be made for work in areas where driveway has been removed for contractor's convenience. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. D Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete. Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. B Reinforcing Steel. Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. Use No 4 reinforcing bars. C Subgrade Materials Conform to subgrade material requirements of Section 02335 - Subgrade. D Joints Conform to concrete joint requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 5/2013 02775-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. When removing existing concrete, all sawcuts shall be full depth unless otherwise approved by City B Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms,reinforcing steel or concrete. C Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of driveway Shape to line, grade and cross section. Place compacted select fill as needed to bring grade up. Select fill shall be compacted to minimum of 95% maximum dry density at optimal or above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698 Stabilize top 8" of subgrade with lime in accordance with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density at optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 698. No separate pay for this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to driveway square yard unit pricing. 3.03 FORMS A. Side Forms Use clean forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in-place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of 5/2013 02775-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. B Form Setting: 1 Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections. 3.05 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete only in rain-free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F B Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 4 inches. 5/2013 02775-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. E. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.06 FINISHING A. Finish concrete driveway with power-driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1 Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand-operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. B On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete driveway by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike-off screed. Move strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C. While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.07 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 5/2013 02775-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. C Concrete Saw. Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. D Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab Where dowels are used,wrap or sleeve one end. E. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy F Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer Use concrete grooving machine or power-operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. G Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. H. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that,upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. I. Install the first expansion joint at Right-of-Way The expansion joint shall be spaced at intervals same as the width of driveway Expansion joint shall be placed at half of the width of the driveway if the width of driveway exceeds 20' 3.08 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete driveway shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 5/2013 02775-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS C Cotton Mat Curing: 1 Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. 2. Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. D Liquid Membrand-Forming Compounds 1 Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane-forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel and longitudinal to center of driveway Correct any depressions and all high spots. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 3.11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B. On those sections of driveway to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of driveway to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 5/2013 02775-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth and limits as directed by Project Manager Replace nonconforming work at no additional cost to City END OF SECTION 5/2013 02775-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL Section 02910 TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and planting. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5 Section 02200—Site Preparation 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a component. B If topsoil is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02910- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics 1 pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3 Plasticity index. 10 or less. 4 Gradation. maximum of 40 percent with a passing the#280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil,clay lumps,weeds,non-soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots,stumps,and stones larger than 2 inches. C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site Preparation. 3.03 PLACEMENT A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches,or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as bedding and backfill material. D For areas to receive bushes or trees,excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. 07/2006 02910-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL E Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established. B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 07/2006 02910-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintaining areas of commercial, industrial, or undeveloped land disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 02910—Topsoil 5 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill,and Embankment Materials 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMEN AND PAYMENT A Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a per acre basis,measured and complete in place. B Payment for hydromulch seeding shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and preparation necessary for application and maintenance. C No payment shall be made for hydromulch seeding used in restoration of areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law Certification shall accompany seed delivery C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02921 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil. Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand. Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Seed. Conform to U S Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements. 1 Rye• Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-forum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda. Extra-fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon) Deliver in original,unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3 Wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. D Fertilizer Dry and free flowing,inorganic,water soluble commercial fertilizer,which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked,damaged,or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements. Nitrogen. 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid. 20 Percent Potash. 10 Percent E Mulch.Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0 42 inches(10 7 mm)in length and 0 01 inches(0.27 mm)in diameter Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. F Soil Stabilizer "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. G Weed control agent: Pre-emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not satisfactory to perform tasks due to inclement or impending inclement weather B After the areas to receive hydromulch seeding have been brought to grade,rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps, and other debris. 07/2006 02921 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil,as approved by the Engineer D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact a layer of topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 —Topsoil. F Surface of topsoil shall be smooth and free of weeds,rocks,and other foreign material immediately before applying hydromulch seeding. 3.02 APPLICATION A Seed. Apply uniformly at the following rates for type of seed and planting date: APPLICATION PLANTING TYPE RATE DATE POUNDS/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Annual Rye Grass(Gulf) 30 B Fertilizer.Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre C Mulch.Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to Hydromulching. F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought,excessive moisture,high winds,or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintain grassed areas by watering,fertilizing,weeding,and trimming as required to establish and sustain 70%acceptable vegetative cover B For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 07/2006 02921 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days,or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. B Once a lawn is established,protect and maintain it until completion of the Work. C Replace seeded areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 07/2006 02921 -4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING Section 02922 SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 02910—Topsoil 5 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Definitions 1 Lawn-ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 2. Sod-blocks, squares,strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving. B If sodding is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C No payment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 07/2006 02922- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand. Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Fertilizer Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash, or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas E Water Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks Do not use private resident's water 2.02 SOD A Species. Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St. Augustine to match existing or as directed. B Contents. 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed, not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size: 12 inch wide strips,uniform in thickness(2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal, green color 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather Perform Sodding only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. 07/2006 02922-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones,hard clay lumps and other debris. C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil,as approved by the Engineer D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding. F Spread 2-inch(±1") layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil. G Prior to placing sod,rake areas smooth,free from unsightly variations,bumps,ridges, or depressions, and completely free from stones,hard clay lumps and other debris. H Apply fertilizer at a fate of 25 lbs/1000 SF Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer 3.02 APPLICATION A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period. 1 Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Re-sod unacceptable areas. 3 Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal,vigorous and healthy growth.All disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 4 Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. B Watering: 1 Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 07/2006 02922-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 2. After 3-week period,water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. 3 Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4 Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. C Mowing: 1 Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3 Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4 Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5 Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. D Fertilizer and Pest Control 1 Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod. 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3 Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4 Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion. B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 07/2006 02922-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR Section 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repairing streets,highways,driveways,sidewalks,and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. B Repairing areas of failed paving in preparation for resurfacing. C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4 Section 02335—Subgrade 5 Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement 6. Section 02330—Embankment 7 Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for pavement repair under this section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If pavement repair is included as a Bid Item,measurement is on a square yard basis. as follows. 1 Trench width plus 48 inches for utilities. 2. Trench width plus 10 feet for structures. 3 As marked in field for failed paving. C If provisions of this Section, 3 O1D, require the limits of pavement repairs to be increased,then the payment limits shall be increased to the same extent. D No payment will be made for work outside payment limits, in areas that are not specifically called out as pay items and are incidental to the work or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. E Refer to Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make submittals required by this section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 05/2008 02980- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Provide materials of the same character as existing materials encountered in a cross section of the area to be repaired, or as approved by the Engineer B Subgrade Provide on site soil stabilized with lime, lime fly ash, etc., as required by the testing laboratory under the provisions of Section 02335—Subgrade. C Base• Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710— Base Course for Pavement. D Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by Technical Specifications of applicable surface course treatments. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.02 PREPARATION A For installation of utilities and utility appurtenances, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving)24 inches beyond the width of excavation, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B For installation of structures, saw cut and remove pavement(including base material for asphalt paving)5 feet beyond the width of excavation,unless otherwise indicated on Plans. C For repair of areas of failed paving, saw cut and remove pavement (including base material for asphalt paving) where indicated in the field or as directed by Engineer Remove subgrade that is soft and yielding, or to depth as directed by Engineer D If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer 05/2008 02980-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR E Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility placement,backfill,and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab 3.03 EXAMINATION : A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.04 INSTALLATION A Replace subgrade with material specified in this Section, 2 01B Place and compact under the provisions of Section 02330—Embankment for areas under future paving to match lines and grade of surrounding subgrade. B Replace base course with material specified in this Section,2.01 C Place and compact under the provisions of Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement to match lines and grade of surrounding base course. C Replace pavement with material specified in this Section,2.01D,and according to the Technical Specifications of the particular surface course treatment so that a smooth, hard, well cemented surface, conforming to the lines and grade of the surround pavement is secured D For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Plans. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Plans. E Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. F Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work. B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner END OF SECTION 05/2008 02980-3 of 3 FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 —GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes partial demolition of building elements. B. Related Sections. Work of all sections,including Division 01 Sections, as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove:Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B Remove and Salvage Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall.Detach items from existing construction,prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. D Existing to Remain.Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data.For demolition firm and professional engineer B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities.Indicate the following: 1 Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3 Coordination for shutoff,capping, and continuation of utility services. 4 Locations of proposed dust- and noise-control temporary partitions and means of egress,including for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations. 5 Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing site and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. Joiner Architects 02 41 19- 1 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 6. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building. C. Inventory• After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines the minimum standards and requirements for this Project. Refer to the Drawings and other Specifications for additional requirements elsewhere in the Construction Documents. Where requirements of the Drawings, Specifications, or authorities having jurisdiction conflict, the more stringent requirement shall take precedence. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect, and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B Demolition Firm Qualifications An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. C. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. D Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241 E. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to,the following: 1 Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3 Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4 Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5 Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy building. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. 1 Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Summary of Work" B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. Joiner Architects 02 41 19-2 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department D Hazardous Materials. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1 If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1 Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties. Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Engage a professional engineer to survey conditions to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations. F Survey of Existing Conditions.Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings. G Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. Joiner Architects 02 41 19-3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Services Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1 Comply with requirements for existing services interruptions specified in Division 01 Section"Summary of Work" B Service Requirements. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1 Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services when requested by Contractor 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3 If services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services to other parts of site. 4 Cut off pipe or conduit to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls. Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1 Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 01 Section"Temporary Facilities and Controls" B. Temporary Facilities Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1 Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of site. C. Removed and Salvaged Items. 1 Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3 Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner 4 Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner or indicated on Drawings. 5 Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D Removed and Reinstalled Items. 1 Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing.Identify contents of containers. Joiner Architects 02 41 19-4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3 Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4 Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 3 4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete indicated for selective demolition.Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. B. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished,then break up and remove. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1 Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3 Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute,hoist,or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning:Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal. Transport and legally dispose demolished materials off Owner's property 3 6 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 02 41 19-5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete building frame members,floors,shear walls,foundation walls, and supported slabs,vaults,manholes and wet wells. B Cast-in-place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade,small vaults,site-cast bases for precast units,cast-in-place manholes,including headwalls and miscellaneous small structures. C. Floors and slabs on grade. D Concrete seal slabs. E. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint sealants. F Design, construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork. G Equipment pads, light pole base,thrust blocks. H. References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200-Measurement and Payment 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3 Section 01310 -Coordination and Meetings 4 Section 03600 - Structural Grout 5 Section 03310 - Structural Concrete 6 Section 03100—Concrete Formwork 7 Section 01440—Inspection Services 8 Section 01460—Testing Laboratory Services I. Reference Standards. 1 American Concrete Institute(ACI) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 4 American Welding Society(AWS) 5 Wire Reinforcement Institute(WRI) 6 Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis 5/2013 03300- 1 of38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for cast-in-place concrete is on lump-sum basis for each aforementioned item as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance with related sections of these Technical Specifications. B Measurement for extra cast-in-place concrete is on cubic-yard basis. Payment includes related work performed in accordance with related sections. C Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Hot Weather Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI-305R. B Cold Weather Period when,for more than 2 successive days,mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F Cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI - 306R. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350—Submittals. B. Shop Drawings. 1 Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size, bending, number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including dimensions. Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without use of Plans. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of materials. 2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor,Subcontractor,erector,fabricator or material supplier in preparation of Shop Drawings(or in lieu of preparation of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown thereon as correct,and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense,real or implied,arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as Shop Drawings. 3 Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315,Figure 6 5/2013 03300-2 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction joints,and obtain approval of the Engineer,prior to submitting reinforcing steel Shop Drawings. C. Bill of Materials. Submit with Shop Drawings. D Product Data. 1 Mechanical Bar Splices Submit manufacturer's technical literature,including specifications and installation instructions. 2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete Submit manufacturer's technical literature including recommended installation procedures. 3 Provide data on joint devices,attachment accessories and admixtures. E. Certificates. 1 Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel proposed for use. List of manufacturer's test number, heat number, chemical analysis, yield point, tensile strength, and percentage of elongation. Identify proposed location of steel in work. 2. Foreign-manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit test reports for review Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until material has been approved. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals. B Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301-99•Specifications for Structural Concrete- IP B Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99.Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1- 90 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 5/2013 03300-3 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01310—Coordination and Meetings. B Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM - C150, Type I - Normal Portland Type II - Moderate Sulphate resistance Portland type. B Fine and Coarse Aggregates. ASTM- C33 C. Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product of concrete alkalinity(A,as equivalent calcium carbonate)times the thickness of cover over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54 Provide a minimum concrete cover of 2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures. D Water Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM- C260 B Chemical ASTM- C494, Type A - Water Reducing Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding Type E-Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin. B Vapor Barrier. 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade application. C. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents,capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Type C ASTM - D1752, Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent. 5/2013 03300-4 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B Sealant:ASTM-D1190, synthetic rubber 2.05 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM - C94, Alternative No 3 A minimum of 5 75 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete shall be used. For Concrete in Contact with sewage use Portland Type II,ASTM- C150, Cement. B Provide concrete to the following criteria. 1 Compressive Strength 7 days 2400 psi 2. Compressive Strength 28 days 4000 psi 3 Slump 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs,beams, columns and walls. 4 Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.50 C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer E. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to temperature lower than 40 degrees F Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent for other concrete. 2.06 FORM MATERIAL A. Smooth Forms New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete-form hardboard, dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal-framed plywood-faced panel material,to provide continuous,straight,smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and,when indicated on Plans,conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B Rough Forms. Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or other defects, or other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. C Plywood. Conform to PS 1, Class 1 D Lumber Conform to PS 20 5/2013 03300-5 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips. Type and strength compatible with the screed equipment and methods used. F Plastic Forms One-piece forms for domes, beams and pan joists. Single lengths for columns not exceeding height of 7'-6" For columns over 7'-6",use 7'-6"sections and filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms, taper sides 1 inch per foot. G Metal Pan Joist Forms Removable type; fabricated of minimum 14-gage steel, one piece between end closures. Adjustable forms not allowed. Taper sides 1 inch per foot to facilitate removal. H. Earth Cuts for Forms 1 Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs on grade. 2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing, following surfaces may be cast against neat-cut excavations a. Sides of footings. b Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 1 inch. c Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When grade beam is cast against earth,increase beam width indicated on Plans by 2 inches. I. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms 1 Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form a void space beneath pile-supported and pier-supported slabs and other structural elements as shown. 2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms,constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive. 3 Fiberboard forms. Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction loads,and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture and soil bacteria. 4 Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax,unless liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing. 5/2013 03300-6 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 Size forms as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer, either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and flutes are impregnated with waterproofing,with adequate stapling. J Circular Forms 1 Form round-section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax-impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral gaps and seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round-section members. K. Shores Wood or adjustable metal,with bearing plates,with double wedges at lower end. L. Form Ties. 1 Use commercially-manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as a form accessory 2. Fabncate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion. At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie,whichever is greater 3 Provide waterstop feature for form ties used on liquid-containing structures and on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side. 4 Removable ties Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer In the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall. M. Form Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form-release agent having proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, protective liners and membrane waterproofing. N Coating for Plastic Forms. Alkali-resistant gel-coat. O Chamfer Strips Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips in corners of forms to produce beveled edges where required by this Section, 3 0 "Execution" P Form Gaskets Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter 5/2013 03300-7 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable gravity loads,lateral pressure,wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflection during placement of concrete required to maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. B Shp Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer Contractor shall demonstrate suitability of method proposed. 2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL A. Reinforcing Bars Deformed bars conforming to ASTM-A615,grade as indicated on Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Where grade is not shown on Plans, use Grade 60 B Smooth Bars Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM - A36,ASTM-A615, Grade 60; or ASTM-A675, Grade 70 C. Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM-A615,Grade 60,or wire conforming to ASTM-A82. D Epoxy-Coated Deformed Bars,Column Spirals and Smooth Bars Conform to ASTM -A775/A775M. E. Welded Wire Fabric 1 Welded Smooth Wire Fabric. Conform to ASTM-A185 2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric Conform to ASTM-A497 3 Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on Plans, use welded smooth wire fabric. 4 Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only F Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic-coated tie wire with epoxy-coated reinforcing steel. G Bar Supports. Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to provide required concrete cover Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, water or wastewater,provide plastic accessories only;do not use galvanized or plastic- tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class 1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy-coated bar supports with epoxy-coated reinforcing bars. 5/2013 03300-8 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE H. Slabs on Grade Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side Mechanical Bar Splices. 1 Conform to ACI 318-05.Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary;use where indicated on Plans. a. Compression splices shall develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point stress of reinforcing bar 2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel,any heat effect shall not adversely affect performance of reinforcing bar J Welded Splices 1 Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected. 2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D1 4 — Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. K. Epoxy Grout: High-strength rigid epoxy adhesive,conforming to ASTM-C881,Type IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full tensile strength(125 percent of yield strength)of dowel,but not less than 12 diameters. 2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING A. Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall conform to minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318-05.Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary Do not straighten or rebend bars. Fabricate epoxy-coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material conforming to Item 4 4 of ASTM-A775/A775M. B Splices 1 Locate splices as indicated on Plans. Do not locate splices at other locations without approval of the Engineer Use minimum number of splices located at points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. 2. Length of lap splices As shown on Plans. 5/2013 03300-9 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice manufacturer's requirements. C. Construction Joints. Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through construction joints. D Bar Fabrication Tolerances.Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315,Figures 4 and 5 E. Standard Hooks Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05.Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary F Marking:Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars,size,mark, length, and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it occurs. 2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant) Water-based acrylic sealer; non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM - D4587 Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B Epoxy Floor Topping: Two-component epoxy resin meeting ASTM-C881 Type III, resistant to wear,staining and chemical attack,blended with granite,sand,trap rock or quartz aggregate,trowel-applied over concrete floor Topping thickness shall be 1/8 inch. Color shall be gray C. Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish. Fused aluminum oxide grit,or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing,moisture and cleaning materials. D Epoxy Penetrating Sealer Low-viscosity,two-component epoxy system designed to give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal concrete surfaces from penetration of water, oil and chemicals, prevent dusting and deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic, and be capable of adhering to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below Color shall be transparent amber or gray Surface shall be non-slip E. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conforming to ASTM - C 1059 When used in water and wastewater treatment structures,bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. F Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to one part fine sand meeting ASTM - C144 but with 100 percent passing No 30 mesh sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor's option, a commercially-prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's 5/2013 03300-10 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE recommendations and instructions may be used. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. Submit manufacturer's technical information on proposed bonding agent. G Patching Mortar 1 Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in order to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch. Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix frequently with trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not add water 2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two-component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound developing 100 percent of strength of concrete, suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet ASTM-C881,Type VI. Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet ASTM- C881, Type V Non-shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout. J Spray-Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products "Thoroseal Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color Gray K. Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,as specified in this Section. L. Concrete Fill Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,(Class C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in Section 03310 - Structural Concrete. M. Evaporation Retardant: Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders, Eucobar, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal. 5/2013 03300- 11 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Membrane-forming Curing Compound Conform to ASTM - C309, Type 1D, and following requirements. 1 Minimum solids content: 30 percent. 2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid- containing structures, curing compound shall be white-pigmented. 3 When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floor covering,material shall not reduce bond of coating,topping,or floor covering to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4 Conform to local,state and federal solvent emission requirements.Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. 5 White pigmented concrete curing compound shall be sprayed on in one even coat with a hand or power sprayer as soon as the surface water disappears from concrete surface. B Clear Curing and Sealing Compound(VOC Compliant)- Conform to ASTM-C309, Type 1,Class B,and the following requirements. 30 percent solids content minimum, non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM- D4587 Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. C Sheet Material for Curing Concrete ASTM- C171, waterproof paper,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting. D Curing Mats(for use in Curing Method 2) Heavy shag rugs or carpets,or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry E. Water for curing: Clean and potable. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B Verify that anchors,seats,plates,reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 5/2013 03300- 12 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. Earth Surfaces. 1 Under interior slabs on grade,install vapor barrier Lap joints at least 6 inches and seal watertight with tape,or sealant applied between overlapping edges and ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and inserts with vapor barrier material,lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. 2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon. Remove standing water Surfaces shall be free from standing water,mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B Construction Joints. 1 Definition. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the judgment of the Engineer,new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed. 2. Interruptions When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set,use forms or other means to shape the working face to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only where acceptable to the Engineer 3 Preparation. Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted,roughened surface for good bond. Except where the Plans call for joint surfaces to be coated,clean joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by hydroblasting or sandblasting(exposing aggregate),roughen surface to expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly Remove standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is placed. 4 After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly Place wall concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter 5/2013 03300- 13 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the forms where indicated on Plans,Shop Drawings and as otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor D Unless otherwise approved by Engineer,place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork,inserts,embedded items,reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the Engineer Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with grout or previously-placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete. E. Casting New Concrete Against Old. Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age),thoroughly clean and roughen the surface of the old concrete by hydro-blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written instructions,unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise,this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. F Protection from Water Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms,clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping,dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review G Corrosion Protection. Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are being embedded in concrete. J Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed,thoroughly clean dirt,grease,grout, mortar,loose scale,rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Formwork Construction 1 Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of members,shape,alignment,elevation and position during concrete placement and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required 5/2013 03300- 14 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and inserts. 2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. 3 Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent concrete paste leakage at their base. 4 Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and corners permanently exposed to view,except top edges of walls,and slabs which are indicated on Plans to be tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and interior corners unless indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, make bevels 3/4 inch wide. 5 Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is placed. 6 Where runways are required for moving equipment,support runways directly on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to rest on reinforcing steel. 7 Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form finish or rubbed finish. 8 Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough form finish. B Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish. 1 Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows. Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3 Form molding shapes,recesses and projections with smooth-finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. 4 Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square,smooth,solid, unbroken lines. 5/2013 03300- 15 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius. 6 Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances. 7 For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure,overlap previously- placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces,preventing offsets or loss of mortar C Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish. Provide forms as specified in this Section, 3 04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish" Use smooth plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. D Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface.Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required. E. Circular Forms. Set forms in one piece for full height of member F Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors, reglets,and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator G Fireproofing Steel Member Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete thickness necessary,measured from face of steel member,to provide the required fire rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined. H. Tolerances. 1 Unless noted otherwise on Plans,construct formwork so concrete surfaces will conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end of this Section. 2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the Work. Adjustment of Formwork: 1 Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After final inspection and before concrete placement,fasten in position wedges used for final adjustment of forms. 2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for settling during concrete placement. 5/2013 03300-16 of 38 CITY OFPEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 For wall openings,construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. J Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms 1 Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement; set tight to prevent horizontal displacement. Exercise care to avoid buckling of forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers, completely fill the space between subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to form a void space. 3 Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until concrete is placed on them. If they become wet before placement of concrete, allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before concrete is placed. 4 Before concrete placement,replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove accumulated mortar, grout,rust and other foreign matter B Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form-release agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh concrete will be placed.Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained-in-place metal forms,may be wet with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility of freezing temperatures exists, however,the use of coating is mandatory 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Placement Tolerances. Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03210A at the end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete coverage. B Interferences Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing interferes with location of other reinforcing steel,conduit or embedded items,bars may be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter,whichever is greater Where 5/2013 03300- 17 of 38 CITY OFPEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference,notify the Engineer Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items without approval of the Engineer C. Concrete Cover Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete as listed in Table 03210B at the end of this Section, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. D Placement in Forms. Use spacers,chairs,wire ties and other accessory items necessary to assemble,space,and support reinforcing properly Provide accessories of sufficient number,size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection, and to accessories.Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited. E. Placement for Concrete on Ground. Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers each way Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports to reinforcing bars and wires. F Vertical Reinforcement in Columns. Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement. G Splices 1 Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewed Shop Drawings,without approval of the Engineer 2. Lap Splices. Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI 318-89,Section 12.15 1 Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement,to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. 3 Mechanical Bar Splices: Use only where indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. b. Couplers intended for future connections. Recess 1/2 inch minimum from concrete surface. After concrete is placed,plug coupler and fill recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive materials. c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing. 5/2013 03300-18 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 Construction Joints Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints, unless noted otherwise. H. Welded Wire Fabric Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh plus 2 inches, whichever is larger Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI - Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric. I. Field Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to Plans. Bars shall be cold-bent; do not heat bars. Closely inspect reinforcing for breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as directed by the Engineer Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete J Epoxy-coated Reinforcing Steel. Install in accordance this Section, 3 06J "Field Bending",and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.09 A-Bending. K. Field Cutting: Cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with cutting torch. L. Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans. 3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in accordance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch larger than steel bar diameter(including height of deformations for deformed bars)in existing concrete. Just before installation of steel,blow hole clean of all debris using compressed air Partially fill hole with epoxy,using enough epoxy so when steel bar is inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar Dip end of steel bar in epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially-filled hole. 5/2013 03300- 19 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210A REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES Tolerances Placement (in inches) Clear Distance- To formed soffit: -1/4 To other formed surfaces ±1/4 Minimum spacing between bars -1/4 Clear distance from unformed surface to top reinforcement- Members 8 inches deep or less. ±1/4 Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep -1/4, +1/2 Members 24 inches deep or greater -1/4,+1 Uniform spacing of bars ±2 (but the required number of bars shall not reduced) Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties (but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced) ±1 Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement- General ±2 Discontinuous ends of members. ±1/2 Length of bar laps. -1 1/2 Embedded length- For bar sizes No 3 through 11 -1 For bar sizes No 14 and 18 -2 5/2013 03300-20 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210B MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT Minimum Surface Cover (in inches) Slabs and Joists - Top and bottom bars for dry conditions— No 14 and No 18 bars. 1 1/2 No 11 bars and smaller 1 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth,water, or weather, over, or in contact with, sewage; and for bottoms bearing on work mat, or slabs supporting earth cover- No 5 bars and smaller 1 1/2 No 6 through No. 18 bars 2 Beams and Columns - For dry conditions - Stirrups, spirals and ties. 1 1/2 Principal reinforcement: 2 Exposed to earth,water, sewage or weather Stirrups and ties. 2 Principal reinforcement: 2 1/2 Walls - For dry conditions - No 11 bars and smaller 1 No 14 and No 18 bars 1 1/2 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth,water, sewage or weather, or in contact with ground- Circular tanks with ring tension. 2 All others. 2 Footings and Base Slabs- At formed surfaces and bottoms bearing on concrete work mat: 2 At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth. 3 Over top of piles. 2 Top of footings- - same as slabs 5/2013 03300-21 of 38 CITY OFPEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.08 HANDLING,TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 301- 99•Specifications for Structural Concrete—IP,Chapter 8. Use no aluminum materials in conveying concrete B Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non-conforming in materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete. D Placement in Wall Forms 1 Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel. 2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete 3 Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies. Uniformly distribute concrete during depositing. 4 Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited. 5 Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet;take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members. 6 Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. 7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway E. Conveyors and Chutes Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying,hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow If a conveyor is used,it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors and chutes shall be covered. 5/2013 03300-22 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE F Placement of Slabs. In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work progresses,vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the slab surface in an up-slope direction. G When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed,below 90 degrees F 3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping. C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter Comply with ACI 304.2R-96.Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. D Replace pumping equipment and hoses(conduits)that do not function properly E. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. F Field Quality Control. Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the placement(discharge) end of the line. 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer To minimize effects of shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures,or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not 5/2013 03300-23 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. B Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the underside of the strip About one hour after concrete is placed,remove the strip,level irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. 3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement,eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96•Guide for Consolidation of Concrete, Group 3, immersion-type high-speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient(at least one) standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating. B Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. C. Concrete in Walls Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously-placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers,with standby units as required,to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1 Use specified superplasticizer 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited. 70 degrees F 3 Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into previously-placed layer 5/2013 03300-24 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 Refer to Section 03310 - Structural Concrete for Mass Concreting. 3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING 3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. Unfinished Surfaces. Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in completed structure by earth,ceilings or similar cover,unless indicated otherwise on Plans. B Rough Form Finish. 1 No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height. 3 Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed from view by earth in completed structure,except concealed surfaces required to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans. C. Smooth Form Finish. 1 Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth, unmarred finished surface. 3 Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water- holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by earth in completed structure,except where otherwise indicated on Plans. Walls that will be exposed after future construction,at locations indicated on Plans, shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. D Rubbed Finish. 1 Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Remove forms as soon as practicable,repair defects,wet surfaces,and rub with No 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently to bring surface paste,remove form marks and fins,and produce smooth,dense 5/2013 03300-25 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE surface of uniform color and texture. Do not use cement paste other than that drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush. Allow paste to reset,then wash surface with clean water 3 Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans,except where rubbed finish is indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray-applied coating. E. Spray-applied Coating: At Contractor's option,in lieu of rubbed finish,spray-applied coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. F Related Unformed Surfaces. Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section, 1 03A"Hot Weather", and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs, ' topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing process has been completed. 3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C TOLERANCES A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or better finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans. B Shaping to Contour Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour See Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds. C Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces prior to finishing operations. D Tolerances for Finished Surfaces. Check tolerances by placing straightedge of specified length anywhere on slab Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed tolerance listed for specified class. 5/2013 03300-26 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Straightedge Tolerance Class Length in Feet in Inches A 10 1/8 B 10 1/4 C 2 1/4 E. Raked Finish. After concrete has been placed,struck off,consolidated and leveled to Class C tolerance,roughen surface before final set.Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be established for project. Protect raked,base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Provide raked finish for following: 1 Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill. 2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans. 3 Additional locations as noted on Plans. F Float Finish. 1 After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power- driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. After initial floating, re-check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re-float slab to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 3 Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Plans. G Trowel Finish. 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional troweling by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to 5/2013 03300-27 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE support floor coverings,remove defects which might show through covering by grinding. 3 Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor covering and additional locations indicated on Plans. H. Broom or Belt Finish. 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.17 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO"F-NUMBER SYSTEM" FINISH A. Shaping to Contour Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour Edge forms and screeds Conform to Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork. B Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling,do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing operations. C. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces. Independent testing laboratory will check floor flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section,3.23F"Field Quality Control" D Float Finish. 1 After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power- driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to FF20/FL17 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Plans. 3 Provide "F-Number System"float finish at locations indicated on Plans. 5/2013 03300-28 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Trowel Finish. 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for slabs on grade and FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Plans. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show through covering,by grinding. 3 Provide "F-Number System"trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL A. Surface Preparation. 1 Protect raked, base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other contaminants, leaving clean surface 2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab surface and leave free of standing water Immediately before topping or fill is placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or dry before topping or fill is placed. B Concrete Fill. 1 Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of intersection, size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5 inches thick. Form keyway in new walls, create by saw cutting the top and bottom lines and chipping in existing walls. 2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill. 3 Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans. C. Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners 1 Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches. 5/2013 03300-29 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping,bring to established grade,and float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top,for the full width of the placement. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks. 3 Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment from damage during sweeping-in process. Perform sweeping-in process under supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface 4 As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where required by the Engineer, fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire floor for 14 days. 5 Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners. 3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer Apply wood float finish. Clean surface and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B Rooms with concrete curbs or bases Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots. Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C. Mask walls, doors,frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact. D When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs,bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans. 3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer Clean surface and apply epoxy floor topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch. B Rooms with concrete curbs or bases. Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots. apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface 5/2013 03300-30 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Mask walls, doors,frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact. D When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs,bases or wainscots,use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples. F Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans. 3.21 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER A. Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Plans,just prior to completion of construction, apply coat of specified clear sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 NONSLIP FINISH A. Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re-float. Apply remainder of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application,using heavier application of aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re-float after second application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed and not covered with cement paste. B Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301- 99:Specifications for Structural Concrete-IP and under provisions of Sections 01440 —Inspection Services and Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. D Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete or as directed by the Engineer F One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting,cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 5/2013 03300-31 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE G One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wiley and Sons. 3.24 PATCHING A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99•Specifications for Structural Concrete- IP 3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer C Do not patch, fill,touch-up,repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. 3.26 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308.1-98•Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer B Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub-finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as 5/2013 03300-32 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C. Rubbed Finish. 1 At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D Unformed Surfaces Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1 After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items,hand-powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3 Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities,pinholes or other defects,or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete. 1 Minimum curing period. 2 weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3 Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete 4 Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48 hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5/2013 03300-33 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 During 2-week curing period,provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. 3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Time Limits 1 When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. 2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. Leave formwork for water-retaining structures in place for at least 2 days. Formwork for non-water-retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations,and provided removal of forms will not disturb members supporting weight of concrete. 3 Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads: Leave in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days. B Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms Follow manufacturer's directions for form removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When removal is done before completion of curing time,replace form,tie in place,and seal to retard escape of moisture. C. Removal Strength. 1 Control Tests Suitable strength-control tests will be required as evidence that concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members. Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal. a. Field-cured Test Cylinders When field-cured test cylinders reach specified removal strength,formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. b Laboratory-cured Test Cylinders When concrete has been cured as specified for structural concrete for same time period required by laboratory-cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. 5/2013 03300-34 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the days or fractions of days,not necessarily consecutive,during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of moisture. 2. Compressive Strengths. The minimum concrete compressive strength for removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved. 3.29 RESHORING A. When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way, keep live load off new construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring. B Place reshores as soon as practicable after form-stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry required loads without over stressing construction. Leave reshores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete. C Floors supporting shores under newly-placed concrete. Leave original supporting shores in place, or re-shore. Locate reshores directly under shore position above. Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly- placed concrete, forms and construction live loads in such manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. 3.30 FORM REUSE A. Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged beyond repair Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed smooth finish,sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide form liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and clean to return forms to original condition. 5/2013 03300-35 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100A TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS** For any For any Maximum Variation 20-foot Variation In 10-foot for Entire From length length or Dimension any bay Lines and Surfaces of Columns, 1/4" - -- 1" Plumb or Piers, Walls and Arrises Specified Exposed Corner Columns, Control - -- 1/4" 1/2" Batter Joint Grooves, and Other Conspicuous Lines Slab Soffits, Ceilings, Beam Soffits, 1/4" 3/8" 3/4" Level of and Arrises (measured before removal of shores), Specified Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, - -- 1/4" 1/2" Grade Horizontal Grooves and Other Conspicuous Lines Drawing Position of Linear Building Lines, - -- 1/2" 1" Dimensions Columns, Walls and Partitions Size and Location of Sleeves, Floor --- - - - ±1/4" Openings and Wall Openings Cross Section of Columns, Beams, - -- - -- +1/2", -1/4" Slabs, and Walls Footings* in Plan --- - - - +2", -1/2" Footing Misplacement or Eccentricity - -- - -- 2%of Width in Direction of Error(the lesser of) or 2" Footing Thickness Decrease - -- - - - 5% Footing Thickness Increase -- - - - - No Limit Step Rise in Flight of Stairs --- - -- ±1/8" Step Tread in Flight of Stairs - -- - -- ±1/4" Consecutive Step Rise - - - - - - ±1/16" Consecutive Step Tread - -- - -- ±1/8" *Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only,not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items **Includes water and wastewater process structures 5/2013 03300-36 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100B TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BRIDGES,WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES Variation Variation In Maximum From Plumb of Specified Surfaces of columns,piers and walls 1/2" in 10' Batter Level or Top surfaces of slabs See Section 03345 Specified Grade Top surfaces of curbs and railings 3/16"in 10' Drawing Cross section of columns,caps,walls,beams, and ±1/2", -1/4" Dimensions similar members Thickness of deck slabs ±1/4", -1/8" Size and location of slab and wall openings ±1/2" Footings in plan +2, -1/2" Footing misplacement or eccentricity in direction 2%of width or 2" of error(the lesser of) Footing thickness decrease 5% Footing thickness increase No limit Step rise in flight of stairs ±1/8" Step tread in flight of stairs ±1/4" Consecutive step rise ±1/16" Consecutive step tread ±1/8" 5/2013 03300-37 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.31 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner B Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer END OF SECTION 5/2013 03300-38 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SECTION 03310 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place normal-weight structural concrete and mass concrete. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 00300—Bid Proposal 2. Section 01200—Measurement 3 Section 01350—Submittals 4 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 5 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for structural concrete is on an each basis for each structure as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these structures in accordance with related sections of these Specifications. B If Extra Structural Concrete is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic-yard basis, measured in place Payment includes related work performed in accordance with related sections of these Specifications. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D No provisions shall be provided for temperature controlled curing of test cylinder Test cylinder(s) shall be cured in identical environment until picked up by lab 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Mass Concrete Concrete sections 4 feet or more in least dimension. B Hot Weather Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be done in accordance with ACI- 305R. C Cold Weather Period when,for more than 2 successive days,mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F Cold weather concreting shall be done in accordance with ACI - 306R. 5/2013 03310-1 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01350—Submittals. B Mill Certificates. Required for bulk cement. C. Design Mixes 1 Submit test data on proposed design mixes for each type of concrete in the Work, including each class, and variations in type, source or quantity of material. Include type, brand and amount of cementitious materials, type, brand and amount of each admixture; slump, air content; aggregate sources, gradations, specific gravity and absorption,total water(including moisture in aggregate);water/cement ratio,compressive strength test results for 7 and 28 days;and shrinkage tests for Class C and D concrete at 21 or 28 days of drying. 2. Submit abrasion loss and soundness test results for limestone aggregate 3 Testing of aggregates, including sieve analysis, shall be performed by a certified independent testing laboratory Tests shall have been performed no earlier than 3 months before Notice to Proceed. 4 Provide standard deviation data for plant producing concrete. Data shall include copies of laboratory test results and standard deviation calculated in accordance with ACI 318, Item 5.3 1 Laboratory tests shall have been performed within past 12 months. When standard deviation data is not available, comply with ACI 318, Table 5.3.2.2. 5 Review and acceptance of mix design does not relieve Contractor of responsibility to provide concrete of quality and strength required by these Specifications. D Admixtures. Submit manufacturer's technical information, including following: 1 Air-Entraining Admixture Give requirements to control air content under all conditions,including temperature variations and presence of other admixtures. 2. Chemical Admixtures. Give requirements for quantities and types to be used under various temperatures and job conditions to produce uniform,workable concrete mix. Submit evidence of compatibility with other admixtures and cementitious materials proposed for use in design mix. E. High-Range Water Reducer (Superplasticizer) When proposed for use, submit manufacturer's technical information and instructions for use of superplasticizer State whether superplasticizer will be added at ready-mix plant or job site. When superplasticizer will be added at job site, submit proposed plan for measuring and adding superplasticizer to concrete mix at job site, and establish dosing area on site with holding tanks and metering devices. When superplasticizer is to be added at 5/2013 03310-2 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ready-mix plant,submit contingency plans for adding additional superplasticizer at job site when required due to delay in placing concrete. Identify portions of Work on which superplasticizer is proposed for use. F Hot and Cold Weather Concreting: Submit,when applicable,proposed plans for hot and cold weather concreting. Review and acceptance of proposed procedure will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for quality of finished product. G Project Record Drawings. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that are concealed from view 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide necessary controls during evaluation of materials,mix designs,production and delivery of concrete, placement and compaction to assure that the Work will be accomplished in accordance with Contract Documents. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record dates, locations, quantities, air temperatures, and test samples taken. B Code Requirements. Concrete construction for buildings shall conform to ACI 318. Concrete construction for water and wastewater treatment and conveying structures shall conform to ACI 318 with modifications by ACI 350R, Item 2.6 Where this Specification conflicts with ACI 318 or ACI 350R,this Specification governs. C. Testing and Other Quality Control Services. 1 Concrete testing required in this section,except concrete mix design,limestone aggregate test data, and testing of deficient concrete,will be performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory employed and paid by the Owner in accordance with Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. 2. Provide material for and cooperate fully with Owner's testing laboratory technician in obtaining samples for required tests. 3 Standard Services. The following testing and quality control services will be provided by Owner in accordance with Section 01450 —Testing Laboratory Services a. Verification that plant equipment and facilities conform to NRMCA "Certification of Ready-Mix Concrete Production Facilities" b Testing of proposed materials for compliance with this Specification. c. Review of proposed mix design submitted by Contractor 5/2013 03310-3 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE d. Obtaining production samples of materials at plants or stockpiles during work progress and testing for compliance with this Specification. e. Strength testing of concrete according to following procedures. 1) Obtaining samples for field test cylinders from every 100 cubic yards and any portion less than 100 cubic yards for each mix design placed each day, according to ASTM C172,with each sample obtained from a different batch of concrete on a representative, random basis. Selecting test batches by any means other than random numbers chosen before concrete placement begins is not allowed. 2) Molding four specimens from each sample according to ASTM C31, and curing under standard moisture and temperature conditions as specified in Sections 7(a)and(b)of ASTM C31 3) Testing two specimens at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days according to ASTM C39, reporting test results averaging strengths of two specimens. However, when one specimen evidences improper sampling, molding or testing, it will be discarded and remaining cylinder considered test result. When high-early-strength concrete is used,specimens will be tested at 3 and 7 days. f. Air content: For each strength test, determination of air content of normal weight concrete according to ASTM C231 g. Slump For each strength test, and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary, conducting slump test in accordance with ASTM C143 h. Temperature. For each strength test,checking concrete temperature in accordance with ASTM C1064 i. Lightweight concrete For each strength test,or more frequently when requested by the Engineer,determination of air content by ASTM C567 and unit weight by ASTM C567 j Monitoring of current and forecasted climatic conditions to determine when rate of evaporation,as determined by Figure 2.1.5 of ACI 305R, will produce loss of 0.2 pounds of water, or more,per square foot per hour Testing lab representative will advise Contractor to use hot weather precautions when such conditions will exist during concrete placement,and note on concrete test reports when Contractor has been advised that hot weather conditions will exist. 5/2013 03310-4 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE k. Class A and D Concrete Shrinkage Tests Performance of drying shrinkage tests for trial batches as follows. 1) Preparation and Testing of Specimens. Compression and drying shrinkage test specimens will be taken in each case from the same concrete sample; shrinkage tests will be considered a part of the normal compression tests for the project. 4-inch by 4-inch by 11-inch prisms with an effective gage length of 10 inches, fabricated, cured, dried and measured in accordance with ASTM C157,modified as follows (a). Wet curing: Remove specimens from molds at an age of 23 hours ±1 hour after trial batching and immediately immerse in water at 70 degrees F ±3 degrees F for at least 30 minutes; (b). Measure within 30 minutes after first 30 minutes of immersion to determine original length (not to be confused with "base length"); (c). Then submerge in saturated limewater,at 73 degrees F ±3 degrees F, for 7 days, (d). Then measure at age 7 days to establish "base length" for drying shrinkage calculations ("zero" days drying age); (e). Calculate expansion (base length expressed as a percentage of original length); (f). Immediately store specimens in a temperature and humidity controlled room maintained at 73 degrees F, ±3 degrees, and 50 percent relative humidity, ±4 percent, for the remainder of the test. (g). Measure to determine shrinkage, expressed as percentage of base length. Compute the drying shrinkage deformation of each specimen as the difference between the base length (at ?zero@ days drying age)and the length after drying at each test age. Compute the average drying shrinkage deformation of the specimens to the nearest 0 0001 inch at each test age. If the drying shrinkage of any specimen departs from the average of that test age by more than 0 0004 inch,disregard the results obtained from that specimen. 5/2013 03310-5 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE Report results of shrinkage tests to the nearest 0 001 percent of shrinkage. (h). Report shrinkage separately for 7, 14, 21, and 28 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing. 4 Additional Testing and Quality Control Services The following will be performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory employed and paid by the Owner in accordance with Section/01450,Testing Laboratory Services, when requested by the Engineer a. Checking of batching and mixing operations. b. Review of manufacturer's report of each cement shipment and conducting laboratory tests of cement. c Molding and testing reserve 7-day cylinders or field cylinders. d. Conducting additional field tests for slump,concrete temperature,and ambient temperature. e. Alkalinity Tests For concrete used in sanitary structures, one test for each structure. Perform alkalinity tests on concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure in accordance with "Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis," Vol. 15, page 230 5 Contractor shall provide the following testing and quality control services a. Employ an independent commercial testing laboratory, acceptable to Owner, to prepare and test design mix for each class of concrete for which material source has been changed. b Notify commercial testing laboratory employed by Owner 24 hours prior to placing concrete. 6 Testing of deficient concrete in place. a. When averages of three consecutive strength test results fail to equal or exceed specified strength, or when any individual strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi, strength of concrete shall be considered potentially deficient and core testing, structural analysis or load testing may be required by the Engineer b When concrete in place proves to be deficient, Contractor shall pay costs, including costs due to delays, incurred in providing additional 5/2013 03310-6 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE testing and analysis services provided by the Engineer, or the independent commercial testing laboratory selected by the Owner c Replace concrete work judged inadequate by core tests, structural analysis or load tests at no additional cost to the Owner d. Core Tests 1) Obtain and test cores in accordance with ASTM C42. Where concrete in structure will be dry under service conditions, air dry cores (temperature 60 to 80 degrees F, relative humidity less than 60 percent) for 7 days before test; test dry Where concrete in structure will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, test cores after moisture conditioning in accordance with ASTM C42. 2) Take at least three representative cores from each member or area of concrete in place that is considered potentially deficient. Location of cores shall be determined by the Engineer so as to least impair strength of structure. When,before testing,one or more cores shows evidence of having been damaged during or after removal from structure,replace the damaged cores. 3) Concrete in area represented by core test will be considered adequate when average strength of cores is equal to at least 85 percent of specified strength, and when no single core is less than 75 percent of specified strength. 4) Patch core holes in accordance with Section 03300—Cast-in- Place Concrete,Paragraph 3 13 e Structural Analysis. When core tests are inconclusive or impractical to obtain, the Engineer may perform additional structural analysis at Contractor's expense to confirm safety of structure f. Load Tests. When core tests and structural analysis do not confirm safety of structure, load tests may be required, and their results evaluated, in accordance with ACI 318 g. Testing by impact hammer, sonoscope, probe penetration tests (Windsor probe),or other nondestructive device may be permitted by the Engineer to determine relative strengths at various locations in structure,to evaluate concrete strength in place,or for selecting areas to be cored. However, such tests, unless properly calibrated and correlated with other test data,shall not be used as basis for acceptance or rejection of structure's safety 5/2013 03310-7 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS A. Cement: Store cement in weather tight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. When there is any doubt as to the expansive potential of shrinkage-compensating cements because of method or length of storage and exposure, laboratory test cement before use. B Aggregate. Arrange and use aggregate stockpiles to avoid excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. Build stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 3 feet in thickness. Complete each layer before next is started. C. Fine Aggregate. Before using, allow fine aggregate to drain until uniform moisture content is reached. D Admixtures Store admixtures to avoid contamination, evaporation or damage. For those used in form of suspensions or non-stable solutions,provide suitable agitating equipment to assure uniform distribution of ingredients. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and other temperature changes which would adversely affect their characteristics. E. Lightweight Aggregates. Uniformly pre-dampen lightweight aggregates as necessary to prevent excessive variations in moisture content. Allow pre-dampened aggregates to remain in stockpiles,under continuous fog spray, for minimum of 24 hours before use. Provide adequate drainage in stockpile areas to eliminate excess water and accumulation of contaminated fines. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: 1 Use same brand of cement used in concrete mix design. Use only one brand of each type in each structure,unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. Portland Cement:ASTM C150,Type I or Type II, gray in color Use Type III only when specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing. Use Type II, including the requirements of Table 2, in construction of liquid-containing structures and cooling towers, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. B Admixtures 1 Do not use calcium chloride,thiocyanate or admixtures containing more than 0 05 percent chloride ions. 2. Air-Entraining Admixtures. ASTM C260, compatible with other admixtures used. 5/2013 03310-8 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 3 Chemical Admixtures Polymer type,non-staining, chloride-free admixtures conforming to ASTM C494, Type A, C,D or E. 4 High-Range Water Reducer (Superplasticizer)• ASTM C494, Type F or G, compatible with and by the same manufacturer as other admixtures. C. Mixing Water Use clean, potable water, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids, alkalis or other deleterious substances,meeting requirements of ASTM C94 D Aggregates Use coarse aggregate from only one source and fine aggregate from only one source,for exposed concrete in any single structure. 1 Coarse Aggregate: Gravel,crushed gravel or crushed limestone conforming to ASTM C33 2. Fine Aggregate Natural sand complying with ASTM C33 3 Limestone aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 and the following additional requirements. a. Clean,hard,strong and durable particles free of chemicals and coatings of silt,clay,or other fine materials that may affect hydration and bond of cement paste. b Select crushed limestone- High-calcium limestone (minimum 95 percent CaCO3 and maximum 3.5 percent MgCO3)with maximum Los Angeles Abrasion loss of 38 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM C131 or ASTM C535 c. Test aggregate for soundness in accordance with ASTM C88, maximum loss shall not exceed 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate test. 4 Maximum size of coarse aggregate a. Normal weight concrete, except as noted below- 1-1/2 inches. b Formed members 6 inches or less in least dimension. 1/5 least dimension. c Slabs. 1/3 depth of slab d. Drilled shafts. 1/3 clearance between reinforcing steel,but not greater than 3/4 inch. e. Concrete fill, seal slabs and bonded concrete topping in clarifiers. 3/8 inch. 5/2013 03310-9 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 5 Coarse aggregate for lightweight concrete- ASTM C330 Grading limits. 3/4 inch to No 4 6 Abrasive Aggregate- Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast-in- Place Concrete, Paragraph 3 13 E. Calcium Chloride Not permitted. F Evaporation Retardant:Masterbuilders "Confilm",Euclid"Eucobar", or equal. G Miscellaneous Materials 1 Bonding Agent: Two-component modified epoxy resin. 2. Vapor barrier 6-mil clear polyethylene film of type recommended for below- grade application. 3 Non-shrink grout: premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement and water-reducing and plasticizing agents, capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX A. Objective Select proportions of ingredients to produce concrete having proper placability, durability, strength, appearance and other specified properties. B Mix Design. Employ and pay an independent commercial testing laboratory, acceptable to Owner, to prepare and test mix designs for each type of concrete specified. Proportion mix design ingredients by weight. Submit mix designs and test results for approval. 1 During the trial batches,aggregate proportions may be adjusted by the testing laboratory using two coarse aggregate size ranges to obtain the required properties. If one size range produces an acceptable mix, a second size range need not be used. Such adjustments shall be considered refinements to the mix design and shall not be the basis for extra compensation to the Contractor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of this Section, whether the aggregate proportions are from the Contractor's preliminary mix design, or whether the proportions have been adjusted during the trial batch process. Prepare trial batches using the aggregates,cement and admixtures proposed for the project. Make trial batches large enough to obtain 3 drying shrinkage test specimens and 6 compression test specimens from each batch. Shrinkage testing is required only for Class A and D concrete. 5/2013 03310-10 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 2. Determine compressive strength by testing 6-inch diameter by 12-inch high cylinders,made,cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C 192 and ASTM C39 Test 3 compression test cylinders at 7 days and 3 at 28 days. Average compressive strength for the 3 cylinders tested at 28 days for any given trial batch shall be not less than 125 percent of the specified compressive strength. 3 Perform sieve analysis of the combined aggregate for each trial batch according to of ASTM C136 Report percentage passing each sieve. 4 In mix designs for Class A and D concrete,fine aggregate shall not exceed 41 percent of total aggregate by weight. C. Shrinkage Limitations, Class A and D Concrete 1 Maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the laboratory from the trial batch. 0 036 percent as measured at 21-day drying age or 0 042 percent at 28-day drying age. Use for construction only mix designs that meet trial batch shrinkage requirements. Shrinkage limitations apply only to Class A and D concrete. 2. Maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the field shall not exceed the trial batch maximum shrinkage requirement by more than 25 percent. 3 If the required shrinkage limitation is not met during construction,take any or all of the following actions,at no additional cost to the Owner,for securing the specified shrinkage requirements: Changing the source or aggregates,cement or admixtures, reducing water content;washing of aggregate to reduce fines, increasing the number of construction joints, modifying the curing requirements, or other actions designed to minimize shrinkage or its effects. D Selecting Ingredient Proportions for Concrete. 1 Proportion concrete mix according to ACI 301, Chapter 3 2. Establish concrete mix design by laboratory trial batches prepared by independent testing laboratory, or on basis of previous field experience in accordance with provisions of ACI 318,Item 5.3,however,minimum cement content for each class of concrete shall not be less than specified. 3 Concrete mix design data submitted for review shall have average 28-day compressive strength calculated in accordance with ACI 318, Item 5.3.2.1 When data is not available to determine standard deviation in accordance with ACI 318, Item 5.3 1, average 28-day strength of mix design shall conform to ACI 318, Table 5.3.2.2. E. Water-Cement Ratios 1 Maximum allowable water-cement ratios shall be as follows. 5/2013 03310-11 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE a. Concrete for liquid-containing structures. 0 45 b Concrete subjected to brackish water, salt spray or deicers. 0 40 c All other concrete. 0.55 2. Superplasticizer may be added to maintain specified maximum water-cement ratios. Include free water in aggregate in water-cement ratio computations. F Adjustment of Mix Proportions After sufficient data becomes available during construction,mix may be adjusted upon approval of the Engineer,in accordance with ACI 318,Item 5.5,however,minimum cement content for each class of concrete shall not be less than specified. G Entrained Air Air-entrain all concrete except drilled shafts. Total air content in accordance with ASTM C 173 4 to 6 percent. H. Consistency,Workability, and Slump 1 The quantity of water in a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period,to produce concrete which can be worked properly into place without segregation,and which can be compacted by vibratory methods as specified, to give the desired strength, density, impermeability and smoothness of surface. Change the quantity of water as necessary, with variations in the nature or moisture content of the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of a desired consistency Determine the consistency of the concrete in successive batches by slump tests in accordance with ASTM C 143 Slumps shall be as follows Concrete Type Minimum Slump Maximum Slump Portland Cement Concrete 2" 4" Concrete to be dosed with superplasticizer 1" 3" Normal Weight Concrete after dosing with superplasticizer 4" 9" Lightweight Concrete after dosing with superplasticizer 4" 7" Drilled Shaft Concrete. 4"* 8" *Minimum slump where drilled shafts are cast in temporary casings. 5 inches 2. Specified slump shall apply at time when concrete is discharged at job site. Perform slump tests to monitor uniformity and consistency of concrete delivered to job site; however, do not use as basis for mix design. Do not exceed water-cement ratios specified. 5/2013 03310-12 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE I. Admixtures Proportion admixtures according to manufacturer's recommendations. Use of accelerator is permitted when air temperature is less than 40 degrees F Use of retarder is permitted when temperature of placed concrete exceeds 65 degrees F J High-Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers) Use superplasticizer to improve workability of concrete or delay hydration of cement,in accordance with requirements and recommendations of product manufacturer and approved submittals. K. Concrete Classification and Strength. 1 Strength. Conform to values for class of concrete indicated on Drawings for each portion of Work. Requirements are based on 28-day compressive strength. If high early-strength concrete is allowed,requirements are based on 7-day compressive strength. 2. Classification. Minimum 28-day Class Compressive Strength Minimum Cement Content (Normal-weight) (psi) Pounds per Cubic Yard Concrete for Structures Containing Water or Wastewater A 4,000 564 (6 sacks) B 1,500 329 (3 %2 sacks) C 3,000 470 (5 sacks) D 5,000 658 (7 sacks) H 3,000 611 (6 Y2 sacks) Concrete for Buildings, Slabs on Grade and Miscellaneous Structures AB 4,000 Not Applicable BB 1,500 Not Applicable CB 3,000 Not Applicable DB 5,000 Not Applicable Minimum 28-day Class Compressive Strength Minimum Cement Content (Light-weight) (psi) Pounds per Cubic Yard E 3,000 Not Applicable F 4,000 Not Applicable G 5,000 Not Applicable 3 Maximum size aggregate for Class H concrete: 3/8 inch. Maximum size aggregate for all other normal-weight concrete 1-1/2 inches, except as specified in Paragraph 2 O1D 4 4 When required strength is not obtained with minimum cement content as specified,add cement,lower water-cement ratio or provide other aggregates as necessary 5/2013 03310-13 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 5 In addition to conforming to specified strength, lightweight concrete must be within specified unit weight limits. Maximum air-dry unit weight is 118 pounds per cubic foot; minimum is 110 pounds per cubic foot unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Determine air-dry unit weight in accordance with ASTM C567 Correlate air-dry unit weight with fresh unit weight of the same concrete as a basis for acceptance during construction. L. Use of Classes of Concrete. 1 Use classes of concrete as indicated on the Drawings and in other specifications. 2. Liquid-containing structures. If not otherwise indicated, use the following classes for structures containing water or wastewater and for utility applications in the locations described. a. Class A. All reinforced concrete and where not otherwise defined. b Class B Unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes, seal slabs, thrust blocks, and trench dams, unless indicated otherwise. c. Class H. Fill and topping. Where concrete fill thickness exceeds 3 inches in the majority of a placement and is not less than 1.5 inches thick, Class A concrete may be used. 3 All other structures If not otherwise indicated,use the following classes in the locations described. a. Class AB All reinforced concrete and where not otherwise defined. b Class CB Duct banks, see Section 16402—Underground Duct Banks for additional requirements. c Class BB Unreinforced concrete fill under structures. 2.03 MIXING NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE A. Conform to ACI 301, Chapter 7 B Ready-Mixed Concrete 1 Measure,batch,mix and transport ready-mixed concrete according to ASTM C94 Plant equipment and facilities shall conform to NRMCA "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" 5/2013 03310-14 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 2. Provide batch tickets with information specified in ASTM C94 Deliver batch ticket with concrete and give to Owner's on-site testing laboratory representative. C. Batch Mixing at Site 1 Mix concrete in batch mixer conforming to requirements of CPMB "Concrete Plant Mixer Standards" Use mixer equipped with suitable charging hopper, water storage tank and water measuring device. Batch mixer shall be capable of mixing aggregates, cement and water into uniform mass within specified mixing time, and of discharging mix without segregation. Operate mixer according to rated capacity and recommended revolutions per minute printed on manufacturer's rating plate 2. Charge batch into mixer so some water will enter before cement and aggregates. Keep water running until one-fourth of specified mixing time has elapsed. Provide controls to prevent discharging until required mixing time has elapsed. When concrete of normal weight is specified,provide controls to prevent addition of water during mixing. Discharge entire batch before mixer is recharged. 3 Mix each batch of 2 cubic yards or less for not less than 1 minute and 30 seconds.Increase minimum mixing time 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or fraction of cubic yard. 4 Keep mixer clean. Replace pick-up and throw-over blades in drum when they have lost 10 percent of original depth. D Admixtures 1 Charge air-entraining and chemical admixtures into mixer as solution using automatic dispenser or similar metering device Measure admixture to accuracy within+3 percent. Do not use admixtures in powdered form. 2. Two or more admixtures may be used in same concrete, provided that admixtures in combination retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect on concrete or on properties of each other Inject admixtures separately during batching sequence. 3 Add retarding admixtures as soon as practicable after addition of cement. E. Temperature Control. 1 When ambient temperature falls below 40 degrees F, keep as-mixed temperature above 55 degrees F to maintain concrete above minimum placing temperature. 5/2013 03310-15 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 2. When water or aggregate has been heated, combine water with aggregate in mixer before cement is added. Do not add cement to mixtures of water and aggregate when temperature of mixture is greater than 100 degrees F 3 In hot weather, maintain temperature of concrete below maximum placing temperature. When necessary, temperature may be lowered by cooling ingredients, cooling mixer drum by fog spray, using chilled water or well- crushed ice in whole or part for added water,or arranging delivery sequence so that time of transport and placement does not generate unacceptable temperatures. 4 Submit hot weather and cold weather concreting plans for approval. 2.04 MIXING LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE A. Determining Absorption of Aggregates. Mixing procedures vary according to total absorption by weight of lightweight aggregates. Determine total absorption by weight before pre-damping in accordance with ASTM C127 B Ten Percent or Less Absorption. Follow same requirements as for mixing normal- weight concrete when preparing concrete made with low-absorptive lightweight aggregates having 10 percent or less total absorption by weight. To be low-absorptive, aggregates must absorb less than 2 percent additional water in first hour after mixing. C More Than 10 Percent Absorption. Batch and mix concrete made with lightweight aggregates having more than 10 percent total absorption by weight, as follows. 1 Place approximately 80 percent of mixing water in mixer 2. If aggregates are pre-dampened, add air-entraining admixture and all aggregates. Mix for minimum of 30 seconds, or 5 to 10 revolutions of truck mixer 3 When aggregates have not been pre-dampened,mix aggregates and water for minimum of 1 minute and 30 seconds, or 15 to 30 revolutions of truck mixer Then add air-entraining admixture and mix for additional 30 seconds. 4 Then,in the following sequence,add specified or permitted admixtures(other than air-entraining agent),all cement,and mixing water previously withheld. 5 Complete mixing using procedures for normal-weight concrete. 2.05 MASS CONCRETE A. Do not use high early-strength cement(Type III)or accelerating admixtures. 5/2013 03310-16 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE B Use high-range water-reducing admixture(superplasticizer)to minimize water content and cement content. C. Specified water-reducing retarding admixture may be required to prevent cold joints when placing large quantities of concrete,to permit revibration of concrete,to offset effects of high temperature in concrete or weather, and to reduce maximum temperature or rapid temperature rise. 2.06 EQUIPMENT A. Select equipment of size and design to ensure continuous flow of concrete at delivery end. Conform to following equipment and operations requirements. B Truck mixers, agitators and manner of operation. Conform to ASTM C94 Use of non-agitating equipment for transporting concrete is not permitted. C. Belt conveyors. Configure horizontally, or at a slope causing no segregation or loss. Use approved arrangement at discharge end to prevent separation. Discharge long runs without separation into hopper D Chutes Metal or metal-lined (other than aluminum). Arrange for vertical-to- horizontal slopes not more than 1 to 2 or less than 1 to 3 Chutes longer than 20 feet or not meeting slope requirements may be used if concrete is discharged into hopper before distribution. E. Do not use aluminum or aluminum-alloy pipe or chutes for conveying concrete 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Concreting Under Water Not permitted except where shown otherwise on Drawings or approved by the Engineer When shown or permitted,deposit concrete under water by methods acceptable to the Engineer so fresh concrete enters mass of previously- placed concrete from within,causing water to be displaced with minimum disturbance at surface of concrete. B Protection from Adverse Weather Unless adequate protection is provided or the Engineer's approval is obtained, do not place concrete during rain, sleet, snow or freezing weather Do not permit rainwater to increase mixing water or to damage surface finish. If rainfall occurs after placing operations begin, provide adequate covering to protect Work. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. Earth Surfaces. 5/2013 03310-17 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 1 Under interior slabs on grade,install vapor barrier Lap joints at least 6 inches and seal watertight with tape,or sealant applied between overlapping edges and ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and inserts with vapor barrier material,lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. 2. Other Earth Surfaces. Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon. Remove standing water Surfaces shall be free from standing water,mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B Construction Joints. 1 Definition. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the judgment of the Engineer,new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed. 2. Interruptions. When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set,use forms or other means to shape the working face to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only where acceptable to the Engineer 3 Preparation. Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted,roughened surface for good bond. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean joint surfaces of laitance,loose or defective concrete and foreign material by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate), roughen surface to expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly Remove standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is placed. 4 After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly Place wall concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the forms where indicated on Contract Drawings, shop drawings and as otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor D Place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork, inserts, embedded items, reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the Engineer Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with grout or previously-placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete. 5/2013 03310-18 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE E. Casting New Concrete Against Old. Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age),thoroughly clean and roughen the surface of the old concrete by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written instructions,unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise,this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. F Protection from Water Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms,clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater without special methods. Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping,dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review G Corrosion Protection. Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are being embedded in concrete. J Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed,thoroughly clean dirt,grease,grout, mortar,loose scale,rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete. 3.03 HANDLING,TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Conform to applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and this Section. Use no aluminum materials in conveying concrete. B Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non-conforming in materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete. D Placement in Wall Forms. 1 Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel that will not be covered by current pour 5/2013 03310-19 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete. 3 Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies. Uniformly distribute concrete during depositing. 4 Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited. Do not transport concrete with vibrators. 5 Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet;take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members. 6 Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. Rate of placement shall not exceed 5 feet of vertical rise per hour 7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway E. Conveyors and Chutes. Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying,hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow If a conveyor is used,it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors and chutes shall be covered. F Placement of Slabs. In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work progresses,vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the slab surface in an up-slope direction. G When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F 5/2013 03310-20 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE t H. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night,as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed,below 90 degrees F 3.04 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B. Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping. C. The minimum hose (conduit)diameter Comply with ACI 304.2R. D Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits)that do not function properly E. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. F Field Control. Take samples for slump,air content and test cylinders at the placement (discharge)end of the line. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer To minimize effects of shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures,or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. B Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2-inch above the underside of the strip About one hour after concrete is placed,remove the strip,level irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. 3.06 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement,eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R Group 3 immersion- type high-speed power vibrators(8,000 to 12,000 rpm)in sufficient number and with 5/2013 03310-21 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE sufficient(at least one) standby units.Use Group 2 vibrators only when.accepted by the Engineer for specific locations. , B Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. C. Concrete in Walls Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously-placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers,with standby units as required,to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.07 PLACING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1 Use specified superplasticizer 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited. 70 degrees F 3 Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into previously-placed layer 3.08 REPAIRING SURFACE DEFECTS AND FINISHING A. Conform to Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.09 CURING A. Conform to Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner B Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. 5/2013 03310-22 of 23 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer END OF SECTION 5/2013 03310-23 of 23 FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 07 10 50 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary Conditions,if any,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes low permeance vapor retarders for installation under concrete slabs on grade. B. Related Sections. Work of other sections, including Division 01 Sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1 Related Sections include. a. Division 03 Section Cast-In-Place Concrete. b. Division 31 Earthwork Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures" B. Product Data. Include manufacturer's written instructions for installation, seaming, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties of vapor retarder C. Shop Drawings. Show locations and extent of vapor retarders. Include details for penetrations and terminations, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, other termination conditions,and repairs. D Product test reports. 14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines only minimum standards and requirements. Refer to the Drawings, and other sections of the specifications for additional requirements. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect and Structural Engineer and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B. Installer Qualifications. A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products, and who is eligible to receive warranty specified. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Joiner Architects 07 10 50- 1 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions.Apply vapor retarders within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer 16 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty. Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer and Installer and agreeing to repair or replace vapor retarder that does not retard vapor for a period of five(5)years after date of Substantial Completion,and to repair consequential damage to flooring and structure. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 VAPOR RETARDER A. Vapor Retarder ASTM E 1745,Class A,manufactured specifically for long term below slab use. 1 Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,a product that may be incorporated into the Work includes,but is not limited to a. "Griffolyn 15 Mil"by Reef Industries Inc. b Stego Wrap 15 mils by Stego Industries. c. W.R.Meadows Sealtight"Perminator"Vapor-Mat 15 Mil. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Seam tape,pipe boots,detail strips with vapor permeance not less than the membrane,as required by manufacturer B. Other Materials. Provide other materials,not specifically described,but required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean,prepare,and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Level and tamp or roll substrate. B. Unroll vapor retarder with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour C. Lap vapor retarder over footings and seal to foundation walls. D Overlap or butt joints and seal joints as required by manufacturer E. Seal membrane penetrations as required by manufacturer F Repair tears,voids,and lapped seams in vapor retarder not complying with requirements. Joiner Architects 07 10 50-2 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect vapor retarder from damage during installation of reinforcing and utilities. B Protect vapor retarder from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 07 10 50-3 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1 Exterior sealants and sealants for moving joints,except for joints in those systems specified in other sections. 2. Interior sealants and caulking. B. Related Sections. Work of other sections, including Division 01 Sections, as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. Provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures" B. Product Data. For each joint-sealant product indicated. C. Samples for Initial Selection. Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view D Samples for Verification. For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. E. Product Certificates. Signed by manufacturers of joint sealants certifying that products furnished comply with requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. F Qualification Data. For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. Joiner Architects I 07 92 00- 1 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department G. Preconstruction Field Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on preconstruction testing specified in"Quality Assurance" Article. H. Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application. Include information specified in"Field Quality Control" Article. I. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating the following: 1 Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. J Product Test Reports From a qualified testing agency indicating sealants comply with requirements,based on comprehensive testing of current product formulations. K. Warranties. Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Section outlines the minimum standards and requirements for this Project. Refer to the Drawings and other Specifications for additional requirements elsewhere in the Construction Documents. Where requirements of the Drawings, Specifications, or authorities having jurisdiction conflict, the more stringent requirement shall take precedence. Bring all conflicts and discrepancies to the attention of the Architect, and do not start work until such conflicts and discrepancies are clarified and corrected. B. Installer Qualifications. An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. 1 All interior and exterior exposed-to-view sealants even though specified in other Sections shall be the work of this Section. C. Source Limitations. Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer D Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1 Use manufacturers standard test methods to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Submit not fewer than nine pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. Joiner Architects 07 92 00-2 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3 Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4 For materials failing tests,obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers. 5 Testing will not be required if joint sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility E. Product Testing: Obtain test results for "Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within a 36-month period. 1 Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 2. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920,and where applicable,to other standard test methods. 3 Test other joint sealants for compliance with requirements indicated by referencing standard specifications and test methods. F Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1 Locate test joints where indicated or,if not indicated,as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicatedbelow a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3 Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4 Arrange for tests to take place with joint sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. 5 Test Method.Test joint sealants by hand-pull method described below a. Install joint sealants in 60-inch-long joints using same materials and methods for joint preparation and joint-sealant installation required for the completed Work. Allow sealants to cure fully before testing. b. Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 2 inches long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end. Place a mark 1 inch from cross-cut end of 2-inch piece. c. Use fingers to grasp 2-inch piece of sealant between cross-cut end and 1- inch mark; pull firmly at a 90-degree angle or more in direction of side cuts while holding a ruler along side of sealant. Pull sealant out of joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension,hold this position for 10 seconds. d. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side,and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. Joiner Architects 07 92 00-3 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 6. Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 7 Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. G Mockups. Before installing joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants as follows to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1 Joints in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants, which are specified by reference to this Section. H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with require- ments in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants,or other causes. 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions. 1 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer 2. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 degrees F 3 When joint substrates are wet. B Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint-Substrate Conditions. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. Joiner Architects 07 92 00-4 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Installer's Warranty. Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period. Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty Written warranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period. 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. D Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1 Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3 Mechanical damage caused by individuals,tools,or other outside agents. 4 Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Specifications are based on the products or materials of the named manufacturer, otherwise selection may be made from any manufacturer whose products meet or exceed the specifications. Other manufacturers must have a minimum of five (5) years experience manufacturing the products meeting or exceeding the specifications and comply with Division 01 requirements regarding substitutions to be considered. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Caulking for Exposed Non-Working Interior Locations: 1 Type:Paintable Acrylic Latex conforming to ASTM C834,vertical grade. 2. Approved Manufacturers. a. Bostik,Inc. b. Pecora,Inc. Joiner Architects 07 92 00-5 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department c. BASF Sonneborn d. Sika e. Tremco Incorporated B. Sealant for All Working Joints and Exposed Exterior Locations: 1 Type Two component,polyurethane,non-sag,conforming to FS TT-S-00227E, Type II,Class A and ASTM C920,Type M,Grade NS,Class 25 2. Refer to drawings and other sections of the specifications for locations.Provide full sealant joints at building expansion joints. 3 Approved Manufacturers. a. Bostik,Inc. b Pecora,Inc. c. BASF Sonneborn d. Sika e. Tremco Incorporated C. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 09 Section,Gypsum Board Assemblies. D Mildew-Resistant Silicone Rubber Sealant: Silicone rubber based, one-part, non-sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew; complying with ASTM C 920, Type 8, and with resistance for mold growth, recommended by manufacturer for interior applications, including seal around bath tubs, food service equipment and similar applications subjected to attack by mildew Provide type recommended by manufacturer for porosity of joint surfaces. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following systems a. Dow Corning 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant;Dow Corning Corp. b. Sanitary 1700; General Electric. 2. Locations. Sanitary seal at plumbing fixtures and countertops, and tile. E. Sealant for Horizontal Exposed Exterior Paving Locations. Refer to Section in Division 32 and Civil Drawings. F Primers, Cleaners, Top Coats. Use only materials listed as suitable in resistance to staining, compatibility and durability before proceeding. G Expanded Polyethylene Joint Filler Provide flexible, compressible, closed-cell, polyethylene of not less than 10 psi compression deflection(25 percent); except provide higher compression deflection strength as may be necessary to withstand installation forces and provide proper support for sealants, surface water absorption of not more than 0 1 pounds per square foot,as manufactured by Sonneborn,or Architect approved equal. H. Sealant Backer Rod. Provide compressible rod stack of polyethylene foam, polyurethane foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable, non-absorptive material as recommended by sealant Joiner Architects 07 92 00-6 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department manufacturer for back-up of and compatibility with sealant. Where used with hot- applied sealant, provide heat-resistant type which will not be deteriorated by sealant application temperature as indicated. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer,to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 INSPECTION A. Require installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealants for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Obtain installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealant work. Do not allow joint sealant work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. At Contractor's direction, installer,joint sealant manufacturers' representatives, and other trades whose work affects installation of joint sealants shall meet at Project Site to review procedures and time schedule proposed for installation of joint sealants which is coordinated with other,related work. B. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommenda- tions of joint sealant manufacturers and the following requirements: 1 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil, grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt and frost. 2. Clean concrete,masonry,unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing,grinding,blast cleaning,mechanical abrading,acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air 3 Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 4 Clean metal,glass,porcelain enamel,glazed surfaces of ceramic tile and other non- porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. C. Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufactur- er based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond,do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Joiner Architects 07 92 00-7 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department D. Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with joint sealant manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated,except where more stringent requirements apply B. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated. C. Comply with the recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials,applications and conditions indicated. D Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1 Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the crosssectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers. b. Do not stretch,twist,puncture or tear joint-fillers. c. Remove absorbent joint-fillers which have become wet prior to sealant ap- plication and replace with dry material. 2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where required to prevent third-side adhesion of sealant to back of joint. E. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability 1 Install multiple colors at masonry veneerjoints if multiple masonry colors are present. F Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth,uniform beads of configuration indicated,to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer 1 Flush joint configuration per Figure 6B in ASTM C 1193,where indicated. a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints. Joiner Architects 07 92 00-8 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field-test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows. 1 Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method.Test joint sealants by hand-pull method described below. a. Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 2 inches long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end.Place a mark 1 inch from cross-cut end of 2-inch piece. b. Use fingers to grasp 2-inch piece of sealant between cross-cut end and 1- inch mark; pull firmly at a 90-degree angle or more in direction of side cuts while holding a ruler along side of sealant.Pull sealant out of joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension;hold this position for 10 seconds. c. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side,and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. 3 Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements.Record results in a field adhesion test log. 4 Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand- pull test criteria. b. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free from voids. c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 5 Record test results in a field adhesion test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration,and sealant dimensions. 6. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used to originally seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field-Test Results. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements,will be considered satisfactory Remove Joiner Architects 07 92 00-9 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deterio- rated joint sealants immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealant installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from originalwork. B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 07 92 00- 10 JOINT SEALANTS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 09 21 16-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. This Section includes gypsum board assemblies and wood support systems. B Submittals. Product Data for each type of product indicated. C. Limiting Heights of Interior Partitions. L/240, except when ceramic tile or portland cement plaster finishes are indicated, in which case, limit deflection to L/360 D Fire-Test-Response Characteristics. For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Related Sections Rough Carpentry 06 10 00 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Partition Framing: 1 Steel Sheet Components. Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60,hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. 2. Wood Studs and Runners 2x4 Southern Yellow Pine. S4S Grade. 3 Hat-Shaped,Rigid Furring Channels. ASTM C 645,in depth indicated. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0 0179 inch. 4 Cold-Rolled Furring Channels 0 0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flange, and in depth indicated. a. Furring Brackets. Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare steel thickness of 0 0312 inch. b Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0 0625- inch-diameter wire,or double strand of 0 0475-inch-diameter wire. 5 Fasteners for Framing: Of type,material, size, corrosion resistance,holding power, and other properties required to fasten wood members to substrates. Joiner Architects. 09 21 16- 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B. Panel Size, General. Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. ASTM C 630/C 630M, with core type and in thickness indicated. D Interior Trim. ASTM C 1047 1 Cornerbead. Use at outside corners. 2 LC-Bead(J-Bead): Use at exposed panel edges. 3 Expansion(Control)Joint: Use where indicated. E. Joint Treatment Materials,General Comply with ASTM C 475 F Joint Tape. 1 Interior Gypsum Wallboard. Paper G Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels. 1 Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandable topping compounds. H. Auxiliary Materials. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1 Steel Drill Screws ASTM C 1002,unless otherwise indicated. a. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0 033 to 0 112 inch thick. 2. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls. a. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. b Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. Installing Wood Framed Partitions. Joiner Architects. 09 21 16-2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES FIRE STATION NO. 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1 Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and wall. 2. Extend partition framing full height to ceiling/roof framing above. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings. 3 Frame door openings to comply with GA-600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames, install runner track section(for cripple studs)at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb,unless otherwise indicated. 4 Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. B. Gypsum Board Application. Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. 1 Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c.for vertical applications. 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches o.c. 3 On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing,unless otherwise indicated. 4 On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. 5 Single-Layer Fastening Methods. Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 6. Multilayer Fastening Methods. Fasten base layers with screws; fasten face layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. 7 Laminating to Substrate. Comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. 8. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 9 Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels,as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. a. Space control and expansion joints in walls at maximum 30 feet o.c. and in ceilings at 50 feet o.c. or 2,500 sq ft., review proposed locations with Architect. C. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. Joiner Architects. 09 21 16-3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department D Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies. Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 1 Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. 3 Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840,for locations indicated. a. Level 1 Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance- rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. b. Level 2 Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. c. Level 4 Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view,unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects. 09 21 16-4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Thin set glazed wall and floor tile, base and necessary trim shapes, mortar and grout, expansion joints, sealants, transition strips, and accessories shown or required to complete work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. 1 Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements. 2. Manufacturer's installationinstructions. B Samples. 1 Selection. Submit full range of colors,patterns,textures and finishes available for selection of tile andthreshold. 2. Approval a. Submit samples of selected tile mounted on 12 inch x 12 inch board indicating joint size and grout. C. Certifications: 1 Provide Master Grade Certificate as specified in ANSI A137 1 2. Manufacturer's affidavits that materials used contain no asbestos. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1 Installation Specifications. a. A108.5, Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar b. A108.6,Ceramic Tile installed with Chemical-Resistant,Water- Cleanable Tile-Setting and GroutingEpoxy c. A108.10,Installation of Grout in Tilework 2. Material Specifications. a. A118.4,Latex-Portland CementMortar b. A118.6,Ceramic Tile Grouts c. A136 1,Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile d. A137 1,Ceramic Tile B. American Societyfor Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1 C 144,Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 2. C150,Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3 C206,Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime C. Tile Council of America,Inc.(TCA) 1 2010 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation Joiner Architects 09 30 13 - 1 CERAMIC TILING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 14 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Refer to Section 01 31 00-Project Management and Coordination PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers listed whose product meets or exceed the specifications may be used on the Project.Other manufacturers must have a minimum of five (5) years experience manufacturing products meeting or exceeding the specifications and comply with Division 1 requirements regarding substitutions in order to be considered. 1 Ceramic Tile: a. American Maraz7i Tile,Inc.,Sunnyvale,TX,(972)226-0110 b. American Olean Tile Co.,Dallas,TX, (214)398-1411 c. American Tile,Houston,TX,(713)939-1077 d. Dal-Tile Corp.,Dallas,TX,(713)481-5893 e. Interceramic,USA,Garland,TX,(800)496-8453 f Crossville Inc,Crossville,TN,(931)484-2110 2. Tile Setting and Grout Materials. Those manufactured by the approved tile manufacturers named above or any of the following as approved by the tile manufacturer for use with his tile and to suit application. a. ARDEX L.P.,Aliquippa,PA,(724)203-5000 b Custom Building Products,Seal Beach,CA,(562)598-8808 c. Dal-Tile Corp.,Dallas,TX,(713)481-5893 d. Laticrete International,Inc.,Bethany,CT,(800)243-4788 2.2 INTERIOR TILES A. Standard grade tile complying with ANSI 137 1-1980; impervious unglazed porcelain ceramic tile except as otherwise noted.Provide at least two percent extra tile in each color and pattern. B. Floor tile:Glazed porcelain ceramic tile.Wet areas:No back or dot mounted tile; 1 American Olean#SH52"Shadow Bay Sea Grass"(3' x 3") C. Wall tile: Glazed porcelain ceramic tile.Wet areas:No back or dot mounted tile; 1 American Olean#SH50"Shadow Bay Morning Mist"(6"x 18") D Tile and grout colors.Allow for up to four different ceramic tile accent colors and one grout color per toilet room,as selected by architect;floor grout shall be dark. E. Mortar setting leveling/sloping beds, setting beds,bond coats etc. Comply with applicable ANSI and TCA standards. F Grout: 1 Latex portland cement grout;Laticrete,Bostic or equal acceptable to the Architect; synthetic iron oxide pigments,color(s)as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range of colors. Joiner Architects 09 30 13 -2 CERAMIC TILING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department G Trim. Matching field tile composition, color, size, texture; shapes as required. Provide rubber transition at all adjacent surfaces. H. Base: 1 American Olean#SH52. Shadow Bay Sea Grass I. Thresholds. Group A marble,ASTM C 503 1 Mortar Adhesive a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150,Type 1 b. Lime: ASTM C206,Type"S" c. Sand.ASTM C144 d. Water Potable e. Bond Coat:Dry-set mortar conforming to ANSI A118.4 f. Organic adhesive:Comply with ANSI A136.1,with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24).Furnish current Certification of Conformance. 2. Epoxy Grout: Use one(1)of the following 100 percent solids epoxy grout in accordance with ANSI A118.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). No substitutions. Color shall be as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of available colors. a. ARDEX L.P.,WA Epoxy Grout,Aliquippa,PA(724)203-5000 b. Polyblend®Tile Grout with 100 percent Solids Epoxy manufactured by Custom Building Products,Seal Beach,CA, (562)598-8808 c. LATICRETE®SpectraLOCK PRO Stainless Grout manufactured by Laticrete International,Inc.,Bethany,CT,(800)243-4788 3 Crack Isolation Membrane. Provide shower pan waterproofing in accordance with Section 07 13 00 2.3 THRESHOLDS A. White Italian Marble thresholds at all restroom doors shall be 1/2 inch thick by 2 inches wide by required length,with double 1/4 inch bevel. 2.4 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Expansion Joint Filler Flexible and compressible, closed-cell type, rounded at surface to contact sealant as instructed by sealant manufacturer to suit intended use. B Silicone compound sealant over filler ASTM C920,Uses M and A,single component, mildew resistant. Sanded to match grout. Provide at all wall corners, ceilings, control joints and changes in materials, where floor tile abuts perimeter walls, curbs, columns, and pipes; and 24 feet to 36 feet elsewhere. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Cement-based Floor Leveling Material. ARDEX K-15 Self-Leveling Joiner Architects 09 30 13 -3 CERAMIC TILING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department Underlayment Concrete manufactured by Ardex Engineered Cements, Aliquippa, PA, (724) 203-5000; or CX Self-Leveling Underlayment manufactured by BASF Chemrex Inc., or equal. Gypsum-based products are prohibited. B. Transition Strips. Of type and size recommended to suit application.Color shall be as selected byArchitect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.6 EXTRA TILE A. Deliver one(2)unopened boxes of each type and color of wall and floor tile to the Owner in accordance with Section 0177 00,Closeout Procedures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 31 PREPARATION A. Examination.Examine substrates for expansion joints and defects which may affect the work.Do not start work until defects have been corrected. Ensure that surfaces are: 1 Dry,clean,free of oily or waxy films,free of curing compounds. 2. Firm and level within specifiedtolerances. 3 Minimum of 40 degrees and rising. B Tile contractor shall examine preparatory work by others and notify Architect of any imperfections which would affect a satisfactory completion of this tile work. Verify that slab is free of cracks, waxy or oily films, and is well cured. Absence of such notification shall constitute acceptance of responsibility by tile contractor 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Align joints(no staggering) B Set interior floor tile and grout in accordance with TCA F113 Set marble thresholds in accordance with TCA TR611 and manufacturer's instructions. C. Set interior wall tile and grout in accordance with TCA W244 on tile backer cement board at wet areas, showers, and restrooms, TCA W243 on tile backer gypsum board at dry areas not exposed to water or moisture, and TCA W202 on concrete masonry unit(CMU)substrates. D Allow minimum of 24 hours after tile is set before grouting. E. Lay out tile so that the minimum size tile used is 1/2 size. F Form internal angles square. G Install expansion joints in accordance with TCA publication EJ171 H. Slope tile within three(3)foot diameter of a floor drain,unless otherwise noted. Joiner Architects 09 30 13 -4 CERAMIC TILING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department I. Damp cure grout in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean work at completion of installation,remove excess grout from tile surfaces. Clean tile and grout surfaces prior to installation of plumbing fixtures. B. Wipe all tile with a clean damp cloth,and buff lightly,leaving tile surfaces clean andready to use. C. Remove grout from adjacent finish surfaces. D Protect finished installation until final acceptance. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 09 30 13 -5 CERAMIC TILING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 09 91 00-PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1 Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B All interior paint to be anti-microbial type. C. Paint exposed surfaces,except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface,paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish,the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. D Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1 Labels. Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification,performance rating, or nomenclature plates. E. Submittals. For each paint system specified,provide the following: 1 Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information. Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. F Samples for Initial Selection. Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish-coat material indicated. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. G Samples for Verification. Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1 Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review Resubmit until required sheen,color,and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application. H. Source Limitations. Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Joiner Architects 09 91 00- 1 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department I. Benchmark Samples (Mockups) Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5 Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. 1 The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated,apply coatings in this room or to each surface as specified. a. After finishes are accepted, the Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. J Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. K. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C) Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly Remove oily rags and waste daily L. Project Conditions. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. M. Extra Materials. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below Package paint materials in unopened, factory-sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner 1 Quantity. Furnish the Owner with an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3 785 L) or 1 case,as appropriate, of each material and color applied. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Material Compatibility. Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B Material Quality- Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1 Proprietary Names. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. C. Colors. Provide custom colors of the finished paint systems to match the Architect's samples. 1 Verify sheen of all products with Architect. D Manufacturers. Sherwin Williams,Benjamin Moore,Glidden. Joiner Architects 09 91 00-2 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO. 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry B Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. C. Preparation. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. D Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet,newly painted surfaces. E. Surface Preparation. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. 1 Cementitious Materials. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing,use mechanical methods of surface preparation. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer a. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Wood. Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper,as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. Seal tops,bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery 3 Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated, remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC)recommendations. Joiner Architects 09 91 00-3 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department a. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush,clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 4 Galvanized Surfaces. Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. F Materials Preparation. Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. G Application. Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1 Paint colors, surface treatments,and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3 Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4 The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in items are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5 Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only 6. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 7 Finish exterior doors on tops,bottoms,and side edges the same as exterior faces. 8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1 The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions,sand between applications. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3 Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. I. Application Procedures. Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. Joiner Architects 09 91 00-4 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department J Minimum Coating Thickness. Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer K. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. L. Prime Coats. Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. M. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color,texture, and coverage. Remove,refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. N Field Quality Control. The Owner reserves the right to engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken,identified,sealed,and certified in the presence of the Contractor 1 The testing agency will perform appropriate tests as required by the Owner 2. If tests show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint from the site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary, the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with specified paint,the 2 coatings are incompatible. 0 Cleanup. At the end of each workday,remove empty cans,rags,rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1 After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. P Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning,repairing or replacing,and repainting,as approved by Architect. Q Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1 At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1 R. Paint Schedules. Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated. 3 02 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete Masonry Units. Provide the following finish systems over exterior masonry block units. 1 Semigloss Finish. 2 finish coats over block surface a. Block Surfacer block surface applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer Joiner Architects 09 91 00-5 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1) Sherwin-Willaims. Loxon Block Surfacer b First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior or elastometric coating applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 12 mils. 1) Sherwin-Willaims. Sheriastic Elastomeric Coating B. Ferrous Metal. Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop-primed items. 1 Semigloss,Acrylic-Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer a. Primer Rust-inhibitive metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0 033 mm) 1) Sherwin-Williams. B50Z Kern-Bond HS Universal Primer b First and Second Coats. Semigloss, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils(0 033 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams. A100A82 Exterior Latex C. Zinc-Coated Metal. Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc-coated (galvanized) metal surfaces: 1 Semigloss,Acrylic-Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a galvanized metal primer a. Primer Galvanized metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0 031 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams B66W1 DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0 033 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams A100A82 Exterior Latex D Aluminum. Provide the following finish systems over exterior aluminum surfaces: 1 Semigloss,Acrylic-Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Rust-inhibitive, acrylic- or alkyd-based, metal primer, as recommended by the manufacturer for use over aluminum, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 0 mils (0 025 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams B71Y1 DTM Wash Primer Joiner Architects 09 91 00-6 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils(0 033 mm) 1) Sherwin-William Al 00A82 Exterior Latex 3 03 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete Masonry Units: Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete masonry block units: 1 Semi gloss,Acrylic-Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a block filler a. Block Filler High-performance, latex-based, block filler applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 5 0 mils(0 13 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams Loxon Masonry Primer b First and Second Coats. Semigloss, acrylic-latex, antimicrobial interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils(0 033 mm) 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Interior Flat Latex B Gypsum Board. Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces. 1 Flat Acrylic Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 1 mils(0 028m). 1) Sherwin-Williams Harmony Latex Primer b First and Second Coats. Flat, acrylic-latex-based, antimicrobial interior paint applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 4 mils(0 035 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Interior Flat Latex 2. Semi gloss,Acrylic-Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 1 mils (0 028 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams Harmony Latex Primer b First and Second Coats. Semigloss, acrylic-latex, antimicrobial interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0 033 mm) 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Semi-Gloss Joiner Architects 09 91 00-7 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department C Ferrous Metal. Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal. 1 Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish. One finish coat over an enamel undercoater and a primer a. Primer Quick-drying, rust-inhibitive, alkyd-based or epoxy-metal primer, as recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0 038 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams B66W1 DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish b. Undercoat: Alkyd, interior enamel undercoat or semigloss, antimicrobial acrylic- latex, interior enamel, as recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils(0 033 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Semi-Gloss c. Finish Coat: Semigloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils(0 033 mm). 1) Sherwin-Williams Paint Shield Semi-Gloss END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 09 91 00-8 PAINTING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 02 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work herein. B The Contract Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems.If any departure from the Contract Drawings is deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departure and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval as soon as reasonably practicable.No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Architect/Engineer C. Notwithstanding any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture,form or type of construction by name,make or catalog number, such reference shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article,device,product,material,fixture,form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer,expressed in writing,is equal to that specified. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work included under this Contract consists of the furnishing and installation of all equipment and material necessary and required to form the complete and functioning systems in all of their various phases, all as shown on the accompanying Drawings and/or described in these Specifications. The Contractor shall review all pertinent Drawings, including those of other contracts,prior to commencement of Work. B This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items as specified herein,indicated on the Drawings, or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation, including every article,device or accessory(whether or not specifically called for by item)reasonably necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to. materials, labor, supervision, transportation, storage, equipment, utilities, all required permits, licenses and inspections. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Project Manual,Drawings and Specifications and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. C. The approximate locations of Plumbing items are indicated on the Drawings. These Drawings are not intended to give complete and accurate details with regards to location of outlets,apparatus,etc. Exact locations are to be determined by actual measurements at the building/job-site,and will in all cases be subject to the Review of the Owner or Engineer, who reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in the locations indicated without additional cost to the Owner D Items specifically mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings and/or items shown on Drawings but not specifically mentioned in the Specifications shall be installed by the Contractor under the appropriate section of work as if they were both specified and shown. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 1 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department E. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be reported to the Owner or Engineer so that they will be resolved prior to bidding. Where this cannot be done at least seven(7)working days prior to bid;the greater or more costly of the discrepancy shall be bid.All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be included as part of this Contract. F It is the intention of this Section of the specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and fully operating system in cooperation with other trades. G. It is the intent of the above "Scope" to give the Contractor a general outline of the extent of the Work involved, however, it is not intended to include each and every item required for the Work. Anything omitted from the "Scope" but shown on the Drawings, or specified elsewhere, or necessary for complete and functioning plumbing systems shall be considered a part of the overall "Scope" H. The Contractor shall rough-in fixtures and equipment furnished by others from rough-in and placement drawings furnished by others.The Contractor shall make final connection to fixtures and equipment furnished by others. I. The Contractor shall participate in the Commissioning process as required, including, but not necessarily limited to:meeting attendance,completion of checklists, and participation in functional testing. 1.03 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF CON 1RACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents are schematic in nature in that they are only to establish scope and a minimum level of quality They are not to be used as actual working construction drawings. The actual working construction drawings shall be the reviewed Shop Drawings. B. All piping, fixture, or equipment locations as indicated on the documents do not indicate every transition, offset, or exact location. All transitions, offsets, clearances and exact locations shall be established by actual field measurements, coordination with the structural, architectural and reflected ceiling plans,and other trades.Submit Shop Drawings for review C. All transitions, offsets and relocations as required by actual field conditions shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner D Additional coordination with Electrical Subcontractor may be required to allow adequate clearances of electrical equipment, fixtures, and associated appurtenances. Contractor to notify Architect and Engineer of unresolved clearances,conflicts,or equipment locations. 1.04 SITE VISIT AND FAMILIARIZATION A. Before submitting a bid,it will be necessary for each Contractor whose work is involved to visit the site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met therein in installing his work and make due provision for same in his bid. It will be assumed that this Contractor in submitting his bid has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install the piping, fixtures and equipment shown. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this requirement shall not be considered justification for the omission or faulty installation of any work covered by these Specifications and Drawings. Joiner Architects 22 02 00-2 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B Understand the existing utilities from which services will be supplied, verify locations of utility services,and determine requirements for connections. C. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish painting is specified.Prime and protective painting is included in the work of this Division. B. Owner and General Contractor furnished equipment shall be properly connected to plumbing systems. C. Furnishing and installing all required plumbing equipment, control relays and electrical interlock devices,conduit,wire and junction boxes are included in the Work of this Division. 1.06 PERMITS,TESTS,INSPECTIONS A. Arrange and pay for all permits, fees, tests, and all inspections as required by governmental authorities. 1.07 DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The date of final acceptance shall be the date of Owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed, or the date final payment has been received. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements. B. The date of final acceptance shall be documented in writing and signed by the Architect, Owner and Contractor 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. B Deliver products to the project at such times as the project is ready to receive the equipment, pipe or valves-properly protected from incidental damage and weather damage. C. Damaged equipment,valves or pipe shall be promptly removed from the site and new,undamaged equipment,valves and pipe shall be provided in its place promptly with no additional charge to the Owner 1.09 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. The plumbing systems and the component parts thereof shall be guaranteed to operate without objectionable noise and vibration. B Provide foundations, supports and isolators as specified or indicated, properly adjusted to prevent transmission of vibration to the building structure,piping and other items. C. Carefully fabricate pipe and fittings with smooth interior finish to prevent turbulence and generation or regeneration of noise. Joiner Architects 22 02 00-3 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.10 APPLICABLE CODES A. Obtain all required permits and inspections for all work required by the Contract Documents and pay all required fees in connection thereof. B. Arrange with the serving utility companies for the connection, relocation, and upgrade of all required utilities and pay all charges, meter charges, connection fees and inspection fees, if required. C. Comply with all applicable codes, specifications, local ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the following nationally accepted codes and standards,including,but not necessarily limited to. 1 American Standards Association,ASA. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., ASHRAE. 3 American Society of Mechanical Engineers,ASME. 4 American Society of Plumbing Engineers,ASPE. 5 American Society of Testing Materials,ASTM. 6 American Water Works Association,AWWA. 7 National Bureau of Standards,NBS. 8. National Fire Protection Association,NFPA. 9 UL,LLC(formerly Underwriters Laboratories). 10 FM Global. 11 International Energy Conservation Code,IECC. 12. International Fire Code. 13 International Fuel Gas Code. 14 International Plumbing Code. D Where differences exist between the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes,state and local ordinances,industry standards,utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards, the more stringent or costly application shall govern.Promptly notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of all differences. E. When directed in writing by the Architect/Engineer,remove all work installed that does not comply with the Contract Documents and applicable state or city building codes,state and local ordinances, industry standards,utility company regulations and the applicable requirements of the above listed nationally accepted codes and standards. Correct the deficiencies and complete the work at no additional cost to the Owner 1.11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS A. General Explanation. A substantial amount of construction and Specification language constitutes definitions for terms found in other Contract Documents, including Drawings which must be recognized as diagrammatic and schematic in nature and not completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon.Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined generally in this article,unless defined otherwise in Division 01 B Definitions and explanations of this Section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive,but are general for work to the extent not stated more explicitly in another provision of the Contract Documents. C. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross-reference to details,notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and to similar means of Joiner Architects 22 02 00-4 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where such terms as "Shown", "Noted", "Scheduled", "Specified" and "Detailed" are used in lieu of"Indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate cross-reference material, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically shown. D Directed. Where not otherwise explained,terms such as "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and "Permitted" mean by the Architect or Engineer However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's or Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. E. Reviewed. Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response to submittals, requests for information, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor the meaning of the term "Reviewed" will be held to limitations of Architect's and Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplemental Conditions.In no case will "Reviewed"by Engineer be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill the terms and requirements of the Contract Documents. F Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver new to the project site, ready for unloading,unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. G. Install. Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "Install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations,as applicable in each instance. H. Provide:Except as otherwise defined in greater detail,the term "Provide"is used to mean "Furnish and Install",complete and ready for intended use,as applicable in each instance. Installer• Entity(person or firm)engaged by the Contractor or its Subcontractor for performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protection, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers)be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. J Imperative Language: Used generally in Specifications. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor For clarity of reading at certain locations,contrasting subjective language is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor,or when so noted by other identified installers or entities. K. Minimum Quality/Quantity. In every instance, the quality level or quantity shown or specified is intended as minimum quality level or quantity of work to be performed or provided. Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly with that minimum (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum within reasonable tolerance limits. In complying with requirements, indicated or scheduled numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner or Engineer via a request for information (RFI) for decision before proceeding. L. Abbreviations and Symbols: The language of Specifications and other Contract Documents including Drawings is of an abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual word abbreviations of a self- Joiner Architects 22 02 00-5 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department explanatory nature have been included in text of Specifications and Drawings. Specific abbreviations and symbols have been established,principally for lengthy technical terminology and primarily in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in Schedules. These are frequently defined in Section at first instance of use or on a Legend and Symbol Drawing. Trade and industry association names and titles of generally recognized industry standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of Contract Documents so indicate. Except as otherwise indicated,graphic symbols and abbreviations used on Drawings and in Specifications are those recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted symbols and abbreviations are defined by 2009 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, chapter 34 "Abbreviations and Symbols", ASME and ASPE published standards. 1.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings. It will not be the province of the Specifications to mention any part of the work which the Drawings are competent to fully explain in every particular and such omission shall not to relieve the Contractor from carrying out portions indicated on the Drawings only B. Should items be required by these Specifications and not indicated on the Drawings,they are to be supplied even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon.In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Drawings or Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter referred to the Architect or Engineer for review with a request for information and clarification at least seven(7)working days prior to bid opening date for issuance of an addendum. C. The listing of product manufacturers, materials and methods in the various sections of the Specifications,and indicated on the Drawings,is intended to establish a standard of quality only It is not the intention of the Owner or Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the manufacturers' standard product will meet the requirements of the project design,Drawings,Specifications and space constraints. D The Architect or Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment,materials and methods. E. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods, will be accepted as outlined, provided they have equal capacity, construction, and performance. However, under no circumstances shall any substitution by made without the written permission of the Architect or Engineer and Owner Request for prior approval must be made in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date without fail. F Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product,material or method will be acceptable,it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. G. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer's product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of Joiner Architects 22 02 00-6 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department manufacturers may be substituted, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without approval. H. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is a statement that "OR EQUAL" product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Owner or Engineer that the specified product,material or method or an "OR EQUAL" product, material or method may be used if it complies with the specifications and is submitted for review to the Engineer as outline herein. Where permission to use substituted or alternative equipment on the project is granted by the Owner or Engineer in writing, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available which includes allowances for all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment structural support, plumbing and electrical requirements and provisions with the Mechanical and Plumbing Design Documents and all other trades,including Division 26 J Changes in architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing requirements for the substitution shall be the responsibility of the bidder wishing to make the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected designer(s). Any additional cost incurred by affected Subcontractors shall be the responsibility of this bidder and not the Owner K. If any request for a substitution of product, material or method is rejected, the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. L. The Owner or Engineer will investigate all requests for substitutions when submitted in accordance with above and if accepted,will issue a written acceptance allowing the substitutions. M. Where equipment other than that used in the design as specified or shown on the Drawings is substituted (either from an approved manufacturers list or by submittal review), it shall be the responsibility of the substituting Contractor to coordinate space requirements, building provisions and connection requirements with his trades and all other trades and pay all additional costs to other trades,the Owner,the Architect or Engineer,if any,due to the substitutions. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Division 01 for submittal timetable requirements, unless noted otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Contract is awarded. The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of a complete set of Shop Drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Architect or Engineer within the above thirty (30)day period. The Architect or Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive Shop Drawing review time for submittals received after the thirty (30)day time limit. The Architect and Engineer will retain a copy of all Shop Drawings for their files. All literature pertaining to items subject to Shop Drawing submittal shall be submitted at one time. Submittals shall be placed in one electronic file in PDF 8.0 format and bookmarked for individual specification sections. Individual electronic files of submittals for individual specifications shall not be permitted.Each submittal shall include the following items: 1 A cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, MEP Engineer, General Contractor and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The Joiner Architects 22 02 00-7 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department cover sheet shall also contain the section number covering the item or items submitted and the item nomenclature or description. 2. An index page with a listing of all data included in the Submittal. 3 A list of variations page with a listing all variations, including unfurnished or additional required accessories, items or other features, between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state "NO VARIATIONS" Where variations affect the work of other Contractors, then the Contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected Contractors and that all expenses associated with the variations will be paid by the submitting Contractor This page will be signed by the submitting Contractor 4 Equipment information including manufacturer's name and designation, size,performance and capacity data as applicable. All applicable Listings, Labels, Approvals and Standards shall be clearly indicated. 5 Dimensional data and scaled drawings as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances clearly indicated and labeled at a minimum scale of 1/4" = l'-0", as required to demonstrate that the alternate or substituted product will fit in the space available. 6 Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. 7 Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements or accessories shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. 8. Additional information as required in other Sections of this Division. 9 Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, signed and dated in long hand. Submittals that do not comply with the above requirements shall be returned to the Contractor and shall be marked"REVISE AND RESUBMIT" B Refer to Division 00 and Division 01 for additional information on Shop Drawings and submittals. C. Equipment and materials submittals and Shop Drawings will be reviewed for compliance with design concept only It will be assumed that the submitting Contractor has verified that all items submitted can be installed in the space allotted.Review of Shop Drawings and submittals shall not be considered as a verification or guarantee of measurements or building conditions. D Where Shop Drawings and submittals are marked"REVIEWED",the review of the submittal does not indicate that submittals have been checked in detail nor does it in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to furnish material and perform work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Shop Drawings shall be reviewed and returned to the Contractor with one of the following categories indicated. 1 REVIEWED. Contractor need take no further submittal action,shall include this submittal in the O&M manual and may order the equipment submitted on. 2. REVIEWED AS NOTED. Contractor shall submit a letter verifying that required exceptions to the submittal have been received and complied with including additional accessories or coordination action as noted, and shall include this submittal and compliance letter in the O&M manual. The Contractor may order the Joiner Architects 22 02 00-8 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department equipment submitted on at the time of the returned submittal providing the Contractor complies with the exceptions noted. 3 NOT APPROVED. Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is not approved,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or Drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment that is not approved. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 4 REVISE AND RESUBMIT Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked revise and resubmit,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the Specifications and/or provide as noted on previous Shop Drawings. Contractor shall not order equipment marked revise and resubmit. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. 5 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION REQUIRED. Contractor shall resubmit submittal on material, equipment or method of installation. The Contractor's stamp is required stating the submittal meets all conditions of the contract documents. The stamp shall be signed by the General Contractor The submittal will not be reviewed if the stamp is not placed and signed on all Shop Drawings. 6 MANUFACTURER NOT AS SPECIFIED. Contractor shall resubmit new submittal on material, equipment or method of installation when the alternate or substitute is marked manufacturer not as specified,the Contractor will automatically be required to furnish the product, material or method named in the specifications. Contractor shall not order equipment where submittal is marked manufacturer not as specified. Repetitive requests for substitutions will not be considered. F Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without Shop Drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Owner or Engineer for any reason shall be at the expense of the Contractor The responsible Contractor shall remove the material and equipment noted above and replace with specified equipment or material at his own expense when directed in writing by the Architect or Engineer G. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review H. Submittals are required for,but not necessarily limited to,the following items: 1 Basic Materials. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Valves. 3 Supports and Carriers. 4 Floor Drains,Roof Drains,and Cleanouts. 5 Interceptors/Traps(All Types). 6 Water Heaters and Boilers. 7 Expansion Tanks. 8. Water Softeners. 9 Water Treatment Equipment. 10 Water Filters. 11 Domestic Water Booster Pumps. 12. Fire Pumps and Jockey Pumps. 13 Storm, Sanitary,and Wastewater Pumps and Ejectors. 14 Fire Pump and Jockey Pump Controllers. Joiner Architects 22 02 00-9 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 15 Domestic Water and Fire Protection Break Tanks. 16 Backflow Preventers. 17 Plumbing Piping. 18 Piping,Vessel,and Equipment Insulation. 19 Air Compressors and Air Dryers. 20 Expansion Fittings and Devices. 21 Variable Frequency Drives. 22. Noise and Vibration Controls. 23 Pipe and Equipment Hangers and Supports. 24 Plumbing Specialties. 25 Test,Adjust and Balance Reports. 26 Testing,Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Qualifications. 27 Coordination Drawings. I. Refer to other Division 22 sections for additional Shop Drawing and submittal requirements. Provide samples of actual materials and/or equipment to be used on the Project upon request of the Owner or Engineer 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components,and systems of plumbing equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations,and building components.Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work,including(but not necessarily limited to)the following: 1 Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, equipment, and other materials. Include the following: a. Wall locations and types. b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm,sanitary sewer piping and plumbing piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. i. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. j Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor,wall and roof opening sizes and details. 2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3 Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 10 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division.This coordination shall include,but not be limited to:voltage,ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, sequence of construction,building requirements and special conditions. C. By submitting Shop Drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. 1.15 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare Record Documents in accordance with the requirements of Division 00 and Division 01,in addition to the requirements specified in Division 22. B The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of clearly and legibly marked Record Drawings on the job site to record all changes and modifications, including, but not limited to the following: work details, alterations to meet site conditions,and changes made by "Change Order"notices.Mark the drawings with colored pencil(s). These shall be available for review by the Owner, Architect or Engineer during the entire construction stage. C. The Record Drawings shall be updated concurrently as construction progresses, and in no case less frequently than a daily basis. They shall indicate accurate dimensions for all buried or concealed work;precise locations of all concealed pipe; locations of all valves,controls and operable devices; and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents. All dimensions shall include at least two dimensions to permanent structure points. D Record Drawings shall indicate,at a minimum,the following installed conditions: 1 Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers,expansion fittings,tanks,etc.).Valve location diagrams,complete with valve tag chart.Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 2. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 3 Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 4 Contract Modifications,actual equipment and materials installed. E. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located as specified herein to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. F If the Contractor does not keep an accurate set of Record Documents, the pay request may be altered or delayed at the request of the Architect. Delivery of Record Documents is a condition of final acceptance.Record Drawings shall be furnished in addition to Shop Drawings. G. Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall submit three (3) full size sets of Record Drawing prints to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to scheduling the final inspection at the completion of the work. The drawings shall have the name(s) and seal(s) of the Engineer(s) removed or blanked out and shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 11 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE. (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY (SIGNATURE) (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY (SIGNATURE) 1.16 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS A. Submit a detailed schedule for completion and testing of each system indicating scheduled dates for completion of system installation and outlining tests to be performed and scheduled dates for each test. This detailed completion and test schedule shall be submittal at least ninety (90) days before the projected Project completion date. B. Test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the detailed schedule submitted. C. Submit four(4) copies of all certifications and test reports to the Architect or Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. D Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in other Sections of Division 22. 1.17 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare Operations and Maintenance manuals in accordance with the requirements of Division 01 and Division 22. In addition to the requirements of other Sections, this shall include the following information for fixtures,specialties,and equipment items. 1 Identifying names,name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 2. Valve tag lists with valve number,type,color coding,location and function. 3 Reviewed Shop Drawing submittals with exceptions noted compliance letter 4 Fabrication drawings. 5 Equipment and device bulletins and data sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable, i.e., description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model numbers of replacement parts. 6 Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. 7 Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,repair,and reassembly;aligning and adjusting instructions. 8. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 9 Equipment and motor name plate data. 10 Wiring diagrams. 11 Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 12. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 13 Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 12 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 14 Furnish recommended lubrication schedule for all required lubrication points with listing of type and approximate amount of lubricant required. B Coordinate with Division 01 for Operations and Maintenance manual requirements. Unless noted otherwise, bind together in "D ring" style three-ring binders (National model no. 79-883 or equivalent). Binders shall be large enough to allow 1/4" of spare capacity Include three (3) sets with all approved Shop Drawing submittals, fabrication drawings, bulletins, maintenance instructions, operating instructions and parts exploded views and lists for each and every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification.All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections with tabbed insertable dividers, labeled for easy reference. Utilize the individual specification section numbers shown in the Plumbing Specifications as an organization guideline. Bulletins containing information about equipment that is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 22 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda that shall,likewise,be bound with bulletins. C. In addition to the bound "hard-copy" Operation and Maintenance manuals referenced above, provide an identical electronic copy in searchable PDF format,with all sections bookmarked within the file for easy reference.Provide a USB flash drive with the final manual to the Owner D Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be turned over to the Owner or Engineer for review a minimum of fourteen(14)working days prior to the beginning of the operator training period. E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals which the Engineer deems incomplete, poorly organized, or otherwise unacceptable will be rejected in writing.The Contractor will subsequently be required to again turn over Operating and Maintenance Manuals, with all deficiencies corrected,until deemed acceptable by the Engineer 1.18 OPERATOR TRAINING A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of factory trained specialists to instruct the Owner's operating personnel.The Owner's operator training shall include a minimum of 12 hours of on-site training in three(3)shifts of four(4)hours each. B Before proceeding with the instruction of Owner's Personnel, prepare a typed outline in triplicate, listing the subjects that will be covered in this instruction,and submit the outline for review by the Owner At the conclusion of the instruction period, obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the reviewed outline to signify that he or she has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and then resubmit the signed outlines. C. Refer to other Sections of Division 22 for additional Operator Training requirements. 1.19 FINAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of the work, all equipment,operable appurtenances, and systems shall be tested. All faulty equipment and material shall be repaired or replaced.Refer to other Sections of Division 22 for additional requirements. B Clean and adjust all fixtures, flushometers, valves and operable devices. Replace faulty or otherwise damaged parts immediately prior to final acceptance. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 13 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department C. Touch up and/or refinish any scratched equipment and devices immediately prior to final acceptance. This shall be acceptable only for minor superficial scratches, the determination of which rests solely on the judgment of the Architect or Engineer 1.20 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE A. Use of the Plumbing systems to provide temporary service during the construction period shall not be allowed without written permission from the Owner, and, if granted, shall not be cause for the warranty period to start,except as defined below B Contractor shall guarantee to keep the entire installation in repair and perfect working order for a period of one(1)year after its completion and final acceptance,and shall furnish free of additional cost to the Owner all materials and labor necessary to comply with the above guarantee throughout the year beginning from the date of issue of Substantial Completion,Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner,or the Certificate of Final Payment as agreed upon by all parties. C. This guarantee shall not include cleaning or changing filters except as required by testing,adjusting and balancing. D All air compressors shall have parts and labor guarantees for a period of not less than five(5)years beyond the date of final acceptance. E. Refer to other Sections of Division 22 for additional guarantee or warranty requirements. 1.21 TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES A. Project documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for re-use by Architect/Owner or others on extensions of this project or on any other project. Any such re-use or modification without written verification or adaptation by Engineer, as appropriate for the specific purpose intended,will be at Architect/Owner's risk and without liability or legal exposure to Engineer or its consultants from all claims,damages,losses and expense,including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting thereof. B Because data stored in electric media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently, or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator,the party receiving the electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within sixty (60) days of receipt, after which time the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred to be acceptable. Any errors detected within the sixty (60) day acceptance period will be corrected by the party delivering the electronic files. Engineer is not responsible for maintaining documents stored in electronic media format after acceptance by the Architect/Owner C. When transferring documents in electronic media format,Engineer makes no representations as to the long-term compatibility,usability or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by Engineer at the beginning of the Project. D Any re-use or modifications will be Contractor's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Architect,Engineer or any consultant. E. The Texas Board of Architectural Examiners(TBAE)has stated that it is in violation of Texas law for persons other than the Architect of record to revise the Architectural drawings without the Architect's written consent. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 14 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1 It is agreed that"MEP"hard copy or computer-generated documents will not be issued to any other party except directly to the Architect/Owner The Contract Documents are contractually copyrighted and cannot be used for any other project or purpose except as specifically indicated in AIA B-141 Standard Form of Agreement Between Architect and Owner 2. If the client, Architect or Owner of the project requires electronic media for "record purposes", then AutoCAD/Revit documents will be prepared by Engineer on electronic media such as removable memory devices,flash drives or CD's.These documents can also be submitted via file transfer protocols. AutoCAD/Revit files will be submitted with all title block references intact to permit the end user to only view and plot the drawings. Revisions will not be permitted in this configuration. 3 At the Architect/Owner's request,Engineer will assist the Contractor in the preparation of the submittals and prepare one copy of AutoCAD/ Revit files on electronic media or submit through file transfer protocols. The electronic media will be prepared with all indicia of documents ownership removed.The electronic media will be prepared in a".rvt" or".dwg"format to permit the end user to revise the drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials and equipment manufactured by a domestic United States manufacturer and assembled in the United States for all local and Federal Government projects. These materials and equipment shall comply with"Buy American Act." B Access Doors:Provide access doors as required for access to equipment,valves,controls,cleanouts and other apparatus where concealed. Access doors shall have concealed hinges and screw driver cam locks unless indicated otherwise. C. All access panels located in wet areas such as toilet rooms, locker rooms, shower rooms, natatoriums,kitchens,and any other wet areas shall be constructed of stainless steel. D Access doors shall be as follows: 1 Plastic Surfaces:Milcor Style K. 2. Ceramic Tile Surfaces:Milcor Style M. 3 Drywall Surfaces:Milcor Style DW 4 Install panels only in locations approved by the Architect. 2.02 EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide four(4) inch high concrete pads for indoor floor mounted equipment. Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum extension of six(6) inches beyond the equipment. Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish,equivalent to the floor External corners shall be bull-nosed to a 3/4"radius,unless shown otherwise. B Provide six(6) inch high concrete pads for all exterior mounted equipment. Pads shall conform to the shape of the equipment with a minimum extension of six (6) inches beyond the equipment. Provide a four(4) foot monolithic extension to the pad in front of the equipment for service when mounted on a non-finished area (i.e. landscape, gravel, clay, etc.) Top and sides of pads shall be troweled to a smooth finish. External corners shall be bull-nosed to a 3/4" radius, unless shown otherwise. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected via reviewed submittals. B Refer to equipment specifications in other Divisions (10, 11, 12, 13, 21, 22, etc.) for additional rough-in requirements as necessary and provide accordingly 3.02 PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS A. General. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of plumbing and fire systems, materials,and equipment.Comply with the following requirements: 1 Coordinate plumbing and fire protection systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3 Arrange for chases, slots, leave-outs, and other openings in building components during progress of construction to allow for plumbing installations. 4 Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices,sleeves,and pathways to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components,as they are constructed. 5 Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of plumbing materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7 Coordinate connection of plumbing and fire protection systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems,materials,and equipment to conform with architectural action markings on submittal, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents,recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, resolve conflicts and submit proposed solution to the Architect for review 9 Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components,where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10 Install equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location and label. 11 Install access panels or doors where valves, operable devices, and equipment are concealed behind finished surfaces. Refer to Article 2.1 of this Section and to Architectural documents for specifications and locations. 12. Install systems,materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13 Provide roof curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Coordinate with roof construction for pitched roof. Provide roof curb to match roof slope. Refer to architectural drawings and details. 14 The equipment to be furnished under this Specification shall be essentially the standard product of the manufacturer Where two or more units of the same class of Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 16 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the system need not be the product of the same manufacturer 15 The architectural and structural features of the building and the space limitations shall be considered in selection of all equipment. No equipment shall be furnished which will not suit the arrangement and space limitations indicated. 16 Lubrication: Prior to start-up, check and properly lubricate all bearings as recommended by the manufacturer 17 Where the word "Concealed"is used in these Specifications in connection with insulating, painting,piping,valves,etc.,it shall be understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. "Exposed" shall be understood to mean the opposite of concealed. 18. Identification of Plumbing Equipment: a. Plumbing equipment shall be identified by means of nameplates permanently attached to the equipment. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic or etched metal. Shop Drawings shall include dimensions and lettering format for approval. Attachments shall be with escutcheon pins, self-tapping screws, or machine screws. b. Tags shall be attached to all valves, including control valves, with nonferrous chains. Tags shall be brass and at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter Nameplate and tag symbols shall correspond to the identification symbols on the Record Drawings. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Protection of Installed Work:During cutting and patching operations,protect adjacent installations. B Perform cutting,fitting,and patching of plumbing equipment and materials required to: 1 Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3 Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4 Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5 Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6 Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer/Owner's observation of concealed Work,without additional cost to the Owner 7 Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers; refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched; Refer to Article 1 11 DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS for definition of"Installer" C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected plumbing equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of plumbing piping, equipment, plumbing fixtures and trim,and other plumbing items made obsolete by the new Work. D Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 17 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3.04 WORK SEQUENCE, TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed: 1 A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Subcontractors and the Architect/Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities.The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 2. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications,heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. B Start-up for major plumbing and fire protection equipment shall be performed by a factory authorized technician. Such equipment shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: domestic water boilers and packaged water heating systems,water softeners, ultra-pure water equipment systems, domestic water booster pumps, fire pumps, and break tank level alarm systems.Refer to other Sections of Divisions 21 and 22 for additional requirements. 3.05 DEMOLITION AND WORK WITHIN EXISTING BUILDINGS A. In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of,and connections to the existing piping,utilities,equipment and other apparatus related to this phase of the work. However, this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents, prior to the submission of a proposal. All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be resolved by this Contractor, who shall produce drawings that shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. B. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings"To Remain"shall be inspected and tested on site to certify its working condition. A written report on the condition of all equipment to remain, including a copy of the test results and recommended remedial actions and costs shall be made by this Contractor to the Architect/Engineer for review C. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed" shall be removed including, associated pipe, supports, and hangers. Where pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use, it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection, the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection, remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. D Ensure existing piping and equipment to remain that is adjacent to and impacted by the scope of Work is properly supported,fastened,and secure. Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 18 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department E. During the construction and remodeling, portions of the Project shall remain in service. Construction equipment, material tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. All fire exits, stairs or corridors required for proper access, circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment, materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades,other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. F Certain work during the demolition phase of construction may require overtime, night time, or weekend shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner at least seventy-two(72)hours in advance in writing. G. Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner, shall be delivered to the Owner, and placed in storage at the location of his choice. All other debris shall be removed from the site immediately and disposed of lawfully H. Equipment, piping or other potential hazards to the working occupants of the building or the general public shall not be left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. I. Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property Repair, patch or replace as required any damage that occurs as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction and to keep construction disrupted areas to a minimum. Coordinate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. J Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing pipe,utilities,etc.,and the reconnecting of the existing equipment and plumbing fixtures as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems regardless of whether or not such rerouting, reconnecting or relocating is shown on the Drawings.Provide all temporary pipe,utilities,controls,etc.,as required to maintain heating, cooling, ventilation and plumbing services for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. K. All existing plumbing fixtures,pipe,utilities,materials,equipment, controls and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. L. Pipe, utilities, equipment and controls serving mechanical, plumbing and owner's equipment, etc., which is to remain but which is served by pipe,utilities, equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work,shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. M. No portion of the fire protection systems shall be turned off, modified or changed in any way without the express knowledge and written permission of the Owner's representative in order to protect systems that shall remain in service. N It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. 0 Refer to Architectural Demolition and/or Alteration plans for actual locations of walls,ceiling,etc., being removed and/or remodeled. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 02 00- 19 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR PLUMBING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 03 00 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition of plumbing systems and components. B. The drawings do not show all demolition work required. The contractor shall make himself familiar with the required scope of work to accomplish the work required by these documents.All demolition work implied or required shall be included in the scope of this contract. C. Outages of services as required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the Owner The contractor shall allow the Owner 2 weeks in order to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the Owner All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Alteration Project Procedures(maybe present under Division 01). B. Selective Demolition(may be present under Division 02). 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE,TIMING,COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will corporate with the Contractor, however, the following provisions must be observed. 1 During the construction of this project,normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until new buildings or renovated areas are completed.Plumbing,fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. 2. A meeting will be held at the project site,prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractors and the Engineer to discuss Contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 1.04 DEMOLITION AND WORK WITHIN EXISTING BUILDINGS A. In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of, and connections to the existing piping, systems, equipment and other apparatus related to this phase of the work.However,this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents,prior to the submission of a proposal.All discrepancies between the Contract Documents and actual job-site conditions shall be resolved by his contractor, who shall produce drawings which shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. Joiner Architects 22 03 00- 1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Remain" shall be inspected and tested on site to certify its working condition. A written report on the condition of all equipment to remain, including a copy of the test results and recommended remedial actions and costs shall be made by this Contractor to the Architect/Engineer for review C. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed" should be removed including, associated pipe, fittings, and hangers and/or line supports. Where pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use, it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection, the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection, remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. D During the construction and remodeling, portions of the Project shall remain in service. Construction equipment, material tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building.None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. All fire exits, stairs or corridors required for proper access, circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment, materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades,other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. E. Certain work during the demolition and construction phases of construction may require overtime or night time shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Project Administrator at least seventy-two(72) hours in advance in writing. F Any salvageable equipment as determined by the Owner, shall be delivered to the Owner, and placed in storage at the location of his choice. All other debris shall be removed from the site immediately G Equipment, piping or other potential hazards to the occupants of the building shall not be left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. H. Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the owner's property Repair, patch or replace as required any damage which might occur as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction and to keep construction disrupted areas to a minimum. Corporate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. I. Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing pipe,etc.,and the reconnecting of the existing equipment and plumbing fixtures as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems regardless of whether or not such rerouting, reconnecting or relocating is shown on the drawings. Furnish all temporary pipe, duct, controls, etc., as required to maintain heating, cooling,ventilation and plumbing services for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. J All existing plumbing fixtures,pipe,materials, equipment, and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. K. Pipe, duct, equipment and controls serving mechanical, plumbing and owner's equipment, etc., which is to remain but which is served by pipe,duct, equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work, shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. Joiner Architects 22 03 00-2 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department L. No portion of the fire protection systems shall be turned off, modified or changed in any way without the express knowledge and written permission of the Owner's representative in order to protect systems that shall remain in service. M. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key and operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. N Refer to Architectural "Demolition and/or Alteration" plans for actual location of walls, ceiling, etc.,being removed and/or remodeled. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work:As specified in individual Sections. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Field verify measurements and piping arrangements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned piping and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents.Report discrepancies to Owner before disturbing existing installation. D Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect plumbing systems in walls,floors,and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company C. Provide temporary connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment,use personnel experienced in such operations. D Existing Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration.Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. E. Existing Fire Alarm System. Maintain existing system in service until new system is accepted. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections.Notify Owner and local fire service at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. Joiner Architects 22 03 00-3 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING PLUMBING WORK A. Demolish and extend existing plumbing work under related provisions of Division 1, Division 2, and this Section. B. Remove,relocate,and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. C. Remove abandoned piping to source of supply D Remove exposed abandoned piping systems, including abandoned systems above accessible ceiling finishes.Cut systems flush with walls and floors,and patch surfaces. E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. F Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panels as appropriate. G Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations,or as specified. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of Alteration Project Procedures Section. 3.06 REMOVAL OF MATERIALS A. The contractor shall modify, remove, and/or relocate all materials and items so indicated on the drawings or required by the installation of new facilities.All removals and/or dismantling shall be conducted in a manner as to produce maximum salvage. Salvage materials shall remain the property of the Owner, and shall be delivered to such destination as directed by the Owner Materials and/or items scheduled for relocation and which are damaged during dismantling or reassembly operations shall be repaired and restored to good operative condition. The contractor may, at his discretion and upon the approval of the Owner, substitute new materials and/or items of like design and quality in lieu of materials and/or items to be relocated. B. All items which are to be relocated shall be carefully removed in reverse to original assembly or placement and protected until relocated. The contractor shall clean and repair and provide all new materials, fittings, and appurtenances required to complete the relocations and to restore to good operative order All relocations shall be performed by workmen skilled in the work and in accordance with standard practice of the trades involved. C. When items scheduled for relocation are found to be in damaged condition before work has been started on dismantling, the contractor shall call the attention of the Owner to such items and receive further instructions before removal. Items damaged in repositioning operations are the contractor's responsibility and shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor as approved by the Owner,at no additional cost to the Owner Joiner Architects 22 03 00-4 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department D Service lines and wiring to items to be removed, salvaged, or relocated shall be removed to points indicated on the drawings, specified, or acceptable to the Owner Service lines and wiring not scheduled for reuse shall be removed to the points at which reuse is to be continued or service is to remain. Such services shall be sealed, capped, or otherwise tied-off or disconnected in a safe manner acceptable to the Owner All disconnections or connections into the existing facilities shall be done in such a manner as to result in minimum interruption of services to adjacent occupied areas. Services to existing areas or facilities which must remain in operation during the construction period shall not be interrupted without prior specific approval of the Owner as hereinbefore specified. E. Certain work during the demolition phase of construction may require overtime or nighttime shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with the Owner's Representative at least 72 hours in advance. F Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the Owner's property Repair, patch, or replace as required any damage which might occur as a result of work at the site. Care shall be taken to minimize interference with the Owner's activities during construction. Cooperate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. G Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing conduits,wiring, outlet boxes, fixtures, etc., and the reconnecting of existing fixtures as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems. Furnish all temporary conduit, wiring, boxes, etc., as required to maintain lighting and power service for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. Remove wire and conduit back to nearest accessible active junction box and extend to existing homeruns as required. H. The contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen,and shall be responsible for repairing such loss or damage.The contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in-service maintenance of all electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing all such temporary protection upon completion of the work. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. J Where partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are being removed, all contractors shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the Architect all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 03 00-5 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe,and equipment hangers,supports,and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 02 00-Basic Materials and Methods for Plumbing B. Section 22 0719-Plumbing Piping Insulation C. Section 2210 00-Plumbing Piping 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASME B31.9-Building Services Piping, 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division One. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron,adjustable swivel,split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel,adjustable,clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over Adjustable steel yoke,cast iron roll,double hanger D Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches:Cast iron hook. F Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. G. Vertical Support:Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple,floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. Joiner Architects 22 05 29- 1 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department I. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over• Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. J Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers,Inc.or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2"and smaller Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3"through 8" Type PS For multiple pipes Type PSE-Custom K. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut "Cush-A-Clamp"or equal.Hangers:Plastic coated;Unistrut or equal. L. For installation of protective shields also reference Section 22 0719 M. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers:Sheet lead. N Pipe Rough-In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide pre-formed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief"Pipe Titan",Hold Rite or equal. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods:Threaded both ends,threaded one end,or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts:Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment,top slot for reinforcing rods,lugs for attaching to forms;size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing:20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing:4 lb./sq.ft.sheet lead for waterproofmg. C. Caps:Steel,20 gauge minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel. 2.06 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors:Form with 18 gage galvanized steel,tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams,Walls,Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe,schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing:Pre-fabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals,UL listed. D Fire Stopping Insulation:Glass fiber type,non-combustible,UL listed. Joiner Architects 22 05 29-2 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department E. Caulk:Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. F Pipe Alignment Guides:Factory fabricated,of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel,consisting of bolted, two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction.Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations,flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.08 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces,pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D Where inserts are omitted,drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab.Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX/HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" Joiner Architects 22 05 29-3 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron Pipe) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 inch and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub,with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers.Also reference specific requirements for cast iron piping installation in Section 2210 00,Part 3 Execution. F Support vertical piping at every floor Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation,provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSULATED PIPING A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation;do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9 B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated.Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. Secure the full contact area of the saddle to the pipe insulation with 1/8"thick coat of mastic. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on insulated piping that has vapor barrier Secure the full contact area of the shield to the pipe insulation with 1/8"thick coat of mastic. Joiner Architects 22 05 29-4 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department D Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions not less than the following: Nominal Pipe Size Shield Length Gauge Thickness 1/4 through 3-1/2 inch 12 inch 18 4 inch 12 inch 16 5 through 6 inch 18 inch 16 8 through 14 inch 24 inch 14 16 through 24 inch 24 inch 12 E. Piping 2"and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. F Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. G. Thermal Hanger Shields:Install where indicated,with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.04 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates,anchor bolts,and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members.Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.05 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls,floors,and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size.For pipes through outside walls,turn flanges back into wall and caulk,metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size.Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction.Seal penetrations watertight. 3.06 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork.Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. Joiner Architects 22 05 29-5 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department C. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent work with UL listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight.Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 05 29-6 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 02 00, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. The scope of the work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the items covered by this Section,with all appurtenances,ready for owner's use. B Refer to Architectural Sections for any additional requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 10 00-Plumbing Piping B. Section 22 07 19-Plumbing Piping Insulation 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASME A13 1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Pipe Marking: 1 All interior visible piping located in accessible spaces shall be provided with pipe markers. Accessible spaces shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: above accessible ceilings, inside equipment rooms and utility spaces, in attic spaces,in crawl spaces,and in chase spaces,etc.viewable via access panels. 2. All exterior visible piping shall be provided with pipe markers. 3 Peel-off,self-adhesive,sticker type labels shall not be acceptable. 4 Pipe markers shall be manufactured with rigid vinyl PVC, printed with UV resistant ink, abrasion and chemical resistant, suited for indoor or outdoor use and for a service temperature of-40 degrees F to 160 degrees F a. For pipes up to 6" provide cylindrically pre-coiled markers that snap into place without the need for tape or adhesives. b. For pipes 6" and larger provide flat snap-around markers installed using manufacturer's heavy-duty nylon ties or stainless steel strapping. c. Markers shall indicate the pipe service, include flow directional arrows, and meet ASME A13 1 5 Acceptable manufacturers: Joiner Architects 22 05 53 - 1 INDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department a. Seton Setmark Pipe Markers b Brimar Industries Pipemarker System 1 Pipe Markers c. Brady Corporation 6. Markers shall be provided after final insulating, painting,jacketing, etc. of piping and per manufacturer's installation instructions. Strapping (applies to large diameter markers only) shall be snug but shall not compromise any insulation. All such strapping shall also be cleanly trimmed of excess material. 7 Markers shall be provided in accordance with ASME Al 3 1 requirements. Specific items indicated below are not intended as a substitute for this complete standard. Markers shall be provided. a. On both sides of each floor or wall penetration. b. On each side of each tee. c. On each side of each piece of equipment. d. On straight pipe runs at equally spaced intervals not to exceed 50 feet. e. In congested areas,on each pipe at the point it enters and exits the area. f. Where they are readily visible to personnel from the point of normal approach. g. With letter height and length of color field according to the size of the pipe served. 8. Color scheme of markers shall be as indicated below and otherwise in accordance with ANSI/ASME color recommendations. Legend color indicates color of legend _ text and flow directional arrow• SYSTEM LABEL LEGEND LEGEND COLOR COLOR Sanitary Sewer Green Sanitary Sewer White Green Plumbing Vent White Storm Drain Green Storm Drain White Green Overflow White Domestic Water Green Domestic Cold Water White Domestic Hot Water Green Domestic Hot Water White Domestic Hot Water Green Domestic Hot Water Return White Return Fire Protection Red Fire Protection White Red Fire Sprinkler White Fuel Gas Yellow Natural Gas Black Yellow Propane Gas Black Diesel Yellow Diesel Oil Black Compressed Air Blue Compressed Air White Nitrogen Orange Nitrogen Black Carbon Dioxide Orange Carbon Dioxide Black Non-Potable Water Yellow Caution. Non-Potable Black Joiner Architects 22 05 53 -2 INDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department Water,Do Not Drink Deionized Water Green Deionized Water White Reverse Osmosis Water Green R.O Water White Acid Waste Orange Acid Waste Black Acid Vent Black B Pipe Painting: 1 Pipe painting shall be per the color schedule below or as directed by the Architect. Confirm all color selections with Architect prior to installation, in particular for exposed piping in publicly occupiable areas. 2. Alll piping subject to corrosive conditions shall be painted. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to natatoriums, pool equipment rooms, chemical and metal processing areas,and animal pens. 3 All exposed piping shall be painted (including, but not limited to piping in mechanical rooms,kitchens, and storage rooms). 4 Paint color schedule: System Color Storm Sewer White Sanitary Sewer Waste and Vent Light Gray Domestic Cold Water Dark Blue Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return Orange Yellow,unless Fuel Gas(except for utility provider installed specifically indicated/required piping) otherwise by Architect or AHJ PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. All labeling equipment shall be installed per manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Contractor's price shall include all items as required per manufacturers'requirements. C. All piping to be painted shall be cleaned of rust, dirt, oil and all other contaminants prior to painting. Install primer and a quality latex paint over all surfaces of pipe.For piping subject to corrosive conditions provide a suitable epoxy(spray)coating to all exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 05 53 -3 INDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications,apply to this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 91 00- General Commissioning Requirements B Section 23 09 63 -Energy Management and Control System(EMCS) 1.03 SUMMARY A. The commissioning of the plumbing system and associated controls shall be performed by an impartial technical firm hired by the owner The commissioning provider shall be certified under one or more of the following certifications. 1 CxA-Certified Commissioning Authority-ACG a. CBCP-Certified Building Commissioning Professional-AEE b. CCP-Certified Commissioning Professional-BCA c. CPMP-Certified Process Management Professional-ASHRAE d. BSC-Building System Commissioning Certification-NEBB B. The commissioning provider (Commissioning authority) shall be responsible for leading the entire construction team through the commissioning process including, but not limited to, conducting the commissioning kick-off meeting, preparing the commissioning plan, preparing pre-functional checklists, preparing functional test scripts, participation in functional testing and preparation of required documentation and reports. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities of the Contractor as related to the Commissioning Process include,but are not limited to the following: 1 Facilitate coordination of Commissioning work by Commissioning authority 2. Attend Commissioning meetings or other meetings called by Commissioning authority to facilitate the Commissioning Process. 3 Review Functional Performance Test procedures for feasibility, safety, and impact on warranty, and provide Commissioning authority with written comment on same. 4 Provide all documentation relating to manufacturer's recommended performance testing of equipment and systems. 5 Provide Operations & Maintenance data to Commissioning authority for preparation of checklists and training manuals. 6 Provide As-built drawings and documentation to facilitate Testing. 7 Assure and facilitate participation and cooperation of Sub Contractors and equipment suppliers as required for the Commissioning Process. Joiner Architects 22 08 00- 1 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 8. Certify to Commissioning authority that installation work listed in Pre-Functional Checklists has been completed. 9 Install systems and equipment in strict conformance with project specifications, manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, and Pre-Functional Checklists. 10 Provide data concerning performance, installation,and start-up of systems. 11 Provide copy of manufacturers filled-out start-up forms for equipment and systems. 12. Ensure systems have been started and fully checked for proper operation prior to arranging for Testing with Commissioning authority Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority written certification that each piece of equipment and/or system has been started according to manufacturer's recommended procedure, and that system has been tested for compliance with operational requirements. a. Contractor shall carry out manufacturer's recommended start-up and testing procedures, regardless of whether or not they are specifically listed in Pre-Functional Checklists. b Contractor is not relieved of obligation for systems/equipment demonstration where performance testing is required by specifications, but a Functional Performance Test is not specifically designated by Commissioning authority 13 Coordinate with Commissioning authority to determine mutually acceptable date of Functional Performance Tests. 14 Provide qualified personnel to assist and participate in Commissioning. 15 Provide test instruments and communications devices, as prescribed by Commissioning authority,required for carrying out Testing of systems. 16 Proprietary test equipment required by the manufacturer, whether specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. Manufacturer shall provide the test equipment, demonstrate its use, and assist in the commissioning process. Proprietary test equipment shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. 17 Ensure deficiencies found in the Commissioning Issues Log are corrected within the time schedule shown in the Commissioning Plan. 18. Provide Commissioning authority with all submittals,start-up instructions manuals, operating parameters, and other pertinent information related to Commissioning Process.This information shall be routed through Architect. 19 Provide commissioning authority with a certificate of readiness to show systems are ready to schedule functional testing. 20 Prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Training Program outline for each system. 21 Coordinate and provide training of Owner's personnel. 22. Prepare Operation & Maintenance Manuals and As-Built drawings in accordance with specifications, submit copy to Commissioning authority in addition to other contractually required submissions. Revise and resubmit manuals in accordance with Design Professionals and Commissioning authority comments. 23 Commissioning requires participation of this Division Subcontractors to ensure that systems are operating in manner consistent with Contract Documents. All costs associated with the participation of Contractor, Sub-Contractors, Design Professionals, and Equipment Vendors in the Commissioning Process shall be included as part of the Construction Contract. B Subcontractors and vendors shall prepare and submit to Commissioning authority proposed Startup procedures to demonstrate proper installation of systems, according to these specifications and checklists prepared by Commissioning authority Joiner Architects 22 08 00-2 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.05 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. Commissioning Process tasks and activities. 1 Commissioning kick-off meeting: Conducted by commissioning authority and attended by construction team and design team. 2. Pre-functional checklists: Prepared by the commissioning authority and filled out by subcontractors performing the work that is applicable. 3 Site visits to review installation of applicable systems and progress of checklist documentation performed and reported by commissioning authority 4 Functional testing: Commissioning authority shall conduct functional testing with assistance of applicable subcontractors and document successful results as well as deficiencies (issues). Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing in accordance with plans and specifications. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of operation, including under full-load, part-load and emergency conditions (including all alarms). Controls system shall be tested to document that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated and adjusted and operate in accordance with the plans and specifications. Sequences shall be functionally tested to document they operate in accordance with plans and specifications. 5 Preliminary commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue a preliminary commissioning report to the owner that has results of the first round of functional testing including deficiencies discovered. 6. Systems manual. Commissioning authority shall compile the systems manual using submittal data provided by the general contractor and applicable subcontractors. 7 Final commissioning report: Commissioning authority shall issue final commissioning report documenting the entire process and final results of functional testing. Report shall include final testing and balancing report. B Equipment to be tested 1 Energy Management and Control System interface with applicable plumbing system equipment. 2. Service water heating systems(100%). 3 Service water circulation equipment(100%). 4 Domestic water booster pumps(100%). C. Testing functions and conditions 1 Verify shutdown of systems when scheduled. 2. Calibration of sensors 3 Confirm functionality of all specified sequences of operations. 4 Verify the functionality of all alarms. D Performance criteria 1 Water temperatures shall be within tolerances specified in the contract documents. 2. Water heating system"recovery"rates shall be within specified time frame. 3 Booster pump shall maintain system pressure within specified tolerance. Joiner Architects 22 08 00-3 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 NO PRODUCTS SUPPLIED PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. This Division has startup responsibilities and are required to complete sub-systems so COMPLETE SYSTEMS are fully functional. Insuring they meet design requirements of Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures and testing do not relieve or lessen this responsibility or shift this responsibility, in whole or in part, to Commissioning Agent or Owner B. Coordinate with other Sub-Contractors and equipment vendors to set aside adequate time to address Pre-Functional Checklists, Functional Performance Tests, Operations & Maintenance Manual creation,Owner Training,and associated coordination meetings. C. Commissioning authority will also conduct site inspections at critical times and issue Cx Field Reports with observations on installation deficiencies so that they may be issued by Architect as deemed appropriate. 3.02 WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING A. Complete all phases of the work so the systems can be started, adjusted, balanced, tested, and otherwise tested. B. See pertinent specification sections in this Division,which outline responsibilities for start- up of equipment with obligations to complete systems, including all sub-systems so that they are fully functional. C. Assist commissioning authority with all information pertaining to actual equipment and installation as required complete the full commissioning scope. D Contractor shall prepare startup procedures to demonstrate compliance with pre-functional checklists, and coordinate scheduling for completion of these checklists. E. A minimum of 7 days prior to date of system startup, submit to Commissioning authority for review, detailed description of equipment start-up procedures which contractor proposes to perform to demonstrate conformance of systems to specifications and Checklists. 3.03 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING A. Attend meetings related to the Commissioning Process; arrange for attendance by personnel and vendors directly involved in the project,prior to testing of their systems. B Provide skilled technicians to startup and test all systems, and place systems in complete and fully functioning service in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Provide skilled technicians, experienced and familiar with systems being commissioned,to assist Commissioning authority in commissioning process. Joiner Architects 22 08 00-4 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 3.04 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Complete corrective work in a timely manner to allow expeditious completion of Commissioning Process. If deadlines pass without resolution of identified problems, Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. Costs thus incurred will be Contractor's responsibility 3.05 PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS(PFC) A. Contractor shall complete Pre-Functional Checklists to validate compliance with Contract Documents installation and start-up requirements,for this Division's systems. B Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. 3.06 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING(FPT) A. Contractor, in cooperation with Commissioning Agent, shall conduct Functional Performance Testing to validate compliance with Contract Documents. B Refer to commissioning plan for detailed list of equipment to be commissioned. C. Provide commissioning authority with a certificate of readiness to show systems are ready to schedule functional testing. D Assist Commissioning authority in Functional Testing by removing equipment covers, opening access panels, etc. Furnish ladders,flashlights, meters, gauges, or other inspection equipment as necessary E. Sampling 1 Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or otherwise non-critical equipment may be functionally tested using a sampling strategy 2. Significant application differences and significant sequence of operation differences in otherwise identical equipment invalidates their common identity A small size or capacity difference, alone, does not constitute a difference. It is noted that no sampling by Subs is allowed in pre-functional checklist execution. 3 A common sampling strategy is the "xx% Sampling - yy% Failure Rule", defined by the following example. a. xx=the percent of the group of identical equipment to be included in each sample. b. yy=the percent of the sample that if failing,will require another sample to be tested. c. The example below describes a 20%Sampling- 10%Failure Rule. d. Randomly test at least 20% (xx) of each group of identical equipment. In no case test less than three units in each group. This 20%, or three, constitute the"first sample." e. If 10% (yy) of the units in the first sample fail the functional tests, test another 20%of the group(the second sample). f. If 10%of the units in the second sample fail, test all remaining units in the whole group. Joiner Architects 22 08 00-5 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department g. If at any point, frequent failures are occurring and testing is becoming more troubleshooting than verification, the CxA may stop the testing and require the responsible Sub to perform and document a checkout of the remaining units,prior to continuing with functionally testing the remaining units. F Re-Testing And Failure To Remedy Deficiencies 1 Despite Contractor's best efforts to ensure systems are problem-free, it is expected that some deficiencies will be found during initial inspection of Pre-functional Checklist, and during initial Functional Testing; such deficiencies are expected to be minimal. 2. It is Contractor's responsibility to remedy identified deficiencies, both in Pre- functional Checklist and in Functional Testing phases of work, in a timely and thorough manner 3 It is Contractor's responsibility to ensure that all deficiencies are corrected prior to requesting a re-inspection or re-test of systems and equipment. Do not request re- inspection or re-test until deficiencies are corrected. a. At his discretion, CxA may agree to re-testing systems or equipment where deficiencies remain which are beyond Contractor's control to resolve expeditiously b. Typically such re-testing of incomplete systems and equipment will take place only if remaining deficiencies are minor in scope and nature, and are of such nature that they cannot be resolved in a timely manner (such as those due to difficulties in obtaining parts, or where Owner has requested a change that has delayed work, etc.) 4 CxA will carry out a second re-inspection or re-test of systems and equipment subsequent to receiving Contractor's request. a. If CxA finds deficiencies identified in initial inspection or test have not been remedied(with exception of un-resolvable deficiencies in 3 b above), and such remaining deficiencies are significant enough to require additional inspection or re-testing, Contractor will be back-charged for CxA's expenses, and time at a rate of $150 00 per hour and $100 00 expenses,for a third and any subsequent re-inspections and re-tests. G Deferred Testing 1 "Seasonal Commissioning" pertains to testing during peak heating or cooling seasons when HVAC equipment is operating at full-load or heavy-load conditions. Initial commissioning will be done as soon as contract work is completed, regardless of season. Seasonal Commissioning under full- or heavy-load conditions other than the current season will be handled at later time by GC and CxA. 2. If adequate load may be artificially placed upon heating or cooling equipment, CxA, at his discretion, may perform functional testing during non-peak load periods. 3 GC is to provide services of personnel and participate in seasonal testing process in the same manner as he would in non-seasonal testing. 4 Until off-season commissioning can be accomplished, Owner may retain an amount from GC's payment sufficient to cover the cost of off-season testing. 5 Unforeseen Deferred Tests. If any check or test cannot be completed due to building structure, required occupancy condition, or other reason, execution of checklists and functional testing may be delayed upon approval of Owner Tests shall be conducted in same manner as seasonal tests, as soon as possible. Services Joiner Architects 22 08 00-6 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department of required parties will be negotiated. Make final adjustments to Operation and Maintenance Manuals and record drawings due to unforeseen deferred tests. 6. GC is to provide services of personnel and participate in deferred testing in the same manner as he would for normal commissioning. 3.07 TRAINING A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling, and ultimately to ensure that training is completed. C. The training agenda(plan)shall include, at a minimum,the following elements. 1 Purpose of equipment. 2. Principle of how the equipment works. 3 Important parts and assemblies. 4 How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5 Most likely failure modes, causes and corrections. 6 On site demonstration. D Commissioning authority shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for all installed systems. Provide Commissioning authority with training plan two weeks before planned training. 3.08 OPERATIONS&MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The following requirements are in addition to Operations & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere in this specifications manual. B Sub-Contractor shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in this Division, and shall deliver documentation to Contractor for inclusion in Operation & Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with requirements of Division 01, prior to training Owner personnel. C. Provide Commissioning authority with a single, electronic copy of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for review Commissioning authority copy of O&M manuals shall be submitted through Architect. D Operation and maintenance manuals shall include, service agency contact information, maintenance requirements, controls system settings and a narrative of how each system is intended to operate,including set points. 3.09 DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning authority shall provide documentation of process as follows. 1 Preliminary commissioning report including test procedures, results of testing, itemization of deficiencies, deferred tests and climatic conditions required for performance of deferred tests. Preliminary commissioning report shall be issued to owner to demonstrate the first pass of testing has occurred and to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes. Joiner Architects 22 08 00-7 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO. 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 2. Final commissioning report shall include the final test and balance report, final results of functional testing, disposition of deficiencies discovered during testing, including the details of corrective measures used and functional testing procedures used for repeatability of testing in the future. END OF SECTION _ Joiner Architects 22 08 00-8 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 2210 00 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 02 00, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. The scope of the work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the piping covered by this Section,with all appurtenances,ready for the Owner's use. B Include the following work in addition to items normally part of this Section. 1 Pipe and pipe fittings. a. Sanitary drainage piping system. 2. Adapters,Transitions,Unions,Couplings,Flanges,Connectors 3 Excavation,Bedding,and Backfill 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 29-Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment B. Section 22 05 48-Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping C. Section 22 05 53 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment D Section 22 07 19-Plumbing Piping Insulation E. Section 22 11 16 - Domestic Water Piping - Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) for Multifamily Facilities F Section 22 11 19-Plumbing Specialties G Section 22 30 00-Plumbing Equipment H. Section 22 40 00-Plumbing Fixtures 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings.DWV B ASME B 16.29 -Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings- DWV C. ASME BPVC-Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Joiner Architects 22 10 00- 1 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department D ASME BPVC-IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Operators. E. ASTM A582/A582M-Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars. F ASTM C33/C33M-Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. G. ASTM C94/C94M-Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. H. ASTM C150/C150M-Standard Specification for Portland Cement. I. ASTM C1173 - Standard Specification for Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Piping Systems. J ASTM C1460 - Standard Specification for Shielded Transition Couplings for Use With Dissimilar DWV Pipe and Fittings Above Ground. K. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). L. ASTM D1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. M. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,and 120 N ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. O ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. P ASTM D2665 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. Q ASTM D2774 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. R. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for the Two-Step (Primer and Solvent Cement) Method of Joining Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe and Piping Components with Tapered Sockets. S. ASTM D3311 - Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns. T ASTM D5926 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gaskets for Drain, Waste,and Vent(DWV), Sewer, Sanitary,and Storm Plumbing Systems. U ASTM F656 - Standard Specification for Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Pipe and Fittings. ✓ AWWA C209-Tape Coatings for Steel Water Pipe and Fittings. Joiner Architects 22 10 00-2 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer For each product specified, provide components by the same manufacturer throughout. B. Valves. Manufacturer's name, size, and pressure rating shall be cast or marked on valve body or handle. C. Piping shall be labeled along its entire length indicating size, class, material specification, manufacturer's name and country of origin. D Foreign pipe,fittings or valves are unacceptable. E. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute(CISPI)and shall be listed by NSF International. F Welding Materials and Procedures. Conform to ASME BPVC and applicable state labor regulations. G Welders Certification.In accordance with ASME BPVC-IX. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B Submit product data and video inspection report under provisions of Division One. C. Include pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturer's catalog information,product certifications,and country of origin.Indicate valve data and ratings. D Submit dimensioned detailed drawings and material specifications for pipe isolation and protection systems being provided for void form/carton form/void box installations. 1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B Record actual locations of valves. C. Include written report and digital video record of waste piping inspection. 1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B Maintenance Data. Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with a minimum of 5 years documented experience and must be a domestic manufacturer Joiner Architects 22 10 00-3 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B Installer• Company specializing in performing the work of this section with a minimum of 5 years documented experience. 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY Deliver clearly labeled piping and valves to; and store, protect and handle products on site in accordance with the provisions of Division One. B TIMING AND COORDINATION Arrange for delivery of materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site.Coordinate with the scheduled time of installation. C. ACCEPTANCE. Accept product on site in original factory packaging. Receive valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.Damaged valves shall not be acceptable. D STORAGE. Store materials in a clean,dry location,protected from weather and damage. E. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. F Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. G Protect installed piping systems from entry of foreign materials by providing temporary covers, as completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed systems. Tape will not be allowed as an acceptable end cover 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division One. 1.12 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work in accordance with plumbing and building codes having jurisdiction. B. PVC pipe, fittings, or similar un-rated material shall not be installed in a return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum two(2)hour fire rated enclosure. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING, BELOW GRADE A. PVC Pipe:ASTM D1785/ASTM D2665 schedule 40 solid wall,installed per ASTM D2321 1 Fittings. PVC, ASTM D3311 /ASTM D2665 drainage pattern, with bell and spigot ends.Furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints. solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement, clear, medium bodied, for sizes 3" and smaller and gray, heavy bodied, for sizes 4" and larger Mating surfaces shall be prepared with ASTM F656 ASTM F656 purple primer immediately prior to cement application. 2.02 SANITARY SOIL,WASTE AND VENT PIPING,WITHIN BUILDING,ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74 service weight. Joiner Architects 22 10 00-4 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1 Fittings.Cast iron,ASTM A74 drainage pattern. 2. Joints. Hub and spigot,ASTM C564 neoprene, compression type gaskets or lead and oakum. 3 Acceptable manufacturers(all pipe and fittings shall be from a single manufacturer) a. Tyler Pipe b. Charlotte Pipe c. AB&I Foundry 2.03 ADAPTERS,TRANSITIONS,UNIONS,COUPLINGS,FLANGES,CONNECTORS A. (Non-Acid Waste)Drainage Applications 1 Provide approved listed adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements. 2. For dissimilar piping above ground, provide stainless steel shielded, molded elastomeric couplings and adapters meeting ASTM C564 and ASTM C1460 Applies to installations including cast iron to PVC transitions immediately adjacent to building slabs on grade. 3 For dissimilar underground piping not below building slab, provide shear resistant 012" thick 300 series stainless steel shielded, PVC gasketed flexible couplings and adapters meeting ASTM D5926 and ASTM C1173 For direct-bury applications, provide AWWA C209 cold-applied, integrated primer type, elastomeric adhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness, in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines, to completely wrap the shield, banding, and screws.Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. 4 Acceptable manufacturers. a. Anaco-Husky/Cremco b. Mission Rubber Company LLC c. Fernco,Inc. d. Fernco, Inc. Strong Back RC 1000 Series (underground piping, not below building slab; or readily accessible underground piping transitions in backwater valve pits,etc.) 5 Adapters, couplings, bushings for copper DWV pipe shall be cast bronze or wrought copper,ASME B16.23/ASME B16.29 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION,BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. This section shall apply for the excavation, bedding, and backfill of all buried piping unless specifically noted otherwise. All work shall be coordinated with any job site subsurface drainage/dewatering and adjusted accordingly B. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure the following: 1 Not less than 2 feet of cover, or not less than maximum depth of frost penetration, whichever is the greater Joiner Architects 22 10 00-5 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department C. Excavation. 1 Excavate trenches for underground piping to the required depths. 2. The bottom of the trench or excavation shall be cut to a uniform grade. 3 Should rock be encountered, excavate 6 inches below grade, fill with bedding material and tamp to existing density 4 Coordinate alignment of pipe trenches to avoid obstructions. Ensure that proposed routing of pipe will not interfere with building foundation before any trenching has begun. Should conflicts occur,contact Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 5 Should any sleeving of the building foundation be required, this shall be provided as directed by the structural engineer of record AND in accordance with the prevailing code, but in no case shall the sleeve be any less than two (2) pipe sizes greater than the pipe it serves. D Bedding and Backfill. 1 Backfill shall not be placed until the piping has been inspected,tested and approved. Complete backfill to the surface of natural ground or to the lines and grades indicated on drawings. Provide 6 inch stabilized sand bed with 4 inch stabilized sand cover around each pipe. Provide select fill up to finished surface or grade, unless indicated otherwise by project geotechnical report or specified otherwise in Division 02. 2. Compacting Backfill. Place material in uniform layers of 8 inches maximum, loose measure and compact to not less than 95%of maximum soil density as determined by ASTM D698 Standard Proctor 3 Restoration. Compact backfill,where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas such as pavements,walks and similar areas,to a condition equal to the adjacent undisturbed earth and restore surface of the area to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operation. 4 A clay fill "trench plug" extending 3 feet inside the building line and 5 feet outside the building line shall be placed to completely surround utility lines passing beneath the foundation and grade beam. The materials shall consist of on-site soils with a plasticity index(PI)between 30 and 40 percent compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor and maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. E. Cement Stabilized Sand. 1 Materials. a. Cement shall be Type I Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150/C150M. b. Sand shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33/C33M and free of organic matter and deleterious substances. c. Water shall be potable and free of oils, acids, alkalis,organic matter, or other deleterious substances,meeting requirements of ASTM C94/C94M. 2. Mixture: a. Product shall consist of not less than 1.5 sacks of Portland cement per ton of dry sand. b. Mixture shall contain sufficient water to hydrate the cement and be thoroughly mixed in a pugmill type mixer Joiner Architects 22 10 00-6 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department F Aggressive Soil Conditions. Soil shall be considered aggressive and protection of buried metallic piping shall be provided as specified if any of the following situations exist: 1 Conditions are identified as such by the project geotechnical report or project geotechnical engineer 2. The soil environment is a landfill area, swamp, marsh, polluted river bottom, cinder bed,or has alkaline soils. 3 A score of ten or higher is tallied when applying the soil assessment tool detailed in Appendix A of AWWA C105/A21.5 An excerpt of this evaluation procedure is provided below for reference but is not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest Standard. NUMERICAL CORROSIVITY SCALE Soil Parameter Assigned Points Resistivity(ohm-cm) <700 10 700- 1,000 8 1,000- 1,200 5 1,200- 1,500 2 1,500-2,000 1 >2,000 0 PH 0-2 5 2-4 3 4-6.5 0 6.5-7.5 0 7.5-8.5 0 8.5 3 Redox Potential(mV) > 100 0 50- 100 3.5 0-50 4 <0 5 Sulfides Positive 3.5 Trace 2 Negative 0 Moisture Poor drainage continuously wet 2 Fair drainage generally moist 1 Good drainage generally dry 0 Joiner Architects 22 10 00-7 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department G. Pipe Penetrations of Exterior Walls or Foundations Below Grade 1 Unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings, each pipe penetration shall be provided with a schedule 40 steel pipe sleeve no less than two (2)pipe sizes larger than pipe itself. 2. At each penetration provide GPT Industries ("Thunderline") Link Seal Modular Seal LS series. The exact model shall be as required for the pipe material, pipe size, and sleeve length for the penetration. Provide complete with EPDM sealing element and model"C"zinc coated carbon steel hardware. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General requirements for piping: 1 Ream pipe and tube ends.Remove burrs.Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. 2. Remove any scale,oil and dirt,on inside and outside,before assembly 3 Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 4 Confirm pipe placement,depth/elevation,and flow lines prior to any installation. B. Install all materials in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions. C. All exposed sewer and water pipe in toilet rooms or other finished areas of the building shall be chrome plated. D Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever joining dissimilar metals. E. Route piping in an orderly manner, parallel and perpendicular to building column grid lines, unless indicated otherwise on drawings,and maintain gradients. F Install piping to conserve building space and not conflict with other trades or interfere with intended use of space. G. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. H. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. I. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. J Provide encasement for and support for utility meters in accordance with the requirements of utility companies. K. Prepare pipe,fittings,supports,and accessories not pre-finished,ready for finish painting. L. Maintain uniformity in the installation of piping materials and joining methods. Do not mix material types. M. Where connecting new underground sanitary, or vent piping to existing piping of dissimilar material,provide suitable mechanical transition fittings complete with corrosion protection for metallic elements. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent and a final coat of coal tar to completely cover the transition. N Solder joints shall be wiped clean at each joint, remove excess metal while molten and flux residue when cooled. Joiner Architects 22 10 00-8 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 0 Waste nipple from wall to tapped tee shall be schedule 40 threaded galvanized steel pipe or brass or copper with threaded adapter P General requirements for cast iron piping installation. 1 Install all pipe and fittings in accordance with published recommendations from the manufacturer and the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI). Specific items referenced below are not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest recommendations. 2. Install bell and spigot type pipe with bell end upstream. 3 Above ground horizontal pipe(suspended)shall. a. Be supported at no less than at every joint, and within 18" of the hub or coupling. b. Be maintained in alignment. Sagging or grade reversal shall be unacceptable. c. Be supported at terminal ends of all runs or branches and at each change of direction or alignment. d. Have all closet bends,traps,trap arms,and similar branches firmly secured. e. Be braced to prevent movement or joint separation. f. Be provided with suitable sway bracing(such as clamps,rods, and hardware) where pipe and fittings are suspended in excess of 18"by means of non-rigid hangers. 4 Above ground vertical pipe shall. a. Be secured at each stack base. b. Be secured at each floor and riser clamps shall be provided on no greater than 15'-0"intervals. c. Be adequately supported to keep the system(pipe and contents)in alignment. 5 Provide seismic restraints in seismically active areas,whether specifically required by the prevailing code or not. Q For all underground non-metallic piping outside the building, provide minimum 14 AWG solid copper tracer wire(ASTM B-1,B-3)with high molecular weight polyethylene insulation (HIVIWPE)per ASTM D1248. Wire shall be suited for direct bury applications to facilitate the detection and tracing of underground piping systems. THHN wire and other such nylon jacketing shall not be allowed. Insulation color shall be provided per the particular utility, in accordance with the American Public Works Association (APWA) uniform color code. Provide corrosion proof wire connectors with twist locking design and protective dielectric sealant. Copperhead Industries, LLC Snakebite or pre-approved equivalent. Tracer wire shall be placed in the same orientation as the installed pipe and laid six inches directly above the piping. One end of the tracer wire shall be brought aboveground at a building wall or riser for easy identification. R. PVC pipe, fittings, or similar un-rated material shall not be installed in a return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum two(2)hour fire rated enclosure. Joiner Architects 2210 00-9 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department S. Installations of underground thermoplastic piping systems shall be in strict conformity with the manufacturer's published instructions and the requirements of ASTM D2321(gravity pipe) , and ASTM D2774(pressure pipe). T Installation of above ground thermoplastic piping systems shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The specific items indicated below are not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest manufacturer's recommendations. 1 Hangers and supports shall not compress, distort, cut, or abrade the piping.Nor shall they force the pipe and fittings into position. 2. Piping shall be supported at intervals sufficiently close to maintain pipe alignment and to prevent any sagging or grade reversal. System maximum operating temperature will determine support spacing. 3 Piping shall be supported at all branch ends and at all changes of direction,as close as practical to the fitting to avoid introducing excessive torsional stresses into the system. 4 Directly support (or if need be, immediately adjacent to) concentrated loads in the system,such as valves and other appurtenances. 5 Allowances must be made for thermal expansion and contraction of the piping system where temperature fluctuations can reasonably be expected to produce such movement.Provide and place hangers accordingly so as not to restrict. 6. Plastic piping systems shall not be placed alongside steam or other high temperature pipe lines or other high temperature objects. 7 Drainage piping shall be supported at trap arms as close as possible to the trap and all closet bends shall be supported and braced. U Installation of solvent cement joints for PVC and CPVC piping shall be in strict conformity with the requirements of ASTM D2855 and manufacturer's published instructions. V Provide approved heavy duty transition coupling at each transition from above ground cast iron pipe to underground PVC pipe as specified elsewhere in this section. Transition shall be made as close as possible to the floor for sanitary DWV piping systems and at test tee "minimum 12 inches A.F.F" for storm drainage piping. Support vertical cast iron pipe from floor anchors using riser clamp and galvanized all thread rod as specified in Section 22 05 29 W All grooved system tools and components (couplings, adapters, fittings, gaskets, and specialties)shall be the product of a single domestic system manufacturer X. Grooved pipe system manufacturer shall provide on-site training for contractor's field personnel by a factory trained representative in the proper use of grooving tools,application of groove, and product installation. Factory trained representative shall periodically visit the job site and inspect installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products at no additional cost to the owner 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. All gravity drainage lines in the building shall have 1/4 inch per foot fall where possible and not less than 1/8 inch per foot fall toward the main sewer Pipe must be laid so that the slope will be uniform and continuous. Permission shall be secured from the Architect and Engineer before proceeding with any Work where existing conditions prevent the installation at the minimum grade specified. Joiner Architects 22 10 00- 10 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B All vent and branch vent pipes shall be graded and connected as to drip back by gravity to the drainage pipe it serves.A slope of 1 inch per 40 feet will suffice for this requirement, subject to the approval of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3.04 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary services connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on the drawings. B Before commencing work, field verify invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and cover as required. C. Extension of services to the building shall be fabricated from the same materials as the utility service lines or those materials specified herein. D Should points of connection vary from those indicated on the drawings contractor shall properly allow for this in the actual connections field fabricated. 3.05 RODDING SEWERS A. All sanitary soil and waste lines, both in the building and out, shall be rodded out after completion of the installation. B This Work shall be done, as part of the contract, to make certain that all lines are clear, and any obstruction that may be discovered shall be removed immediately Rodding shall be accomplished by utilizing a rotary cutter,which shall be full size of pipe being cleaned. 3.06 VIDEO INSPECTION AND DOCUMENTATION A. It shall be the responsibility of the plumbing contractor to retain the services of a qualified, independent company (other than the installing plumbing contractor) with no less than ten (10)years of experience in digital video camera inspection/investigation of plumbing drainage waste and vent lines for commercial/institutional building projects. B The independent company shall perform a complete video camera inspection of all waste piping buried below grade inside the building. This shall include sanitary waste and any specialty waste (grease waste, oily waste, etc.) systems and shall extend from the building all the way to any associated outdoor traps/interceptors. C. The independent company shall create a permanent digital video record of their inspection with accompanying definitive identification(audio or visual)to indicate different systems and different areas of the systems inspected. D The independent company shall prepare a comprehensive written report including, but not necessarily limited to,the following: 1 Complete company contact information. 2. Project name and address. 3 Date(s),time(s),and conditions during the inspection(s). 4 Name(s)of the operator(s)performing the inspection(s). 5 A general summary of the inspection results. 6. A written description of any and all material and/or installation deficiencies or irregularities found, with accompanying pictorial documentation. This shall include conditions such as Joiner Architects 22 10 00- 11 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department a. Deformed or damaged piping b Full or partial blockage of piping c. Deleterious material or debris within the piping d. Slope deficiencies(inadequate,inconsistent,or absent slope) e. Valleys or"dips"in the piping f. Improper fittings in the piping including reductions in pipe size in the direction of flow E. The written report shall be submitted under this Section but separately from other submittals of this Section.This shall occur immediately prior to substantial completion. F The written report and the digital video record (DVD or USB flash drive) shall also be submitted as part of the Project Record Documents. 3.07 TESTING OF PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS A. During the progress of the work and upon completion, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including Inspectors, Owner or Architect. The Architect or duly authorized Construction Inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test or other Specification requirement which requires action on the part of the Construction Inspector B. Tests shall be conducted as part of this work and shall include all necessary instruments, equipment, apparatus, and service as required to perform the tests with qualified personnel. Submit proposed test procedures,recording forms,and test equipment for approval prior to the execution of testing. C. Tests shall be performed before piping of various systems have been covered or furred-in.For insulated piping systems testing shall be accomplished prior to the application of insulation. D All piping systems shall be tested and proved absolutely tight for a period of not less than 24 hours. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect or an authorized representative and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water drawn off. E. Leaks, damage or defects discovered or resulting from test shall be repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaking pipe joints, or defective pipe, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials.Test shall be repeated after repairs are completed and shall continue until such time as the entire test period expires without the discovery of any leaks. F Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of no less than five 5 days.During that period, it shall be kept under the most careful observation. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their installation by remaining absolutely tight during this period. G Sanitary Soil,Waste and Vents. 1 After the rough-in soil,waste and vent and other parts of the sanitary sewer including branch laterals have been set from the lowest level, at point of connection to existing utility lines, to above the floor line, all outlets shall be temporarily Joiner Architects 22 10 00- 12 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department plugged or capped, except as are required for testing as described herein. Ground work shall not permit the backfill of trenches to cover any joints until the completion of testing. Back fill shall be limited to mid sections of full joints of piping only For pipe in ground the piping shall be readied as described herein and filled with water to a verifiable and visible level to 10' above the lowest portions of the system being tested. 2. Should the completion of these tests leave any reasonable question or doubt of the integrity of the installation, additional tests including peppermint smoke, or other measures shall be performed to demonstrate the reliability of these systems to the complete satisfaction of the Owner's duly authorized representative. Such tests shall be conducted and completed before any joints in plumbing are concealed or made inaccessible. 3.08 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A. All work reasonably implied as essential to the complete functioning of the systems shown on the Drawings and Specification shall be completed as part of the work of this Division,unless specifically stated otherwise. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specification to establish the type and function of systems but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of any system. In case of doubt as to the work intended or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof, the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for Supplementary Instructions and Drawings,etc. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 10 00- 13 PLUMBING PIPING FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 11 19 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein B The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 02 00, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document 1.02 SCOPE A. The scope of the work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the specialties covered by this Section,with all appurtenances,ready for the Owner's use B. Include the following work in addition to items normally part of this Section. 1 Cleanouts 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 29-Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment B Section 22 10 00-Plumbing Piping C. Section 22 30 00-Plumbing Equipment D Section 22 40 00-Plumbing Fixtures 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer For each product specified, provide components by the same manufacturer throughout. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division One. C. Include component sizes,rough-in requirements,service sizes,and finishes. D Manufacturer's Installation Instructions.Indicate assembly and support requirements. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Record actual locations of equipment and backflow preventers. Joiner Architects 22 11 19- 1 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Operation Data.Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors and separators. C. Maintenance Data. Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY Deliver clearly labeled specialties to; and store, protect and handle products on site in accordance with the provisions of Division One. B. TIMING AND COORDINATION Arrange for delivery of materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate with the scheduled time of installation. C. ACCEPTANCE. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage.Damaged specialties shall not be acceptable. D STORAGE. Store materials in a clean,dry location,protected from weather and damage. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division One. B Provide two loose keys for hose bibbs and hydrants and spare hose end vacuum breakers. 1.10 OPERATIONS PERSONNEL TRAINING A. Provide a training session for the owner's operations personnel. Training session shall be performed by a qualified person who is knowledgeable in the subject system/equipment. Submit a training agenda two weeks prior to the proposed training session for review and approval.Training session shall include at the minimum. 1 Purpose of equipment. 2. Principle of how the equipment works. 3 Important parts and assemblies. 4 How the equipment achieves its purpose and necessary operating conditions. 5 Most likely failure modes,causes,and corrections. 6 On site demonstration. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for the provision and installation of all required backflow prevention devices. B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. C. Provide backflow prevention assembly test and maintenance report for all devices. A printed and signed form by the licensed tester that performed the work shall be provided both to the Owner and to the Public Water System in accordance with TCEQ (Texas Commission on Environmental Quality)requirements. , Joiner Architects 22 11 19-2 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS A. General.Provide cleanouts as indicated and scheduled on Drawings and also as required by the prevailing code,whether shown on the Drawings or not. B Construction.All cleanouts shall have tapered bronze plugs. C. Types. 1 Interior finished wall cleanouts. Provide cast iron tee body or cleanout ferrule as required for wall construction and provide counter-sunk bronze plug with stainless steel access cover and securing screw(s). D ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 1 J.R. Smith 2. Zurn 3 Mifab 4 Watts 5 Wade 6 Josam PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to provide intended performance. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanouts for rodding of drainage system. C. All cleanouts shall be the same nominal size as the pipe they serve, up to 4 inches. For pipes larger than 4 inches,provide a 4 inch cleanout. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 11 19-3 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. Section 22 02 00-Basic Materials and Methods for Plumbing shall be included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. The scope of the work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the fixtures covered by this Section,with all appurtenances,ready for the Owner's use. B Include the following work in addition to items normally part of this Section. 1 Supplies,and Trim 2. Flushometers 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 29-Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment B Section 22 10 00-Plumbing Piping C. Section 22 11 19-Plumbing Specialties D Section 22 30 00-Plumbing Equipment 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer For each product specified, provide components by the same manufacturer throughout. B Warranty Warrant the work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from defective or non-conforming materials and workmanship. C. Defects shall include,but not necessarily be limited to,the following: 1 Noisy operation. 2. Noticeable deterioration of fmish. 3 Leakage of water 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Submit product data under provisions of Division One. Joiner Architects 22 40 00- 1 PLUMBING FIXTURES FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department C. Include component sizes,rough-in requirements, service sizes, finishes,materials, dimensions, performance information,and accessories. D Manufacturer's Installation Instructions.Indicate assembly and support requirements. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B Provide pre-printed operating and maintenance instructions for each item specified. Instruct and demonstrate the proper operation and maintenance to the Owner's designated representative. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY Deliver clearly labeled specialties to; and store, protect and handle products on site in accordance with the provisions of Division One. B. TIMING AND COORDINATION Arrange for delivery of materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site.Coordinate with the scheduled time of installation. C. ACCEPTANCE. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. Damaged specialties shall not be acceptable. D STORAGE. Store materials in a clean,dry location,protected from weather and damage. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the Contract Documents. B. Confirm and field coordinate that millwork is constructed with adequate provisions for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. GENERAL. Provide plumbing fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated and scheduled on Drawings.Acceptable manufacturers of each fixture type are as indicated below 2.02 SUPPLIES,AND TRIM A. GENERAL Provide faucets, supplies, and trim in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, as appropriate for fixtures to be served, and as indicated and scheduled on Drawings.Acceptable manufacturers for each type of appurtenance are as indicated below 1 Flushometer flush rate shall match gallon-per-flush criteria of fixtures served. 2. Angle stops shall be lead-free commercial pattern chrome plated brass, quarter turn ball type with loose key handles. Provide complete with chrome plated copper supply risers and wrought brass escutcheon of depth determined by installation requirements. 3 Pipe trim insulation shall be compliant, white molded vinyl, fade/discoloration- resistant,bacteria/fungal-resistant insulation. Joiner Architects 22 40 00-2 PLUMBING FIXTURES FIRE STATION NO 2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department B FLUSHOMETERS 1 Sloan 2. Zurn 3 Moen Commercial 4 Delta Commercial 5 American Standard 6. Toto C. SUPPLY STOPS 1 McGuire 2. Zum 3 Chicago D CHROME PLATED TUBULAR BRASS 1 McGuire 2. Zum 3 Kohler E. PIPE TRIM INSULATION 1 Truebro 2. McGuire 3 Plumberex PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS Examine conditions affecting this work. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the proper authority and do not proceed until those conditions have been corrected. Commencing work implies acceptance of existing conditions as satisfactory to the outcome of this work. B. Coordinate cutting of floor construction to receive drains to required invert elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures in locations and heights as shown on Drawings and as directed by the Architect. B Install materials plumb, level, securely, and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. All rough-in pipe openings for final connections with supply, waste, vent, and storm systems shall be closed with caps or plugs during early stages of construction and installation. Tape shall not be considered sufficient protection. D Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. E. Plumbing fixtures shall be supported by a concealed carrier where required to properly support the fixture specified. All carriers to be securely mounted, bolted and checked prior to concealment. F Caulk around fixtures with best grade white silicone caulking.Do not use grout. Joiner Architects 22 40 00-3 PLUMBING FIXTURES FIRE STATION NO.2 REPAIRS City of Pearland Fire Department G All handles on supply and drainage fittings or other brass items shall be properly lined up and adjusted.Fittings shall not be left in any haphazard manner H. All fixtures shall have individual chrome plated heavy pattern loose key quarter-turn cutoff stops on supply lines,complete with escutcheons.Where same are not specified as a part of the fixture trim, they shall be installed as close to fixtures as possible in the hot and cold water supply 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. B. Review architectural drawings. Confirm configuration and orientation of shower controls and trim prior to rough-in and installation. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Division One. B Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Division One. B At completion clean plumbing fixtures and appurtenances. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect fmished Work under provisions of Division One. B. Do not permit use of fixtures. 3.07 ADA ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES A. At all locations required to be accessible, such fixtures, controls, and final installations shall comply with the requirements of ADA and any applicable state accessibility standards. Install fixtures to heights,indicated on architectural drawings. END OF SECTION Joiner Architects 22 40 00-4 PLUMBING FIXTURES • CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM 3. With carpet replacement in Day Room#108,will base be replaced also, if so provide specifications. Also,for base in areas that have floor replacement. -Response: Yes,in areas that require existing floor removal and replacement the wall base will also require removal and replacement.Where carpet or LVT replacement is scheduled,provide new rubber base, Roppe #140 "Fawn".Where porcelain tile is scheduled(Restrooms)provide Daltile Portfolio,P36C96, 6"x12" color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors at a later date. 4. With revisions to Sheet C200, will the same model number cast iron boot still be used?- Response: Yes,the same boot should be used. S. With revisions to C200,at the translon from 6"pipe to daylight pipe will a small head wall or concrete outflow be needed?-Response' Provide a small head wall or concrete outflow as necessary to prevent soil erosion in the drainage ditch. 6. Original Sheet C200&revised indicates grass around main entrance from parking&Fite Road side. There now landscaping in these areas,excavating for new drain fines from downspouts and bedding with stabilized sand the landscaping will have to be removed. Replace with existing or new, if so,provide a landscape schedule.- Response: Replace to match existing landscaping. 7. Will an allowance be provided for sprinkler system rework that may conflict with new drain lines?-Response: No. With the Engineering budget was given will a new one be issued for the additional scope added ' p through addendums?-Response: No, 9. With the carpet being removed in Room#108 will the City remove furnishing or by G.C.?If so can photos be provided?-Response: Contractor responsible for removing furnishings,coordinate with Owner a temporary location during demolition and restoration. Contractor responsible for returning furniture to original location at the completion of work. 10.With additional slab demo and replacement as indicated on new plan sheets and no individual line can a line item be added if additional areas need to be opened up in case the pipes need additional leveling to cover re-mobilization of saw cutting is required after excavation and additional sub base void forms and concrete -Response: Additional areas of demolition& replacement are considered part of the Base Bid cost. 11.On e-bid the "Attributes" tab the Item I -Response Attachment(the Bid Proposal and Bid Security are required).Are these items that are in the specification's that require signatures. Bid Proposal Form, Contractor Questionnaire,House Bill 89 Verification Form and Standard Form of Agreement to be uploaded in the same tab?The item 2 Non-Collusion Statement is a stand alone item.Are the One Year Maintenance and Performance Bond required or at contract signing?Plea. advise.-Response: All items within the attachment and attribute tab are applicable. Documents within the contract are required at contract signing. 12.With the answers to RFI's and additional demo added, can City help with"Coordinate with Owner" this will tighten up the pricing(+/-)due to different subs mobilization times,duration time of project and inconvenience to staff. Response: yes, the city will help in coordinating any work with contractor through the bi-weekly OAC update meetings. 0.10 2-22-12 0090(i-2 of 3 { CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Joby Copley Partner END OF ADDENDUM NO. 7 00900-3.of 3 City of Pearland, Texas Fire Station No.2 Repairs 6050 Fite Road, Pearland, Texas 77581 Bid Number: 0123-15 January 2692022 / \ Drawing List N Ii ' 0 fq. CM GEVERN.1.1103 $ L) O t u aoum"um®ww �yil � �ti7i {�01 I q .f(- ;t1 .,r r Ij. I r r °�°M4,Imerun i5orn�, ..a..pTP � L. s I ,ra ,P.EAI .�.�I, f D. r_,.+'•k I -�� `i I: 11ir.� �� TEE EX AS "'A 5 L ."m'zio n nw it ,. _ �I. �, ,.L� II�w w r.1=.1 ct 1k s 1. g.� w"'" I I I I 4 hf - cf=,, 171j ® 1t f' MOO MBA 1:1113602.1.1111110ti PIAN - II 19' a `-F 41--- -E.- u iEfc!ctir`" ,—' uJ/t- MAYOR f`y t f `af Ili d 11 V � �,, Kevin Cole 1;-I --_.<_"1., - r 1 µ J II=I 1l )11I COUNCIL - 1 �i rl i l�?Trq-1 1 n-i- ,14.�g11H- Mayor Pro Tern(Postition 4) Adrian Hernandez f!;J -' 1--L-!}t I-1 }�,ul I' " Position 1 Luke Orlando s -.� J U r I_ ,-, !IT-, b_ Position 2 Tony Carbone _1--- ' --- __'_�- r wei'. rt ire - —fitJL Position 3 Alex._-- Kamkar ��.rma t Position 5 J.David Little Cityy� �1 1 'of Pearland 6 antl Location Map I Trent PerezY Position 7 Wood Owens \ Sate:N.T.S. J CITY MANAGER Clay Pearson DEPUTY CITY MANAGER ASST.CITY MANAGER Trent Epperson Ron Fraser °"��J`� Director of Engineering Director of Public Works '4, Robert D.Upton,P.E. Clarence Wittwer 'e sswrm,er; L(`I--t �, January 26,2022 Job/M.Cop*. .der JOINER _ �TE I2/2612022 Rdlerldra cc mm.mrvio..,env,vnm del m..m ®w. m�.mm_m...mmm mm.. .m.m. ._.mm.d wm. .m �,�... . �. —®r`.:. . ... .,. ..._mwr ...�.m.®,..M..�— ...m.m,.. .�_°m-----._ m.w==mn....... =w...v ... z..,==.—...m...m„ s o.m. .m m.S.,m... mm..PoSssal":or aus sou"` m ..n2omm= mom.mm m w.,w.mm �. .s:,amn® .. `. .Tm® .. .107._.,01.. eo. 'a®o' "Y.s. ... m ..m.,. .w..,.,. ..m.�. wm.�m..mmw..mu.�,mm,m..m.mn.mam,. s w.._,..m.m..m m. ...m.m......m.m.n. .. ... w. mm_..�.��. ..,e.._w...�nmA.w i Earg A mpww ®....� - .w.m mw... � " ,..., o ' ��A: �"m� . � ' �...�.`..,�wM...._ � .� ItagL ce w....dm..a.. =...,.,.m. ,...mn.. w.w�-4-- .... m.....m....m.. e..m�.�.;. .mmum.m.....-n..w.me>. .. acG to m...m...rat.=....,v......,...m. maze,. 0 Q. g .m. ,a. ww.rmm m mw n.....mw....r...o.....<..�.r""'''o....."'""'“m..m V e llw........m .. . ....m m.. .mww..lo ........n...,... Q�N m n w.m.,,am.um.uw.m r.w..our...m...m...uwow.o mmumemomu....num...�n v • weaw.mwmn.e.o.n. '"Ew am.m�m.nom.eo..m,=:w.......muw,wie.m..®o.+.._.vm.uu.u...mm.... 0 IL .m..o..urm.nuv.mwmam.a��e.m,.am.vm.v Am.vu..0 vomau u,uvur m.r.m...r u .nrn.n...n......muu..o-mvv 0 u.um..mv.crm.vu.m.ew.rt...umt"wrm.vsnu.m,mmo.m....aa m,uvwuwmmu.v.nmm.rr.urvvs.avum®i.u-mvm,w.um0wwrcu . 1",=vw.vv n..mum....wmr.smm.s..m.v.m.ammmm.ma m"10O'o"u •,rrau.omm..0 ww.urnm7mi.x.a U 7.77 m_ ® _....w� _ .mmm.mm.�. m. . . mm�w .m�mm.mo... ..m�.. . .. ... LLIz k3 m. o ........w.mm .�w.....,... ,.. m. ..m....... m. m w.....' o g u _ ......,.. .m.m....m,.,....n..m......m.m...........,...�............... m. ....m.m,.®......m..,.......�....'' ..m.m.w...m.......® ' nm. u WORE YOU MG I IA Z 0 IA Is .....®wr..m..... ¢c .,m. . Tame One Cal System 1 ......m........... . .....m...m__. . .m.....lr'nw....w....w,ww,o...==sl.....,..1117 m.....®,m...0 t-em-aseoos g .........., m....m.n...®.....>a�....w...........®......s......®. r..w.......mmn.....o..w.m...,..mw..ew... .......m......m CD tt DATE .....m . w...m ..® .nm.... .m . m ...m.,...............,w....�....mm.�m.w.,......,...,..., ro. ..ucm. ... J rp�' ll Ovzenoa • w.u..o.oumw.mameon..v.....w'..a.o..mmmawmo.w . •"`m u'^"==.tru.vnu..m.n..,u.mm /:\A PROJECT NO. �O//tlyyyb' 2107-010-Ot .. w m ....n.m....m....m ....,..d.._ m,r.,...,m.,e.w....m....,...w...m.....w.....a..m. �cotbF®aity C :.m...... n.m..mm.® .m,.mmm,.....''''''.®.''.r�.....w..w A.. m.m..® �° 001 I I 9f I II .dI '•• I rSOWN./11/1E I N 0' R OCCANDIC P. O' �ENCH4RK� � mom Km le t I ,.•.i 0 ere �... ,'m,T R..arm 6� f,.- CORM x`r-"ww.a+E"Niue '.uu M! j I� ff q,�— .r ..;1�4., r�a100/ m MT T.O.M.AOr.ou H:LOW`C- arMe aV I �u H .em nw 0m0Tmn T. ¢/rP' ...PP 9 I� ag w N BT7Z11 E JCJ.JS' ° 1 nm 0 ® mnr 1 .rsf s N `� i y5 yy I 6 'q. ' q �q 'ig ! e' ..S .d' ii aH.T.kB.R.R.GYL ,SEC 1.xA—T40 0 mesa 1.637 ACRES n ti. .r w.r d,a.4".�.. n...:.. I 11� .. w , mesa noaa� emu: y� � . �hOOD O°GI:KID£. OE=00 CAS.9 _ ...r ,.,„........................„,„,.....,....:: �0 \ o¢ 91�9Qfl'19,MO TN M.C.PA 52 •.ru'7."�u. _m 3' _ S B771'A7•W (122L' a :W omr my •~a ' ea riP& a69 C:I / nnR� :m 0aH rRm u .a".n• ....�:' s I R mm�1r a. e L; Win `^«.a Ua„ ; s g \ .51 _ I I ' 8 If a a IO/0 15 S/2 •W 1BI.JY' ili i I no r•NA9 .., . -,- ..• _ .••••••,..-...'"' ' _v '4C ',,,,,, v IMP 7',1.."" v • v lr.7. —+`, ---sue -__,._ II ° " .+ a.., .d .s ME AD(R.O.W. VARIES) a f o ss s _. ... • ¢� n v Al �" v`tE"" g 0 r..,D x I . _—fix•p '4,.`i.o 9/c �r 9 NOV CO p t ear aR1P QSA , �"it 99 g f I w " M M. DESCRIPTION a1TE APP. 13.I. ROAM MS A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY OF 1.837 ALYtf.,OF LAND e{°0o n q1°""`"0m I BONG ALL OF LOT 73 AND A PART OF LOT 74 MC IlliOL W. wOA0°Jon`rc"innc aa.r...0.,a� FR.LMID ORCHARD SUBDIVISION NO. 1 >•n° VOLUME 3,,PAGE 77,B.C.P.R. O.uaR1o,) ..o0..w..,r ,..'.�.,,o,,,u,CC N.T.&B.R.R.CO.SURVEY,SEC 1.;A-240 mom RUM.) 'mlFm�•,,, PEARLAND,BRIZORA COUNTY,TEXAS a- car 1!Mw .".o.E o7.D.u�. ""$ ,w.n KP1.DC..D. SURVEYED FOR • Mmuu.rtm) w". " .ss�.Ruo�oR ma ualiS.tlu wa. n.' boundary unxourw.PEwmnors w.... • _�mNP) /q ' 11}r u1 MOM OR. i mr.t90 acr TX°•R WOW �6 0 del ',a`*0 L =- .. Puarxo,Ti nut KiltgreaT„„;J�, O1°".'� NUM Cr cw/r-s SCAM 1.m' KEY YAP. mw I —PE— :m,wr..,rla., ..�,:rP,�rOf OWE C002 ,......w ,a....:.. Vises. Rw®B �1 °�C ro/ro we ,4 PRO=R¢5787-103 /.PPR04ID BY: P9 M10 800.. LL SHEET 1 6 1 I 1 1 — HARKEY ROAD (R.O.W VARIES) _ • ,' I — ( a, / \ 1 11 ° ral 1 m I e IR e, A \ I a ri \ - 1 1\ B o i II a s a I ai i I l'ill \ a L J I / a I ' - I ) am 1 1 a 1 I I I 1� i I I P a ; ��°s a a .1 • / —1 e°-1- t J Sa I r a9 I 9 \ v S �6e n, a1 m c u 1 n 1 p lE�I6�� 9I �' 1 O G Yy x p ild;... jik-1y Fl a° p 'g e S M, DEMOLITION PLAN JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT ' a�a."u'm` '��'a" 0F 4 2 FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS w go a BOSOFb Rd. a I I I ... HARKEY ROAD (R.O.W VARIES) ..., i ......, .1.'I ....., AI ir •ou et. I 4 I IF _I___. I__ _ , 1 * \,/-- I _ , \ I , 1 ( g.‘ 1 1 1 ............. . - ,.. - 1,...„ il r7,. - . ''. 8 4 a • 1 R ' 1 1 /,\ C 11 Hi I i , -a, ,_ _ , Vg3 I Zi ,.•,. - fi:: 1 i ig 1F - it I El 1 fg t 1 \ It 0 , 1 6 i t I .• 5 s - P t k II i 0' 1-,'• -,M I _ \ • • 1-- m kmie 1 a ili id a (,) , i A,ill I 1 i! ; ;IP 0 fil t I . 1 iN,111.71 •1 1..1 ,, ; Egild - g 1 , 01 1 1'" • zjg1 ,.. 40 , 1 I p -, iiiEfr-la i g 21, P I 0 e, . i s ' 11 1 1 • 1 F 1 0 4 47 la i ii.___Li 1 s 1 ,-'111 1 04 -- l'i ig 6. , ' g •., .- tatxtan lip.4 ' ,-:,s ,.4---;.TAI—a" 11 EMI i gi i imp - i•. -t --1----_,, I -------/ e• '6p. I F.. I q I N 0 II I si / I L_ _ _ _ _ _ il 1 iii I 11 __ i I will 1111 - Pi lih .liA 2 5 g / , .1 1 - 1 i 11 II will i gill 1 ' 1 3 . ---0---- -1Pf_ a 5i g 1 ! R 001h I' p liag i - 1 44 a CO 0 = 411 A x illiA VIR 1 ili 1 11 i line IA 4 '1:3F I 9 GRADING AND JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT , .0)FOR WONG k MOW 01/26/2 g ° tO 1 111111..11 FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS 6 PI PAVING PLAN TZ211=5‘..T.1: 6050 Filo Rd. 1 1 I — HARKEY ROAD (R.O.W..VARIES) '\1-- I iCi _ II 1 E;i I— . (, E �N_ i t p 1 ° Ii it I 31� I is [@ vm Pi e gi in , ° III . i \ ! i9E� I 0 El e m gal 5 do i d 5 1°ao ` rr''" ° 3a ` ea It \.1 ) 1 P d 9 *.,p d° ° ±7 9 5 it a i i ° ° I i 11Fi _ ii sp / al 1 It - i I I as 1 1 1 1 1 li 1 v !3R goi iEiE55 mmm III y b Y i Z i F it I -9 6 W _ a o F a �)—z — i'NrflE Ioa 1S`Wo 'J i ii2 n ' UNDERGROUND JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT �'"�m' �nsn O Q b 7 S immimmi FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS O $p R UTILITIES PLAN •_„-,,,,,-,,,.,,,•„ Soso eieaa. Pewwm.Teo.nse4 I I I HARKEY ROAD (R.O.W VARIES) a 'i — ii i' 41 .—, i _ ii 1i Mgr F1..._ \: ( R. ... G ..A(-- . 0 _n — — I I i // i .� i __ . . , / '� E E B I „, - I —T I,zm li, \, . p JII e• o � .1:L1 o! I\ 1111' $ ° ®_ 1 1 II _ i ) — 1 I 6 I . 1 — 1 1 I i _ i E .. 3e il I I II L — _ _ iiiill T I ��LjJ d ¢¢X € y. gg R , -- z . iv! ,„,liA . . ill Pi 1 -IIih V.7%,, ih £ 4 Y1 ® 0 9 SSSS 2 V^4' `o o 2, e 1 SWPPP JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT ' ¢am Flxywwyers�ymc "'''' 00 Qb 4 S FIRE STATION#2 REPAIRS b N �wv M,��r aM FbR6 a Paa�l650 nto Rd. ...xomam axO a.WOro PORTS N INSTALL N ALL ®eons upeam a a•:e-r�¢xa E. ATTACH 666 ''=''''`1Wf:N..N.`4..:? ;22ji'.c...• %^ ref oeimi •wnusxr TO SUPPANISED MILED ORT w'�re r rams ALC 116 M r Jr mares nom rnwaR ra ar'�`iv.>m`'� d FABRIC 21. _MA MHP AND LEMTH RORLEOf la. .... f �I 1 i� I $ ., t A 4 inn e PROME�,.TOMTI N �` ''�� p N ,ems, l WT. ENTRANCE a®PO.lrcamcN 0-"i OW t RRIR H1W1 name O.1Am1a W.f.e tM. w V E q�:•.• wm.Z A,.. $ 'btz 5�'t _'t �'-1� f �$ a ilati, I 1 — PLAN VIEW o,r..WC.NO �a >` ''.1`s LEI SIOeM a NnaWC.OY OPAL.aS DR SO SUS, •�=,,` mc, tv „ SET POST AT 3-Im wmw RPM.. r erom PREASS�a MINCE WITH COMAE ROTEL - 2.COE omu A.o 1 1�1 RS of m EGRESS. MIN ACROSS NS . : ._.L,� I1µu '• � 1®.maaO Cr POST WY BE PERUSED m O FEET ORUWOS SV84mA110N FOR NIOIE •`NT,1,1\�p L !MFON FADE OMR NEW.S 1.6 M Z .wr s OM SUMMED °txF"p /a ocNwss ANO VOM.rwwnrms AS Oa[NINA J i' ME Pam.F.to ETHE AND.Ora m ME POSTS. w W iH0 aa1W SOD MEN ON LENGTHEN s!�® a'O"�P E...En Wes"�1MY 0000 SU O0E"ni MACES N¢-MIPO Of ME MON n wncr smomN maa !Y FILTER FABRIC FENCE ¢m OR a INNEATI TM N� w Q REG..urm a WHEN SINS..sN.s vAm®MN a samox MIDI FEEER EASER TO loss mow p n EUNS 6EN ENmrs�N MT.E COOLED LIEN SCAN W /'ES EN root r m''romi�N.um A FITER 11.01 To•ron:anmc ortaw a omas Z O,y IA TAMEN 11 IBM FOR nO NA TRAM Atm EC LaN la TOO LAr ME mCE INOVE w OEPM IGNSIT a O dmITS�1Mo1kNA 6 IL4-TNO Of THEl¢sNI or #d 9 Z L F STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ACCFSR/EXIT REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER ti d LL LL POS O POST aro'"icraivanl ./ AEON wino SLmv.E g PL. ENS n '� ♦ U i % REn� 1' 8§ 1� POE 7 E AMCC AND ro"imoar 1 1.SLOPE .�.ma® ENm®No aw .� 1r9rA II M . A? �'�tl I I I I I I weuc FOAMc SECTION A A aNru,. �/ IA $ °VIEW . .�I �:.,- s __— i �. ___ .Nat Z II leo SECTION A-A PLAN COMMIE mm�E.F"aNmm "I 1f OEM E.N� �- I �.N. I.S.Lw.a1 POST mAONO FEET. GENERAL MEs THE SM.?.Fmmowim m IMOIT LP THE PARMER. 1p` 1./.M e,Tr N oDEP"wSE / '\, DIE mBA W L NOT 606 nomv or Z EIMER— .� .,�.m,... STAKE WILE S.OR ELIG100201 r� TOOE o .F�l 00 m PLAN NEW INLET PROTECTION BARRIERS FOR O tt®� `fir;:ii ,. v`'°'` II■ .-.. 1 P M A MO.SLOPE.F I E M ro STAGE II INLETS �ui T y-;. . , ® pli E PER GENERAL tons I-. O�,cp �s�.;.H _ N T.MOT A SCN MAD.'COMMIS NMI.IN PG'MT m ME PR. �� - L —y o. ws snot a Om own.es Z F LINER G.NERBAL orOWSE LE ®Mm E Em WOmm„ ERS MERE ra m m AND m O W O ❑SECTION A-A ROM CONCRETE me of .ra comas ems M MOM.ST ULE SUMS PM SUMO SIM BE 6/6120 I.I co.no 0 ene 0001 of ME mamem raaeT402T FIT IRE ::��:Sa WE BALE OR MENT6 MN SL 10000 PLAN AREA GROUND TEMP VEHICLE AND COMMONS. OR °4°L1°.f 1M PROJECT " 8 oaooro NOM EQUIPMENT FUELING AREA WITH DOUBLE mWm Dane r AOnOe.1 ro.Ea M dY moo CONCRETE WM OUO ME SHALL YLW snlF11 OR aM'OMW SW.LF,wOE OR jog PROJECT NO. r STRA t NOT REm'm®FOR NIT WALL TANK OR EQUIVALENTLCABINGS FROM T m INTIM Of NASIOUT AREA M SUPPORT E,AONo zt o�-otaot INLET PROTECTION BARRIERS FOR STAGE I INLETS CONCRETE TRUCK WASHOUT AREA aPCobhPaldlry C ---- 400 1 I I I I I L .aG rSAWOUT 20 GA STEEL ....IZ=T.Lccr,t ca. �. 3141. NOTE METAL MTV sa000,mrt E.xsm+owrrawre , 'q°?1° �s� ,,,Enn isann MULL EPDXY Mir wro®,r0c mmunrox�TOBEMEn WHEN MUTED A .rxA. errsva • IASB ro :Vd1.17BEEP PULL 4 MorroRMArvEvANSION) I r ¢RoKE ExAx90NJuii SAWCUT JOINT A EXPANSION JOINT CONCRETE TO CONCRETE TIE-IN SIDEWALK W/THICKEND EDGE DETAIL CONSTRUCTION JOINT® ArS O NTL. © NO CONNECT vmm EusrwoPAVEMENT) © "" ,r> i IN'WC .v,r I � arim)mse .,LAwE�AmaWO. W W.n.,,ae REINFO— 2`w«®Eo TABLE oN urr A.) e�,.� o.�01� .B m@..�.m.w CMG..• E FEm;, S.mPSIAMM PSI aNmrom B RUGGERrBmrr.NURso soa . .al�.r..,P�,~Arr.>.,seevrrr�.«r�evanom e.........,r.,Qa.,s.,�.m 1 (>YtS vro LONO1W LL STEEL E� JOINT SEAL..NG®&SSEEEE SE@ 111111 aExrs BBHP.,-IrE,r . v000.,.:w.a,u ur.r,An .ure.i..nrn®.uwn..m[. _ SEM LEVELS.SOMME 4 'P°A°' SURFACE "RN r .s gem P N.tea.BRA m. �I=)B NASSER ENS OAR A< ...arRLA. r. •TWO.II..AAi,....m.s .Ba.. r ems BPWSiAE am sv rwnmr.aMCIC.O w..wu.rr.s Awawt ,» r.,EAwABWaON,..EA.s drw..,waa.,�e..�.uw»,...,�am„«.0.. Z Brr`m°flow.sTEELSNa rac BriLM.,A,t B uE m .- earn :JOINT CAME a o• .a .,..r.><. ® Re OLLVIM p 1•ra,•,TaN.ra,a TIMgA.VOliNINEaa.B.aBa�aR DEEP .-m.012SWLLDEDNISEEMS°MATREUSEas.t®,aPTNERERFBRmrs � O'er a a ep..� . Ce .m Naa a. �, .�®.r.p �N®a atr m, a.a ¢En STEE EN IN 2 MAIM aFORD:M.1,NOB,TBBNALLBE.BEEET.ANBENAEtIA„oE _ _ Ma' Or__IX _mst e as. .Mm _ ®S .W^xl/Am wm.w�cMESS mlmm� SAW CUT JOINT DETAIL® EXPANSION JOINT©..OPADNO PUN. ^�� PREm.�a.sa.o� � °,.a..oaRULao,A.POE,..aeNA.a.ao.areR..e O a Nrs w X SPEinwlraa'�iwEiENAL SLOPE SMALL BE.ss Orl�mxEMAX's`EEai wAVERIGNcw0smmwx TIES� ors .imm �+oaow.rr>®aa.Bca.aaNN�A.eras.m..aa.a.eaw..Ewm..mmwvra..... �'EIll�� I S. NCAETE TatSICENAa SHALL WATo1fCwWENEMT Lai ATE PAWS - LL 3t 9 9 koOJERL wriwsE Q Z¢q 3 IR .ERNE NEaN WM WAY_ PROP.f:ONCPAVEMENT Zg 3a (SEE MAE) , r) Q IT.?%\in E,`,.\i.)a, REBARTABLE �w — N_..' � mom...wear, r, ,E E EXT JOINTPANSION RE ��a BE ��ii e LL gflN_i0 PO WAGING STEEEPAmc L ES. r rauOrvit�—11.•'• ELEVATION S.SJ .S n®Irac 'V-V" .,Too o6OBORe[E EXIST. SIDEWALK AT PAVEMENT �n U N.T.S. 1 xor°Ai SEE TABLE , . i CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAIL O mPl MISTING GAMS I, STEEL-7 .,. WM LLI Ra u• EnTAITERCur CONCRETE TO BUILDING _ 6_ r000p rEOSAwsED . r cRu'muL STANDARD PAVING HEADER O @< STEEL —7 .. CONCRETE SIDEWALK DETAIL O — 0 R. m BAR U O n roroEm mR14rSBr0C cc '° REewrsEerA_L EEoAN swrPS BAR CONT. ANT BETAS NI ZEar T1 EVE —TA REBARFTABLE) WAILER 0. O wQ .n.PREPOETEAL _��:q ogre r = nAB.� sINTMATmm olasamz (�r�' PRO-01 NO. CONCRETE CURB DETAIL© ISOLATION JOINT O 2107-010-01 ---= 500 I I I I I SYNACTIC MANSON Ran I iY TO xs'AAr —...1Lp,D R PADESIENT c ufUTGL LANDSCAPE OR OPEN AREAS DOWNSPOUT RE.ARCH Ann MPDALF RECD./UNDER Y...„� SUOGRADE PER soLSRsPORr OR w"mIIEM � JONT vA DATUM.\ o Dom lin uxAPPR vEv®1' MENE0APvRmwi C META. RUBBER Oaaernwom aAO D�cRnoE OOPSE°°°T AXCOO PIPOTHEO WE ORNAOMI.GROUND SEE NOTE 3 is CUM UNE ' 'w ASDEOEIFOW E PLAN A la COMM Ca�wEnwcr MEMO sae e os YR. TAW SEE NOTED 1 To cawr--- SIN,DEPTH Roo,mRSTARDOM SAIOTO SIOSIY rt°41R Pori r�O`_ owirae PFE @ IN AT ROTA�O i/v/PT c uvmcaR tRsxsmw ave r •.,:pal SE-EMOTE R r ` :izv°N ?,. �°i II S N0 , RDD Ma ROC�T. 1 G I DOWNSPOUT TO STORMDRAIN CONN. —I � , ieeMexrsnMnT>mDA+OPucEnDEEORe vPeis lADm'ARNDOmn R.: W Cws•A'HmM�tm ME�9 °1° CFAefxisiAUTlim WN.nIpi000il1YR00ce0,PLACED MOT PPE IS Pew..TO SSD STANDARD 11 REM PViI, � V�EM ADEIZ®SAM O.LmACTEn TOOT%OTX PORLTORISUmTY M PROCOPIUM YmliE aomv ITTN•EDe BA Or C--e Yi�LD ICETETJENT STAAB la IMAM DE l TO BACKS CFd¢M POT CUBIC YA1D.FTS Q 6.WHERE 5®.CGQIAYm REOUTEIe1TSEMMETT T.S�n YMMePE O,C OF EECDON I--TYLOSOIC GRAMMAR DAM. Q.= A ns°m®m¢ Ll.l O BEDDING DETAIL FOR STORM SEWERS CI T 36'AND SMALLER IN DIAMETER 1 N g 0 NEW CONCRETE DRIVEWAY BLOCK OUT LTa LL z 6.1 TO EXISTING CONCRETE STREET 0 O o~p�N Q w — aLL 0 0 0 0�a igg— �. `°, eT'a �d'� "v:.b 1 i''4 "it iii..."......411111i.' ii ,./.0.40,_ Min -: igigi;ggik.;, ' WISRiNaOABLE WARNG SUP ON R.WP RUH TRAVERSABLE SLOPE NON-TRAVERSABLE SLOPE RAMPS NO S 0 CO NOTCURB ES. COWAN A DETECTABLE MORRO OIPA¢MAT MOWS T RAISED I— LL I.M SWAGE DUUSTODOM ID.RED CONTRAST USUALLY D1TH O SURFACES. ACES.TO UNCOLOREDCONCRETEERA RIMMING AS LOUD BL!MO.ADJUST C ME LEAST FD4BLE SICK Of WILL SOH ORux = v (us). ADJUST CURB RAID IFNmN OR CRAM M APPROACH 9O[nMv< 0 0 x wmvxs sxAE OE ak Sscc mars. .MIMI uM A 4Amuu TN SLOPE 01 MY=ECM. J DETECTABLE DAmml0 SURFACES DUST OE 9R REOSOMT MD Om IllOY W.AIln TO ACOJIMIALLDDOUAV.V1 OM PAW 1AA1WA OM.u011T R01m1E VALUE NO U) a'am'MGM OWES PI THE ONECOXI MONO ME STREET. 1 TER E DAY 0*A1010 0 x¢awO0T MOM 6 ME mus A�vrc s1Mmums Z I— VA*aTEcrAME eARTmm smDACo A uw�Ow r n Daim n ne ORE.eYmI v OVEHOJLOI APIA RN IN RB ANT UNLESS o°wetx1p1 ACE pia oi®OAEA MODS DDAx tz Ax0 acmraTDMOVMOPnca RMmmacjx o5s U ram O p n M R.UST OF WMDUD mECTAa[DORM DAUM.roc ME°Tr OF PWLMm PROOF A n00M mummer!O¢x¢CURS RAUM CORER TO n¢SDaEv Jo,��WJIR LITC MO ANY OTHER 1*MOTES ARDOR-TEL DO IS TEL m ED EQUAL OR MI ERR TRES ON THE ADA S EISSERS SHAM MBBOi�M P1WRM AU M O RYAS ACC®ER STAIOM.RR SYS ii/ I"A \i, OAiE BUMMED PS 0Y 116 an mama COMM E I mmo PARTS ARE Dar R Aw D 01/d.�LOT] minim O.mw BOOM Of AN Am OF DE WOOL III m MT D. F ACE Of uxE u MAR O C�RAW A y PROJECT NO. oET°�Ecva Ss1R�E�s.� 7. DIE WOOD ADA Arm 1EEAs ADT,J0Mrr STAMPER FOP MOPE AND 2107-010-01 UPC.bbFeTyley C -- 600 TMMARLA.CODE. ACOLO _ Ev OF INTERNATIONAL WM.CODE ART ABOVE AOJ AOWDT Rehm FLOOR BLE YYY GM eOERTATICRAL PUMP.CODE ALT. ABOVE MOOD GRAOG ALIEDIXT APPROXIMATE Ob INRPINATICNAL 9091FG PAMan CODEAAI�Fla>Jt AN 1 ) 'E of a RD MD m FE BArerr cove ML Tn — : row ACCEM LIR MAMAS,a '� CRr W PGAFAA m D.PMENP0 OMAN CRTMA r._.. CART 6Tr DP DAMPL1E CD - r _ DREAM. CI CAST 1T s u CENTER L_ w000 O CLEAN OR cCC _ cWw PT• r�0RAOTOR DPI..P.ITAIN cu EXAG O N roues g DOOR 3 APPLICABLE CODES P CDAT.S. Mr BA EPP ELECTRIC PREK313 FanTAN u NTv, EI�Ec E. ATITIN EOBFFENT L DITENaIMM MGCI ON T.MEET ARE TTMCA 0G ELECT.OMR COOLER CO&TALL DE IDPO Mn..,INDICATED OITERWBE E IM oaaT0G - w DIE CwrtRACT Ovvevaea EXP EAwANMW CM EXTERIOR T. ALL COM..6 AND OrsRAv+G FIECIETNIEMS WALL BE FO FIRE I.IPER FLOOR AM R DR 1 06�NAND YG OPERATIC..ROPc'G NOT FE FIRE a PE FwMI FLOOR I-. FIR ' PLWIBG PRAT. w FOR AmONAL rr .wlPG FwE�ew A96 w REDARDIM DEVICE. rt1 FLOOR FRG. M R D NOT T Nur W THE COMPACT DOOTTOOe TO GA GAT.PRATE SECT. I— IMEAre COEPONENTeTEE OR VOLUTE.APPLE EXI CES.IDU"E DAL/ 4LA/TWN 2 MG.TR LCONMACTOR A ANY m OR rrew CL W- B��RR.0*F ARE REAFTM®Le FW Ili DETERTIPG PIE Tr¢VOLUTE AND EXACT MTANmr NCRRwRAALLCC TIE A' D a bE. IRE ROLETTIC IR RE IJJ W S AND ALL 14: PARMARE MCs-CORRAO RPETED ALL W NEAT..VENTILATION T AG ry TEE TEE EXACT MOPE CP DO DOCIASEN.AND TO VISIT MOro b RE ATEr0 INTEDE DIAMETER a O E. F �TRADE TNe OVER AM THE ARCM.,DLL ROT MF0ICR EP.MBLE FOR ADOMONAL CRAM.MD. n JOIN, uODEERreC IP DE OREM P.M Ow60 HAVE DM W1 ...TED Z F F,i DETER..Dr AACCOOPLETE PEvbID W TIE ET LIGHT -QJ DRE/IBTE TN01 jER AM TEE LTG LIMITwv H AFT:ERECT YNL NOT DE RELPaDIELE P DE G AAI. K NABa1Rr W fO PPOPOBAL OAR MAX MAX81111a LL TTER IN MANsacTy�R TIAMOLE U- rmc Tin ,11I ANFm 0 MTO TwoFC MEL m TETAL IMO � OM NMNO 9 ROM DIWALE M ETER • ON CORER OD OReme OI4ETER ON OVERNGAD CEP OPPOSITE 1PL PLASM LAMINATE IJ I l PTO PON PCPPLTILO PLY.. .. ED�RPE Z Rr2 COWER 81 TER RD ROM▪ RT MAIN ; RATDR . 1 11 2 NOTESPAL FEM.. .e AN 'BWI B [ �TGNS ORaORA. C0 871. STEEL WEE=ERMA TEM.AM GROOVE —I . TT« TN TOF T FILL U Z TO, MP CE EEL MMe CI CC PoemT.ON T 00)BARI— viR MCI "a' oP oPDaR 2 DATE C g� Trzerzoaz Y g R PROJECT NO. B - 21005 r.• MOLD A 1 ADA WATER CLOSET ^ ABBREVIATIONS 001 SCALE 12°=1•-0° "r 1 I 7,1 :4 .:...:::.........:%...: — .... .i.N. .. 1 0 \ 1 f.:..:. -.1 —i 16° I ::: .1 X '...1 4 ''''" 1 0 "i$D.: •it g 0 ".. :1 •::', .i ;1 '. •:•:.. A I 7,f::•:.'.. .1 El •:' -1/2.. -a e . ..„,,,,7. '_:, :. \ 1 \ v, ..:5:„ /4,_i"el :1 g ..:'• • *::ii . e , • ; H; —• 1 I: :El .-:.,-:: : i-.'.-1- .'•:-: .::A csi v, 4?793•.: I \...\--- :i 0 1 :01;: I . E 1 ° .. .., 0 1 0 .„ • .. • -1 14, :4 I -3-NNM a" III :.'46-Wal 1 la IIIIIII nowill-3 — .-- --A—"kil = • AIIIII gi 1;091;1 - 91 4 ' i , ,- , qr EMU EN 111 RI - L._ el ' 11 _ Ili [21 II 11111, 1 i 0, , . II csw- ppsi El IF% iiml 1 igi ill ' • MAliveAt iirilll [ -,-„.......- .._._., "•_ ..: • L.14,11,_,0 .Ait U_ ,--- ----I I' i ,..45 fliks. • 1 Pi —1 1 Pi 1 o I I El g 1 0 §g I o I I v _ ii I ift 151I II .... 4 I I a 712 ,c2 1 .. -i- 0 'II II —p I 0 al z-,-,,,--9-:- ,—•-,..-, i.-, i I i k I Id 1 rei 13' -`..------"-,r,1-t- • • , I il /1 I 0 0 _., co IV CD m°441/4 ri ', ', ' L.P. . r7') z f....to‘.1.,, ,,At...,'F,::,,• v -23 671 I'Agli'l' -"*-47 0:A:C' '73.•ff., - 1 11 g 1 4/ ,.... 4 /L\ ,.: .1--/I--g, •_N__ 0 0 I 1 '''' •'''''s : ',V,.:-- -:-- 1111 '--i \'''''' 0 l'.:: -.:-!''.•41 k --!'"----:-..------±,== p ® 8 ® ° -6 8" " riViirifilli99914011115111111qPIIIIMPRIPMPIN i 411111%1111111111i PP 11 11 11 ii; ild "14 g IN x g&I i l'i i 140 i 1 ligNt / i'll pi) li 11 'Pr - 1; ;a.Pe";1; ipi I I al I IS ga N. lig Aivt gr ,illprqoapi ? i 3 91 ilgeg 41011t le 1 3 V Mil 8 8 3 1 pf 1/1 1 1-11.1 t:-g OUP 111 Nil 1 I lag I Pi ligegipillri 01:11a-$11111q ill 11 1491illaigEIM vigiVir 1 1 g b illi ' gi 27 Ii '141.113. •d'i 1 i i i 1 i 111 141 la II M3111 141;11 Ile 1!5/ ghl lial 13 HMI.la P I 1111 k 1 1.! 1;11 I y 11111115I1,1 ill 41- o 1 i 111 %pp gri iiplipli illogil I I 01 ID' ligeirilliq § ill 11 li ri'l 11 11 'ilt Ili 4 Iiii/011i 11 i'll;1 1 °I 1411111111 l'iP$ /111111/ glk ill 1414411i 'HI i "P. i- - OP il 1 ha gip 11113g11..1111 1111 I ! 11 liKlillit illi,gliii 111 Dili Ili ,iii kill ;POMO 1 pl 0 11 ii U 4 Pig; ! i Wig- qi gi 1: " I a Di lig0111 IRVel, Hp; li lig qg/ la grjg 101 1 .1 ' (pi q ;; pi. ii ipi 6 DEMOLITION JOINER CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE DEPARTMENT ' _i ' TIAI 0 > § I MENNIann FIRE STAON#2 REPRS 0 ' PLAN pe,sdynd Tans TTSS4 • - -- —— ------------ - - DOER CONS EL RE. Nmr y Ay el¢Pi ATM FOR nP.MUD.TEMPS AM MIS U Lp u "yam •LaIG µACtfxmID�NY:e MN TO BE eEOI•RAC AIm TRW-GM. f Ti : ATOM ea¢v.AD EMT.Wlc SLAB V,•NC W.�6LAV PAT. .vwEL 0.LONGr PRACTICES CP TN:MADE Arm FIARE P.PE,FD DD^ MEPOS T.ALL SY ewLL WILT MN LOLL OM.GCG CODED yggb, ATArOV STEEL m GuolmDIIPT eeWR> I. I APPLICABLE OimNANCEO AND TASTADA REGULATIONS POP.L. 0• ?RE. RED FABRICATION V BARS LP 04 , PITTSI P M a AL ...COMER.DW.mO A4.0INR ENT ILO Fag'. n I - .7,C DONOTaNC ExDE CrnAWG>-V>E DIM ONSIDERED PART OPMECOE �� 6 01.ALL I¢cB»ART WLDM PFmrtD AND Pml roiP CONTRACTOR MALL BE 06PCNINBLE FOR rlcaTKN OF �� DTALL DP�A ATEORPaI. MIKES i�I,a PROM TO START.MM.NTS.OR / ;E PAP , �:x, ,�z ��e��= r F;��,��2�fm�n.rdEMEMISE 1 WPER DTORd.1.L „��FOR TNE 01.2.ONE ExBr.OHn vavR L OTHER TOCNIR0T Vie:' Eb'T o '=!! !!''! 1 vaD!II!!��n�l. vun E D`�R5 ITIrw°.Dicvew MADEARP MARKED VmIRW LT TO P�PAREDBTWGRADE >. m I¢e - lam S•DEEP D �_ ..,AM.,T I B 6 8110E DER !!_rON rPN:eR vFFbT A"m6Sr6G COmOIO'' N `�PwDRr=eMARDunwe GDNTRADTDR ? 000 OOT. M L �0 - AMl'COOIIDOIAiP al 4141 FOR.LAvio DEMOLITION _ JOINTS m,IIIYB ARE TO BE RE-INSTALLED am `s 10 GED Em REPORT PED ER TO PRIOR E - Pmu>ELE DDar+ .OR 60600 TOR>uALL PR ME A 2 MAT.EMT. TOOLS K 3 BOLLARD PLAN DETAIL A BOLLARD DETAIL C SLAB REPLACEMENT DETAIL G NOT USED ;0,R L �M 00�' o FOR MP scaLE ln•=1,-0• `-h SCALE 1rr=r-0• J SCALE:lrz•=I-a• CJ L.CONTRACTOR MALL NOTE'THE // O ER0 MPS OF ARE. IEBT.TO ALL OD 01 Dro.EDoMOT rm.FITMENT OF.DE R MS WORK 0.PLIMB. uoER eLV Pu. nn �ti REPAIRS ROTES DErATG E. REnA�T.ArmroP;ava OL STORM -......:.,.. N L....R,•", �....:::•/;x<•,: DATER SYSTEM DPEMdOB•NOTES AND GETA¢8 • v.BW+NTRAcica MAL/100.2 601E STAB...TOµ •f+�' A I LL,m moma4 Flamm VOID EO>¢e IVAPOR F-• .•{: I FE FRIOR TOS r.WALL MS Z PAY.6100LYe AM TSL AB REFLACErm1TE ATE w '^,n• JOINTS EaT P Ta'�F.9(�cNO.ORA60YS6ErWr;I . •. ` [.• y R.cONTSATTAL I.CONCRETE NE4EwA EDAIR WNFmL • C.CFE f. pI�l ID CONTRACTOR eNNL PROTECT ALL MST.ADJACENT Et __ I ":iL I"Y IliF- SMAACEA FIXTMEA EOTRONT,F66eWE0.0 EM, EES 4 .'jL / 1I CONSTRICTION.TIO. 'FROM ALLm MALL CLEAR 0.1 DAMAGE AS A WSW w a - o omcTmREMOVE"erT�WeTwcrvL O 0- .. cvao°M°C£OiRcnoaA6 REM T m vero vromxiOGm R°WEv IX N ap O - R NOTALL SALVAGED m IS CLOS:N•, ti z.- ® 7 __- FEa6v TL >maA4P6AL°vx.L-v iEMER mro�,FRr`L o81xv°<'mfv. lqi axNTMG4V 6Y.A.K+ORDER CLMRAcroR MALL REPLACE SALVAGED ITEM TWTN N.D.TO ME DI ZF- _ 9i>GpR>ApE ADATAB b+PRdED maim CLOSETS. Q.�O SA.062 0000 MANTES NAVE BEEN DAILAGED AO A 6 .own° - - n.,wT CP>1 2.4 REPLACE TWIN MO Fw>uFS TO W I►��,: Ism it LL 1\ oNM,F„Am 02�ED6EnEaAm6PANEDPM 0 (C)1011REITFORCED WLFEIE NOMALIC(RE.0101 6110 S. _ REPAIR APPLY EPORY WOE.GOM.m TOEPDXY D..=SLAB AOIa.EMEH0.'eLae60.0 EPD><.WPm.m TO NATLN MGM ® I MM.DOL...ID0VE I MO1011 uo.rRDAm I �Drow"O„ERDRA>IAGE>YSTE„I,0.1., �9 ©MEMO..2I m.rm..EusaMART • • SEIERP6EME.MEWAM DA�ILL660SELECT�L ARDER Z Ili D o Po i 20GEDTECN REPORT/PLACED•DEEP VOID 6 IOY.ERE .0... LINN ME SLAB DM .AN.L...ALL 6ALVADDO 0TER CLOSETS Dom./TO ALL 0E0 DISTMMO DT DEMOLITION P Ao C1011PAVIM BEDEMLIC WERm E IPA am DNR11 k ELM. I— ,, 6r• m o 0 0�.2 W EE PROVIDE MU E6.200.1',E aT — — 0051.E NALL 14EawgO6 0e:.PLIMOL RR T c o_ car — / Q Z 1. g I®I No Ifni.:'' ►.. t ��-� (: - _ o a o \ ° / --moo mEmicrC 3IY_m_L - 1 1 PARTITION w �/1 ►es- ® ® o �: PA ASSEt O./1L4 ME O v COcrsre TOI fRE AD a 1/282V22 > � PROJECT NO. 21885 ti 1 I II A 1 REMEDIATION PLAN ®® 2 NOTES 201 SCALE 1/8°=1'-0° ramp I I 1 1 MI mEt 0.1 A 0 C D E F G K K O al,„o YYYYY'-, .4,. ,I T� --I I + I �ma I I 1 — l)4J ¢ o II --- II --- te CC ! tJH HT - umTO A I MO '.tmv10091011 5b N NO PLR.10 JAW LS G.=GM'4 r 1ov,m s"��, 1 MO a III I'I I E RUM OS116 a �R�� wQ 1 mc" ">a METa1m a 1 III III �� 1 �1 u¢rs� ��\ w WL CC F O 1 I'I I'I �� , PLUMBING SYMBOLS p-� O 5 1 III 1I1 1 COW MC Q$ ,D — III III �� ® 1 0 . .��. a n. } , 'I, 1 1 11 } a Li 12 - ' I--- III----ITI-----IT- I '1' --[ ' iI O 1j1 , m II III III I �:i 1 ®1 Li, �z�_C1I1 II II / S 111 oe 0 I1 '--z —1l( 0 -' ---- . --- +--- [T. Li 1 1 a4 — - c>>.� it \� _, ,D ii '\- j i i 1p DATE 899 01/2812022 O LEVEL 1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN *DBR PRQIECT NO. tl R916hm1 Amf.16Gq 61010 21005 F emn 1®1ma R1111®0111R®1 1i 1R11.4.DaYLR u I11W flop tla0v 210090.0001 lI R.,,1—I--1a1—Q 200 1 I I I I 1 , PLUMBING PIPE MATERIALS SCHEDULE rum2* '• 0.1 OA B GO© F G H J OK Iml ®�O OO ma RumSNISMI,SLOI NC �� u 0.00 S 1 1 I 1 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES ° —I'11 III III a _- MAL�0.T3MK, MIMIC I I I I I I I—._ ri¢eitu�wOsrMAWR mu"u t�aa�vX9O®Rtudt Pi ° ` I 'I, I I «� 3 I �mm mHomo¢ro m �ffi M 02.0101 OM 0 1 — III — n- — 1I t - - -r r "{ 1 I I I I'll I \ \ II 'mi '�I l 1 1 I I YAM NI.MR��9Wl Q M.TAA41 W MID ui mwM 9uuamm 9m MAUS Z ° I I'I I'I 3�� A 9Rrra jr o— — t 999e N®9tim al - I1--- I--- I1 �' _INa O1®eussh� _ iX d� o III III 1 _ CI CL w Q I I I I II ® ® I PLUMBING KEYED NOTES `\\ w �1 III III K .NW1M.., o C4 'NW I n.N i.AS NaM=180...1 Q Z 4 11 11 I I�m� WPM NO na4 nu qc S NO ml 0-- UM I I O<69N n1 TO — III ® III d � ,=Emma TO VW9w199ro � IXU O. �O. II II I '671 „ - 1 , r r .LI Or 19.2 FM TONTO OHM YODEL IS MO --- d a B I - III — I — I I z POUMBING.SY�BO�L � ,y‘" a' % . 11 III 11 — I I III III I,II R a � r1 J U�-L�.LiiCOMM li �, w ie K 0 — h Imo! !--- ___ __ I.7_...._...v. t _\1 tJ-t_r-t-- r1 -- Z � ii \ g an iii \c,.... _ 4 ) a. 11 ONTE 4k LEVEL 1 PLUMBING PLAN 0112&20zz �� Lurya pROJECI N0. pry 21005 ^ DBR AAa Rento kw CM 11111l049p mew 1 i' !IBA Hopi pvmC 210090.000 l! 8 Ir9Nl---,—I.I—A 201 City of Pearland PROPOSAL LOWESTS RESPONSIBLE BIDDER FORM B PRICE PROPOSAL FORM Bid Request No. 0123-15 Addendum 7 Specification Responses PMGR Development Group Corp Line Description UOM QTY Unit Extended 1 Base Bid 1 $204,723.68 $204,723:68' Mobilization and Demobilization: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for the Contractor to mobilize and demobilize. Shall include all cost for Contractor's insurance and bonds, construction/building permit and fees. (NOT TO EXCEED 3%OF TOTAL BID PRICE) 11 LS 1 $6,120.00 Summary of Work: Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for remediations to the interior and exterior building elements as shown on the construction documents, including but not limited to, exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re- pouring concrete slab section, re-installing 1.2 water closets, and LS 1 $198,603.68 Total $204,723.68 r - 04,4 pEARLim ___( TEX Atio T. s9 1 .0.123-1.5 Addendum T PMGR Development Group Corp Supplier 'Response Event Information Number. 0123-15 Addendum 7 Title. Fire Station #2 Repairs Type: ITB-Sealed Issue Date 1/26/2022 Deadline 3/1/2022 02 00 PM (CT) Notes The project will consist of miscellaneous remediations to interior and exterior building elements due to poor soil conditions Exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re-pouring concrete slab section, re-installing water closets, and refinishing the concrete slab at these areas Contact Information Contact: Kayla Dokhani Address Projects 3519 Liberty Drive Page 1 of 4 pages Vendor:PMGR Development Group Corp 0123-15 Addendum 7 Pearland, TX 77581 Phone (281) 652-1756 Email ebids@pearlandtx.gov Page 2 of 4 pages Vendor:PMGR Development Group Corp 0123-15 Addendum 7 :PMGR. Development Group,Corp Information COOtact: Ose,Quilqf,te AdOre.,S$. 717 TeXa$,Avallte0ior 1'2` e usnTk 77002: P,hdrie . (340 349-2799 ,p!'ngfdevelb,prrientgtoUr4grhail:cOrm 'Web Address pmgi-d6vOtopmehtgrotmgoVcoril By submitting your response, you certify that you are authorized to represent and bind your company Jose Guilarte pmgrdevelopmentgroup@gmail.com Signature Email Submitted at 3/1/2022 1 37 27 PM Supplier Note On Document 00200 (Instructions to Bidders) on section 11 3 it states "Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature" however, corporate seals are no longer utilized or required These have become remnants of the past. We'd like some clarification on this and if you guys still require it. Would an electronic seal be acceptable? Please advise lesponse Attachments 00300_-_Bid_Proposal pdf See attached Bid Proposal from PMGR Development Group PMGR-Corporate-Bylaws pdf Corporate By Laws showing authority to sign from the CEO/President of the corporation Certificate of Formation Original_Document.pdf See attached certificate of formation showing Ryu Kesaji as an Executive Director for PMGR Development Group Cashiers Check Front.pdf See attached Cashier's Check Front<br/> Cashier's Check Back.pdf Cashier's Check Back Non-Collusion Statement Revised pdf Non Collusion Statement Vendor Reference for Proposal -Offeror(3) Fillable.pdf References Page 3 of 4 pages Vendor:PMGR Development Group Corp 0123-15 Addendum 7 Bid Attributes :1"; Response Attachment -1 Bidder understands and has completed the following The Bid Proposal and Bid Security required under the -' Instructions to Bidders has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy of the Bid Bond will be delivered upon request to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581 ❑� Submitted (Submitted) 2 Non-collusion Statement , Bidder has submitted a completed and signed copy of the Non-Collusion Statement El Submitted (Submitted) 3. General Conditions Bidder has read and agrees to the General Conditions set forth by the City of Pearland ❑d Agreed (Agrees) '4, Specification Acknowledgement Bidder has reviewed specifications and agrees that their bid adheres fully 17 Agreed (Agrees) •5 Local Bidder Bidder claims Pearland local bidder preference, pursuant to provisions of Local Bidder Preference claim form and Texas Local Government Code, Chapter 271 9051 Not Local Bidder Bid Lines 1 Package Header Base Bid Quantity. 1 Total: $204,723 68 Package Items 1 1 Mobilization and Demobilization Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for the Contractor to mobilize and demobilize. Shall include all cost for Contractor's insurance and bonds, construction/building permit and fees. (NOT TO EXCEED 3% OF TOTAL BID PRICE) Quantity. 1 UOM: LS Price. $6,120 00 Total' $6,120 00 1.2 Summary of Work: Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for remediations to the interior and exterior building elements as shown on the construction documents, including but not limited to, exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re-pouring concrete slab section, re-installing water closets, and refinishing the concrete slab at these areas. Quantity- 1 UOM: LS Price. $198,603 68 Total. $198,603 68 Response Total: $204,723 6V Page 4 of 4 pages Vendor:PMGR Development Group Corp 0123-15 Addendum 7 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIO For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE USE ONLY This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code,by a vendor who Date Received has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a) By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later % than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1),Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code.An offense under this section is a misdemeanor Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. PMGR Development Group Corp Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.(The law requires,that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) J Name of local government officer about whom the information Is being disclosed. Name of Officer J Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer,or a family member of the officer,as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer. Complete subparts A and B for each employment or business relationship described. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income,from the vendor? Yes 1 X No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income,other than investment income,from or at the'direction of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes X No Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership Interest of one percent or more. flCheck this box if the vendor has given the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts as described in Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). 4 1Gu 03/01/2022 Signature ;Gendgr d g business with the goverrimerital'entity Date Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/2015 J N CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE For vendor doing business with local governmental entity , A complete copy of Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code may be found at http.//www.statutes.legis.state.tx.us/ Docs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm.For easy reference,below are some of the sections cited on this form. Local Government Code§176.001(1-a) "Business relationship"means a connection between two or more parties based on commercial activity of one of the parties. The term does not include a connection based on (A) a transaction that is subject to rate or fee regulation by a federal,state,}or local governmental entity or an agency of a federal,state,or local governmental entity; (B) a transaction conducted at a price and subject to terms available to the public;or (C) a purchase or lease of goods or services from a person that is chartered by a state or federal agency and that is subject to regular examination by,and reporting to,that agency Local Government Code§176.003(a)(2)(A)and(B): (a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if. (2) the vendor (A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income, other than investment income, that exceeds $2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed, or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor; (By has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts that have an aggregate value of more than$100 in the 12-month period preceding the date the officer becomes aware that: (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed,or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor Local Government Code§176.006(a)and(a-1) (a) A vendor shall file a completed conflict of interest questionnaire if the vendor has a business relationship with a local governmental entity and: (1) has an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A), (2) has given a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,one or more gifts with the aggregate value specified by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B),excluding any gift described by Section 176.003(a-1),or (3) has a family relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity. (a-1) The completed conflict of interest questionnaire must be filed with the appropriate records administrator not later than the seventh business day after the later of- (1) the date that the vendor (A) begins discussions or negotiations to enter into a contract with the local governmental entity;or (B) submits to the local governmental entity an application,response to a request for proposals or bids, correspondence, or another writing related to a potential contract with the local governmental entity;or (2) the date the vendor becomes aware. (A) of an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer, or a family member of the officer,described by Subsection(a), (B) that the vendor has given one or more gifts described by Subsection(a),or (C) of a family relationship with a local government officer Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/2015 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE As of January 1, 2006, the Texas Local Government Code Chapter 176 requires all vendors and potential vendors who contract or seek to contract for the sale or purchase of property, goods, or services with any local government to complete and submit a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire In filling out the questionnaire, the following are current City Council members and City employees who may either recommend or approve bid awards. City Council Mayor Kevin Cole Councilmember Adrian Hernandez Councilmember Luke Orlando Councilmember Tony Carbone Councilmember Alex Kamkar Councilmember J David Little Councilmember Trent Perez Councilmember Woody Owens City Staff. City Manager Clay Pearson Chief Financial Officer Amy Johnson Purchasing Officer Sheila Baker of , rE;rR v a PEARLAND' fsr. jB9A NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT "The undersigned affirms that they are duly authorized to execute this contract, that this company, corporation,firm, partnership or individual has not prepared this bid in collusion with any other bidder, and that the contents of this bid as to prices, terms or conditions of said bid have not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any employee or agent to any other person engaged in this type of business prior to the official opening of this bid." PMGR Development Group Corp Vendor Address 717 Texas Avenue, ste 1200, Houston, Texas 77002 Phone Number 3463492799 Fax Number Email Address pmgrdevelopmentgroup@gmail.com Bidder(Signature) p,os.A_LA2) Position with Company CEO/President Signature of Company Official Authorizing This Bid 0 AL,rivi — 4r Company Official(Printed Name) Jose Antonio Guilarte Official Position Chief Executive Officer } CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT APPENDIX B House Bill 89 Verification I, R'lU �C' SAil (Person name), the undersigned representative (hereafter referred to as "Representative") of 11,4,CA DEUELnp0epi am& CDR? (company or business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18)years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following 1 That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2 That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Pearland, and 3 That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas Government Code Section 2270 001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes. SIGN Aj g4F-1------REPRESENTATIVE SLSUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this 1 day of Apr( ( , 207/ jiiAiJi 4 gGj December tt,2024 Notary Public ` CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are Interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number of business. 2022-863380 PMGR Development Group Corp Houston,TX United States Date Filed: 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 03/21/2022 being filed. City of Pearland Date Acknowledged: 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. 0123-15 Fire Station#2 Repairs 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary Piazza,Jean Cypress,TX United States X Kesaji,Ryu Spring,TX United States X Guilarte,Jose Houston,TX United States X • 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION --� My name is MO \ _ S'� I 1 , and my date of birth is My address is' (56121 Gu,i4r rA �( ,5 Fr) 77g79 , Ala__ (street) (ci (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing Is true and correct. �/ Executed in H 4 t5 County, State of ¶X ,on the , l day of 1 ,2022- (month) (year) Signrllure o uthorized agent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.1.191b5cdc 04 10 Pt LPEARLAN, . 199a. REFERENCES FOR:PMGR Development Group Corp Sub Contractor(Perfect Construction) Offeror must furnish, with this proposal, at least three (3) references from customers with a similar or larger operation as the City of Pearland This document, or a similar version issued by your company, must be included with your proposal Company Name ATCO Company Address Contact Name Melissa Rankin Phone Number 936-219-9154 melaniewilkie@atco corn Email Address Description of Project/Work Plumbing, Electrical, Cement, Tile, Carpentry, Metal Work, Framing Company Name Guerdo Module Company Address. Contact Name Cesar Perez Phone Number 208-571-2625 Email Address Description of Project/Work Plumbing, Electrical, Cement, Tile, Carpentry, Metal Work, Framing References for Page 2 Company Name S&P Premier Company Address. Contact Name Sergio Ocanas Phone Number 281-914-6091 Email Address Description of Project/Work Plumbing, Electrical, Cement, Tile, Carpentry, Metal Work, Framing Company Name Company Address. Contact Name Phone Number Email Address Description of Project/Work Company Name Company Address. Contact Name Phone Number Email Address Description of Project/Work • CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Bond Number: 4361618 Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That PMGR Development Group Corp of the City of Houston , County of Hams , and State of Texas, as principal, and Great American Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and flinily bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$Two Hundred Four Thousand Seven* for the payment whereof; the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. * Hundred Twenty Three and 68/100 Dollars($204,723.68) WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of April , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Fire Station#2 Repairs City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: FA2103 BID NO.: 0123-15 which Contract,including the Contract Documents as defined therein,is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED,HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 12/2007 00610-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11 th day of April ,20 22 Pnncipal. Surety PMGR Development Group Corp (area Am 'c Insurance Company By titttta+ ti„, Title: R'(O Qe-ESA3I CA� Title: John D.Weisbrot.Attomey�lia Address. Address. Wr ;;,10iiil77 717 Texas Avenue, Suite 1200 301 East 4th Street. S 344:1 A'-;:� z5 Houston, TX 77002 Cincinnati, OH 45202,,,,E ` O� ,,,o`` rrorttzt Telephone: 346-349-2799 Telephone: 866-450-3412 Fax. Fax. 866-450-3414 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Bond Number 4361618 Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That PMGR Development Group Corp of the City of Houston , County of Hams , and State of Texas, as principal, and Great American Insurance Company authonzed under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$Two Hundred Four Thousand seven* for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. * Hundred Twenty Three and 68/100 Dollars($204,723.68) WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certam written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11 th day of April , 20 22, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Fire Station#2 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas COP PN. FA2103 BID NO.: 0123-15 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herem. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanymg the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00611 -1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of April ,2022 Pnncipal. Surety PMGR Development Group Corp Am • I surance Company By _(!%� Byss . Title: (Zy() V-ES1SI !CFO Title: John D Weisbrot,Atto e n-E, c1O •• Address Address: 717 Texas Avenue, Suite 1200 301 East 4th Stree't",°% Houston, TX 77002 Cincinnati, OH 45202 Telephone: 346-349-2799 Telephone: 866-450-3412 Fax. Fax. 866-450-3414 NOTICE. THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Bond Number: 4361618 Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That PMGR Development Group Corp of the City of Houston , County of Hams , and State of Texas, as principal, and Great American Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$Two Hundred Four Thousand Seven* for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. * Hundred Twenty Three and 68/100 Dollars($204,723.68) WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11 th day of April , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. Fire Station#2 Repairs City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: FA2103 BID NO.: 0123-15 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00612- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of April ,2022 Principal. Surety- PMGR Development Group Corp c4L: .t Am- I surance Company By. , .;,„„- Title: Rit) Iz.d 5 ) C Title: John D.Weisbrot,Attomey=fn ct Address Address: 717 Texas Avenue, Suite 1200 301 East 4th Street =`c=. y Houston, TX 77002 Cincinnati, OH 45202 "111" ,>`, Telephone: 346-349-2799 Telephone: 866-450-3412 Fax. Fax. 866-450-3414 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439 END OF SECTION 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN sl Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows. In consideration of Pay Estimate No in the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made,the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any,through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me,this day of , 20 My Commission Expires: Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1 01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 02 Contract Documents 103 Subcontractor 1 04 Written Notice 105 Work 1 06 Extra Work 1 07 Work Day 1 07-1 Rain Day 1 07-2 Impact Day 1 08 Calendar Day 1 09 Substantially Completed 1 10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1 11 Referenced Standards 1 12 Contract Time 1 13 Construction Inspector 1 14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3 01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 3 02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3 03 Preliminary Approval 3 04 Inspection by Engineer 3 05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3 06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4 01 Independent Contractor 4 02 Contractor's Understanding 4 03 Laws and Ordinances 4 04 Assignment and Subletting 4 05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4 06 Insurance 4 07 Permits and Fees 4 08 Texas State Sales Tax 4 09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4 10 Character of Workers 4 11 Labor,Equipment,Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 412 Sanitation 4 13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4 14 Performance of Work 4 15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 16 Layout of Work 4 17 Shop Drawings 4 18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship; Observations 4 19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers,Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment,Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemnification 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5 01 Time and Order of Completion 5 02 Extension of Time 5 03 Hindrances and Delays 5 04 Suspension of Work 5 05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5 06 Change of Contract Time 5 07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6 01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6 02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6 03 Estimated Quantities 6 04 Price of Work 6 05 Payments 6 06 Partial Payments 6 07 Use of Completed Portions&Punchlist 6 08 Substantial Completion 6 08-1 6 09 Final Payment 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6 11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6.12 Payments Withheld 6 13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7 01 Differing Site Conditions 7 02 Change Orders 7 03 Change Orders 7 04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7 05 Minor Changes 7 06 Extra Work 7 07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8.01 Default by Contractor 8 02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies& Specific Performance 8 04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.05 Insolvency 8 06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8 08 Termination for Convenience 8 09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO 1 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO 2 AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 ATTACHMENT NO 3 OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl 10-2012 00700-v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 101 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1 02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders, (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual, (7) Instructions to Bidders; (8) Bid Proposal, and 10-2012 00700- 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract,unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor 1 04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual,partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1 05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1 06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER,to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only 1 07 WORK DAY As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700-2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7 05 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days. 1 07-1 RAIN DAY As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1 12 Contract Time below) 1 07-2 IMPACT DAY As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day (See 1 12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1 08 CALENDAR DAY A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or"Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations,the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria,ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 110 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction,requirement,permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 10-2012 00700-3 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words,terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 111 REFERENCED STANDARDS No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1 12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i)to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6 09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1 13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1 14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700-4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CON IRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CON IRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations,thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done,they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work,then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700-5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3 01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents, and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7 Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3 02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3 03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR, otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700-6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations,will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3 05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 04 3 06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6 11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 10-2012 00700-7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4 02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CON TRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4 03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700-8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4 04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4 05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000 00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance,Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000 00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7 19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4 06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4 07 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4 08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 10-2012 00700-9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4 09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CON TRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4 10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract,to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 411 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment,tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection,will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700- 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4 12 SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CON TRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4 13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris,trash,waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4 14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4 15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 416 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4 17 SHOP DRAWINGS The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700- 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve-him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER,ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4 18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700- 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4 19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700- 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER,the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences,traffic control,warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700- 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction, and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700- 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700-16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT,LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR, OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130 002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury,death, or property injury This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense 10-2012 00700- 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the ) Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship, and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees,the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction, provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5 02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires,Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5 03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5 04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5 05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700- 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty,the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond, all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy 5 06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum,the following data. A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5 07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CON TRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700-20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6 02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided. 6 03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages,unit price adjustment, quantity differences,unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6 04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for 10-2012 00700-21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6 05 PAYMENTS No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CON'I'RACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6 06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount,prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month, said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700-22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.08 FINAL PAYMENT" The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6 07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6 08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete" Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 10-2012 00700-23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist") If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6 08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner 6 09 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work,has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER, (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any,to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions, 10-2012 00700-24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction, (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors,vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor,vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment,tools,temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction, (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No 2, executed by CONTRACTOR, (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc' in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion, and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6 10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700-25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6 11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship, to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies,which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity 612 PAYMENTS WITHHELD The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied, (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion, and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction,the withheld payment shall be made promptly If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700-26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6 13 DELAYED PAYMENTS Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251 051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7 01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract,the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a)Upon written notification,the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits,will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7 02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven (7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension,the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven(7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a)Upon receipt,the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather,the ENGINEER will make 10-2012 00700-27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment(excluding profit)and modify the contract in writing accordingly The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing,whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7 03 CHANGE ORDERS Without invalidating this Agreement,the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time,which may result from the change. 7 04 In accordance with paragraph 1 07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days,prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day 7 05 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7 06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods Method(A)--By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700-28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b)For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used, otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance 10-2012 00700-29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7 07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0 In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason,to timely file a Request for Mediation,the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 10-2012 00700-30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners. (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand, or 10-2012 00700-31 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract,the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed,the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CON TRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8 02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700-32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY It is recognized that if CON TRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8 06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders 10-2012 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8 07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit,whether on this Contract or otherwise 8 08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 10-2012 00700-34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8 09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6 13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CON TRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CON TRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CON TRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to,the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, 10-2012 00700-35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700-36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS Certificate of coverage ("certificate") A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406 121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER. (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,too (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR. (a) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7),with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between THE (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter"OWNER") for the Project known as Fire Station #2 Repairs (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation. 1 The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract,except for the Final Payment. I 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3 The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4 It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification,waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the_day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR. By- Signature Print Name- Title [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign, if a partnership, each general partner must sign, if a corporation,the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the day of , 20_by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter,By-Laws or Minutes of -- a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR. By President ATTEST Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. I(We)am(are)the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we)have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me,the day of 20_ Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires. [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release,whose names are set out above,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation,the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation, and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this,the day of , 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires. 07/2006 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1 1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any 1.2 Contractor "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier 1 4 ISO "ISO"means Insurance Services Office 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein. 2.1 1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection, and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect,negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under,this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3 1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A- VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner 3 4 Limits of Liability The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision. In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3 7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4 Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required. 10-2012 00700-C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4 1 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability 4 1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4 1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than. Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4 1 4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85, or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85, or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01, or iv any form providing equivalent protection to Owner b Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e Primary and Non-Contributing Liability It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non-owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent) 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3 1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than. Employer's Liability. $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4 4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4 4 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4 4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5,000,000 4 4 4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5 1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000 4.5 4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4 6 Builder's Risk 4 6 1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds, and b subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700-C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover• a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site, c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation, d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c Required coverage shall further include i. Additional expenses due to delay in $TBD completion of project(where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications,workmanship or materials, including collapse iv Debris removal additional limit 25%of direct damage loss v Earthquake (where applicable) $TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $TBD applicable) vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without sublimit x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot& Included without sublimit cold testing(where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation,non-renewal or Included 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD xv Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4 6 4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage,Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood,Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, BorV d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence 4 6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates. a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated, b the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached,has been made; or c the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. 10-2012 00700-C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6 6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows. a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5 Intentionally left blank. 6 Evidence of Insurance 6 1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance" 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance" 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify- 6.3 1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name,which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company 6.3 4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3 6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3 7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3 10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3 11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6 4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner 7 Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7 1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8 Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9 Release and Waiver The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700-C10 GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY® Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH STREET • CINCINNATI,OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 • FAX 513-723-2740 The number of persons authorized by this power of attorney is not more than THREE No.0 21243 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREATAMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio,does hereby nominate,constitute and appoint the person or persons named below,each individually if more than one is named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact,for it and in its name,place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company,as surety,any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship,or other written obligations in the nature thereof;provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below. Name Address Limit of Power JOHN D.WEISBROT ALL OF ALL MELISSA L.MCDADE PIPERSVILLE,PENNSYLVANIA $10,000,000 STEVEN M.VARGA This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 19TH day of OCTOBER 2020 Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSU CE COMPAN PJYIy44.._. e. ! r I ofti .4ssislant Secretary Divisional Senior Vice President STATE OF OHIO,COUNTY OF HAMILTON-ss: MARK VIGARIO(877-377-2405) On this 19TH day of OCTOBER , 2020 ,before me personally appeared MARK VICARIO,to me known, i being duly sworn,deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati,Ohio,that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great American Insurance Company,the Company described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seal of the said Company;that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal;that it was so affixed by authority ofbis office under the By-Laws of said Company,and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. SUSAN A KOHORST e^; Notary Public State of Ohio My Comm.Expires924..443Ctret, a Z/t sk' May 18,2025 This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated June 9,2008. RESOLVED: That the Divisional President,the several Divisional Senior Vice Presidents,Divisional Vice Presidents and Divisonal Assistant Vice Presidents,or any one of them,be and hereby is authorized,from time to time,to appoint one or more Attorneys-in-Fact to execute on behalf of the Company, as surety any and all bonds,undertakings and contracts of suretyship,or other written obligations in the nature thereof;to prescribe their respective duties and the respective limits of their authority;and to revoke any such appointment at any time. RESOLVED FURTHER. That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond,undertaking,contract of suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof,such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company,to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. CERTIFICATION I,STEPHEN C.BERAHA,Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney and the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of June 9,2008 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 11 th day of April , 2022 . „.a3 Ape", JVes, w' ysti'as pp� �,' Cot IY7: • t ram: Assistant Secretary tti �y ,r S-.4 51029AH(03r20) rrtA1+,r a `1.u.4. ,r.•I hy's�. Ili ' t!*. GREATAIIERECAN INSURANCE GROUP 301 East 4th Street Cincinnati,OH 45202 GNG.com GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY STATEMENT OF ASSETS,LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL&SURPLUS AS OF DECEMBER 31,2020 ADMITTED ASSETS LIABILITIES,CAPITAL AND SURPLUS Bonds. $ 4,386,347,507 Unpaid losses and loss expenses. $ 4,495,981,334 Stocks. .., .. .... .... ..., 1,201,888,403 Reserve for underwriting expenses. 314,467,440 Mortgage loans on real estate. 408,472,385 Federal Income taxes. . .»„. 2,109,834 Real estate(net of encumbrances). 37,888,932 Reserve for unearned premiums. .„. 7,583,390,092 Cash and short-term Investments. 1,049,550,843 Ceded reinsurance premiums payable. „. 178,445,021 Other Invested assets. ... .,. 928,866,838 Funds held under reinsurance treaties. 571,592,513 Receivable for securities. .ti„„.. ,„, 5,990,812 Retroactive reinsurance ceded. „ ...,.,,.. (107,681,905) Investment income due and accrued. ,„. 38,502,582 Other liabilities. 228,081,621 Agents'and premium balances. 728,740,997 Total liabilities. 7,288,385,950 Reinsurance recoverable on loss payments. 128,954,023 Net deferred tax asset. ,,, ._. 149,581,575 Receivable from affiliates. 13,340,599 Receivable from Federal Crop Insurance Corporation. 398,733,388 Company owned life Insurance. 191,104,977 Capital stock. $ 15,440,600 Funds held as collateral. 8,358,281 Paid in surplus. 880,010,977 Funded deductibles. , 30,751,380 Special surplus funds. 83,568,748 Other admitted assets,,..,.,. .„. .,..,,„. .,,, ., 45,245,180 Unassigned funds. 1,576,892,183 Policyholders'surplus. .... 2,555,910,508 Total. „ . $- 9822296,450. Total,...,,... .-.$ 9,822,296,458. Securities have been valued on the basis prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. STATE OF OHIO COUNTY OF HAMILTON Robert J.Schwartz,Vice President and Controller,and Stephen Beraha,Assistant Vice President end Assistant Secretary,being duly sworn, each for himself deposes and says that they are the above described officers of the Great American Insurance Company of Cincinnati,Ohio; that said Company Is a corporation duly organized,existing end engaged In business as a Surety by virtue of the laws of the Slate of Ohio and has duly complied with all the requirements of the laws of said state applicable to said Company and is duly qualified to act as Surety under such laws;that said Company has also compiled with and Is duly qualified to act as Surety under Public Law 97-258 enacted September 13,1982(98 Stat.1047 as amended:31 U.S.C.9304-9308); that to the best of their knowledge end belief the above statement Is a full,true and correct Statement of the Assets,Uabiilties and Capital&Surplus of the said Company as of December 31,2020. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 2nd day of March,2021, ,,Pc21 j" ontroller V:,‘ +I 1 l7,,/* 1Z,r •_ 0 CLItAllf-611L Public Notary ,'s, �i;= �` -....:-.0.,.., Fri' Annuity Group and Specialty Property&Casualty Insurance Group GAIG.com , Great American Insurance Company of New York GREATAIKERwAN Great American Alliance Insurance Company INSURANCE GROUP Great American Insurance Company IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain mformation or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain mformation on compames, coverages,rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P O Box 149104 Austm,TX 78714-9104 FAX. 1-512-475-1771 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it by certified or registered mail to the following address. Mailing Address: Great American Insurance Company PO Box 2119 Cincinnati,Ohio 45202 Physical Address: Great American Insurance Company 301 E.Fourth Street Cincinnati,Ohio 45202 You may also contact the Great American Insurance Company Claim office by Fax: 1-888-290-3706 Telephone: 1-513-369-5091 Email. bondclaims@gaic.com PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium,you should contact the agent first.If you have a dispute concerning a claim,you should contact the company first.If the dispute is not resolved,you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for mformation only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. F.9667A(3/11) A`o CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY) 03/22/2022 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED 'EPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER NAME: Anna Robinson PHONE Robinsons Insurance Agency LLC A/C,No,Ext: 888-254-7350 Ext.101 FAX No): 713-429-0548 100 Glenborough Drive, ADDRESS: Suite 431 F INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Houston TX 77067 INSURER A Evanston Insurance Company 35378 INSURED INSURER B Benchmark Insurance Company 41394 PMGR Development Group Corp _INSURER C National Specialty Insurance Company 22608 717 Texas Ave INSURER D Ste 1200 INSURER E Houston TX 77002 INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER. REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM ORICONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ISUER LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSDW VD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP (MMIDDIYYYI) (MMIDDIYYYY) LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ 100,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 A Y Y 3AA551602 03/21/2022 03/21/2023 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 X POLICY PRO- JECT LOC PRODUCTS COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (a BIKED)INGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL B _ AUTOS OWNED _ AUTOSULED CSG-00029625-00 03/22/2022 03/22/2023 ( ) $ BODILY INJURY Per accident X HIRED AUTOS ,( NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS (Per accident) $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 A X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE Y Y EZXS3074572 03/21/2022 03/21/2023 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X STATUTE OERH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 C OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A Y NXT4RCX9LQ-00-WC 03/22/2022 03/22/2023 - (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached If more space Is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 3519 Liberty Dr AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Pearland TX 77581 y I ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AtCORO® EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY) `..------ 03/23/2022 ITHIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW.THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE 'SUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST tf'ICY PHONE 888-254-7350 Ext.101 COMPANY fAIC.No.Extl: Robinsons Insurance Agency LLC 100 Glenborough Drive, American Zurich Insurance Company Suite 431 F Houston TX 77067 (A/C,No): 713-429-0548 ADDRESS: info@robinsonsinsuranceagency.com CODE: SUB CODE: AGENCY CUSTOMER ID#: INSURED LOAN NUMBER POLICY NUMBER PMGR Development Group Corp ER73985019 717 Texas Ave EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE CONTINUED UNTIL Ste 1200 03/24/2022 03/24/2023 TERMINATED IF CHECKED Houston TX 77002 THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED: PROPERTY INFORMATION LOCATION/DESCRIPTION City of Pearland Fire Station#2 6050 Fite Road,Pearland,TX 77584 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. UERAGE INFORMATION PERILS INSURED BASIC BROAD X SPECIAL COVERAGE/PERILS/FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Builders Risk Coverage Form 2,500 Renovations and Improvements $205,000 All Covered Property at all Locations $205,000 REMARKS(Including Special Conditions) Wind Deductible 3% CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAME AND ADDRESS X ADDITIONAL INSURED _ LENDER'S LOSS PAYABLE I I LOSS PAYEE MORTGAGEE LOAN# City of Pearland / 3519 Liberty Dr AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Pearland TX 77581 604644V ACORD 27(2016/03) ©1993-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions,Document 00700 Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions,the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1 01 The OWNER'S representative on the project site is telephone 281 652. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is telephone. The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is telephone: ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4 05 A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No.3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4 6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 08 Add Article 5 08 The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records,the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract,the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for 08/2018 00800- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year,proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents.Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION 08/2018 II 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1 01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code),the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1 03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5)feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 "General Decision Number TX20220233 01/21/2022 Superseded General Decision Number. TX20210233 State. Texas Construction Type- Building County. Brazoria County in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) Note Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that aresubject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself,but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5 1(a)(2)-(60). If the contract is entered into on or after January 30,2022, or the contract is renewed or extended(e.g., an option is exercised) on or after January 30, 2022,Executive Order 14026 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $15 00 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29,2022, and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022,Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $11.25 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 01/21/2022 file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] * ASBE0022-009 06/28/2021 Rates Fringes ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT &FROST INSULATOR(Duct, Pipe and Mechanical System Insulation) .$ 24.90 15.90 BOIL0074-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER. .$ 29 47 24 10 CARP0551-009 04/01/2016 Rates Fringes CARPENTER(Excludes Drywall Hanging, Form Work, and Metal Stud Installation). .$ 23 05 8 78 ELEC0716-005 08/24/2020 Rates Fringes LECTRICIAN(Excludes Low voltage Wiring and Installation of Alarms) .$ 32.55 10.35 ELEV0031-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC .$ 45 48 36.365 FOOTNOTES A. 6% under 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. 8% over 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. B Holidays. New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and Veterans Day ENGI0450-002 04/01/2014 Rates Fringes )WER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Cranes. .$ 34.85 9 85 file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] * IRON0084-011 06/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL. .$26 01 7.56 * IRON0135-002 09/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL .$ 34 10 13.94 * PLUM0068-002 10/01/2021 Rates Fringes PLUMBER. .$ 36.83 11 71 * PLUM0211-010 10/01/2021 Rates Fringes PIPEFITTER (Including HVAC Pipe Installation) .$ 37 03 12.56 SHEE0054-003 04/01/2020 Rates Fringes SHEET METAL WORKER(Excludes HVAC Duct and Unit Installation) .$ 29 70 13.85 SUTX2014-008 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING MECHANIC. .$ 16 41 3.98 BRICKLAYER. .$ 19 86 0 00 CAULKER. .$ 15.36 0 00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER. .$ 13.33 0 00 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER. .$ 16.30 3 71 DRYWALL HANGER AND METAL STUD INSTALLER. .$ 17 45 3.96 ELECTRICIAN(Alarm Installation Only) .$ 17.97 3.37 ELECTRICIAN(Low Voltage file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] Wiring Only). .$ 18 00 1 68 FLOOR LAYER. Carpet. .$ 20 00 0 00 ORM WORKER. .$ 12.57 0 00 GLAZIER. .$ 19 12 4 41 INSULATOR- BATT .$ 14.87 0 73 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING .$ 12.10 0 00 LABORER. Common or General. .$ 10.55 0 00 LABORER. Mason Tender - Brick. .$ 13.37 0 00 LABORER. Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete. .$ 10.86 0 00 LABORER. Pipelayer .$ 12.94 0 00 LABORER. Roof Tearoff. .$ 11.28 0 00 LABORER. Landscape and Irrigation. .$ 9 49 0 00 T.ATHER. .$ 19 73 0 00 OPERATOR. Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe .$ 15.56 0 00 OPERATOR. Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader .$ 13.93 0 00 OPERATOR. Bulldozer .$ 20 77 0 00 OPERATOR. Drill. .$ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR. Forklift. .$ 15 64 0 00 OPERATOR. Grader/Blade .$ 13.37 0 00 OPERATOR. Loader .$ 13.55 0.94 OPERATOR. Mechanic. .$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR. Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete). .$ 16 03 0 00 OPERATOR. Roller .$ 16 00 0 00 SINTER(Brush, Roller and Spray), Excludes Drywall Finishing/Taping. .$ 16 77 4.51 file:///C!/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] ROOFER. .$ 15 40 0 00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only). .$ 20 05 4 19 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Unit Installation Only) .$ 19 67 2.24 SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers). .$ 22.17 9 70 TILE FINISHER. .$ 12.00 0 00 TILE SETTER. .$ 16 17 0 00 TRUCK DRIVER. 1/Single Axle Truck. .$ 14.95 5.23 TRUCK DRIVER. Dump Truck. .$ 12.39 1 18 TRUCK DRIVER. Flatbed Truck. .$ 19 65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER. Semi-Trailer Truck. .$ 12.50 0 00 TRUCK DRIVER. Water Truck. .$ 12.00 4 11 WATERPROOFER. .$ 14.39 0 00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note Executive Order (EO) 13706,Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017 If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses '29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)) The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of"identifiers"that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate(weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey Example PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014 PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union, which prevailed in the survey for this -lassification, which in this example would be Plumbers 0198 idicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014 Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement(CBA) governing this classification and rate Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example SULA2012-007 5/13/2014 SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which iese classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/LocaUTemp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications, however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE.UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014 UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1 ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Division National Office Branch of Wage Surveys. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3 ) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N W Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1 ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1 8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to Wage and Hour Administrator U S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N W Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3 ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to Administrative Review Board U S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N W Washington, DC 20210 4) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION" file:///Cl/Users/Andrew/AppData/Local/Temp/tx233.txt[1/25/2022 3.25:53 PM] CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of: miscellaneous remediations to interior and exterior building elements due to poor soil conditions. Exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re-pouring concrete slab section, re-installing water closets, and refinishing the concrete slab at these areas. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A N/A 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A N/A 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A The project will consist of miscellaneous remediations to interior and exterior building elements due to poor soil conditions. Exterior remediations include removing and replacing sections of concrete sidewalks and heavy-duty paving and tying all existing roof downspouts into the underground storm drainage system. Interior remediations include removing several water closets and concrete slab section below, removing and replacing expansive soils beneath, re-pouring 08/2016 01100- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK concrete slab section, re-installing water closets, and refinishing the concrete slab at these areas. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01350—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01310- Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A N/A 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-way as specified in Section 01140- Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 08/2016 01100-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting&Patching 3 Section 01555 —Traffic Control &Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb& Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, &EmbankmentMaterials 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.4 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement;trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements,at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1 Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Architect or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Architect. 01/2018 01140- 1 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.5 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A If Contractor's means and methods require the acquisition of Temporary Construction Easements or any access to private property not already included in the above, such access and documentation along with any costs involved shall be the responsibility of the Contractor B Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Architect and property owner(s) as noted above. C Means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted without temporary or permanent easements as determined by the Architect. D Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect and at no cost to the Owner E Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners,monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner 1.6 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Architect 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets,when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting&Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 01/2018 01140-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.7 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes orbusinesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Architect for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.8 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Architect. B Obtain the Architect's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.9 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debris,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day D Promptly remove barriers,signs,and components of other control systems that are no 01/2018 01140-3 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. 1.10 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs,gutters,and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Architect. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner D Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill,& Embankment Materials, as approved by the Architect. E Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging. F Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. G Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2018 01140-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications. See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards. 1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Architect. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Architect to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Architect shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume 1 Stockpiles. Measured by cubic dimension using mean length,width,and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area. Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals;and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Architect multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Architect will direct one of the following remedies. 1 The nonconforming Work will remain as is,but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Architect. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Architect, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Architect, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Architect to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following- 1 Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Architect. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3 Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4 Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5 Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work,unless specified otherwise. 6 Loading,hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1 Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3 Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications,Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order,Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4 Execution of Change Orders, 5 Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References. 1 Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable 1 Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items,with supporting information as required by the Architect. 3 Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4 Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required. 1 Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3 Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7 03 "Extra Work" 4 Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5 Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6 Invoices and receipts for products,rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176 (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows 1 Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily,weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts(one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day No other rate adjustments shall apply 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Architect of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 01 "Change Orders" 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Architect will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Architect may issue a-Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications.The Architect may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Architect describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Architect may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid Proposal,the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1 04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time" D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Architect will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time,and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01100— Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Architect may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1 01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Architect will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required. Architect's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3 Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4 Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5 Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to,Work Plans,Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6 Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions,Applications for Payment,Requests for Information,Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7 Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8 Review of Subcontractors. 9 Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1 06 "Site Mobilization Conference",when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10 Procedures for testing. 11 Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12 Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13 Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Architect will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy B Attendance Required. Architect representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3 Construction controls provided by Owner 4 Temporary utilities 5 Survey and layout 6 Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Architect. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Architect. B Attendance Required. Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Architect representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Architect or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. D Architect or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda. 1 Review minutes of previous meeting. 2 Review of Construction Schedule,Applications for Payment,payroll and compliance submittals. 3 Field observations,problems, and decisions. 4 Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5 Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6 Review status of Requests for Information,Requests for Proposal. 7 Review status of Change Orders. 8 Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10 Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11 Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13 Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14 Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15 Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications,refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for 1 Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3 Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples 4 Operations and Maintenance Data 5 Manufacturer's Certificates 6 Construction Photographs 7 Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications 1 Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options& Substitutions 3 Section 01100—Summary of Work 4 Section 01380—Construction Photographs 5 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1 Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Architect will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Architect.This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor 3 The Architect's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements, review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4 Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5 Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6 The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval.No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1 Transmit each submittal to the Architect with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1 Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3 Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4 For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1 10 "Video" C Contractor's Certification 1 Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 —Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100 00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5)percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Architect. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually)and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal.The format is subject to approval by the Architect. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements 1 The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Architect. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3 For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4 For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5 For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered,and when installed. 6 For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Architect prior to starting work in the area. 7 A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Architect. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Architect in accordance with Section 00700 -General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Architect for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Architect, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1 Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3 The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4 Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale,and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1 Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures"shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3 Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project,where required by the Technical Specification. 4 For products specified only by reference standard,submit manufacturer,trade name,model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5 For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation,and applicable reference standard. 6 For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1 04"Selection Options"and 1 07 "Substitution Procedures" 7 For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Architect or Owner C Samples 1 Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper 3 Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification,one of which will be retained by the Architect. 4 Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification,submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification,as described in this Section. 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Architect. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits,and certifications as appropriate D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product,but must be acceptable to Architect. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1 Prints Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs Two prints, color, matte finish, 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 8'/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3 Th photographs shall show. a. Date photographs were taken b Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4 Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b Yards(near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk,sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights,shrubs, fences,trees,etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 On completion of construction,provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO 1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations,and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350-7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. C Prepare three(3)prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Managerwithin seven(7)days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs,for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified by Project Name, Contractor,and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a flash drive. B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in the photograph. 1 Job number 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3 Location of the photograph,house number and street,along with the project number C Indicate the condition of the following: 1 Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards(near side and far side of street). 3 House-walk and sidewalk. 4 Curb. 5 Area between walk and curb. 6 Particular features (yard lights,shrubs,fence,trees,etc.). 7 Date shall be on negative 8 Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information. 1 Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer(if a professional photographer is used) 3 Name of the Contractor 4 Date the photograph was taken. 5 Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work,take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on flash drive with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications. None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street,N W Washington,DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute PO Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit,MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street,N W Washington,DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park,MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue,Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street,N W Washington,DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York,NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York,NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street,N W Washington,DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street,N W Washington,DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia,PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda,MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society PO Box 35104 Miami,FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue,N W Washington,DC 20036 CRD U S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg,IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains,NY 10604 FDA U.S Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville,MD 20857-0001 FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington,DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P O Box 440 S Yarmouth,MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane PO Box 1331 Piscataway,NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington,DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P 0 Box 986 Katy,TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 2101 L Street,N W., Suite 300 Washington,DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P 0 Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington,DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh,PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P 0 Box 13087 Austin,TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 11th Street Austin,TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook,IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P O Box 12157 Austin,TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment, operator training,test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to Project Manager for review 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections,tests,and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager,Architect,and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer;furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment,tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select,employ,and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory,with prior approval of Owner,to perform the following: 1 Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner 3 Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4 Cores to test for thickness. 5 Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6 Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Architect will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project.Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect if specification section requires the presence of the Architect. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested;to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for 1 Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3 Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329,as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection,security measures,protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash,debris,and excavated material,pest and rodent control,water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications. Section 00200—Instructions to Bidders Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01350—Submittals Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation Section 01100—Summary of Work Section 01600—Material &Equipment Section 01570—Trench Safety System Section 01555—Traffic Control &Regulation Section 01720—Field Surveying Section 01563 —Tree &Plant Protection Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures -existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2-2011 01500- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings,tanks,walls,bridges,roads, dams, channels, open drainage,piping,poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel,power,light,heat,and other utility services necessary for execution, completion,testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department.A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter from City'Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed,water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department.Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on-going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas, 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service,in the Contractor's name,to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion.Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions, maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site,in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2-2011 01500-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem, have sewage and waste hauled off-site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement,or Section 01100—Summary of Work. Provide for transportation,move-in,set-up,tie-down and,when project is complete,removal and move-out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre-Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings,on-site storage for project files and plans,office space for CONTRACTOR's field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer filing cabinet,a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1 Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal,state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V C S) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act,published in OSHA Standards -29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Architect or the Architect's representative. Immediately advise the Architect of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Architect of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Architect within ten (10) days of occurrence E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No 10,Portable Fire Extinguishers,for each temporary building,and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2-2011 01500-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft,damage,and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction,and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions,provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus,materials,supplies,and equipment in an orderly,safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather,theft,breakage, or otherwise. c Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse,rubbish,scrap materials,and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly 12-2-2011 01500-6of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools,materials or equipment,privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences,lights,warning signs,and danger signals, provide watchmen,and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work.Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control& Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks,public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing,replace at no cost to the Owner,those monuments,property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720—Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees,shrubs,lawns,outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans,and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563—Tree &Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged,broken,or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Architect and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 12-2-2011 01500-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Architect to avoid unanticipated underground structures. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents,the Architect will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports,Contractor shall satisfy the Architect that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines,or utilities,give a minimum of five (5)working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed,prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment,materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment,materials, and surfaces. 12-2-2011 01500-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by Architect. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes,regulations,and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190,Executive Order 11514 C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods,means,and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage,and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. 12-2-2011 01500-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards- 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7.30 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland,Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water,runoff,subsurface water,and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work,the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2-2011 01500- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards 1 Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent(3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50%of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Architect of the following items, as applicable 1 Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program(Section 01570—Trench Safety System) 3 Construction Schedule(Section 01350—Submittals) 4 Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs) 5 Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580—Project Identification Signs) 6 Installation and acceptance of Field Office(Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7 Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25%of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Architect of the following items, as applicable: 1 Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) D Payment for 15%of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10%of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. F For contracts with a duration of less than 120 days,payment for the remaining 50%of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Architect of the items listed in B and C. above, as applicable. 08/2018 01505-1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.1 PRODUCTS 2.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580 The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.1 EXECUTION 3.2 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580,part 1 03,D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project site. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 3 Section 01565—TPDES Requirements 4 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation C Referenced Standards 1 American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section,2.02"Course Aggregates" 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non-woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140 C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack,mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F 12/2015 01550- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers. Mirafi, Inc., Or-Equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone,gravel,concrete,crushed blast furnace slag,or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean,hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt,alkali, dirt,clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter B Course aggregates shall be open graded with a size 3"to 6" 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A The Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction,staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicle and equipment. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Architect to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Architect to remove and discard the existing system. Maintenance shall be performed routinely to remove soil build upor, as required by the Architect. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Architect. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems, including vegetative systems shall be repaired immediately F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation and Section 01565 TPDES Requirements. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on-site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. 12/2015 01550-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Architect, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags,gravel,boards,or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped,washed,or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans,but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate,thickness,and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit,except where shown otherwise on the Plans. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Architect. J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Architect. END OF SECTION 12/2015 01550-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans,signs,signals,control devices,flares,lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards. 1 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans,provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name,badge number,time start,time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified,use only Flaggers who are off-duty,regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations 1 Where multi-lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single-lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly 3 Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4 Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross-walks. 5 Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6 Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7 When requested by Owner C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS,AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Architect. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7.00 a.m.to 9.00 a.m.and 4.00 p.m.to 6.00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Architect. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets 1 Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking,and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary,bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic 03/2008 01555-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats,angles,bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed. 1 On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic, 3 When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge, or 4 When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01555 -4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants from overland flow Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 4 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation C Referenced Standards. 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment,materials,supervision,and all incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 03/2008 01560- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction,a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786,and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140 C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F D Representative Manufacturer Mirafi, Inc.,or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as specified in this Section, 3 02F Unless otherwise directed,maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Architect. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled 03/2008 01560-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE with support netting,then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall,daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches,whichever is less. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01560-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 3 Section 01600—Materials&Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of the property,prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information. 1 Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3 Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 07/2006 01562-1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material. When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site B Base, surface, and bedding material Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Architect. C Pipe culvert:Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials. Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Architect. F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600—Materials&Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area,compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL,WASTE,AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete,debris,asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment,materials,waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1 03D 07/2006 01562-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications. None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage,branch,trunk,or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage 1 Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations,material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3 Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4 Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline,paint, and other noxious materials. 5 Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6 Damage from lack of water due to a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7 Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete,plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees,other than those designated for removal,are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations,remove and replace with same size,species,and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula. 0 7854 x D2 x $10 00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Achitect. 02/2013 01563-1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue,free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D Temporary Barrier Fence. Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed,all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For designated trees to be removed,perform the following: 1 Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3 Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below C For trees or shrubs to remain,perform the following: 1 Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b Cut limbs at branch collar No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3 Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline)by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. 02/2013 01563 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION b Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4 Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall. b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5 Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6 At option of the Contractor and with the Architect's permission, trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to originalpositions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area. 1 Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft. around shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3 For trees or shrubs in paved areas,use moveable posts constructed from concrete-filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete. 4 Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts. B Timber-wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1 Wrap trunk with layer of burlap 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths)vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3 Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the time of planting. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1 Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner,have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions 02/2013 01563-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced,the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less than one year 3 Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4 Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 02/2013 01563-4 of 4 JOINER ARCHITECTS 700 Rockmead, Ste 265 I Kingwood,7X 77339 I 281 359 8401 2600 S.Show Blvd,Ste 300 I League Dl,TX 7_/573 1281,245.3304 March 10,2022 Mr. Sergio Becerril Project Manager City of Pearland 2016 Old Alvin Road Pearland,TX 77581 Re: FA2103-City of Pearland Fire Station 2 Repairs Competitive Sealed Proposal Award Contract for Construction Services Joiner Architects Project Number: 21005 Dear Mr. Becerril, On Tuesday, March 1, 2022, General Contractor proposals were received by the City of Pearland for the above project. A total of eight (8) bidders submitted Base Bid proposals, which were publicly opened and read aloud. PMGR Development Group was shown to be the lowest responsive, responsible bidder at $204,723.68. Bids submitted ranged between $204,723.68 and$385,000.00,with the average falling at$294,032.24. Joiner Architect's initial construction estimate in January was$258,319.00,which included project contingency and material escalation,which makes up for much of the 21%delta between our estimate and PMGR Development Group's bid. We did however reach out to the three references provided to inquire about past performance,and received only positive comments.Additionally,we contacted PMGR Development Group directly to go over the scope of work for the project, and they felt that they had all of the scope covered in their bid. Joiner Architects recommends to the City of Pearland City Council,the acceptance of PMGR Development Group's Base Bid proposal of$204,723.68,and award the contract for construction. We would like to express our sincere thanks to you,the City Council, Mayor Kevin Cole,and the City of Pearland administrative staff for allowing us the exciting opportunity to be part of this project. We look forward to a successful partnership between the City and PMGR Development Group on the repairs to Fire Station 2. Sincerely, Joby Copley,AIA Partner JMC:ss ) , \ } \� .\ \ \ k� .\ \ \ (ƒ j\ 'sr:, Ern vi cm :` \ : \at 6 }){{}{e}} �f \\�\\ \\\\\\\\�\\\ \s\ \\ /:ER \\\° 1-_ \\\\\\\\�\\\g\\/� \) \